diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'tk8.6/unix')
40 files changed, 0 insertions, 45649 deletions
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/Makefile.in b/tk8.6/unix/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 4652052..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1703 +0,0 @@ -# -# This file is a Makefile for Tk. If it has the name "Makefile.in" -# then it is a template for a Makefile; to generate the actual Makefile, -# run "./configure", which is a configuration script generated by the -# "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the -# actual Makefile. - -# Current Tk version; used in various names. - -TCLVERSION = @TCL_VERSION@ -TCLPATCHL = @TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@ -VERSION = @TK_VERSION@ -MAJOR_VERSION = @TK_MAJOR_VERSION@ -MINOR_VERSION = @TK_MINOR_VERSION@ -PATCH_LEVEL = @TK_PATCH_LEVEL@ -LOCALES = @LOCALES@ - -#---------------------------------------------------------------- -# Things you can change to personalize the Makefile for your own -# site (you can make these changes in either Makefile.in or -# Makefile, but changes to Makefile will get lost if you re-run -# the configuration script). -#---------------------------------------------------------------- - -# Default top-level directories in which to install architecture- -# specific files (exec_prefix) and machine-independent files such -# as scripts (prefix). The values specified here may be overridden -# at configure-time with the --exec-prefix and --prefix options -# to the "configure" script. The *dir vars are standard configure -# substitutions that are based off prefix and exec_prefix. - -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -bindir = @bindir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -mandir = @mandir@ - -# The following definition can be set to non-null for special systems -# like AFS with replication. It allows the pathnames used for installation -# to be different than those used for actually reference files at -# run-time. INSTALL_ROOT is prepended to $prefix and $exec_prefix -# when installing files. -INSTALL_ROOT = $(DESTDIR) - -# Directory from which applications will reference the library of Tcl -# scripts (note: you can set the TK_LIBRARY environment variable at -# run-time to override the compiled-in location): -TK_LIBRARY = @TK_LIBRARY@ - -# Path to use at runtime to refer to LIB_INSTALL_DIR: -LIB_RUNTIME_DIR = @LIB_RUNTIME_DIR@ - -# Directory in which to install the program wish: -BIN_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(bindir) - -# Directory in which to install the .a or .so binary for the Tk library: -LIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir) -DLL_INSTALL_DIR = @DLL_INSTALL_DIR@ - -# Path name to use when installing library scripts. -SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(TK_LIBRARY) - -# Directory in which to install the include file tk.h: -INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(includedir) - -# Path to the private tk header dir: -PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR = @PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR@ - -# Directory in which to (optionally) install the private tk headers: -PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR) - -# Top-level directory in which to install manual entries: -MAN_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(mandir) - -# Directory in which to install manual entry for wish: -MAN1_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man1 - -# Directory in which to install manual entries for Tk's C library -# procedures: -MAN3_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man3 - -# Directory in which to install manual entries for the built-in -# Tcl commands implemented by Tk: -MANN_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/mann - -# Path to the html documentation dir: -HTML_DIR = @HTML_DIR@ - -# Directory in which to install html documentation: -HTML_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(HTML_DIR) - -# Directory in which to install the configuration file tkConfig.sh: -CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir) - -# Directory in which to install the demo files: -DEMO_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(TK_LIBRARY)/demos - -# The directory containing the Tcl sources and headers appropriate -# for this version of Tk ("srcdir" will be replaced or has already -# been replaced by the configure script): -TCL_GENERIC_DIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@/generic - -# The directory containing the platform specific Tcl sources and headers -# appropriate for this version of Tk: -TCL_PLATFORM_DIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@/unix - -# The directory containing the Tcl library archive file appropriate -# for this version of Tk: -TCL_BIN_DIR = @TCL_BIN_DIR@ - -# The linker flags needed to link in the Tcl library (ex: -ltcl8.2) -TCL_LIB_FLAG = @TCL_LIB_FLAG@ - -# Flag, 1: we're building a shared lib, 0 we're not -TK_SHARED_BUILD = @TK_SHARED_BUILD@ - -# Subdirectory of $(libdir) containing the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk -TK_PKG_DIR = @TK_PKG_DIR@ - -# Directory in which to install the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk -PKG_INSTALL_DIR = $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(TK_PKG_DIR) - -# Package index file for loadable Tk -PKG_INDEX = $(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgIndex.tcl - -# warning flags -CFLAGS_WARNING = @CFLAGS_WARNING@ - -# The default switches for optimization or debugging -CFLAGS_DEBUG = @CFLAGS_DEBUG@ -CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@ - -# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to -# debugging symbols, change the following line: -#CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) -#CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) -#CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ @CFLAGS@ - -# Flags to pass to the linker -LDFLAGS_DEBUG = @LDFLAGS_DEBUG@ -LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@ @LDFLAGS@ - -# A "-I" switch that can be used when compiling to make all of the -# X11 include files accessible (the configure script will try to -# set this value, and will cause it to be an empty string if the -# include files are accessible via /usr/include). -X11_INCLUDES = @XINCLUDES@ - -AQUA_INCLUDES = -I$(MAC_OSX_DIR) -I$(XLIB_DIR) - -# Linker switch(es) to use to link with the X11 library archive (the -# configure script will try to set this value automatically, but you -# can override it). -X11_LIB_SWITCHES = $(XFT_LIBS) @XLIBSW@ - - -# To turn off the security checks that disallow incoming sends when -# the X server appears to be insecure, reverse the comments on the -# following lines: -SECURITY_FLAGS = -#SECURITY_FLAGS = -DTK_NO_SECURITY - -# To disable ANSI-C procedure prototypes reverse the comment characters -# on the following lines: -PROTO_FLAGS = -#PROTO_FLAGS = -DNO_PROTOTYPE - -# To enable memory debugging reverse the comment characters on the following -# lines or call configure with --enable-symbols=mem -# Warning: if you enable memory debugging, you must do it *everywhere*, -# including all the code that calls Tcl, and you must use ckalloc and -# ckfree everywhere instead of malloc and free. -MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS = -#MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS = -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG - -# If your X server is X11R4 or earlier, then you may wish to reverse -# the comment characters on the following two lines. This will enable -# extra code to speed up XStringToKeysym. In X11R5 and later releases -# XStringToKeysym is plenty fast, so you needn't define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP. -KEYSYM_FLAGS = -#KEYSYM_FLAGS = -DREDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP - -# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should -# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own -# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line. -NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS = -#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS = -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED - -# Some versions of make, like SGI's, use the following variable to -# determine which shell to use for executing commands: -SHELL = @SHELL@ - -# BUILD_TCLSH is the fully qualified path name of the tclsh shell -# in the Tcl build directory. Test that need to be run in the -# version of tclsh that we are building against should use this -# path. Targets that need an installed tclsh should not depend -# on this variable. - -BUILD_TCLSH = @BUILD_TCLSH@ - -# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE* -# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs) -# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be -# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run -# make dist. This variable is set to "" if no tclsh is available. -EXE_SUFFIX = @EXEEXT@ -TCL_EXE = @TCLSH_PROG@ -WISH_EXE = wish${EXE_SUFFIX} -TKTEST_EXE = tktest${EXE_SUFFIX} - -# Tk used to let the configure script choose which program to use -# for installing, but there are just too many different versions of -# "install" around; better to use the install-sh script that comes -# with the distribution, which is slower but guaranteed to work. - -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = -s -INSTALL_STRIP_LIBRARY = -S -x - -INSTALL = $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh -c -INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL} -INSTALL_LIBRARY = ${INSTALL} -INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644 -INSTALL_DATA_DIR = ${INSTALL} -d -m 755 - -# The symbol below provides support for dynamic loading and shared -# libraries. See configure.in for a description of what it means. -# The value of the symbol is normally set by the configure script. - -SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@ -DBUILD_tk - -# To enable support for stubs in Tcl. -STUB_LIB_FILE = @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@ - -TK_STUB_LIB_FILE = @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@ -#TK_STUB_LIB_FILE = libtkstub.a - -# Generic stub lib name used in rules that apply to tcl and tk -STUB_LIB_FILE = ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE} - -TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG = @TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@ -#TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG = -ltkstub - -TK_LIB_FILE = @TK_LIB_FILE@ -#TK_LIB_FILE = libtk.a - -# Generic lib name used in rules that apply to tcl and tk -LIB_FILE = ${TK_LIB_FILE} - -TK_LIB_FLAG = @TK_LIB_FLAG@ -#TK_LIB_FLAG = -ltk - -TCL_LIB_SPEC = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@ -TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC = @TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@ -TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG = @TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@ -TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE = @TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@ - -TCL_STUB_FLAGS = @TCL_STUB_FLAGS@ - -# Libraries to use when linking. This definition is determined by the -# configure script. -LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ -WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@ - -# The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared -# libraries. See configure.in for a description of what the -# symbols mean. The values of the symbols are normally set by the -# configure script. You shouldn't normally need to modify any of -# these definitions by hand. - -STLIB_LD = @STLIB_LD@ -SHLIB_LD = @SHLIB_LD@ -SHLIB_LD_LIBS = @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@ -TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS = @TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS@ - -# Additional search flags needed to find the various shared libraries -# at run-time. The first symbol is for use when creating a binary -# with cc, and the second is for use when running ld directly. -CC_SEARCH_FLAGS = @CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@ -LD_SEARCH_FLAGS = @LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@ - -# support for embedded libraries on Darwin / Mac OS X -DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR = ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} - -# support for building the Aqua resource file -TK_RSRC_FILE = @TK_RSRC_FILE@ -WISH_RSRC_FILE = @WISH_RSRC_FILE@ -REZ = @REZ@ -REZ_SWITCHES = @REZ_FLAGS@ -i $(GENERIC_DIR) -i $(TCL_GENERIC_DIR) - -# support for Xft: -XFT_CFLAGS = @XFT_CFLAGS@ -XFT_LIBS = @XFT_LIBS@ - -#---------------------------------------------------------------- -# The information below is modified by the configure script when -# Makefile is generated from Makefile.in. You shouldn't normally -# modify any of this stuff by hand. -#---------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_FLAGS = @DEFS@ -AR = @AR@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -SRC_DIR = @srcdir@ -TOP_DIR = $(SRC_DIR)/.. -GENERIC_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/generic -TTK_DIR = $(GENERIC_DIR)/ttk -UNIX_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/unix -BMAP_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/bitmaps -TOOL_DIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@/tools -TEST_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/tests -MAC_OSX_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/macosx -XLIB_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/xlib - -#---------------------------------------------------------------- -# The information below should be usable as is. The configure -# script won't modify it and you shouldn't need to modify it -# either. -#---------------------------------------------------------------- - -# Flags to be passed to installManPage to control how the manpages -# should be installed (symlinks, compression, package name suffix). -MAN_FLAGS = @MAN_FLAGS@ - -CC = @CC@ - -CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS = ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} \ --I${UNIX_DIR} -I${GENERIC_DIR} -I${BMAP_DIR} -I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR} \ --I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR} ${@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_INCLUDES} ${AC_FLAGS} \ -${PROTO_FLAGS} ${SECURITY_FLAGS} ${MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS} ${KEYSYM_FLAGS} \ -${NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS} @EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES@ - -CC_SWITCHES = $(CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS) @TCL_STUB_FLAGS@ - -APP_CC_SWITCHES = $(CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS) @EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES@ - -DEPEND_SWITCHES = ${CFLAGS} -I${UNIX_DIR} -I${GENERIC_DIR} -I${BMAP_DIR} \ --I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR} ${@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_INCLUDES} \ -${AC_FLAGS} ${PROTO_FLAGS} ${SECURITY_FLAGS} ${MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS} \ -${KEYSYM_FLAGS} @EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES@ - -WISH_OBJS = tkAppInit.o - -TKTEST_OBJS = tkTestInit.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o tkOldTest.o \ - $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_TKTEST_OBJS) - -WIDG_OBJS = tkButton.o tkEntry.o tkFrame.o tkListbox.o \ - tkMenu.o tkMenubutton.o tkMenuDraw.o tkMessage.o \ - tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o - -CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \ - tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \ - tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o - -IMAGE_OBJS = tkImage.o tkImgBmap.o tkImgGIF.o tkImgPNG.o tkImgPPM.o \ - tkImgPhoto.o tkImgPhInstance.o - -TEXT_OBJS = tkText.o tkTextBTree.o tkTextDisp.o tkTextImage.o tkTextIndex.o \ - tkTextMark.o tkTextTag.o tkTextWind.o - -# either tkUnixFont.o (default) or tkUnixRFont.o (if --enable-xft) -# -FONT_OBJS = @UNIX_FONT_OBJS@ - -GENERIC_OBJS = tk3d.o tkArgv.o tkAtom.o tkBind.o tkBitmap.o tkBusy.o \ - tkClipboard.o \ - tkCmds.o tkColor.o tkConfig.o tkConsole.o tkCursor.o tkError.o \ - tkEvent.o tkFocus.o tkFont.o tkGet.o tkGC.o tkGeometry.o tkGrab.o \ - tkGrid.o tkMain.o tkObj.o tkOldConfig.o tkOption.o tkPack.o tkPlace.o \ - tkSelect.o tkStyle.o tkUndo.o tkUtil.o tkVisual.o tkWindow.o - -TTK_OBJS = \ - ttkBlink.o ttkButton.o ttkCache.o ttkClamTheme.o ttkClassicTheme.o \ - ttkDefaultTheme.o ttkElements.o ttkEntry.o ttkFrame.o ttkImage.o \ - ttkInit.o ttkLabel.o ttkLayout.o ttkManager.o ttkNotebook.o \ - ttkPanedwindow.o ttkProgress.o ttkScale.o ttkScrollbar.o ttkScroll.o \ - ttkSeparator.o ttkSquare.o ttkState.o \ - ttkTagSet.o ttkTheme.o ttkTrace.o ttkTrack.o ttkTreeview.o \ - ttkWidget.o ttkStubInit.o - -STUB_OBJS = tkStubInit.o - -STUB_LIB_OBJS = tkStubLib.o ttkStubLib.o - -X11_OBJS = tkUnix.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixButton.o tkUnixColor.o tkUnixConfig.o \ - tkUnixCursor.o tkUnixDraw.o tkUnixEmbed.o tkUnixEvent.o \ - tkUnixFocus.o $(FONT_OBJS) tkUnixInit.o tkUnixKey.o tkUnixMenu.o \ - tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \ - tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o - -AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \ - tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \ - tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \ - tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXImage.o \ - tkMacOSXInit.o tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o tkMacOSXMenu.o \ - tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \ - tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \ - tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \ - tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \ - tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \ - xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \ - ttkMacOSXTheme.o - -AQUA_TKTEST_OBJS = tkMacOSXTest.o - -OBJS = $(GENERIC_OBJS) $(WIDG_OBJS) $(CANV_OBJS) $(IMAGE_OBJS) $(TEXT_OBJS) \ - $(STUB_OBJS) $(TTK_OBJS) \ - $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_OBJS) @PLAT_OBJS@ - -TK_DECLS = \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls - -TTK_DECLS = \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls - -GENERIC_SRCS = \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk3d.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkArgv.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkAtom.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBusy.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkClipboard.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCmds.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkColor.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCursor.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c - -TTK_SRCS = \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkBlink.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkButton.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkCache.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClamTheme.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClassicTheme.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkDefaultTheme.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkElements.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkEntry.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkFrame.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkImage.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkInit.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLabel.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLayout.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkManager.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkNotebook.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkPanedwindow.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkProgress.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScale.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScrollbar.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScroll.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSeparator.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSquare.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTagSet.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrace.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrack.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTreeview.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c - -TTK_STUB_SRCS = \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubLib.c - -X11_SRCS = \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixButton.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixColor.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixConfig.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixCursor.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixDraw.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEmbed.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEvent.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFocus.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFont.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInit.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixKey.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenu.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenubu.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScrlbr.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSelect.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSend.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixWm.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixXId.c - -AQUA_SRCS = \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFileFilter.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPointer.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xcolors.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xdraw.c \ - $(XLIB_DIR)/xgc.c $(XLIB_DIR)/ximage.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xutil.c \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c - -SRCS = $(GENERIC_SRCS) $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_SRCS) @PLAT_SRCS@ - -AQUA_RESOURCES = \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkAboutDlg.r $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursors.r \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXCursors.r - -AQUA_WISH_RESOURCES = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXAETE.r - -AQUA_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSX.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h - -AQUA_XLIB_HDRS = $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(XLIB_DIR)/xbytes.h - -AQUA_PRIVATE_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXPort.h $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInt.h - -X11_PRIVATE_HDRS = $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixPort.h $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInt.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h - -# Currently private, eventually public -TTK_HDRS = $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.h $(TTK_DIR)/ttkDecls.h - -PUBLIC_HDRS = $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkDecls.h \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlatDecls.h $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_HDRS) - -# The private headers we want installed for install-private-headers -PRIVATE_HDRS = $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntDecls.h \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntPlatDecls.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPort.h \ - $(TTK_HDRS) $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_PRIVATE_HDRS) - -DEMOPROGS = browse hello ixset rmt rolodex square tcolor timer widget - -SHELL_ENV = \ - @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="`pwd`:${TCL_BIN_DIR}:$${@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@}"; \ - export @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@; \ - TCL_LIBRARY=@TCL_SRC_DIR@/library; export TCL_LIBRARY; \ - TK_LIBRARY=@TK_SRC_DIR@/library; export TK_LIBRARY; - -all: binaries libraries doc - -binaries: ${LIB_FILE} ${WISH_EXE} - -libraries: - -$(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros: - $(INSTALL_DATA) @TCL_SRC_DIR@/doc/man.macros $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros - -doc: $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros - -# The following target is configured by autoconf to generate either -# a shared library or non-shared library for Tk. -${LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_LIB_FILE} @LIB_RSRC_FILE@ ${OBJS} - rm -f $@ - @MAKE_LIB@ - -${STUB_LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_LIB_OBJS} - @if test "x${LIB_FILE}" = "xlibtk${MAJOR_VERSION}.${MINOR_VERSION}.dll"; then \ - (cd ${TOP_DIR}/win; ${MAKE} tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll); \ - cp "${TOP_DIR}/win/tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll" .; \ - fi - rm -f $@ - @MAKE_STUB_LIB@ - -# Build Aqua resource files -${TK_RSRC_FILE}: $(AQUA_RESOURCES) - rm -f $@ - if test "$(REZ)" != ""; then \ - $(REZ) -o $@ $(REZ_SWITCHES) $(AQUA_RESOURCES); fi - -${WISH_RSRC_FILE}: $(AQUA_WISH_RESOURCES) - rm -f $@ - if test "$(REZ)" != ""; then \ - $(REZ) -o $@ $(REZ_SWITCHES) $(AQUA_WISH_RESOURCES); fi - -# Make target which outputs the list of the .o contained in the Tk lib -# usefull to build a single big shared library containing Tcl/Tk and other -# extensions. used for the Tcl Plugin. -- dl -tkLibObjs: - @echo ${OBJS} -# This targets actually build the objects needed for the lib in the above -# case -objs: ${OBJS} - - -${WISH_EXE}: $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(WISH_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE) @APP_RSRC_FILE@ - ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} $(WISH_OBJS) @TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ \ - $(WISH_LIBS) $(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS) -o ${WISH_EXE} - -# Resetting the LIB_RUNTIME_DIR below is required so that -# the generated tktest executable gets the build directory -# burned into its ld search path. This keeps tktest from -# picking up an already installed version of the Tcl or -# Tk shared libraries. - -$(TKTEST_EXE): $(TKTEST_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE) - $(MAKE) tktest-real LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="`pwd`:$(TCL_BIN_DIR)" - -tktest-real: ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE} - ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} $(TKTEST_OBJS) ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} @TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ \ - $(WISH_LIBS) $(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS) -o $(TKTEST_EXE) - -# # FIXME: This xttest rule seems to be broken in a number of ways. It should -# # use CC_SEARCH_FLAGS, it does not include the shared lib location logic from -# # tktest, and it is not clear where this test.o object file comes from. -# -# xttest: test.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o $(TK_LIB_FILE) ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE} -# ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} test.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o \ -# @TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} \ -# $(WISH_LIBS) $(LD_SEARCH_FLAGS) -lXt -o xttest - -# Note, in the target below TCL_LIBRARY needs to be set or else -# "make test" won't work in the case where the compilation directory -# isn't the same as the source directory. -# Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass -# args to tcltest, ie: -# % make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test" - -test: test-classic test-ttk - -test-classic: $(TKTEST_EXE) - $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(TEST_DIR)/all.tcl -geometry +0+0 $(TESTFLAGS) - -test-ttk: $(TKTEST_EXE) - $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/all.tcl -geometry +0+0 \ - $(TESTFLAGS) - -# Tests with different languages -testlang: $(TKTEST_EXE) - $(SHELL_ENV) \ - for lang in $(LOCALES) ; \ - do \ - LANG=$(lang); export LANG; \ - ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(TEST_DIR)/all.tcl -geometry +0+0 \ - $(TESTFLAGS); \ - done - -# Useful target to launch a built tktest with the proper path,... -runtest: $(TKTEST_EXE) - $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) - -# This target can be used to run wish from the build directory -# via `make shell` or `make shell SCRIPT=/tmp/foo.tcl` -shell: ${WISH_EXE} - $(SHELL_ENV) ./${WISH_EXE} $(SCRIPT) - -demo: - $(SHELL_ENV) ./${WISH_EXE} $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget - -# This target can be used to run wish inside either gdb or insight -gdb: ${WISH_EXE} - @echo "set env @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@=\"`pwd`:${TCL_BIN_DIR}:$${@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@}\"" > gdb.run - @echo "set env TCL_LIBRARY=@TCL_SRC_DIR@/library" >> gdb.run - @echo "set env TK_LIBRARY=@TK_SRC_DIR@/library" >> gdb.run - gdb ./${WISH_EXE} --command=gdb.run - rm gdb.run - -VALGRINDARGS=--tool=memcheck --num-callers=8 --leak-resolution=high --leak-check=yes --show-reachable=yes -v - -valgrind: $(TKTEST_EXE) - $(SHELL_ENV) valgrind $(VALGRINDARGS) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(TEST_DIR)/all.tcl -geometry +0+0 -singleproc 1 $(TESTFLAGS) - -valgrindshell: $(TKTEST_EXE) - $(SHELL_ENV) valgrind $(VALGRINDARGS) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(SCRIPT) - -INSTALL_BASE_TARGETS = install-binaries install-libraries -INSTALL_DOC_TARGETS = install-doc -INSTALL_DEV_TARGETS = install-headers -INSTALL_DEMO_TARGETS = install-demos -INSTALL_EXTRA_TARGETS = @EXTRA_INSTALL@ -INSTALL_TARGETS = $(INSTALL_BASE_TARGETS) $(INSTALL_DOC_TARGETS) $(INSTALL_DEV_TARGETS) \ - $(INSTALL_DEMO_TARGETS) $(INSTALL_EXTRA_TARGETS) - -install: $(INSTALL_TARGETS) - -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(INSTALL_TARGETS) \ - INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ${INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM}" \ - INSTALL_LIBRARY="$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) ${INSTALL_STRIP_LIBRARY}" - -install-binaries: $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(TK_LIB_FILE) ${WISH_EXE} - @for i in "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)" \ - "$(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)" ; \ - do \ - if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \ - echo "Making directory $$i"; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \ - else true; \ - fi; \ - done; - @if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \ - echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \ - rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \ - (\ - echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} return";\ - relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\ - if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \ - echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\ - else \ - echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\ - echo " || ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\ - echo " package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\ - echo "} else {";\ - echo " package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll]] Tk]";\ - echo "}";\ - fi \ - ) > "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \ - fi - @echo "Installing $(LIB_FILE) to $(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/" - @@INSTALL_LIB@ - @chmod 555 "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)" - @if test -f "tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll"; then \ - $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) "tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll" "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)";\ - chmod 555 "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll";\ - $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) "../win/libtk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.a" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)";\ - chmod 555 "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/libtk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.a";\ - fi - @echo "Installing ${WISH_EXE} as $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)${EXE_SUFFIX}" - @$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ${WISH_EXE} "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)${EXE_SUFFIX}" - @echo "Installing tkConfig.sh to $(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)/" - @$(INSTALL_DATA) tkConfig.sh "$(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)/tkConfig.sh" - @if test "$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" != "" ; then \ - echo "Installing $(STUB_LIB_FILE) to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \ - @INSTALL_STUB_LIB@ ; \ - fi - @EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES@ - @echo "Installing pkg-config file to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgconfig/" - @$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgconfig - @$(INSTALL_DATA) tk.pc $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgconfig/tk.pc - -install-libraries: libraries - @for i in "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images" \ - "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk"; \ - do \ - if [ -n "$$i" -a ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \ - echo "Making directory $$i"; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \ - else true; \ - fi; \ - done; - @echo "Installing Tk library files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/"; - @for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl $(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c; \ - do \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ - done; - @echo "Installing Ttk library files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk/"; - @for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl; \ - do \ - if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk"; \ - fi; \ - done; - @echo "Installing library image files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images/"; - @for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/images/*; \ - do \ - if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images"; \ - fi; \ - done; - @echo "Installing message catalog files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs/"; - @for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/msgs/*.msg; \ - do \ - if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs"; \ - fi; \ - done; - -install-demos: - @for i in "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/images" ; \ - do \ - if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \ - echo "Making directory $$i"; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \ - else true; \ - fi; \ - done; - @echo "Installing demo files to $(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/"; - @for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*; \ - do \ - if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ - sed -e '3 s|exec wish|exec wish$(VERSION)|' \ - $$i > "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)"/`basename $$i`; \ - fi; \ - done; - @for i in $(DEMOPROGS); \ - do \ - if test $$i = "square"; then \ - rm -f "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/$$i"; \ - else \ - chmod 755 "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/$$i"; \ - fi; \ - done; - @echo "Installing demo image files to $(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/images/"; - @for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/images/*; \ - do \ - if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/images"; \ - fi; \ - done; - -install-doc: - @for i in "$(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(MAN1_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(MAN3_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(MANN_INSTALL_DIR)" ; \ - do \ - if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \ - echo "Making directory $$i"; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \ - else true; \ - fi; \ - done; - @echo "Installing and cross-linking top-level (.1) docs to $(MAN1_INSTALL_DIR)/"; - @for i in $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.1; do \ - $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage $(MAN_FLAGS) $$i "$(MAN1_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ - done - @echo "Installing and cross-linking C API (.3) docs to $(MAN3_INSTALL_DIR)/"; - @for i in $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.3; do \ - $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage $(MAN_FLAGS) $$i "$(MAN3_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ - done - @echo "Installing and cross-linking command (.n) docs to $(MANN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; - @for i in $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.n; do \ - $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage $(MAN_FLAGS) $$i "$(MANN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ - done - -install-headers: - @if test "$(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_XLIB_HDRS)" != ""; then \ - XLIB_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR="$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"/X11; fi; \ - for i in "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)" "$${XLIB_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR}"; \ - do \ - if [ -n "$$i" -a ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \ - echo "Making directory $$i"; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \ - else true; \ - fi; \ - done; - @echo "Installing header files to $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/"; - @for i in $(PUBLIC_HDRS); \ - do \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ - done; - @list='$(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_XLIB_HDRS)'; for i in $$list ; \ - do \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/X11"; \ - done; - -# Optional target to install private headers -install-private-headers: - @for i in "$(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ - do \ - if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \ - echo "Making directory $$i"; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \ - else true; \ - fi; \ - done; - @echo "Installing private header files to $(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/"; - @for i in $(PRIVATE_HDRS); \ - do \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ - done; - @if test -f tkConfig.h; then\ - $(INSTALL_DATA) tkConfig.h "$(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ - fi; - -Makefile: $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in - $(SHELL) config.status -#tkConfig.h: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in -# $(SHELL) config.status - -clean: - rm -f *.a *.o libtk* core errs *~ \#* TAGS *.E a.out \ - errors ${WISH_EXE} $(TKTEST_EXE) lib.exp Tk *.rsrc - -distclean: clean - rm -rf Makefile config.status config.cache config.log tkConfig.sh \ - tkConfig.h *.plist Tk.framework tk.pc - -depend: - makedepend -- $(DEPEND_SWITCHES) -- $(SRCS) - -# Test binaries. The rule for tkTestInit.o is complicated because -# it is is compiled from tkAppInit.c. Can't use the "-o" option -# because this doesn't work on some strange compilers (e.g. UnixWare). -# To enable concurrent parallel make of wish and tktest, this target has to -# depend on wish, this ensures that linking of wish with tkTestInit.o does not -# execute concurrently with the renaming and recompiling of that same object -# file in the target below. - -tkTestInit.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c ${WISH_EXE} - @if test -f tkAppInit.o ; then \ - rm -f tkAppInit.sav; \ - mv tkAppInit.o tkAppInit.sav; \ - fi; - $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_TEST $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c - rm -f tkTestInit.o - mv tkAppInit.o tkTestInit.o - @if test -f tkAppInit.sav ; then \ - mv tkAppInit.sav tkAppInit.o; \ - fi; - -tkAppInit.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c - $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c - -tk3d.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk3d.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk3d.c - -tkArgv.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkArgv.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkArgv.c - -tkAtom.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkAtom.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkAtom.c - -tkBind.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c - -tkBitmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c - -tkBusy.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBusy.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBusy.c - -tkClipboard.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkClipboard.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkClipboard.c - -tkCmds.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCmds.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCmds.c - -tkColor.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkColor.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkColor.c - -tkConfig.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConfig.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConfig.c - -tkConsole.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c - -tkCursor.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCursor.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCursor.c - -tkError.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c - -tkEvent.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c - -tkFocus.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c - -tkFont.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c - -tkGet.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c - -tkGC.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c - -tkGeometry.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c - -tkGrab.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c - -tkGrid.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c - -tkMain.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c - -tkObj.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c - -tkOldConfig.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c - -tkOption.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c - -tkPack.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c - -tkPlace.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c - -tkSelect.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c - -tkStyle.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c - -tkUtil.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c - -tkVisual.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c - -tkWindow.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c - -tkButton.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c - -tkEntry.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c - -tkFrame.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c - -tkListbox.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c - -tkMenu.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c - -tkMenubutton.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c - -tkMenuDraw.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c - -tkMessage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c - -tkPanedWindow.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c - -tkScale.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c - -tkScrollbar.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c - -tkSquare.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c - $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c - -tkCanvas.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c - -tkCanvArc.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c - -tkCanvBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c - -tkCanvImg.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c - -tkCanvLine.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c - -tkCanvPoly.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c - -tkCanvPs.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c - -tkCanvText.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c - -tkCanvUtil.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c - -tkCanvWind.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c - -tkRectOval.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c - -tkTrig.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c - -tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c - -tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c - -tkImgGIF.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c - -tkImgPNG.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c - -tkImgPPM.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c - -tkImgPhoto.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c - -tkImgPhInstance.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c - -tkOldTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c - $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c - -tkTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c - $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c - -tkText.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c - -tkTextBTree.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c - -tkTextDisp.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c - -tkTextImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c - -tkTextIndex.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c - -tkTextMark.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c - -tkTextTag.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c - -tkTextWind.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c - -tkStubInit.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c - -# Stub library binaries, these must be compiled for use in a shared library -# even though they will be placed in a static archive - -tkStubLib.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubLib.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubLib.c - -tkUndo.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c - -tkUnix.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix.c - -tkUnix3d.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c - -tkUnixButton.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixButton.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixButton.c - -tkUnixColor.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixColor.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixColor.c - -tkUnixConfig.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixConfig.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixConfig.c - -tkUnixCursor.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixCursor.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixCursor.c - -tkUnixDraw.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixDraw.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixDraw.c - -tkUnixEmbed.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEmbed.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEmbed.c - -tkUnixEvent.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEvent.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEvent.c - -tkUnixFocus.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFocus.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFocus.c - -tkUnixFont.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFont.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFont.c - -# NB: tkUnixRFont.o uses nondefault CFLAGS -tkUnixRFont.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XFT_CFLAGS) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c - -tkUnixInit.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInit.c tkConfig.sh - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInit.c - -tkUnixKey.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixKey.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixKey.c - -tkUnixMenu.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenu.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenu.c - -tkUnixMenubu.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenubu.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenubu.c - -tkUnixScale.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c - -tkUnixScrlbr.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScrlbr.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScrlbr.c - -tkUnixSelect.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSelect.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSelect.c - -tkUnixSend.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSend.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSend.c - -tkUnixWm.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixWm.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixWm.c - -tkUnixXId.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixXId.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixXId.c - -tkMacOSXBitmap.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c - -tkMacOSXButton.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c - -tkMacOSXClipboard.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c - -tkMacOSXColor.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c - -tkMacOSXConfig.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c - -tkMacOSXCursor.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c - -tkMacOSXDebug.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c - -tkMacOSXDialog.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c - -tkMacOSXDraw.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c - -tkMacOSXEmbed.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c - -tkMacOSXEntry.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c - -tkMacOSXEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c - -tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c - -tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c - -tkMacOSXImage.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c - -tkMacOSXInit.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c tkConfig.sh - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c - -tkMacOSXKeyboard.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c - -tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c - -tkMacOSXMenu.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c - -tkMacOSXMenubutton.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c - -tkMacOSXMenus.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c - -tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c - -tkMacOSXNotify.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c - -tkMacOSXRegion.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c - -tkMacOSXScale.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScale.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScale.c - -tkMacOSXScrlbr.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c - -tkMacOSXSend.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c - -tkMacOSXSubwindows.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c - -tkMacOSXTest.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c - $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c - -tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c - -tkMacOSXWm.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c - -tkMacOSXXStubs.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c - -tkFileFilter.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFileFilter.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFileFilter.c - -tkMacWinMenu.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c - -tkPointer.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPointer.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPointer.c - -xcolors.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/xcolors.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/xcolors.c - -xdraw.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/xdraw.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/xdraw.c - -xgc.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/xgc.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/xgc.c - -ximage.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/ximage.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/ximage.c - -xutil.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/xutil.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/xutil.c - -ttkBlink.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkBlink.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkBlink.c - -ttkButton.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkButton.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkButton.c - -ttkCache.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkCache.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkCache.c - -ttkClamTheme.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClamTheme.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClamTheme.c - -ttkClassicTheme.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClassicTheme.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClassicTheme.c - -ttkDefaultTheme.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkDefaultTheme.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkDefaultTheme.c - -ttkElements.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkElements.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkElements.c - -ttkEntry.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkEntry.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkEntry.c - -ttkFrame.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkFrame.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkFrame.c - -ttkImage.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkImage.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkImage.c - -ttkInit.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkInit.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkInit.c - -ttkLabel.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLabel.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLabel.c - -ttkLayout.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLayout.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLayout.c - -ttkManager.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkManager.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkManager.c - -ttkNotebook.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkNotebook.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkNotebook.c - -ttkPanedwindow.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkPanedwindow.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkPanedwindow.c - -ttkProgress.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkProgress.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkProgress.c - -ttkScale.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScale.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScale.c - -ttkScroll.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScroll.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScroll.c - -ttkScrollbar.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScrollbar.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScrollbar.c - -ttkSeparator.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSeparator.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSeparator.c - -ttkSquare.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSquare.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSquare.c - -ttkState.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c - -ttkStubInit.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c - -ttkStubLib.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubLib.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubLib.c - -ttkTagSet.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTagSet.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTagSet.c - -ttkTheme.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.c - -ttkTrace.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrace.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrace.c - -ttkTrack.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrack.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrack.c - -ttkTreeview.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTreeview.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTreeview.c - -ttkWidget.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c - -ttkMacOSXTheme.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c - -.c.o: - $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $< - -# -# Target to regenerate header files and stub files from the *.decls tables. -# - -$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls - @echo "Warning: tkStubInit.c may be out of date." - @echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate." - @echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!" - -$(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c: $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls - @echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date." - @echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate." - @echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!" - -genstubs: - $(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \ - $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls - $(TCL_EXE) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls - -# -# Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs -# tables. -# - -checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE) - -@for i in `nm -p $(TK_LIB_FILE) \ - | awk '$$2 ~ /^[TDBCS]$$/ { sub("^_", "", $$3); print $$3 }' \ - | sort -n`; do \ - match=0; \ - for j in $(TK_DECLS) $(TTK_DECLS); do \ - if [ `grep -c "$$i *(" $$j` -gt 0 ]; then \ - match=1; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - if [ $$match -eq 0 ]; then echo $$i; fi \ - done - -# -# Target to check for proper usage of UCHAR macro. -# - -checkuchar: - -egrep isalnum\|isalpha\|iscntrl\|isdigit\|islower\|isprint\|ispunct\|isspace\|isupper\|isxdigit\|toupper\|tolower $(SRCS) | grep -v UCHAR - -# -# Target to make sure that only symbols with "Tk", "tk", "Ttk", "ttk" or "X" -# prefixes are exported. -# - -checkexports: $(TK_LIB_FILE) - -@nm -p $(TK_LIB_FILE) \ - | awk '$$2 ~ /^[TDBCS]$$/ { sub("^_", "", $$3); print $$3 }' \ - | sort -n | grep -E -v '^([Tt]t?k|_?X)' || true - -# -# Target to create a Tk RPM for Linux. Requires that you be on a Linux -# system. -# - -rpm: all - rm -f THIS.TCL.SPEC - echo "%define _builddir `pwd`" > THIS.TK.SPEC - echo "%define _rpmdir `pwd`/RPMS" >> THIS.TK.SPEC - cat tk.spec >> THIS.TK.SPEC - mkdir -p RPMS/i386 - rpmbuild -bb THIS.TK.SPEC - mv RPMS/i386/*.rpm . - rm -rf RPMS THIS.TK.SPEC - -# -# Target to create a proper Tk distribution from information in the -# master source directory. DISTDIR must be defined to indicate where -# to put the distribution. DISTDIR must be an absolute path name. -# - -DISTROOT = /tmp/dist -DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL} -ZIPNAME = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip -DISTDIR = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME) -TCLDIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@ -$(UNIX_DIR)/configure: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4 - cd $(UNIX_DIR); autoconf -$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/configure - cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoconf -$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure - cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoheader; touch $@ - -dist: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure genstubs - rm -rf $(DISTDIR) - mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/unix - cp -p $(UNIX_DIR)/*.c $(UNIX_DIR)/*.h $(DISTDIR)/unix - cp $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/unix - chmod 664 $(DISTDIR)/unix/Makefile.in - cp $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.spec \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4 $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.sh.in $(TCLDIR)/unix/install-sh \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/README $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage \ - $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(DISTDIR)/unix - chmod 775 $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure.in - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/bitmaps - @(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in bitmaps/* ; do \ - if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ - sed -e 's/static char/static unsigned char/' \ - $$i > $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \ - fi; \ - done;) - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic - cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/generic - cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.decls $(DISTDIR)/generic - cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/README $(DISTDIR)/generic - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/changes $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog \ - $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README \ - $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR) - rm -f $(DISTDIR)/generic/blt*.[ch] - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk - cp -p $(TTK_DIR)/*.[ch] $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls \ - $(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win - cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win - cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure.in \ - $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure \ - $(TOP_DIR)/win/tkConfig.sh.in \ - $(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \ - $(DISTDIR)/win - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.[ch] $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat $(DISTDIR)/win - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.vc $(DISTDIR)/win - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/README $(DISTDIR)/win - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win/rc - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/ - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx - cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.icns $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.tiff \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.[ch] $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.in \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.ac $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.xcconfig \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.sdef $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure \ - $(DISTDIR)/macosx - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/macosx - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode - cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/default.pbxuser \ - $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj - cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj \ - $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser \ - $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/compat - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TCLDIR)/compat/unistd.h \ - $(TCLDIR)/compat/stdlib.h \ - $(DISTDIR)/compat - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib - cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/xlib - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11 - cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11 - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11 - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \ - $(DISTDIR)/library - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/images - @(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/images/* ; do \ - if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ - cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \ - fi; \ - done;) - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/msgs - @(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/msgs/*.msg ; do \ - if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ - cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \ - fi; \ - done;) - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos - cp -pr $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.tcl \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.msg \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tclIndex \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/browse \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/hello $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/ixset \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rmt $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rolodex \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/square \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tcolor \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/timer \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget \ - $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/README \ - $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/library/demos - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos/images - @(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/demos/images/* ; do \ - if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ - cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \ - fi; \ - done;) - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/doc - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \ - $(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests - cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \ - $(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,png,ppm,xbm} \ - $(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests - mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk - cp -p $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk - -alldist: dist - rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME) - cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \ - gzip -9 $(DISTNAME)-src.tar; zip -qr8 $(ZIPNAME) $(DISTNAME) - -# -# This target creates the HTML folder for Tcl & Tk and places it -# in DISTDIR/html. It uses the tcltk-man2html.tcl tool from -# the Tcl group's tool workspace. It depends on the Tcl & Tk being -# in directories called tcl8.3 & tk8.3 up two directories from the -# TOOL_DIR. -# - -html: - $(BUILD_HTML) - @EXTRA_BUILD_HTML@ -html-tcl: - $(BUILD_HTML) --tcl - @EXTRA_BUILD_HTML@ -html-tk: - $(BUILD_HTML) --tk - @EXTRA_BUILD_HTML@ - -BUILD_HTML = \ - @if test -f "$(BUILD_TCLSH)"; then \ - $(SHELL_ENV) TCLSH="$(BUILD_TCLSH)"; else \ - TCLSH="$(TCL_EXE)"; fi ;\ - "$${TCLSH}" $(TOOL_DIR)/tcltk-man2html.tcl --htmldir="$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)" \ - --srcdir=$(TOP_DIR)/.. $(BUILD_HTML_FLAGS) - -# -# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops -# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule. -# - -.PHONY: all binaries libraries objs doc html html-tcl html-tk test runtest -.PHONY: install install-strip install-binaries install-libraries -.PHONY: install-headers install-private-headers install-doc -.PHONY: clean distclean depend genstubs checkstubs checkexports checkuchar -.PHONY: shell gdb valgrind valgrindshell dist alldist rpm -.PHONY: tkLibObjs tktest-real test-classic test-ttk testlang -.PHONY: demo install-demos - -# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- make depend depends on it. diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/README b/tk8.6/unix/README deleted file mode 100644 index ea5c8fe..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ -Tk UNIX README --------------- - -This is the directory where you configure, compile, test, and install UNIX -versions of Tk. This directory also contains source files for Tk that are -specific to UNIX. - -The information in this file is maintained at: - http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html - -For information on platforms where Tcl/Tk is known to compile, along with any -porting notes for getting it to work on those platforms, see: - http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/platforms.html - -The rest of this file contains instructions on how to do this. The release -should compile and run either "out of the box" or with trivial changes on any -UNIX-like system that approximates POSIX, BSD, or System V. We know that it -runs on workstations from Sun, H-P, DEC, IBM, and SGI, as well as PCs running -Linux, BSDI, and SCO UNIX. To compile for a PC running Windows, see the README -file in the directory ../win. To compile for MacOSX, see the README file in -the directory ../macosx. - -How To Compile And Install Tk: ------------------------------- - -(a) Make sure that the Tcl release is present in the directory - ../../tcl<version> (or else use the "--with-tcl" switch described below). - This release of Tk will only work with the equivalently versioned Tcl - release. Also, be sure that you have configured Tcl before you configure - Tk. - -(b) Check for patches as described in ../README. - -(c) If you have already compiled Tk once in this directory and are now - preparing to compile again in the same directory but for a different - platform, or if you have applied patches, type "make distclean" to discard - all the configuration information computed previously. - -(d) Type "./configure". This runs a configuration script created by GNU - autoconf, which configures Tk for your system and creates a Makefile. The - configure script allows you to customize the Tk configuration for your - site; for details on how you can do this, type "./configure -help" or - refer to the autoconf documentation (not included here). Tk's "configure" - script supports the following special switches in addition to the standard - ones: - - --with-tcl=DIR Specifies the directory containing the Tcl - binaries and Tcl's platform-dependent - configuration information. By default the Tcl - directory is assumed to be in the location - given by (a) above. - --with-x=DIR Tells configure where to find an installation - of the X Window System. Not normally needed. - --enable-threads If this switch is set, Tk will compile itself - with multithreading support. - --enable-shared If this switch is specified, Tk will compile - itself as a shared library if it can figure - out how to do that on this platform. This is - the default on platforms where we know how to - build shared libraries. - --disable-shared If this switch is specified, Tk will compile - itself as a static library. - --disable-rpath Turns off use of the rpath link option on - platforms that would otherwise use it. - --enable-symbols Build with debugging symbols. By default - standard debugging symbols are used. You can - specify the value "mem" to include - TCL_MEM_DEBUG memory debugging. - --disable-symbols Build without debugging symbols - --enable-64bit Enable 64bit support (where applicable) - --disable-64bit Disable 64bit support (where applicable) - --enable-64bit-vis Enable 64bit Sparc VIS support - --disable-64bit-vis Disable 64bit Sparc VIS support - --disable-xft Disable support for antialiased fonts via the - Freetype/xft library. By default, this is - switched on whenever the configure script can - detect the required libraries. - --enable-man-symlinks Use symlinks for linking the manpages that - should be reachable under several names. - --enable-man-compression=PROG - Compress the manpages using PROG. - --enable-man-suffix=STRING - Add STRING to the name of each of the manual - pages. If specified without giving STRING, the - suffix will be "tk". - - Mac OS X only: - - --enable-framework Package Tk as a framework. - --disable-corefoundation Disable use of CoreFoundation API. - --enable-aqua Use Aqua windowingsystem rather than X11, - requires --enable-corefoundation with Tcl and - Tk. - - Note: by default gcc will be used if it can be located on the PATH. If you - want to use cc instead of gcc, set the CC environment variable to "cc" - before running configure. It is not safe to change the Makefile to use gcc - after configure is run. - - Note: be sure to use only absolute path names (those starting with "/") in - the --prefix and --exec-prefix options. - -(e) Type "make". This will create a library archive called "libtk<version>.a" - or "libtk<version>.so" and an interpreter application called "wish" that - allows you to type Tcl/Tk commands interactively or execute script files. - It will also create a stub library archive "libtkstub<version>.a" that - developers may link against other C code to produce loadable extensions - that call into Tk's public interface routines. - -(f) If the make fails then you'll have to personalize the Makefile for your - site or possibly modify the distribution in other ways. First check the - porting Web page above to see if there are hints for compiling on your - system. If you need to modify Makefile, there are comments at the - beginning of it that describe the things you might want to change and how - to change them. - -(g) Type "make install" to install Tk's binaries and script files in standard - places. You'll need write permission on the installation directories to do - this. The installation directories are determined by the "configure" - script and may be specified with the --prefix and --exec-prefix options to - "configure". See the Makefile for information on what directories were - chosen. You should not override these choices by modifying the Makefile, - or by copying files post-install. The installed binaries have embedded - within them path values relative to the install directory. If you change - your mind about where Tk should be installed, start this procedure over - again from step (a) so that the path embedded in the binaries agrees with - the install location. - -(h) At this point you can play with Tk by running the installed "wish" - executable, or via the "make shell" target, and typing Tcl/Tk commands at - the interactive prompt. - -If you have trouble compiling Tk, see the URL noted above about working -platforms. It contains information that people have provided about changes -they had to make to compile Tk in various environments. We're also interested -in hearing how to change the configuration setup so that Tk compiles on -additional platforms "out of the box". - -Note: Do not specify either of the TCL_LIBRARY and TK_LIBRARY environment -variables in a production installation, as this can cause conflicts between -different versions of the libraries. Instead, the libraries should have the -correct locations of their associated script directories built into them. - -Test suite ----------- - -Tk has a substantial self-test suite, consisting of a set of scripts in the -subdirectory "tests". To run the test suite just type "make test" in this -directory. You should then see a printout of the test files processed. If any -errors occur, you'll see a much more substantial printout for each error. In -order to avoid false error reports, be sure to run the tests with an empty -resource database (e.g., remove your .Xdefaults file or delete any entries -starting with *). Also, don't try to do anything else with your display or -keyboard while the tests are running, or you may get false violations. See the -README file in the "tests" directory for more information on the test suite. - -If the test suite generates errors, most likely they are due to non-portable -tests that are interacting badly with your system configuration. We are -gradually eliminating the non-portable tests, but this release includes many -new tests so there will probably be some portability problems. As long as the -test suite doesn't core dump, it's probably safe to conclude that any errors -represent portability problems in the test suite and not fundamental flaws -with Tk. - -There are also a number of visual tests for things such as screen layout, -Postscript generation, etc. These tests all have to be run by manually -enabling the "userInteraction" constraint when testing, and the results have -to be verified visually. This can be done with: - - make test TESTFLAGS="-constraints userInteraction" - -Some tests will present a main window with a bunch of menus, which you can use -to select various tests. diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/aclocal.m4 b/tk8.6/unix/aclocal.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 90d2e39..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/aclocal.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -builtin(include,../unix/tcl.m4) diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/configure b/tk8.6/unix/configure deleted file mode 100755 index 56e9df4..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/configure +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12293 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59 for tk 8.6. -# -# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. -## --------------------- ## -## M4sh Initialization. ## -## --------------------- ## - -# Be Bourne compatible -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' -elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - set -o posix -fi -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh - -# Support unset when possible. -if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_unset=unset -else - as_unset=false -fi - - -# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. -$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH -PS1='$ ' -PS2='> ' -PS4='+ ' - -# NLS nuisances. -for as_var in \ - LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ - LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ - LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME -do - if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then - eval $as_var=C; export $as_var - else - $as_unset $as_var - fi -done - -# Required to use basename. -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then - as_basename=basename -else - as_basename=false -fi - - -# Name of the executable. -as_me=`$as_basename "$0" || -$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \ - . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || -echo X/"$0" | - sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } - s/.*/./; q'` - - -# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH. -# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. -as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' -as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' -as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS -as_cr_digits='0123456789' -as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits - -# The user is always right. -if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then - echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh - echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh - chmod +x conf$$.sh - if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - PATH_SEPARATOR=';' - else - PATH_SEPARATOR=: - fi - rm -f conf$$.sh -fi - - - as_lineno_1=$LINENO - as_lineno_2=$LINENO - as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` - test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && - test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { - # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all - # relative or not. - case $0 in - *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; - *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break -done - - ;; - esac - # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' - # in which case we are not to be found in the path. - if test "x$as_myself" = x; then - as_myself=$0 - fi - if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then - { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi - case $CONFIG_SHELL in - '') - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do - case $as_dir in - /*) - if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c ' - as_lineno_1=$LINENO - as_lineno_2=$LINENO - as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` - test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && - test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then - $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; } - $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; } - CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"} - fi;; - esac - done -done -;; - esac - - # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO - # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a - # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real - # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line - # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during - # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end. - # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the - # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-) - sed '=' <$as_myself | - sed ' - N - s,$,-, - : loop - s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3, - t loop - s,-$,, - s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,, - ' >$as_me.lineno && - chmod +x $as_me.lineno || - { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - - # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems - # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the - # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this). - . ./$as_me.lineno - # Exit status is that of the last command. - exit -} - - -case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in - *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C=' -' ECHO_T=' ' ;; - *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;; - *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;; -esac - -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file -echo >conf$$.file -if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic - # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04). - if test -f conf$$.exe; then - # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links - as_ln_s='cp -p' - else - as_ln_s='ln -s' - fi -elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s=ln -else - as_ln_s='cp -p' -fi -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file - -if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then - as_mkdir_p=: -else - test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p - as_mkdir_p=false -fi - -as_executable_p="test -f" - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. -as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. -as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - - -# IFS -# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. -as_nl=' -' -IFS=" $as_nl" - -# CDPATH. -$as_unset CDPATH - - -# Name of the host. -# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, -# so uname gets run too. -ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` - -exec 6>&1 - -# -# Initializations. -# -ac_default_prefix=/usr/local -ac_config_libobj_dir=. -cross_compiling=no -subdirs= -MFLAGS= -MAKEFLAGS= -SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - -# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document. -# This variable seems obsolete. It should probably be removed, and -# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used. -: ${ac_max_here_lines=38} - -# Identity of this package. -PACKAGE_NAME='tk' -PACKAGE_TARNAME='tk' -PACKAGE_VERSION='8.6' -PACKAGE_STRING='tk 8.6' -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' - -# Factoring default headers for most tests. -ac_includes_default="\ -#include <stdio.h> -#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H -# include <sys/types.h> -#endif -#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H -# include <sys/stat.h> -#endif -#if STDC_HEADERS -# include <stdlib.h> -# include <stddef.h> -#else -# if HAVE_STDLIB_H -# include <stdlib.h> -# endif -#endif -#if HAVE_STRING_H -# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H -# include <memory.h> -# endif -# include <string.h> -#endif -#if HAVE_STRINGS_H -# include <strings.h> -#endif -#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H -# include <inttypes.h> -#else -# if HAVE_STDINT_H -# include <stdint.h> -# endif -#endif -#if HAVE_UNISTD_H -# include <unistd.h> -#endif" - -ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS TCL_VERSION TCL_PATCH_LEVEL TCL_BIN_DIR TCL_SRC_DIR TCL_LIB_FILE TCL_LIB_FLAG TCL_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC TCLSH_PROG BUILD_TCLSH MAN_FLAGS CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT CPP EGREP TCL_THREADS RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB AR ac_ct_AR LIBOBJS TCL_LIBS DL_LIBS DL_OBJS PLAT_OBJS PLAT_SRCS LDAIX_SRC CFLAGS_DEBUG CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CFLAGS_WARNING LDFLAGS_DEBUG LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CC_SEARCH_FLAGS LD_SEARCH_FLAGS STLIB_LD SHLIB_LD TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS SHLIB_LD_LIBS SHLIB_CFLAGS SHLIB_SUFFIX MAKE_LIB MAKE_STUB_LIB INSTALL_LIB DLL_INSTALL_DIR INSTALL_STUB_LIB CFLAGS_DEFAULT LDFLAGS_DEFAULT XFT_CFLAGS XFT_LIBS UNIX_FONT_OBJS TK_VERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION TK_MINOR_VERSION TK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_YEAR TK_LIB_FILE TK_LIB_FLAG TK_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_INCLUDE_SPEC TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_SRC_DIR TK_SHARED_BUILD LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_FLAGS XINCLUDES XLIBSW LOCALES TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM TK_PKG_DIR TK_LIBRARY LIB_RUNTIME_DIR PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR HTML_DIR EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES EXTRA_INSTALL EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES EXTRA_BUILD_HTML EXTRA_WISH_LIBS CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS TK_RSRC_FILE WISH_RSRC_FILE LIB_RSRC_FILE APP_RSRC_FILE REZ REZ_FLAGS LTLIBOBJS' -ac_subst_files='' - -# Initialize some variables set by options. -ac_init_help= -ac_init_version=false -# The variables have the same names as the options, with -# dashes changed to underlines. -cache_file=/dev/null -exec_prefix=NONE -no_create= -no_recursion= -prefix=NONE -program_prefix=NONE -program_suffix=NONE -program_transform_name=s,x,x, -silent= -site= -srcdir= -verbose= -x_includes=NONE -x_libraries=NONE - -# Installation directory options. -# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" -# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix -# by default will actually change. -# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. -bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' -sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' -libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' -datadir='${prefix}/share' -sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' -sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' -localstatedir='${prefix}/var' -libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' -includedir='${prefix}/include' -oldincludedir='/usr/include' -infodir='${prefix}/info' -mandir='${prefix}/man' - -ac_prev= -for ac_option -do - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. - if test -n "$ac_prev"; then - eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" - ac_prev= - continue - fi - - ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'` - - # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. - - case $ac_option in - - -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) - ac_prev=bindir ;; - -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) - bindir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) - ac_prev=build_alias ;; - -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) - build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; - - -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ - | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) - ac_prev=cache_file ;; - -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ - | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) - cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; - - --config-cache | -C) - cache_file=config.cache ;; - - -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) - ac_prev=datadir ;; - -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ - | --da=*) - datadir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -disable-* | --disable-*) - ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'` - eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;; - - -enable-* | --enable-*) - ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'` - case $ac_option in - *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; - *) ac_optarg=yes ;; - esac - eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;; - - -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ - | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ - | --exec | --exe | --ex) - ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; - -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ - | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ - | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) - exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) - # Obsolete; use --with-gas. - with_gas=yes ;; - - -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) - ac_init_help=long ;; - -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) - ac_init_help=recursive ;; - -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) - ac_init_help=short ;; - - -host | --host | --hos | --ho) - ac_prev=host_alias ;; - -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) - host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; - - -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ - | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) - ac_prev=includedir ;; - -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ - | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) - includedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) - ac_prev=infodir ;; - -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) - infodir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) - ac_prev=libdir ;; - -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) - libdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ - | --libexe | --libex | --libe) - ac_prev=libexecdir ;; - -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ - | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) - libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ - | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ - | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo) - ac_prev=localstatedir ;; - -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ - | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ - | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) - localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) - ac_prev=mandir ;; - -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) - mandir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -nfp | --nfp | --nf) - # Obsolete; use --without-fp. - with_fp=no ;; - - -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ - | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) - no_create=yes ;; - - -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ - | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) - no_recursion=yes ;; - - -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ - | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ - | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) - ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; - -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ - | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ - | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) - oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) - ac_prev=prefix ;; - -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) - prefix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ - | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) - ac_prev=program_prefix ;; - -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ - | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) - program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ - | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) - ac_prev=program_suffix ;; - -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ - | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) - program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ - | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ - | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ - | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ - | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ - | --program-trans | --program-tran \ - | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) - ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; - -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ - | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ - | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ - | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ - | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ - | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ - | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) - program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; - - -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ - | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) - silent=yes ;; - - -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) - ac_prev=sbindir ;; - -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ - | --sbi=* | --sb=*) - sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ - | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ - | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ - | --sha | --sh) - ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; - -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ - | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ - | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ - | --sha=* | --sh=*) - sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -site | --site | --sit) - ac_prev=site ;; - -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) - site=$ac_optarg ;; - - -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) - ac_prev=srcdir ;; - -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) - srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ - | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) - ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; - -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ - | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) - sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) - ac_prev=target_alias ;; - -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) - target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; - - -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) - verbose=yes ;; - - -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) - ac_init_version=: ;; - - -with-* | --with-*) - ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` - case $ac_option in - *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; - *) ac_optarg=yes ;; - esac - eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;; - - -without-* | --without-*) - ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'` - eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;; - - --x) - # Obsolete; use --with-x. - with_x=yes ;; - - -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ - | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) - ac_prev=x_includes ;; - -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ - | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) - x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; - - -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ - | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) - ac_prev=x_libraries ;; - -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ - | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) - x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; - - -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option -Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ;; - - *=*) - ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` - eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'" - export $ac_envvar ;; - - *) - # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. - echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 - expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 - : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} - ;; - - esac -done - -if test -n "$ac_prev"; then - ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` - { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -# Be sure to have absolute paths. -for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix -do - eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` - case $ac_val in - [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;; - *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; - esac -done - -# Be sure to have absolute paths. -for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \ - localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir -do - eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` - case $ac_val in - [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; - *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; - esac -done - -# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' -# used to hold the argument of --host etc. -# FIXME: To remove some day. -build=$build_alias -host=$host_alias -target=$target_alias - -# FIXME: To remove some day. -if test "x$host_alias" != x; then - if test "x$build_alias" = x; then - cross_compiling=maybe - echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. - If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 - elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then - cross_compiling=yes - fi -fi - -ac_tool_prefix= -test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- - -test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null - - -# Find the source files, if location was not specified. -if test -z "$srcdir"; then - ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes - # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. - ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null || -$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ - . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || -echo X"$0" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } - s/.*/./; q'` - srcdir=$ac_confdir - if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then - srcdir=.. - fi -else - ac_srcdir_defaulted=no -fi -if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then - if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then - { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - else - { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi -fi -(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null || - { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'` -ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set} -ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias -ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set} -ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias -ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set} -ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias -ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set} -ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias -ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set} -ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias -ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set} -ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias -ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set} -ac_env_CC_value=$CC -ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set} -ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC -ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set} -ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS -ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set} -ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS -ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set} -ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS -ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set} -ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS -ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set} -ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS -ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set} -ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS -ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set} -ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP -ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set} -ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP - -# -# Report the --help message. -# -if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then - # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. - # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. - cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures tk 8.6 to adapt to many kinds of systems. - -Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... - -To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as -VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. - -Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. - -Configuration: - -h, --help display this help and exit - --help=short display options specific to this package - --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages - -V, --version display version information and exit - -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages - --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] - -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' - -n, --no-create do not create output files - --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] - -_ACEOF - - cat <<_ACEOF -Installation directories: - --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX - [$ac_default_prefix] - --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX - [PREFIX] - -By default, \`make install' will install all the files in -\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify -an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', -for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. - -For better control, use the options below. - -Fine tuning of the installation directories: - --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] - --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] - --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] - --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share] - --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] - --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] - --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] - --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] - --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] - --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] - --infodir=DIR info documentation [PREFIX/info] - --mandir=DIR man documentation [PREFIX/man] -_ACEOF - - cat <<\_ACEOF - -X features: - --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR - --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR -_ACEOF -fi - -if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then - case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of tk 8.6:";; - esac - cat <<\_ACEOF - -Optional Features: - --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) - --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] - --enable-man-symlinks use symlinks for the manpages (default: off) - --enable-man-compression=PROG - compress the manpages with PROG (default: off) - --enable-man-suffix=STRING - use STRING as a suffix to manpage file names - (default: no, tk if enabled without - specifying STRING) - --enable-threads build with threads (default: on) - --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on) - --enable-64bit enable 64bit support (default: off) - --enable-64bit-vis enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off) - --disable-rpath disable rpath support (default: on) - --enable-corefoundation use CoreFoundation API on MacOSX (default: on) - --enable-load allow dynamic loading and "load" command (default: - on) - --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off) - --enable-aqua=yes|no use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no) - --enable-xft use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on) - --enable-xss use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on) - --enable-framework package shared libraries in MacOSX frameworks - (default: off) - -Optional Packages: - --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] - --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) - --with-tcl directory containing tcl configuration - (tclConfig.sh) - --with-x use the X Window System - -Some influential environment variables: - CC C compiler command - CFLAGS C compiler flags - LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a - nonstandard directory <lib dir> - CPPFLAGS C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have - headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir> - CPP C preprocessor - -Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help -it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. - -_ACEOF -fi - -if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then - # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. - ac_popdir=`pwd` - for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue - test -d $ac_dir || continue - ac_builddir=. - -if test "$ac_dir" != .; then - ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` - # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. - ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'` -else - ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir= -fi - -case $srcdir in - .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place. - ac_srcdir=. - if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then - ac_top_srcdir=. - else - ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'` - fi ;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path. - ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; - ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; - *) # Relative path. - ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;; -esac - -# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because -# the directories may not exist. -case `pwd` in -.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; -*) - case "$ac_dir" in - .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; - *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";; - esac;; -esac -case $ac_abs_builddir in -.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; -*) - case ${ac_top_builddir}. in - .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; - *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;; - esac;; -esac -case $ac_abs_builddir in -.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; -*) - case $ac_srcdir in - .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; - *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;; - esac;; -esac -case $ac_abs_builddir in -.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; -*) - case $ac_top_srcdir in - .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; - *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;; - esac;; -esac - - cd $ac_dir - # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure. - if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then - echo - $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu --help=recursive - elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then - echo - $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure --help=recursive - elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac || - test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then - echo - $ac_configure --help - else - echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 - fi - cd $ac_popdir - done -fi - -test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0 -if $ac_init_version; then - cat <<\_ACEOF -tk configure 8.6 -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59 - -Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. -_ACEOF - exit 0 -fi -exec 5>config.log -cat >&5 <<_ACEOF -This file contains any messages produced by compilers while -running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. - -It was created by tk $as_me 8.6, which was -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was - - $ $0 $@ - -_ACEOF -{ -cat <<_ASUNAME -## --------- ## -## Platform. ## -## --------- ## - -hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` -uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -_ASUNAME - -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - echo "PATH: $as_dir" -done - -} >&5 - -cat >&5 <<_ACEOF - - -## ----------- ## -## Core tests. ## -## ----------- ## - -_ACEOF - - -# Keep a trace of the command line. -# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. -# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. -# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. -# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. -ac_configure_args= -ac_configure_args0= -ac_configure_args1= -ac_sep= -ac_must_keep_next=false -for ac_pass in 1 2 -do - for ac_arg - do - case $ac_arg in - -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; - -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ - | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) - continue ;; - *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*) - ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; - esac - case $ac_pass in - 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;; - 2) - ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'" - if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then - ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. - else - case $ac_arg in - *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ - | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ - | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ - | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) - case "$ac_configure_args0 " in - "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; - esac - ;; - -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; - esac - fi - ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'" - # Get rid of the leading space. - ac_sep=" " - ;; - esac - done -done -$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; } -$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; } - -# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete -# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there -# would cause problems or look ugly. -# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells, -# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap. -trap 'exit_status=$? - # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. - { - echo - - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ---------------- ## -## Cache variables. ## -## ---------------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, -{ - (set) 2>&1 | - case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in - *ac_space=\ *) - sed -n \ - "s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g; - s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p" - ;; - *) - sed -n \ - "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p" - ;; - esac; -} - echo - - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------------- ## -## Output variables. ## -## ----------------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars - do - eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` - echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'" - done | sort - echo - - if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ------------- ## -## Output files. ## -## ------------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - for ac_var in $ac_subst_files - do - eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` - echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'" - done | sort - echo - fi - - if test -s confdefs.h; then - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------- ## -## confdefs.h. ## -## ----------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort - echo - fi - test "$ac_signal" != 0 && - echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" - echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" - } >&5 - rm -f core *.core && - rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && - exit $exit_status - ' 0 -for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do - trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal -done -ac_signal=0 - -# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. -rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h -# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. -echo >confdefs.h - -# Predefined preprocessor variables. - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" -_ACEOF - - -# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. -# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. -if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then - if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then - CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site" - else - CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" - fi -fi -for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do - if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 -echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} - sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 - . "$ac_site_file" - fi -done - -if test -r "$cache_file"; then - # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special - # files actually), so we avoid doing that. - if test -f "$cache_file"; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 -echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} - case $cache_file in - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;; - *) . ./$cache_file;; - esac - fi -else - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 -echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} - >$cache_file -fi - -# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same -# value. -ac_cache_corrupted=false -for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | - sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do - eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set - eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set - eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value" - eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value" - case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in - set,) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} - ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; - ,set) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} - ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; - ,);; - *) - if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5 -echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5 -echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;} - ac_cache_corrupted=: - fi;; - esac - # Pass precious variables to config.status. - if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then - case $ac_new_val in - *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*) - ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; - *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; - esac - case " $ac_configure_args " in - *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. - *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; - esac - fi -done -if $ac_cache_corrupted; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -TK_VERSION=8.6 -TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8 -TK_MINOR_VERSION=6 -TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9" -VERSION=${TK_VERSION} -LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv" - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - # - # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration - # First, look for one uninstalled. - # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl - # - - if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then - # we reset no_tcl in case something fails here - no_tcl=true - -# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given. -if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then - withval="$with_tcl" - with_tclconfig="${withval}" -fi; - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tcl configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6 - if test "${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - - # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified. - if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then - case "${with_tclconfig}" in - */tclConfig.sh ) - if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;} - with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`" - fi ;; - esac - if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`" - else - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi - fi - - # then check for a private Tcl installation - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - for i in \ - ../tcl \ - `ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ - ../../tcl \ - `ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ - ../../../tcl \ - `ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do - if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - - # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations - if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - ; do - if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - - # check in a few common install locations - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ - ; do - if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - - # check in a few other private locations - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - for i in \ - ${srcdir}/../tcl \ - `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do - if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - -fi - - - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found" - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - else - no_tcl= - TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6 - fi - fi - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6 - - if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6 - . "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6 - fi - - # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution - eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\"" - eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\"" - - # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory), - # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables. - # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value - # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC - # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an - # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl. - if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then - TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}" - TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" - TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}" - elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then - # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries - # from the framework at the given location so that linking works - # against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location. - case ${TCL_DEFS} in - *TCL_FRAMEWORK*) - if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then - for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \ - "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do - if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then - TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}" - break - fi - done - fi - if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then - TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" - TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}" - fi - ;; - esac - fi - - # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution - eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\"" - eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\"" - eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\"" - eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\"" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+ -Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+ -Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi -if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6 ; then - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+ -Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+ -Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh... $ECHO_C" >&6 - if test "${ac_cv_path_tclsh+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'` - for dir in $search_path ; do - for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]* 2> /dev/null` \ - `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do - if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then - if test -f "$j" ; then - ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j - break - fi - fi - done - done - -fi - - - if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then - TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$TCLSH_PROG" >&6 - else - # It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located. - TCLSH_PROG="" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}No tclsh found on PATH" >&6 - fi - - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... $ECHO_C" >&6 - BUILD_TCLSH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/tclsh - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6 - - - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Handle the --prefix=... option -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then - prefix="$TCL_PREFIX" -fi -if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then - exec_prefix=$prefix -fi -# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified! -srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`" -TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`" - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Compress and/or soft link the manpages? -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use symlinks for manpages" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use symlinks for manpages... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-man-symlinks or --disable-man-symlinks was given. -if test "${enable_man_symlinks+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_man_symlinks" - test "$enableval" != "no" && MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --symlinks" -else - enableval="no" -fi; - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enableval" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$enableval" >&6 - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to compress the manpages" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to compress the manpages... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-man-compression or --disable-man-compression was given. -if test "${enable_man_compression+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_man_compression" - case $enableval in - yes) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: missing argument to --enable-man-compression" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to --enable-man-compression" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; - no) ;; - *) MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --compress $enableval";; - esac -else - enableval="no" -fi; - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enableval" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$enableval" >&6 - if test "$enableval" != "no"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for compressed file suffix" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for compressed file suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6 - touch TeST - $enableval TeST - Z=`ls TeST* | sed 's/^....//'` - rm -f TeST* - MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --extension $Z" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $Z" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$Z" >&6 - fi - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to add a package name suffix for the manpages" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to add a package name suffix for the manpages... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-man-suffix or --disable-man-suffix was given. -if test "${enable_man_suffix+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_man_suffix" - case $enableval in - yes) enableval="tk" MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";; - no) ;; - *) MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";; - esac -else - enableval="no" -fi; - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enableval" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$enableval" >&6 - - - - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Standard compiler checks -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep -# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2". -if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then - CFLAGS="" -fi - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - - CC=$ac_ct_CC -else - CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" -fi - -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - - CC=$ac_ct_CC -else - CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" -fi - -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else - ac_prog_rejected=no -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then - ac_prog_rejected=yes - continue - fi - ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then - # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. - set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC - shift - if test $# != 0; then - # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. - # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen - # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. - shift - ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" - fi -fi -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - for ac_prog in cl - do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - - test -n "$CC" && break - done -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - for ac_prog in cl -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - - test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break -done - - CC=$ac_ct_CC -fi - -fi - - -test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - -# Provide some information about the compiler. -echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \ - "checking for C compiler version" >&5 -ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2` -{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } - -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files -ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out" -# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. -# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition -# of exeext. -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6 -ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - # Find the output, starting from the most likely. This scheme is -# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last -# resort. - -# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached. -# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile. -ac_cv_exeext= -# b.out is created by i960 compilers. -for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out -do - test -f "$ac_file" || continue - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) - ;; - conftest.$ac_ext ) - # This is the source file. - ;; - [ab].out ) - # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most - # certainly right. - break;; - *.* ) - ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` - # FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool, - # but it would be cool to find out if it's true. Does anybody - # maintain Libtool? --akim. - export ac_cv_exeext - break;; - * ) - break;; - esac -done -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 77); exit 77; }; } -fi - -ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6 - -# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either -# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6 -# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0 -# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. -if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then - if { ac_try='./$ac_file' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - cross_compiling=no - else - if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then - cross_compiling=yes - else - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs. -If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs. -If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi - fi -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 - -rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out -ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save -# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either -# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6 - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) -# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will -# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with -# `rm'. -for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do - test -f "$ac_file" || continue - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;; - *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` - export ac_cv_exeext - break;; - * ) break;; - esac -done -else - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6 - -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext -EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext -ac_exeext=$EXEEXT -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;; - *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` - break;; - esac -done -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6 -OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext -ac_objext=$OBJEXT -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -#ifndef __GNUC__ - choke me -#endif - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_compiler_gnu=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_compiler_gnu=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu - -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6 -GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes` -ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} -ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS -CFLAGS="-g" -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6 -if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then - CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS -elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-g -O2" - else - CFLAGS="-g" - fi -else - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-O2" - else - CFLAGS= - fi -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no -ac_save_CC=$CC -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ -struct buf { int x; }; -FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); -static char *e (p, i) - char **p; - int i; -{ - return p[i]; -} -static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) -{ - char *s; - va_list v; - va_start (v,p); - s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); - va_end (v); - return s; -} - -/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has - function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. - These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated - as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get - proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an - array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something - that's true only with -std1. */ -int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; - -int test (int i, double x); -struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; -struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; -int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); -int argc; -char **argv; -int -main () -{ -return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and -# breaks some systems' header files. -# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi -# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1 -# HP-UX 10.20 and later -Ae -# HP-UX older versions -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE -# SVR4 -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__ -for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" -do - CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg -break -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext -done -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext -CC=$ac_save_CC - -fi - -case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in - x|xno) - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;; - *) - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6 - CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;; -esac - -# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C. Since we use `exit', -# in C++ we need to declare it. In case someone uses the same compiler -# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide -# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment. -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -#ifndef __cplusplus - choke me -#endif -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - for ac_declaration in \ - '' \ - 'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \ - 'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \ - 'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \ - 'extern "C" void exit (int);' \ - 'void exit (int);' -do - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_declaration -#include <stdlib.h> -int -main () -{ -exit (42); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - : -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -continue -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_declaration -int -main () -{ -exit (42); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - break -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -done -rm -f conftest* -if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then - echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h - echo $ac_declaration >>confdefs.h - echo '#endif' >>confdefs.h -fi - -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_cv_c_inline=no -for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#ifndef __cplusplus -typedef int foo_t; -static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; } -$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; } -#endif - -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -done - -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6 - - -case $ac_cv_c_inline in - inline | yes) ;; - *) - case $ac_cv_c_inline in - no) ac_val=;; - *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;; - esac - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#ifndef __cplusplus -#define inline $ac_val -#endif -_ACEOF - ;; -esac - - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Supply a substitute for stdlib.h if it doesn't define strtol, -# strtoul, or strtod (which it doesn't in some versions of SunOS). -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6 -# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. -if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then - CPP= -fi -if test -z "$CPP"; then - if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded - for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" - do - ac_preproc_ok=false -for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes -do - # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc - # with a fresh cross-compiler works. - # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since - # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. - # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, - # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include <limits.h> -#else -# include <assert.h> -#endif - Syntax error -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - : -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Broken: fails on valid input. -continue -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - - # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers - # can be detected and how. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <ac_nonexistent.h> -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - # Broken: success on invalid input. -continue -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Passes both tests. -ac_preproc_ok=: -break -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - -done -# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -if $ac_preproc_ok; then - break -fi - - done - ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP - -fi - CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP -else - ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6 -ac_preproc_ok=false -for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes -do - # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc - # with a fresh cross-compiler works. - # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since - # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. - # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, - # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include <limits.h> -#else -# include <assert.h> -#endif - Syntax error -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - : -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Broken: fails on valid input. -continue -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - - # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers - # can be detected and how. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <ac_nonexistent.h> -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - # Broken: success on invalid input. -continue -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Passes both tests. -ac_preproc_ok=: -break -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - -done -# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -if $ac_preproc_ok; then - : -else - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1 - then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E' - else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep' - fi -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6 - EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep - - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <float.h> - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_header_stdc=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <string.h> - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - : -else - ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - -fi - -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdlib.h> - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - : -else - ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - -fi - -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. - if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then - : -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <ctype.h> -#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) -# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') -# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) -#else -# define ISLOWER(c) \ - (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ - || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ - || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) -# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) -#endif - -#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) -int -main () -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) - || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) - exit(2); - exit (0); -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - : -else - echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 -echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -( exit $ac_status ) -ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -fi -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define STDC_HEADERS 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. - - - - - - - - - -for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ - inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h -do -as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default - -#include <$ac_header> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -eval "$as_ac_Header=no" -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6 -if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -done - - -if test "${ac_cv_header_stdlib_h+set}" = set; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for stdlib.h" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for stdlib.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_header_stdlib_h+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&6 -else - # Is the header compilable? -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking stdlib.h usability" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking stdlib.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6 -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -#include <stdlib.h> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_header_compiler=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_header_compiler=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6 - -# Is the header present? -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking stdlib.h presence" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking stdlib.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6 -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdlib.h> -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - ac_header_preproc=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_header_preproc=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6 - -# So? What about this header? -case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in - yes:no: ) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} - ac_header_preproc=yes - ;; - no:yes:* ) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} - ( - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------------------------- ## -## Report this to the tk lists. ## -## ----------------------------- ## -_ASBOX - ) | - sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 - ;; -esac -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for stdlib.h" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for stdlib.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_header_stdlib_h+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_cv_header_stdlib_h=$ac_header_preproc -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&6 - -fi -if test $ac_cv_header_stdlib_h = yes; then - tk_ok=1 -else - tk_ok=0 -fi - - -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdlib.h> - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "strtol" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - : -else - tk_ok=0 -fi -rm -f conftest* - -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdlib.h> - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "strtoul" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - : -else - tk_ok=0 -fi -rm -f conftest* - -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdlib.h> - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "strtod" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - : -else - tk_ok=0 -fi -rm -f conftest* - -if test $tk_ok = 0; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define NO_STDLIB_H 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it. -# It makes compiling go faster. (This is only a performance feature.) -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the compiler understands -pipe" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if the compiler understands -pipe... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_cc_pipe+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe" - fi -fi - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Threads support - this auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - # Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given. -if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_threads" - tcl_ok=$enableval -else - tcl_ok=yes -fi; - - if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then - tcl_threaded_core=1; - fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then - TCL_THREADS=1 - # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based - # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1 -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _REENTRANT 1 -_ACEOF - - if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _THREAD_SAFE 1 -_ACEOF - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lpthread $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char pthread_mutex_init (); -int -main () -{ -pthread_mutex_init (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then - tcl_ok=yes -else - tcl_ok=no -fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then - # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same - # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is - # defined. We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with - # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't - # exist, like AIX 4.2. [Bug: 4359] - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lpthread $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char __pthread_mutex_init (); -int -main () -{ -__pthread_mutex_init (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init = yes; then - tcl_ok=yes -else - tcl_ok=no -fi - - fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - # The space is needed - THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread" - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lpthreads $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char pthread_mutex_init (); -int -main () -{ -pthread_mutex_init (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then - tcl_ok=yes -else - tcl_ok=no -fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - # The space is needed - THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads" - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lc $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char pthread_mutex_init (); -int -main () -{ -pthread_mutex_init (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then - tcl_ok=yes -else - tcl_ok=no -fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lc_r $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char pthread_mutex_init (); -int -main () -{ -pthread_mutex_init (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then - tcl_ok=yes -else - tcl_ok=no -fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - # The space is needed - THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread" - else - TCL_THREADS=0 - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile..." >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile..." >&2;} - fi - fi - fi - fi - - # Does the pthread-implementation provide - # 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ? - - ac_saved_libs=$LIBS - LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS" - - -for ac_func in pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork -do -as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func. - For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ -#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func - -/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. - Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since - <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include <limits.h> -#else -# include <assert.h> -#endif - -#undef $ac_func - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char $ac_func (); -/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements - to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named - something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) -choke me -#else -char (*f) () = $ac_func; -#endif -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -int -main () -{ -return f != $ac_func; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - eval "$as_ac_var=yes" -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -eval "$as_ac_var=no" -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6 -if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi -done - - LIBS=$ac_saved_libs - else - TCL_THREADS=0 - fi - # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for building with threads" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for building with threads... $ECHO_C" >&6 - if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define TCL_THREADS 1 -_ACEOF - - if test "${tcl_threaded_core}" = 1; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (threaded core)" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}yes (threaded core)" >&6 - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 - fi - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 - fi - - - - -# Add the threads support libraries -LIBS="$LIBS$THREADS_LIBS" - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to build libraries" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking how to build libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given. -if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_shared" - tcl_ok=$enableval -else - tcl_ok=yes -fi; - - if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_shared" - tcl_ok=$enableval - else - tcl_ok=yes - fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}shared" >&6 - SHARED_BUILD=1 - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}static" >&6 - SHARED_BUILD=0 - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define STATIC_BUILD 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# The statements below define a collection of compile flags. This -# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called -# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -fi -fi -RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB -if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then - ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB - # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - - test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB=":" -fi -fi -ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB -if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - - RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB -else - RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" -fi - - - - # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support? - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given. -if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_64bit" - do64bit=$enableval -else - do64bit=no -fi; - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bit" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bit" >&6 - - # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support? - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-64bit-vis or --disable-64bit-vis was given. -if test "${enable_64bit_vis+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_64bit_vis" - do64bitVIS=$enableval -else - do64bitVIS=no -fi; - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bitVIS" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bitVIS" >&6 - # Force 64bit on with VIS - if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"; then - do64bit=yes -fi - - - # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so - # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails. - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - - extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void); - void f(void) {} -int -main () -{ -f(); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes; then - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define MODULE_SCOPE extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_HIDDEN 1 -_ACEOF - - -fi - - - # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support? - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if rpath support is requested" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if rpath support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-rpath or --disable-rpath was given. -if test "${enable_rpath+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_rpath" - doRpath=$enableval -else - doRpath=yes -fi; - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $doRpath" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$doRpath" >&6 - - # Step 1: set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number - # for the system. - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking system version" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking system version... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_sys_version+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then - tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version` - else - tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r` - if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&2;} - tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown - else - # Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird - # results, and the version is kept in special file). - - if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then - tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $3}' /etc/.relid` - fi - if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then - tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r` - fi - fi - fi - -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_sys_version" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_sys_version" >&6 - system=$tcl_cv_sys_version - - - # Step 2: check for existence of -ldl library. This is needed because - # Linux can use either -ldl or -ldld for dynamic loading. - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char dlopen (); -int -main () -{ -dlopen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then - have_dl=yes -else - have_dl=no -fi - - - # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below. - - - - # Step 3: set configuration options based on system name and version. - - do64bit_ok=no - # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis - SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}' - LDFLAGS_ORIG="$LDFLAGS" - # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in - # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load] - # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796] - LDFLAGS_ARCH="" - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="" - TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`' - ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`' - TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok - CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2 - CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall" - -else - - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O - CFLAGS_WARNING="" - -fi - - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$AR"; then - ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -fi -fi -AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR -if test -n "$AR"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then - ac_ct_AR=$AR - # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done - -fi -fi -ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR -if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6 -else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi - - AR=$ac_ct_AR -else - AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" -fi - - STLIB_LD='${AR} cr' - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH" - PLAT_OBJS="" - PLAT_SRCS="" - LDAIX_SRC="" - if test "x${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x; then - SHLIB_VERSION=".1.0" -else - SHLIB_VERSION=".${SHLIB_VERSION}" -fi - - case $system in - AIX-*) - if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then - - # AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used - case "${CC}" in - *_r|*_r\ *) - # ok ... - ;; - *) - # Make sure only first arg gets _r - CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([^ ]*\)/\1_r/'` - ;; - esac - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&6 - -fi - - LIBS="$LIBS -lc" - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH" - - # ldAix No longer needed with use of -bexpall/-brtl - # but some extensions may still reference it - LDAIX_SRC='$(UNIX_DIR)/ldAix' - - # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker - if test "$do64bit" = yes; then - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;} - -else - - do64bit_ok=yes - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64" - RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64" - AR="${AR} -X64" - SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64" - -fi - - -fi - - - if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then - - # AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC - SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text" - # AIX-5 has dl* in libc.so - DL_LIBS="" - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - -else - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - -fi - - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - -else - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall' - -else - - SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl" - -fi - - SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - -fi - - ;; - BeOS*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - - #----------------------------------------------------------- - # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs - # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which - # is always linked to, for compatibility. - #----------------------------------------------------------- - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lbind $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char inet_ntoa (); -int -main () -{ -inet_ntoa (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa = yes; then - LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket" -fi - - ;; - BSD/OS-2.1*|BSD/OS-3*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="shlicc -r" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - BSD/OS-4.*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - CYGWIN_*|MINGW32*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - PLAT_OBJS='${CYGWIN_OBJS}' - PLAT_SRCS='${CYGWIN_SRCS}' - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=1 - TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX='${VERSION}\$\{DBGX\}.dll.a' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\$@.a" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Cygwin version of gcc" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for Cygwin version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_cygwin+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - - #ifdef __CYGWIN__ - #error cygwin - #endif - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_cygwin=no -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_cygwin=yes -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cygwin" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cygwin" >&6 - if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} is not a cygwin compiler." >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} is not a cygwin compiler." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi - if test "x${TCL_THREADS}" = "x0"; then - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi - do64bit_ok=yes - if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then - echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args" - # The eval makes quoting arguments work. - if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args; cd ../unix - then : - else - { echo "configure: error: configure failed for ../win" 1>&2; exit 1; } - fi - fi - ;; - dgux*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - Haiku*) - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic" - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared' - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-lroot" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lnetwork $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char inet_ntoa (); -int -main () -{ -inet_ntoa (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa = yes; then - LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork" -fi - - ;; - HP-UX-*.11.*) - # Use updated header definitions where possible - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1 -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 1 -_ACEOF - - LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet" # Use the XOPEN network library - - if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then - - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - -else - - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl" - -fi - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char shl_load (); -int -main () -{ -shl_load (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then - tcl_ok=yes -else - tcl_ok=no -fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - - SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z" - SHLIB_LD="ld -b" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldld" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH" - -fi - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - -else - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z" - -fi - - - # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc - #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable" - - # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker - if test "$do64bit" = "yes"; then - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in - hppa64*) - # 64-bit gcc in use. Fix flags for GNU ld. - do64bit_ok=yes - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - ;; - *) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;} - ;; - esac - -else - - do64bit_ok=yes - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64" - -fi - - -fi - ;; - HP-UX-*.08.*|HP-UX-*.09.*|HP-UX-*.10.*) - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char shl_load (); -int -main () -{ -shl_load (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then - tcl_ok=yes -else - tcl_ok=no -fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - - SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z" - SHLIB_LD="ld -b" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldld" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH" - -fi - ;; - IRIX-5.*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="ld -shared -rdata_shared" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - case $LIBOBJS in - "mkstemp.$ac_objext" | \ - *" mkstemp.$ac_objext" | \ - "mkstemp.$ac_objext "* | \ - *" mkstemp.$ac_objext "* ) ;; - *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mkstemp.$ac_objext" ;; -esac - - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - ;; - IRIX-6.*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - case $LIBOBJS in - "mkstemp.$ac_objext" | \ - *" mkstemp.$ac_objext" | \ - "mkstemp.$ac_objext "* | \ - *" mkstemp.$ac_objext "* ) ;; - *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mkstemp.$ac_objext" ;; -esac - - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32" - -else - - case $system in - IRIX-6.3) - # Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3. - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS" - ;; - *) - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32" - ;; - esac - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32" - -fi - - ;; - IRIX64-6.*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - case $LIBOBJS in - "mkstemp.$ac_objext" | \ - *" mkstemp.$ac_objext" | \ - "mkstemp.$ac_objext "* | \ - *" mkstemp.$ac_objext "* ) ;; - *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mkstemp.$ac_objext" ;; -esac - - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - - # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker - - if test "$do64bit" = yes; then - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&2;} - -else - - do64bit_ok=yes - SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64" - -fi - - -fi - - ;; - Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2" - # egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings - # when you inline the string and math operations. Turn this off to - # get rid of the warnings. - #CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES" - - SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared' - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic" - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"; then - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee" -fi - - if test $do64bit = yes; then - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_cc_m64+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_cc_m64=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes; then - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" - do64bit_ok=yes - -fi - - -fi - - - # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of - # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address - # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind - # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the - # files in compat/*.c is being linked in. - - if test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x; then - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline" -fi - - ;; - Lynx*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02 - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl" - LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic" - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - ;; - MP-RAS-02*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - MP-RAS-*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - OpenBSD-*) - arch=`arch -s` - case "$arch" in - alpha|sparc64) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - ;; - *) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic" - ;; - esac - SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}' - LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic" - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2" - if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then - - # On OpenBSD: Compile with -pthread - # Don't link with -lpthread - LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//` - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" - -fi - - # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots. - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' - TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots - ;; - NetBSD-*) - # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then - - # The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS - LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//` - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread" - -fi - - ;; - DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*) - # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports. - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$@" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - LDFLAGS="" - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then - - # The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS - LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//` - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS" -fi - - case $system in - FreeBSD-3.*) - # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy. - TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .` - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' - SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so' - TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots - ;; - esac - ;; - Darwin-*) - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os" - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common" - # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during - # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and - # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS: - CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \ - awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \ - if ($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"$i}'`" - CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \ - awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \ - if (!($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"$i}'`" - if test $do64bit = yes; then - - case `arch` in - ppc) - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes; then - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5" - do64bit_ok=yes - -fi -;; - i386) - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes; then - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64" - do64bit_ok=yes - -fi -;; - *) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&2;};; - esac - -else - - # Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build - if echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \ - && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '; then - - fat_32_64=yes -fi - - -fi - - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}' - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ld accepts -single_module flag" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld accepts -single_module flag... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_ld_single_module+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -int i; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes; then - - SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module" - -fi - - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o" - DL_LIBS="" - # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only: - if test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \ - "`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4; then - - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind" -fi - - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -int i; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes; then - - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" - -fi - - if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define MODULE_SCOPE __private_extern__ -_ACEOF - - -fi - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH" - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define MAC_OSX_TCL 1 -_ACEOF - - PLAT_OBJS='${MAC_OSX_OBJS}' - PLAT_SRCS='${MAC_OSX_SRCS}' - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use CoreFoundation" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use CoreFoundation... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-corefoundation or --disable-corefoundation was given. -if test "${enable_corefoundation+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_corefoundation" - tcl_corefoundation=$enableval -else - tcl_corefoundation=yes -fi; - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_corefoundation" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_corefoundation" >&6 - if test $tcl_corefoundation = yes; then - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for CoreFoundation.framework" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for CoreFoundation.framework... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_libs=$LIBS - if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then - - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - # On Tiger there is no 64-bit CF, so remove 64-bit - # archs from CFLAGS et al. while testing for - # presence of CF. 64-bit CF is disabled in - # tclUnixPort.h if necessary. - eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"' - done -fi - - LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h> -int -main () -{ -CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle(); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then - - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' - done -fi - - LIBS=$hold_libs -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation = yes; then - - LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation" - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_COREFOUNDATION 1 -_ACEOF - - -else - tcl_corefoundation=no -fi - - if test "$fat_32_64" = yes -a $tcl_corefoundation = yes; then - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for 64-bit CoreFoundation" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for 64-bit CoreFoundation... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"' - done - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h> -int -main () -{ -CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle(); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' - done -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64 = no; then - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define NO_COREFOUNDATION_64 1 -_ACEOF - - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings" - -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - ;; - NEXTSTEP-*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostdlib -r' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o" - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - OS/390-*) - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="" # Optimizer is buggy - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _OE_SOCKETS 1 -_ACEOF - - ;; - OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2) - # OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1 - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - # Hack: make package name same as library name - SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export :' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o" - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - OSF1-1.*) - # OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2 - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1; then - SHLIB_LD="ld -shared" -else - - SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared" - -fi - - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - OSF1-V*) - # Digital OSF/1 - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1; then - - SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"' - -else - - SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"' - -fi - - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - if test $doRpath = yes; then - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' -fi - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee" -else - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee" -fi - - # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa - if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64" - LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//` - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc" - -else - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread" - -fi - - -fi - - ;; - QNX-6*) - # QNX RTP - # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6. - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - # dlopen is in -lc on QNX - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - SCO_SV-3.2*) - # Note, dlopen is available only on SCO 3.2.5 and greater. However, - # this test works, since "uname -s" was non-standard in 3.2.4 and - # below. - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport" - -else - - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport" - -fi - - SHLIB_LD="ld -G" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - SINIX*5.4*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - SunOS-4*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC" - SHLIB_LD="ld" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - - # SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library - # specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead. Also, it - # requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names. - # So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0 - - SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}' - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' - TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots - ;; - SunOS-5.[0-6]) - # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case - - # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris - # won't define thread-safe library routines. - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _REENTRANT 1 -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1 -_ACEOF - - - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - -else - - SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - -fi - - ;; - SunOS-5*) - # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris - # won't define thread-safe library routines. - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _REENTRANT 1 -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1 -_ACEOF - - - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" - - # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker - if test "$do64bit" = yes; then - - arch=`isainfo` - if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - if test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print $1}'`" -lt 3; then - - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&2;} - -else - - do64bit_ok=yes - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9" - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - -fi - - -else - - do64bit_ok=yes - if test "$do64bitVIS" = yes; then - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a" - -else - - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9" - -fi - - # Solaris 64 uses this as well - #LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64" - -fi - - -else - if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - case $system in - SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*) - do64bit_ok=yes - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";; - *) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;};; - esac - -else - - do64bit_ok=yes - case $system in - SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*) - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";; - *) - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";; - esac - -fi - - -else - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&2;} -fi - -fi - - -fi - - - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - # On Solaris 5.x i386 with the sunpro compiler we need to link - # with sunmath to get floating point rounding control - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - use_sunmath=no -else - - arch=`isainfo` - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use -lsunmath for fp rounding control" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use -lsunmath for fp rounding control... $ECHO_C" >&6 - if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386" -o "$arch" = "i386"; then - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 - MATH_LIBS="-lsunmath $MATH_LIBS" - if test "${ac_cv_header_sunmath_h+set}" = set; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sunmath.h" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for sunmath.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_header_sunmath_h+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_sunmath_h" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_sunmath_h" >&6 -else - # Is the header compilable? -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking sunmath.h usability" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking sunmath.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6 -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -#include <sunmath.h> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_header_compiler=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_header_compiler=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6 - -# Is the header present? -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking sunmath.h presence" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking sunmath.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6 -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sunmath.h> -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - ac_header_preproc=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_header_preproc=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6 - -# So? What about this header? -case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in - yes:no: ) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} - ac_header_preproc=yes - ;; - no:yes:* ) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} - ( - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------------------------- ## -## Report this to the tk lists. ## -## ----------------------------- ## -_ASBOX - ) | - sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 - ;; -esac -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sunmath.h" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for sunmath.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_header_sunmath_h+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_cv_header_sunmath_h=$ac_header_preproc -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_sunmath_h" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_sunmath_h" >&6 - -fi - - - use_sunmath=yes - -else - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 - use_sunmath=no - -fi - - -fi - - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - if test "$do64bit_ok" = yes; then - - if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then - - # We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to - # add the path to the sparv9 libgcc. - SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc" - # for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc - # path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9' - #v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..." - #CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir" - -else - if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then - - SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc" - -fi - -fi - - -fi - - -else - - if test "$use_sunmath" = yes; then - textmode=textoff -else - textmode=text -fi - - case $system in - SunOS-5.[1-9][0-9]*|SunOS-5.[7-9]) - SHLIB_LD="\${CC} -G -z $textmode \${LDFLAGS}";; - *) - SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z $textmode";; - esac - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - -fi - - ;; - UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers - # that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does. - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_ld_Bexport+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -int i; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes; then - - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" - -fi - - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - esac - - if test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no; then - - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&2;} - -fi - - - if test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = yes; then - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1 -_ACEOF - - -fi - - - - - # Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch. - - # Check whether --enable-load or --disable-load was given. -if test "${enable_load+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_load" - tcl_ok=$enableval -else - tcl_ok=yes -fi; - if test "$tcl_ok" = no; then - DL_OBJS="" -fi - - - if test "x$DL_OBJS" != x; then - BUILD_DLTEST="\$(DLTEST_TARGETS)" -else - - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries on this system." >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries on this system." >&2;} - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX="" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.o" - DL_LIBS="" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS_ORIG" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - BUILD_DLTEST="" - -fi - - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH" - - # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared - # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the - # standard manufacturer compiler. - - if test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes; then - - case $system in - AIX-*) ;; - BSD/OS*) ;; - CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*) ;; - IRIX*) ;; - NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;; - Darwin-*) ;; - SCO_SV-3.2*) ;; - *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;; - esac -fi - - - if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define MODULE_SCOPE extern -_ACEOF - - -fi - - - if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then - - SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}' -fi - - if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then - - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}.a' -fi - - DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" - - if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = 1 -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then - - LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX} - MAKE_LIB='${SHLIB_LD} -o $@ ${OBJS} ${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}' - if test "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" = ".dll"; then - - INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)";if test -f $(LIB_FILE).a; then $(INSTALL_DATA) $(LIB_FILE).a "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; fi;' - DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)" - -else - - INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"' - -fi - - -else - - LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX} - - if test "$RANLIB" = ""; then - - MAKE_LIB='$(STLIB_LD) $@ ${OBJS}' - -else - - MAKE_LIB='${STLIB_LD} $@ ${OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} $@' - -fi - - INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"' - -fi - - - # Stub lib does not depend on shared/static configuration - if test "$RANLIB" = ""; then - - MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} $@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS}' - -else - - MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} $@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} $@' - -fi - - INSTALL_STUB_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(STUB_LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(STUB_LIB_FILE)"' - - # Define TCL_LIBS now that we know what DL_LIBS is. - # The trick here is that we don't want to change the value of TCL_LIBS if - # it is already set when tclConfig.sh had been loaded by Tk. - if test "x${TCL_LIBS}" = x; then - - TCL_LIBS="${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}" -fi - - - - # See if the compiler supports casting to a union type. - # This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler - # warning when initializing a union member. - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cast to union support" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for cast to union support... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - union foo { int i; double d; }; - union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0; - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6 - if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - - # FIXME: This subst was left in only because the TCL_DL_LIBS - # entry in tclConfig.sh uses it. It is not clear why someone - # would use TCL_DL_LIBS instead of TCL_LIBS. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define TCL_SHLIB_EXT "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" -_ACEOF - - - - - - - - - - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for build with symbols" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for build with symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given. -if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_symbols" - tcl_ok=$enableval -else - tcl_ok=no -fi; -# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT. - DBGX="" - if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then - CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)' - LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)' - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define NDEBUG 1 -_ACEOF - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1 -_ACEOF - - else - CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)' - LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)' - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}yes (standard debugging)" >&6 - fi - fi - - - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - - - - if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then - if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled symbols mem debugging" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}enabled symbols mem debugging" >&6 - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6 - fi - fi - - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for required early compiler flags" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for required early compiler flags... $ECHO_C" >&6 - tcl_flags="" - - if test "${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdlib.h> -int -main () -{ -char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1 -#include <stdlib.h> -int -main () -{ -char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - - if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source}" = "xyes" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1 -_ACEOF - - tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _ISOC99_SOURCE" - fi - - - if test "${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/stat.h> -int -main () -{ -struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1 -#include <sys/stat.h> -int -main () -{ -struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - - if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source}" = "xyes" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1 -_ACEOF - - tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" - fi - - - if test "${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/stat.h> -int -main () -{ -char *p = (char *)open64; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1 -#include <sys/stat.h> -int -main () -{ -char *p = (char *)open64; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - - if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64}" = "xyes" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1 -_ACEOF - - tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64" - fi - - if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}none" >&6 - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${tcl_flags}" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}${tcl_flags}" >&6 - fi - - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for 64-bit integer type" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for 64-bit integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6 - if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - tcl_cv_type_64bit=none - # See if the compiler knows natively about __int64 - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -__int64 value = (__int64) 0; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_type_64bit=__int64 -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_type_64bit="long long" -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - # See if we should use long anyway Note that we substitute in the - # type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check - # program, so it should be modified only carefully... - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -switch (0) { - case 1: case (sizeof(${tcl_type_64bit})==sizeof(long)): ; - } - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit} -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - - if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG 1 -_ACEOF - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using long" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}using long" >&6 - else - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE ${tcl_cv_type_64bit} -_ACEOF - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&6 - - # Now check for auxiliary declarations - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct dirent64" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct dirent64... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <dirent.h> -int -main () -{ -struct dirent64 p; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&6 - if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for DIR64" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for DIR64... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_DIR64+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <dirent.h> -int -main () -{ -struct dirent64 *p; DIR64 d = opendir64("."); - p = readdir64(d); rewinddir64(d); closedir64(d); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_DIR64=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_DIR64=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_DIR64" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_DIR64" >&6 - if test "x${tcl_cv_DIR64}" = "xyes" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_DIR64 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct stat64" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct stat64... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_struct_stat64+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/stat.h> -int -main () -{ -struct stat64 p; - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&6 - if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - - - -for ac_func in open64 lseek64 -do -as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func. - For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ -#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func - -/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. - Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since - <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include <limits.h> -#else -# include <assert.h> -#endif - -#undef $ac_func - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char $ac_func (); -/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements - to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named - something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) -choke me -#else -char (*f) () = $ac_func; -#endif -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -int -main () -{ -return f != $ac_func; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - eval "$as_ac_var=yes" -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -eval "$as_ac_var=no" -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6 -if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi -done - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for off64_t" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for off64_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 - if test "${tcl_cv_type_off64_t+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/types.h> -int -main () -{ -off64_t offset; - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - - if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \ - test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \ - test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T 1 -_ACEOF - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 - fi - fi - - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check endianness because we can optimize some operations -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_c_bigendian+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - # See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro. -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/param.h> - -int -main () -{ -#if !BYTE_ORDER || !BIG_ENDIAN || !LITTLE_ENDIAN - bogus endian macros -#endif - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - # It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not. -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/param.h> - -int -main () -{ -#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN - not big endian -#endif - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_c_bigendian=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -# It does not; compile a test program. -if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then - # try to guess the endianness by grepping values into an object file - ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -short ascii_mm[] = { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 }; -short ascii_ii[] = { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 }; -void _ascii () { char *s = (char *) ascii_mm; s = (char *) ascii_ii; } -short ebcdic_ii[] = { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 }; -short ebcdic_mm[] = { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 }; -void _ebcdic () { char *s = (char *) ebcdic_mm; s = (char *) ebcdic_ii; } -int -main () -{ - _ascii (); _ebcdic (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - if grep BIGenDianSyS conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then - ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes -fi -if grep LiTTleEnDian conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then - if test "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" = unknown; then - ac_cv_c_bigendian=no - else - # finding both strings is unlikely to happen, but who knows? - ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown - fi -fi -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -int -main () -{ - /* Are we little or big endian? From Harbison&Steele. */ - union - { - long l; - char c[sizeof (long)]; - } u; - u.l = 1; - exit (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1); -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_c_bigendian=no -else - echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 -echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -( exit $ac_status ) -ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes -fi -rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&6 -case $ac_cv_c_bigendian in - yes) - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1 -_ACEOF - ;; - no) - ;; - *) - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unknown endianness -presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: unknown endianness -presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; -esac - - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library -# search path to reflect this. -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='$(libdir)' - -if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then - LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib" -fi - -if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: - Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl! - [package require Tk] may not work correctly in tclsh." >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: - Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl! - [package require Tk] may not work correctly in tclsh." >&2;} -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things -# that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h. -# This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX. Some -# systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and -# other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's -# pernicious. If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a -# special flag. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for fd_set in sys/types" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for fd_set in sys/types... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_type_fd_set+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/types.h> -int -main () -{ -fd_set readMask, writeMask; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_type_fd_set" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_type_fd_set" >&6 -tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set -if test $tk_ok = no; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for fd_mask in sys/select" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for fd_mask in sys/select... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/select.h> - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "fd_mask" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present -else - tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing -fi -rm -f conftest* - -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1 -_ACEOF - - tk_ok=yes - fi -fi -if test $tk_ok = no; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define NO_FD_SET 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Find out all about time handling differences. -#------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - -for ac_header in sys/time.h -do -as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6 -else - # Is the header compilable? -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6 -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -#include <$ac_header> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_header_compiler=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_header_compiler=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6 - -# Is the header present? -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6 -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <$ac_header> -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - ac_header_preproc=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_header_preproc=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6 - -# So? What about this header? -case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in - yes:no: ) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} - ac_header_preproc=yes - ;; - no:yes:* ) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} - ( - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------------------------- ## -## Report this to the tk lists. ## -## ----------------------------- ## -_ASBOX - ) | - sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 - ;; -esac -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6 - -fi -if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -done - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_header_time+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/time.h> -#include <time.h> - -int -main () -{ -if ((struct tm *) 0) -return 0; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_header_time=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_header_time=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_time" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_time" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if -# they don't exist. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mode_t" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for mode_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_type_mode_t+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -int -main () -{ -if ((mode_t *) 0) - return 0; -if (sizeof (mode_t)) - return 0; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_type_mode_t=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_type_mode_t=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_mode_t" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_mode_t" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_type_mode_t = yes; then - : -else - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define mode_t int -_ACEOF - -fi - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pid_t" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for pid_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_type_pid_t+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -int -main () -{ -if ((pid_t *) 0) - return 0; -if (sizeof (pid_t)) - return 0; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_type_pid_t=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_type_pid_t=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_type_pid_t = yes; then - : -else - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define pid_t int -_ACEOF - -fi - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for size_t" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for size_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_type_size_t+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -int -main () -{ -if ((size_t *) 0) - return 0; -if (sizeof (size_t)) - return 0; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_type_size_t=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_type_size_t=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_size_t" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_size_t" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = yes; then - : -else - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define size_t unsigned -_ACEOF - -fi - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uid_t in sys/types.h" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for uid_t in sys/types.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_type_uid_t+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <sys/types.h> - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "uid_t" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - ac_cv_type_uid_t=yes -else - ac_cv_type_uid_t=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_uid_t" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_uid_t" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_type_uid_t = no; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define uid_t int -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define gid_t int -_ACEOF - -fi - - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for intptr_t" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for intptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_type_intptr_t+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -int -main () -{ -if ((intptr_t *) 0) - return 0; -if (sizeof (intptr_t)) - return 0; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_type_intptr_t=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_type_intptr_t=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_type_intptr_t = yes; then - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_INTPTR_T 1 -_ACEOF - -else - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pointer-size signed integer type" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for pointer-size signed integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_intptr_t+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "long long" none; do - if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -int -main () -{ -static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t))]; -test_array [0] = 0 - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_ok=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_ok=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi - done -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_intptr_t" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_intptr_t" >&6 - if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define intptr_t $tcl_cv_intptr_t -_ACEOF - - fi - -fi - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uintptr_t" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for uintptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_type_uintptr_t+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -int -main () -{ -if ((uintptr_t *) 0) - return 0; -if (sizeof (uintptr_t)) - return 0; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t = yes; then - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_UINTPTR_T 1 -_ACEOF - -else - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pointer-size unsigned integer type" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for pointer-size unsigned integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_uintptr_t+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned long long" \ - none; do - if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -int -main () -{ -static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t))]; -test_array [0] = 0 - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_ok=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_ok=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi - done -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_uintptr_t" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" >&6 - if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define uintptr_t $tcl_cv_uintptr_t -_ACEOF - - fi - -fi - - -#------------------------------------------- -# In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field -#------------------------------------------- - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking pw_gecos in struct pwd" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking pw_gecos in struct pwd... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <pwd.h> -int -main () -{ -struct passwd pwd; pwd.pw_gecos; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos" >&6 -if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_PW_GECOS 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use Aqua" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use Aqua... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-aqua or --disable-aqua was given. -if test "${enable_aqua+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_aqua" - tk_aqua=$enableval -else - tk_aqua=no -fi; - if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then - tk_aqua=yes - if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available" >&2;} - tk_aqua=no - fi - if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available" >&2;} - tk_aqua=no - fi - if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print $1}'`" -lt 9; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later" >&2;} - tk_aqua=no - fi - fi - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tk_aqua" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tk_aqua" >&6 - if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then - if test $tk_aqua = no; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for 64-bit X11" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for 64-bit X11... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_lib_x11_64+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"' - done - CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <X11/Xlib.h> -int -main () -{ -XrmInitialize(); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' - done -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&6 - fi - # remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit - # fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit. - if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&5 -echo "$as_me: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&6;} - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"' - done - fi - fi - if test $tk_aqua = no; then - # check if weak linking whole libraries is possible. - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ld accepts -weak-l flag" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld accepts -weak-l flag... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_ld_weak_l+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <math.h> -int -main () -{ -double f = sin(1.0); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" >&6 - fi - -for ac_header in AvailabilityMacros.h -do -as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6 -else - # Is the header compilable? -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6 -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -#include <$ac_header> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_header_compiler=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_header_compiler=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6 - -# Is the header present? -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6 -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <$ac_header> -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - ac_header_preproc=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_header_preproc=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6 - -# So? What about this header? -case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in - yes:no: ) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} - ac_header_preproc=yes - ;; - no:yes:* ) - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} - ( - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------------------------- ## -## Report this to the tk lists. ## -## ----------------------------- ## -_ASBOX - ) | - sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 - ;; -esac -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6 - -fi -if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -done - - if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if weak import is available" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if weak import is available... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_cc_weak_import+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - - #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ - #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020 - #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020 - #endif - #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020 - #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020 - #endif - int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import)); - -int -main () -{ -rand(); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_weak_import" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - - #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ - #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050 - #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050 - #endif - #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050 - #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050 - #endif - #define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1 - #include <sys/cdefs.h> - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source" >&6 - if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - fi -else - tk_aqua=no -fi - -if test $tk_aqua = yes; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define MAC_OSX_TK 1 -_ACEOF - - LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit" - EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c' - TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA - if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define TK_MAC_DEBUG 1 -_ACEOF - - fi -else - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - # Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive. Try - # the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff - # (e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through - # a list of possible directories. Under some conditions the - # autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains - # no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe. - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for X... $ECHO_C" >&6 - - -# Check whether --with-x or --without-x was given. -if test "${with_x+set}" = set; then - withval="$with_x" - -fi; -# $have_x is `yes', `no', `disabled', or empty when we do not yet know. -if test "x$with_x" = xno; then - # The user explicitly disabled X. - have_x=disabled -else - if test "x$x_includes" != xNONE && test "x$x_libraries" != xNONE; then - # Both variables are already set. - have_x=yes - else - if test "${ac_cv_have_x+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - # One or both of the vars are not set, and there is no cached value. -ac_x_includes=no ac_x_libraries=no -rm -fr conftest.dir -if mkdir conftest.dir; then - cd conftest.dir - # Make sure to not put "make" in the Imakefile rules, since we grep it out. - cat >Imakefile <<'_ACEOF' -acfindx: - @echo 'ac_im_incroot="${INCROOT}"; ac_im_usrlibdir="${USRLIBDIR}"; ac_im_libdir="${LIBDIR}"' -_ACEOF - if (xmkmf) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && test -f Makefile; then - # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. - eval `${MAKE-make} acfindx 2>/dev/null | grep -v make` - # Open Windows xmkmf reportedly sets LIBDIR instead of USRLIBDIR. - for ac_extension in a so sl; do - if test ! -f $ac_im_usrlibdir/libX11.$ac_extension && - test -f $ac_im_libdir/libX11.$ac_extension; then - ac_im_usrlibdir=$ac_im_libdir; break - fi - done - # Screen out bogus values from the imake configuration. They are - # bogus both because they are the default anyway, and because - # using them would break gcc on systems where it needs fixed includes. - case $ac_im_incroot in - /usr/include) ;; - *) test -f "$ac_im_incroot/X11/Xos.h" && ac_x_includes=$ac_im_incroot;; - esac - case $ac_im_usrlibdir in - /usr/lib | /lib) ;; - *) test -d "$ac_im_usrlibdir" && ac_x_libraries=$ac_im_usrlibdir ;; - esac - fi - cd .. - rm -fr conftest.dir -fi - -# Standard set of common directories for X headers. -# Check X11 before X11Rn because it is often a symlink to the current release. -ac_x_header_dirs=' -/usr/X11/include -/usr/X11R6/include -/usr/X11R5/include -/usr/X11R4/include - -/usr/include/X11 -/usr/include/X11R6 -/usr/include/X11R5 -/usr/include/X11R4 - -/usr/local/X11/include -/usr/local/X11R6/include -/usr/local/X11R5/include -/usr/local/X11R4/include - -/usr/local/include/X11 -/usr/local/include/X11R6 -/usr/local/include/X11R5 -/usr/local/include/X11R4 - -/usr/X386/include -/usr/x386/include -/usr/XFree86/include/X11 - -/usr/include -/usr/local/include -/usr/unsupported/include -/usr/athena/include -/usr/local/x11r5/include -/usr/lpp/Xamples/include - -/usr/openwin/include -/usr/openwin/share/include' - -if test "$ac_x_includes" = no; then - # Guess where to find include files, by looking for Intrinsic.h. - # First, try using that file with no special directory specified. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <X11/Intrinsic.h> -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - # We can compile using X headers with no special include directory. -ac_x_includes= -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - for ac_dir in $ac_x_header_dirs; do - if test -r "$ac_dir/X11/Intrinsic.h"; then - ac_x_includes=$ac_dir - break - fi -done -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -fi # $ac_x_includes = no - -if test "$ac_x_libraries" = no; then - # Check for the libraries. - # See if we find them without any special options. - # Don't add to $LIBS permanently. - ac_save_LIBS=$LIBS - LIBS="-lXt $LIBS" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <X11/Intrinsic.h> -int -main () -{ -XtMalloc (0) - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS -# We can link X programs with no special library path. -ac_x_libraries= -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS -for ac_dir in `echo "$ac_x_includes $ac_x_header_dirs" | sed s/include/lib/g` -do - # Don't even attempt the hair of trying to link an X program! - for ac_extension in a so sl; do - if test -r $ac_dir/libXt.$ac_extension; then - ac_x_libraries=$ac_dir - break 2 - fi - done -done -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -fi # $ac_x_libraries = no - -if test "$ac_x_includes" = no || test "$ac_x_libraries" = no; then - # Didn't find X anywhere. Cache the known absence of X. - ac_cv_have_x="have_x=no" -else - # Record where we found X for the cache. - ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes \ - ac_x_includes=$ac_x_includes ac_x_libraries=$ac_x_libraries" -fi -fi - - fi - eval "$ac_cv_have_x" -fi # $with_x != no - -if test "$have_x" != yes; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $have_x" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$have_x" >&6 - no_x=yes -else - # If each of the values was on the command line, it overrides each guess. - test "x$x_includes" = xNONE && x_includes=$ac_x_includes - test "x$x_libraries" = xNONE && x_libraries=$ac_x_libraries - # Update the cache value to reflect the command line values. - ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes \ - ac_x_includes=$x_includes ac_x_libraries=$x_libraries" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&6 -fi - - not_really_there="" - if test "$no_x" = ""; then - if test "$x_includes" = ""; then - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <X11/Xlib.h> -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - : -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - not_really_there="yes" -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - else - if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then - not_really_there="yes" - fi - fi - fi - if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11 header files" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11 header files... $ECHO_C" >&6 - found_xincludes="no" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <X11/Xlib.h> -_ACEOF -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then - if test -s conftest.err; then - ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag - ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag - else - ac_cpp_err= - fi -else - ac_cpp_err=yes -fi -if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then - found_xincludes="yes" -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - found_xincludes="no" -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then - dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include" - for i in $dirs ; do - if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $i" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$i" >&6 - XINCLUDES=" -I$i" - found_xincludes="yes" - break - fi - done - fi - else - if test "$x_includes" != ""; then - XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes" - found_xincludes="yes" - fi - fi - if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: couldn't find any!" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}couldn't find any!" >&6 - fi - - if test "$no_x" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11 libraries" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11 libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 - XLIBSW=nope - dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib" - for i in $dirs ; do - if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl -o -r $i/libX11.dylib; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $i" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$i" >&6 - XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11" - x_libraries="$i" - break - fi - done - else - if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then - XLIBSW=-lX11 - else - XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11" - fi - fi - if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lXwindow $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char XCreateWindow (); -int -main () -{ -XCreateWindow (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow = yes; then - XLIBSW=-lXwindow -fi - - fi - if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find any! Using -lX11." >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}could not find any! Using -lX11." >&6 - XLIBSW=-lX11 - fi - - TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11 -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to -# find shared libraries: -# 1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory, -# add the X library location into that search path. -# 2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the -# search path option, colons cannot be used to separate -# directories from each other. Change colons to " -L". -# 3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines -# and the other for when the linker is invoked directly. In -# the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must -# be replaced by spaces. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then - if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then - LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}" - fi -fi -if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then - LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'` -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check for the existence of various libraries. The order here -# is important, so that then end up in the right order in the -# command line generated by make. The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries -# require a couple of special tricks: -# 1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and -# "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl. -# 2. Use each function name only once: can't redo a check because -# autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it. -# 3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that -# aren't already present in the normal libraries. This is because -# IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're -# bogus: they goof up name resolution if used. -# 4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too. -# To get around this problem, check for both libraries together -# if -lsocket doesn't work by itself. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for main in -lXbsd" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for main in -lXbsd... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lXbsd $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - - -int -main () -{ -main (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main = yes; then - LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd" -fi - -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# One more check related to the X libraries. The standard releases -# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work -# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined. However, there are usually copies -# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth. -# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists. -# -# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1) -# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking MIT X libraries" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking MIT X libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - - #include <X11/Xlib.h> - -int -main () -{ - - XOpenDisplay(0); - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 - XLIBSW="-lX11-mit" - XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit" - -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use xft" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use xft... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-xft or --disable-xft was given. -if test "${enable_xft+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_xft" - enable_xft=$enableval -else - enable_xft="default" -fi; - XFT_CFLAGS="" - XFT_LIBS="" - if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_xft" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_xft" >&6 - else - found_xft="yes" - XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" - XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" - if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then - found_xft=yes - XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" - XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" - fi - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $found_xft" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$found_xft" >&6 - if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11/Xft/Xft.h" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11/Xft/Xft.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <X11/Xlib.h> - -#include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h = yes; then - : -else - - found_xft=no - -fi - - - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs - fi - if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW" - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XftFontOpen in -lXft" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for XftFontOpen in -lXft... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lXft $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char XftFontOpen (); -int -main () -{ -XftFontOpen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define HAVE_LIBXFT 1 -_ACEOF - - LIBS="-lXft $LIBS" - -else - - found_xft=no - -fi - - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs - fi - if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for FcFontSort in -lfontconfig" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for FcFontSort in -lfontconfig... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lfontconfig $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char FcFontSort (); -int -main () -{ -FcFontSort (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort = yes; then - - XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig" - -fi - - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs - fi - if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then - if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable" >&2;} - fi - enable_xft=no - XFT_CFLAGS="" - XFT_LIBS="" - else - enable_xft=yes - fi - fi - if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then - UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_XFT 1 -_ACEOF - - else - UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o - fi - - - -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES" - LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW" - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11/XKBlib.h" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11/XKBlib.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <X11/Xlib.h> - -#include <X11/XKBlib.h> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h = yes; then - - xkblib_header_found=yes - -else - - xkblib_header_found=no - -fi - - - if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XkbKeycodeToKeysym in -lX11" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for XkbKeycodeToKeysym in -lX11... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lX11 $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char XkbKeycodeToKeysym (); -int -main () -{ -XkbKeycodeToKeysym (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym = yes; then - - xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes - -else - - xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no - -fi - - else - xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no - fi - if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated in X11 headers. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no && test "$GCC" = yes; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated... $ECHO_C" >&6 - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - - #include <X11/Xlib.h> - -int -main () -{ - - XKeycodeToKeysym(0,0,0); - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 - -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED 1 -_ACEOF - - -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# XXX Do this last. -# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests. -# -# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver -# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so. -# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(). -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW" - xss_header_found=no - xss_lib_found=no - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to try to use XScreenSaver" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to try to use XScreenSaver... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-xss or --disable-xss was given. -if test "${enable_xss+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_xss" - enable_xss=$enableval -else - enable_xss=yes -fi; - if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_xss" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_xss" >&6 - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_xss" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_xss" >&6 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <X11/Xlib.h> - -#include <X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h = yes; then - - xss_header_found=yes - -fi - - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -/* Define XScreenSaverQueryInfo to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares XScreenSaverQueryInfo. - For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ -#define XScreenSaverQueryInfo innocuous_XScreenSaverQueryInfo - -/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char XScreenSaverQueryInfo (); below. - Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since - <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include <limits.h> -#else -# include <assert.h> -#endif - -#undef XScreenSaverQueryInfo - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char XScreenSaverQueryInfo (); -/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements - to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named - something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined (__stub_XScreenSaverQueryInfo) || defined (__stub___XScreenSaverQueryInfo) -choke me -#else -char (*f) () = XScreenSaverQueryInfo; -#endif -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -int -main () -{ -return f != XScreenSaverQueryInfo; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo = yes; then - : -else - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo in -lXext" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo in -lXext... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lXext $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char XScreenSaverQueryInfo (); -int -main () -{ -XScreenSaverQueryInfo (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo = yes; then - - XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext" - xss_lib_found=yes - -else - - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo in -lXss" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo in -lXss... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lXss -lXext $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char XScreenSaverQueryInfo (); -int -main () -{ -XScreenSaverQueryInfo (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=yes -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo = yes; then - - if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then - # On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible, - # as it is only available on Tiger or later. - XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext" - else - XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext" - fi - xss_lib_found=yes - -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - fi - if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define HAVE_XSS 1 -_ACEOF - - fi - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Figure out whether "char" is unsigned. If so, set a -# #define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether char is unsigned" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking whether char is unsigned... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_c_char_unsigned+set}" = set; then - echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -int -main () -{ -static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((char) -1) < 0)]; -test_array [0] = 0 - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" - || test ! -s conftest.err' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' - { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_c_char_unsigned=no -else - echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -ac_cv_c_char_unsigned=yes -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_char_unsigned" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_char_unsigned" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_c_char_unsigned = yes && test "$GCC" != yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to -# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" -eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" -eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}" - -# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed -# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes. - -eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}" - -if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" - TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS" -fi - -TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)' -PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)' -HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html' -TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)' -TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc' -WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc' - -# Note: in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute -# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..": this is because -# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look -# up the Tcl library. - -if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then - - if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to package libraries" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking how to package libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 - # Check whether --enable-framework or --disable-framework was given. -if test "${enable_framework+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_framework" - enable_framework=$enableval -else - enable_framework=no -fi; - if test $enable_framework = yes; then - if test $SHARED_BUILD = 0; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Frameworks can only be built if --enable-shared is yes" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: Frameworks can only be built if --enable-shared is yes" >&2;} - enable_framework=no - fi - if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Frameworks can only be used when CoreFoundation is available" >&5 -echo "$as_me: WARNING: Frameworks can only be used when CoreFoundation is available" >&2;} - enable_framework=no - fi - fi - if test $enable_framework = yes; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: framework" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}framework" >&6 - FRAMEWORK_BUILD=1 - else - if test $SHARED_BUILD = 1; then - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared library" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}shared library" >&6 - else - echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static library" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}static library" >&6 - fi - FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0 - fi - fi - - TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk '{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}'`" - TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[0-9a-f]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[^_] >> $$f && echo $$f)' - echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000' - TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist' - EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist' - EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic' - ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in" - - for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done - TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`" -fi - -if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define TK_FRAMEWORK 1 -_ACEOF - - # Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with - # '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work - ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands Tk.framework" - - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH" - if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then - # override libdir default - libdir="/Library/Frameworks" - fi - TK_LIB_FILE="Tk" - TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk" - TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk" - TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk" - libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}" - TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts" - TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts" - TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc" - WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc" - includedir="${libdir}/Headers" - PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders" - HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk" - EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk" - EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"' - if test $tk_aqua = yes; then - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"' - bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS" - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"' - fi - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."' - # Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define - # needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we - # can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this - # into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh - EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"' -else - if test $tk_aqua = yes; then - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done' - fi - # libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib - eval libdir="$libdir" - if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then - TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`" - TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}" - else - if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then - TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}" - else - TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`" - fi - TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}" - fi - TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}" -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk -# stub support. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION} -eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" -eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=${libdir}" - -if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then - TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}" -else - TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`" -fi - -TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" -TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" -TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}" -TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}" - -# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir -eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\"" - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD} - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in" - -cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF -# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure -# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure -# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. -# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't -# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. -# -# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it -# the --recheck option to rerun configure. -# -# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when -# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the -# following values. - -_ACEOF - -# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, -# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. -# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. -# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, -# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. -{ - (set) 2>&1 | - case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in - *ac_space=\ *) - # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote - # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). - sed -n \ - "s/'/'\\\\''/g; - s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" - ;; - *) - # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. - sed -n \ - "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p" - ;; - esac; -} | - sed ' - t clear - : clear - s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ - t end - /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ - : end' >>confcache -if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - if test -w $cache_file; then - test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file" - cat confcache >$cache_file - else - echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" - fi -fi -rm -f confcache - -test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix -# Let make expand exec_prefix. -test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' - -# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), -# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and -# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty -# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). -if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then - ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ -s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/; -s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/; -s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/; -s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/; -s/:*$//; -s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$//; -}' -fi - -# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. -# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. -# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. -# -# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that -# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section. Otherwise, -# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. -cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF -t clear -: clear -s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g -t quote -s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g -t quote -d -: quote -s,[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g -s,\[,\\&,g -s,\],\\&,g -s,\$,$$,g -p -_ACEOF -# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character. -# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing -# line-breaks from the sub-command output. A line-break within -# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a -# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr -# would break. -ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .` -DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'` -rm -f confdef2opt.sed - - -ac_libobjs= -ac_ltlibobjs= -for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue - # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. - ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" | - sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'` - # 2. Add them. - ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" - ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo' -done -LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs - -LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs - - -CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS="" - -: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} -ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files -ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" -{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 -echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} -cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF -#! $SHELL -# Generated by $as_me. -# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. -# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging -# configure, is in config.log if it exists. - -debug=false -ac_cs_recheck=false -ac_cs_silent=false -SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF -## --------------------- ## -## M4sh Initialization. ## -## --------------------- ## - -# Be Bourne compatible -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' -elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - set -o posix -fi -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh - -# Support unset when possible. -if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_unset=unset -else - as_unset=false -fi - - -# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. -$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH -PS1='$ ' -PS2='> ' -PS4='+ ' - -# NLS nuisances. -for as_var in \ - LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ - LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ - LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME -do - if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then - eval $as_var=C; export $as_var - else - $as_unset $as_var - fi -done - -# Required to use basename. -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then - as_basename=basename -else - as_basename=false -fi - - -# Name of the executable. -as_me=`$as_basename "$0" || -$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \ - . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || -echo X/"$0" | - sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } - s/.*/./; q'` - - -# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH. -# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. -as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' -as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' -as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS -as_cr_digits='0123456789' -as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits - -# The user is always right. -if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then - echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh - echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh - chmod +x conf$$.sh - if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - PATH_SEPARATOR=';' - else - PATH_SEPARATOR=: - fi - rm -f conf$$.sh -fi - - - as_lineno_1=$LINENO - as_lineno_2=$LINENO - as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` - test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && - test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { - # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all - # relative or not. - case $0 in - *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; - *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break -done - - ;; - esac - # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' - # in which case we are not to be found in the path. - if test "x$as_myself" = x; then - as_myself=$0 - fi - if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi - case $CONFIG_SHELL in - '') - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do - case $as_dir in - /*) - if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c ' - as_lineno_1=$LINENO - as_lineno_2=$LINENO - as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` - test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && - test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then - $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; } - $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; } - CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"} - fi;; - esac - done -done -;; - esac - - # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO - # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a - # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real - # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line - # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during - # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end. - # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the - # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-) - sed '=' <$as_myself | - sed ' - N - s,$,-, - : loop - s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3, - t loop - s,-$,, - s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,, - ' >$as_me.lineno && - chmod +x $as_me.lineno || - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - - # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems - # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the - # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this). - . ./$as_me.lineno - # Exit status is that of the last command. - exit -} - - -case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in - *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C=' -' ECHO_T=' ' ;; - *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;; - *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;; -esac - -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file -echo >conf$$.file -if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic - # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04). - if test -f conf$$.exe; then - # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links - as_ln_s='cp -p' - else - as_ln_s='ln -s' - fi -elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s=ln -else - as_ln_s='cp -p' -fi -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file - -if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then - as_mkdir_p=: -else - test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p - as_mkdir_p=false -fi - -as_executable_p="test -f" - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. -as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. -as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - - -# IFS -# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. -as_nl=' -' -IFS=" $as_nl" - -# CDPATH. -$as_unset CDPATH - -exec 6>&1 - -# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to -# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their -# values after options handling. Logging --version etc. is OK. -exec 5>>config.log -{ - echo - sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX -## Running $as_me. ## -_ASBOX -} >&5 -cat >&5 <<_CSEOF - -This file was extended by tk $as_me 8.6, which was -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was - - CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES - CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS - CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS - CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS - $ $0 $@ - -_CSEOF -echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5 -echo >&5 -_ACEOF - -# Files that config.status was made for. -if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then - echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS -fi - -if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then - echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS -fi - -if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then - echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS -fi - -if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then - echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS -fi - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF - -ac_cs_usage="\ -\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the -current configuration. - -Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]... - - -h, --help print this help, then exit - -V, --version print version number, then exit - -q, --quiet do not print progress messages - -d, --debug don't remove temporary files - --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions - --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] - instantiate the configuration file FILE - -Configuration files: -$config_files - -Configuration commands: -$config_commands - -Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>." -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF -ac_cs_version="\\ -tk config.status 8.6 -configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59, - with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" - -Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." -srcdir=$srcdir -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF -# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default -# value. By we need to know if files were specified by the user. -ac_need_defaults=: -while test $# != 0 -do - case $1 in - --*=*) - ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` - ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'` - ac_shift=: - ;; - -*) - ac_option=$1 - ac_optarg=$2 - ac_shift=shift - ;; - *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit - # arguments. - ac_option=$1 - ac_need_defaults=false;; - esac - - case $ac_option in - # Handling of the options. -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF - -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) - ac_cs_recheck=: ;; - --version | --vers* | -V ) - echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;; - --he | --h) - # Conflict between --help and --header - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1 -Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1 -Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; - --help | --hel | -h ) - echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; - --debug | --d* | -d ) - debug=: ;; - --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) - $ac_shift - CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg" - ac_need_defaults=false;; - --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) - $ac_shift - CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg" - ac_need_defaults=false;; - -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ - | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) - ac_cs_silent=: ;; - - # This is an error. - -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1 -Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 -Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; - - *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;; - - esac - shift -done - -ac_configure_extra_args= - -if $ac_cs_silent; then - exec 6>/dev/null - ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" -fi - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF -if \$ac_cs_recheck; then - echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6 - exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion -fi - -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF -# -# INIT-COMMANDS section. -# - -VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua} - -_ACEOF - - - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF -for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets -do - case "$ac_config_target" in - # Handling of arguments. - "Tk-Info.plist" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in" ;; - "Wish-Info.plist" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in" ;; - "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in" ;; - "tkConfig.sh" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in" ;; - "tk.pc" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in" ;; - "Tk.framework" ) CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS Tk.framework" ;; - *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; - esac -done - -# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, -# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. -# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely -# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. -if $ac_need_defaults; then - test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files - test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands -fi - -# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree -# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition, -# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. -# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging. -$debug || -{ - trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0 - trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15 -} - -# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. - -{ - tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && - test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" -} || -{ - tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM - (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) -} || -{ - echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; } -} - -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF - -# -# CONFIG_FILES section. -# - -# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES. -# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h -if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then - # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. - sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g; - s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF -s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t -s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t -s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t -s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t -s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t -s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t -s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t -s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t -s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t -s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t -s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t -s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t -s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t -s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t -s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t -s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t -s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t -s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t -s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t -s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t -s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t -s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t -s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t -s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t -s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t -s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t -s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t -s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t -s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t -s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t -s,@TCL_VERSION@,$TCL_VERSION,;t t -s,@TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TCL_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t -s,@TCL_BIN_DIR@,$TCL_BIN_DIR,;t t -s,@TCL_SRC_DIR@,$TCL_SRC_DIR,;t t -s,@TCL_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_LIB_FILE,;t t -s,@TCL_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_LIB_FLAG,;t t -s,@TCL_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_LIB_SPEC,;t t -s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t -s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t -s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t -s,@TCLSH_PROG@,$TCLSH_PROG,;t t -s,@BUILD_TCLSH@,$BUILD_TCLSH,;t t -s,@MAN_FLAGS@,$MAN_FLAGS,;t t -s,@CC@,$CC,;t t -s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t -s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t -s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t -s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t -s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t -s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t -s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t -s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t -s,@TCL_THREADS@,$TCL_THREADS,;t t -s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t -s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t -s,@AR@,$AR,;t t -s,@ac_ct_AR@,$ac_ct_AR,;t t -s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t -s,@TCL_LIBS@,$TCL_LIBS,;t t -s,@DL_LIBS@,$DL_LIBS,;t t -s,@DL_OBJS@,$DL_OBJS,;t t -s,@PLAT_OBJS@,$PLAT_OBJS,;t t -s,@PLAT_SRCS@,$PLAT_SRCS,;t t -s,@LDAIX_SRC@,$LDAIX_SRC,;t t -s,@CFLAGS_DEBUG@,$CFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t -s,@CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t -s,@CFLAGS_WARNING@,$CFLAGS_WARNING,;t t -s,@LDFLAGS_DEBUG@,$LDFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t -s,@LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t -s,@CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$CC_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t -s,@LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$LD_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t -s,@STLIB_LD@,$STLIB_LD,;t t -s,@SHLIB_LD@,$SHLIB_LD,;t t -s,@TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS@,$TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS,;t t -s,@TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS@,$TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS,;t t -s,@SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t -s,@SHLIB_CFLAGS@,$SHLIB_CFLAGS,;t t -s,@SHLIB_SUFFIX@,$SHLIB_SUFFIX,;t t -s,@MAKE_LIB@,$MAKE_LIB,;t t -s,@MAKE_STUB_LIB@,$MAKE_STUB_LIB,;t t -s,@INSTALL_LIB@,$INSTALL_LIB,;t t -s,@DLL_INSTALL_DIR@,$DLL_INSTALL_DIR,;t t -s,@INSTALL_STUB_LIB@,$INSTALL_STUB_LIB,;t t -s,@CFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$CFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t -s,@LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t -s,@XFT_CFLAGS@,$XFT_CFLAGS,;t t -s,@XFT_LIBS@,$XFT_LIBS,;t t -s,@UNIX_FONT_OBJS@,$UNIX_FONT_OBJS,;t t -s,@TK_VERSION@,$TK_VERSION,;t t -s,@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TK_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t -s,@TK_MINOR_VERSION@,$TK_MINOR_VERSION,;t t -s,@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TK_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t -s,@TK_YEAR@,$TK_YEAR,;t t -s,@TK_LIB_FILE@,$TK_LIB_FILE,;t t -s,@TK_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_LIB_FLAG,;t t -s,@TK_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_LIB_SPEC,;t t -s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t -s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t -s,@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t -s,@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t -s,@TK_INCLUDE_SPEC@,$TK_INCLUDE_SPEC,;t t -s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t -s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t -s,@TK_SRC_DIR@,$TK_SRC_DIR,;t t -s,@TK_SHARED_BUILD@,$TK_SHARED_BUILD,;t t -s,@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@,$LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR,;t t -s,@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC,;t t -s,@TCL_STUB_FLAGS@,$TCL_STUB_FLAGS,;t t -s,@XINCLUDES@,$XINCLUDES,;t t -s,@XLIBSW@,$XLIBSW,;t t -s,@LOCALES@,$LOCALES,;t t -s,@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@,$TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM,;t t -s,@TK_PKG_DIR@,$TK_PKG_DIR,;t t -s,@TK_LIBRARY@,$TK_LIBRARY,;t t -s,@LIB_RUNTIME_DIR@,$LIB_RUNTIME_DIR,;t t -s,@PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR@,$PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR,;t t -s,@HTML_DIR@,$HTML_DIR,;t t -s,@EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES@,$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES,;t t -s,@EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES@,$EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES,;t t -s,@EXTRA_INSTALL@,$EXTRA_INSTALL,;t t -s,@EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES@,$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES,;t t -s,@EXTRA_BUILD_HTML@,$EXTRA_BUILD_HTML,;t t -s,@EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@,$EXTRA_WISH_LIBS,;t t -s,@CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS@,$CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS,;t t -s,@TK_RSRC_FILE@,$TK_RSRC_FILE,;t t -s,@WISH_RSRC_FILE@,$WISH_RSRC_FILE,;t t -s,@LIB_RSRC_FILE@,$LIB_RSRC_FILE,;t t -s,@APP_RSRC_FILE@,$APP_RSRC_FILE,;t t -s,@REZ@,$REZ,;t t -s,@REZ_FLAGS@,$REZ_FLAGS,;t t -s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t -CEOF - -_ACEOF - - cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF - # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with - # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX. - ac_max_sed_lines=48 - ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file. - ac_beg=1 # First line for current file. - ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file. - ac_more_lines=: - ac_sed_cmds= - while $ac_more_lines; do - if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then - sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag - else - sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag - fi - if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then - ac_more_lines=false - else - # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to - # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there - # is no need to browse any of the substitutions). - # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above. - (echo ':t - /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed - if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then - ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed" - else - ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed" - fi - ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1` - ac_beg=$ac_end - ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines` - fi - done - if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then - ac_sed_cmds=cat - fi -fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF -for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue - # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". - case $ac_file in - - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin - cat >$tmp/stdin - ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'` - ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;; - *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'` - ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;; - * ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;; - esac - - # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories. - ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null || -$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ - . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || -echo X"$ac_file" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } - s/.*/./; q'` - { if $as_mkdir_p; then - mkdir -p "$ac_dir" - else - as_dir="$ac_dir" - as_dirs= - while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do - as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs" - as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null || -$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ - . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || -echo X"$as_dir" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } - s/.*/./; q'` - done - test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs - fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } - - ac_builddir=. - -if test "$ac_dir" != .; then - ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` - # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. - ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'` -else - ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir= -fi - -case $srcdir in - .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place. - ac_srcdir=. - if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then - ac_top_srcdir=. - else - ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'` - fi ;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path. - ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; - ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; - *) # Relative path. - ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;; -esac - -# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because -# the directories may not exist. -case `pwd` in -.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; -*) - case "$ac_dir" in - .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; - *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";; - esac;; -esac -case $ac_abs_builddir in -.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; -*) - case ${ac_top_builddir}. in - .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; - *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;; - esac;; -esac -case $ac_abs_builddir in -.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; -*) - case $ac_srcdir in - .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; - *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;; - esac;; -esac -case $ac_abs_builddir in -.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; -*) - case $ac_top_srcdir in - .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; - *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;; - esac;; -esac - - - - if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5 -echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} - rm -f "$ac_file" - fi - # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't - # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: - # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ - if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then - configure_input= - else - configure_input="$ac_file. " - fi - configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in | - sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure." - - # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the - # src tree. - ac_file_inputs=`IFS=: - for f in $ac_file_in; do - case $f in - -) echo $tmp/stdin ;; - [\\/$]*) - # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:) - test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - echo "$f";; - *) # Relative - if test -f "$f"; then - # Build tree - echo "$f" - elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then - # Source tree - echo "$srcdir/$f" - else - # /dev/null tree - { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi;; - esac - done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; } -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF - sed "$ac_vpsub -$extrasub -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF -:t -/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b -s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t -s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t -s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t -s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t -s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t -s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t -s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t -s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t -s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t -" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out - rm -f $tmp/stdin - if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then - mv $tmp/out $ac_file - else - cat $tmp/out - rm -f $tmp/out - fi - -done -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF - -# -# CONFIG_COMMANDS section. -# -for ac_file in : $CONFIG_COMMANDS; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue - ac_dest=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` - ac_source=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'` - ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_dest") 2>/dev/null || -$as_expr X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ - . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || -echo X"$ac_dest" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } - s/.*/./; q'` - { if $as_mkdir_p; then - mkdir -p "$ac_dir" - else - as_dir="$ac_dir" - as_dirs= - while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do - as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs" - as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null || -$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ - . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || -echo X"$as_dir" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } - s/.*/./; q'` - done - test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs - fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5 -echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } - - ac_builddir=. - -if test "$ac_dir" != .; then - ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` - # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. - ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'` -else - ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir= -fi - -case $srcdir in - .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place. - ac_srcdir=. - if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then - ac_top_srcdir=. - else - ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'` - fi ;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path. - ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; - ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; - *) # Relative path. - ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;; -esac - -# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because -# the directories may not exist. -case `pwd` in -.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; -*) - case "$ac_dir" in - .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; - *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";; - esac;; -esac -case $ac_abs_builddir in -.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; -*) - case ${ac_top_builddir}. in - .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; - *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;; - esac;; -esac -case $ac_abs_builddir in -.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; -*) - case $ac_srcdir in - .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; - *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;; - esac;; -esac -case $ac_abs_builddir in -.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; -*) - case $ac_top_srcdir in - .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; - *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;; - esac;; -esac - - - { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_dest commands" >&5 -echo "$as_me: executing $ac_dest commands" >&6;} - case $ac_dest in - Tk.framework ) n=Tk && - f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION && - rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources && - ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v && - ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist && - if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi && - unset n f v - ;; - esac -done -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF - -{ (exit 0); exit 0; } -_ACEOF -chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS -ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save - - -# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. -# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. -# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open -# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its -# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, -# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and -# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we -# need to make the FD available again. -if test "$no_create" != yes; then - ac_cs_success=: - ac_config_status_args= - test "$silent" = yes && - ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" - exec 5>/dev/null - $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false - exec 5>>config.log - # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which - # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. - $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; } -fi - - diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/configure.in b/tk8.6/unix/configure.in deleted file mode 100755 index 0d7b0b2..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/configure.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,848 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/bash -norc -dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to -dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation -dnl to configure the system for the local environment. - -AC_INIT([tk],[8.6]) -AC_PREREQ(2.59) - -dnl This is only used when included from macosx/configure.ac -m4_ifdef([SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS], [ - AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([tkConfig.h:../unix/tkConfig.h.in]) - AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([DEFS="-DHAVE_TK_CONFIG_H -imacros tkConfig.h"]) - AH_TOP([ - #ifndef _TKCONFIG - #define _TKCONFIG]) - AH_BOTTOM([ - /* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can - * include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */ - /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME - /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING - /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME - #endif /* _TKCONFIG */]) -]) - -TK_VERSION=8.6 -TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8 -TK_MINOR_VERSION=6 -TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9" -VERSION=${TK_VERSION} -LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv" - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG -SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG - -if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+ -Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}]) -fi -if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6 ; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+ -Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}]) -fi - -SC_PROG_TCLSH -SC_BUILD_TCLSH - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Handle the --prefix=... option -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then - prefix="$TCL_PREFIX" -fi -if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then - exec_prefix=$prefix -fi -# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified! -srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`" -TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`" - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Compress and/or soft link the manpages? -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Standard compiler checks -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep -# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2". -if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then - CFLAGS="" -fi - -AC_PROG_CC -AC_C_INLINE - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Supply a substitute for stdlib.h if it doesn't define strtol, -# strtoul, or strtod (which it doesn't in some versions of SunOS). -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tk_ok=1, tk_ok=0) -AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0) -AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0) -AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0) -if test $tk_ok = 0; then - AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?]) -fi - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it. -# It makes compiling go faster. (This is only a performance feature.) -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe], - tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [ - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe" - AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no) - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) - if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe" - fi -fi - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Threads support - this auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -SC_ENABLE_THREADS - -# Add the threads support libraries -LIBS="$LIBS$THREADS_LIBS" - -SC_ENABLE_SHARED - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# The statements below define a collection of compile flags. This -# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called -# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS - -SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS - -SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check endianness because we can optimize some operations -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_C_BIGENDIAN - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library -# search path to reflect this. -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='$(libdir)' - -if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then - LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib" -fi - -if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([ - Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl! - [[package require Tk]] may not work correctly in tclsh.]) -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things -# that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h. -# This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX. Some -# systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and -# other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's -# pernicious. If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a -# special flag. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_set in sys/types], tcl_cv_type_fd_set, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[fd_set readMask, writeMask;], - tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes, tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no)]) -tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set -if test $tk_ok = no; then - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_mask in sys/select], tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask, [ - AC_EGREP_HEADER(fd_mask, sys/select.h, - tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present, tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing)]) - if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H, 1, [Should we include <sys/select.h>?]) - tk_ok=yes - fi -fi -if test $tk_ok = no; then - AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET, 1, [Do we have fd_set?]) -fi - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# Find out all about time handling differences. -#------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h) -AC_HEADER_TIME - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if -# they don't exist. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_TYPE_MODE_T -AC_TYPE_PID_T -AC_TYPE_SIZE_T -AC_TYPE_UID_T - -AC_CHECK_TYPE([intptr_t], [ - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the intptr_t type?])], [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size signed integer type], tcl_cv_intptr_t, [ - for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "long long" none; do - if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then - AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT], - [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t)]])], - [tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no]) - test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi - done]) - if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intptr_t], [$tcl_cv_intptr_t], [Signed integer - type wide enough to hold a pointer.]) - fi -]) -AC_CHECK_TYPE([uintptr_t], [ - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UINTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the uintptr_t type?])], [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size unsigned integer type], tcl_cv_uintptr_t, [ - for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned long long" \ - none; do - if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then - AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT], - [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t)]])], - [tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no]) - test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi - done]) - if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([uintptr_t], [$tcl_cv_uintptr_t], [Unsigned integer - type wide enough to hold a pointer.]) - fi -]) - -#------------------------------------------- -# In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field -#------------------------------------------- - -AC_CACHE_CHECK([pw_gecos in struct pwd], tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pwd.h>], - [struct passwd pwd; pwd.pw_gecos;], - tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes, tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no)]) -if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PW_GECOS, 1, [Does struct password have a pw_gecos field?]) -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use Aqua]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(aqua, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-aqua=yes|no], - [use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no)]), - [tk_aqua=$enableval], [tk_aqua=no]) - if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then - tk_aqua=yes - if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then - AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available]) - tk_aqua=no - fi - if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then - AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available]) - tk_aqua=no - fi - if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 9; then - AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later]) - tk_aqua=no - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT([$tk_aqua]) - if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then - if test $tk_aqua = no; then - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [ - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"' - done - CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11" - AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();], - tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no) - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' - done]) - fi - # remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit - # fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit. - if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then - AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags]) - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"' - done - fi - fi - if test $tk_aqua = no; then - # check if weak linking whole libraries is possible. - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -weak-l flag], tcl_cv_ld_weak_l, [ - hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm" - AC_TRY_LINK([#include <math.h>], [double f = sin(1.0);], - tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes, tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no) - LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags]) - fi - AC_CHECK_HEADERS(AvailabilityMacros.h) - if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if weak import is available], tcl_cv_cc_weak_import, [ - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" - AC_TRY_LINK([ - #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ - #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020 - #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020 - #endif - #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020 - #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020 - #endif - int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import)); - ], [rand();], - tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes, tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no) - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) - if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT, 1, [Is weak import available?]) - fi - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available], - tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source, [ - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ - #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050 - #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050 - #endif - #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050 - #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050 - #endif - #define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1 - #include <sys/cdefs.h> - ],,tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes, tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no) - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) - if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(_DARWIN_C_SOURCE, 1, - [Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available?]) - fi - fi -else - tk_aqua=no -fi - -if test $tk_aqua = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building TkAqua?]) - LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit" - EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c' - TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA - if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then - AC_DEFINE(TK_MAC_DEBUG, 1, [Are TkAqua debug messages enabled?]) - fi -else - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - # Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive. Try - # the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff - # (e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through - # a list of possible directories. Under some conditions the - # autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains - # no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe. - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - - SC_PATH_X - TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11 -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to -# find shared libraries: -# 1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory, -# add the X library location into that search path. -# 2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the -# search path option, colons cannot be used to separate -# directories from each other. Change colons to " -L". -# 3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines -# and the other for when the linker is invoked directly. In -# the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must -# be replaced by spaces. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then - if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then - LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}" - fi -fi -if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then - LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'` -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check for the existence of various libraries. The order here -# is important, so that then end up in the right order in the -# command line generated by make. The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries -# require a couple of special tricks: -# 1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and -# "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl. -# 2. Use each function name only once: can't redo a check because -# autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it. -# 3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that -# aren't already present in the normal libraries. This is because -# IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're -# bogus: they goof up name resolution if used. -# 4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too. -# To get around this problem, check for both libraries together -# if -lsocket doesn't work by itself. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no; then - AC_CHECK_LIB(Xbsd, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd"]) -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# One more check related to the X libraries. The standard releases -# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work -# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined. However, there are usually copies -# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth. -# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists. -# -# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1) -# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([MIT X libraries]) - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit" - AC_TRY_LINK([ - #include <X11/Xlib.h> - ], [ - XOpenDisplay(0); - ], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - XLIBSW="-lX11-mit" - XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit" - ], AC_MSG_RESULT([no])) - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use xft]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(xft, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xft], - [use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on)]), - [enable_xft=$enableval], [enable_xft="default"]) - XFT_CFLAGS="" - XFT_LIBS="" - if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xft]) - else - found_xft="yes" - dnl make sure package configurator (xft-config or pkg-config - dnl says that xft is present. - XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" - XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" - if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then - found_xft=yes - XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" - XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT([$found_xft]) - dnl make sure that compiling against Xft header file doesn't bomb - if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW" - AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/Xft/Xft.h, [], [ - found_xft=no - ],[#include <X11/Xlib.h>]) - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs - fi - dnl make sure that linking against Xft libraries finds freetype - if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW" - AC_CHECK_LIB(Xft, XftFontOpen, [], [ - found_xft=no - ]) - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs - fi - dnl make sure that linking against fontconfig libraries finds Fc* symbols - if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig" - AC_CHECK_LIB(fontconfig, FcFontSort, [ - XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig" - ], []) - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs - fi - dnl print a warning if xft is unusable and was specifically requested - if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then - if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then - AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable]) - fi - enable_xft=no - XFT_CFLAGS="" - XFT_LIBS="" - else - enable_xft=yes - fi - fi - if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then - UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFT, 1, [Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)?]) - else - UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o - fi - AC_SUBST(XFT_CFLAGS) - AC_SUBST(XFT_LIBS) - AC_SUBST(UNIX_FONT_OBJS) -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES" - LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW" - AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/XKBlib.h, [ - xkblib_header_found=yes - ], [ - xkblib_header_found=no - ], [#include <X11/Xlib.h>]) - if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then - AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XkbKeycodeToKeysym, [ - xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes - ], [ - xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no - ]) - else - xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no - fi - if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM, 1, [Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym?]) - fi - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated in X11 headers. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no && test "$GCC" = yes; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated]) - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" - AC_TRY_LINK([ - #include <X11/Xlib.h> - ], [ - XKeycodeToKeysym(0,0,0); - ], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - ], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - AC_DEFINE(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED, 1, [Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated?]) - ]) - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# XXX Do this last. -# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests. -# -# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver -# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so. -# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(). -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -if test $tk_aqua = no; then - tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES" - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW" - xss_header_found=no - xss_lib_found=no - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to try to use XScreenSaver]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(xss, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xss], - [use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on)]), - [enable_xss=$enableval], [enable_xss=yes]) - if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss]) - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss]) - AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h, [ - xss_header_found=yes - ],,[#include <X11/Xlib.h>]) - AC_CHECK_FUNC(XScreenSaverQueryInfo,,[ - AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [ - XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext" - xss_lib_found=yes - ], [ - AC_CHECK_LIB(Xss, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [ - if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then - # On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible, - # as it is only available on Tiger or later. - XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext" - else - XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext" - fi - xss_lib_found=yes - ],, -lXext) - ]) - ]) - fi - if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSS, 1, [Is XScreenSaver available?]) - fi - CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags - LIBS=$tk_oldLibs -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Figure out whether "char" is unsigned. If so, set a -# #define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to -# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" -eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" -eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}" - -# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed -# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes. - -eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}" - -if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" - TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS" -fi - -TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)' -PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)' -HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html' -TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)' -TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc' -WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc' - -# Note: in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute -# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..": this is because -# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look -# up the Tcl library. - -if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then - SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK - TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk ['{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}']`" - TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[[0-9a-f]]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[[^_]] >> $$f && echo $$f)' - echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000' - TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist' - EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist' - EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic' - AC_CONFIG_FILES([Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in]) - for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done - TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`" -fi - -if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then - AC_DEFINE(TK_FRAMEWORK, 1, [Is Tk built as a framework?]) - # Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with - # '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work - AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([Tk.framework], [n=Tk && - f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION && - rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources && - ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v && - ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist && - if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi && - unset n f v - ], VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua}) - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH" - if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then - # override libdir default - libdir="/Library/Frameworks" - fi - TK_LIB_FILE="Tk" - TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk" - TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk" - TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk" - libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}" - TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts" - TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts" - TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc" - WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc" - includedir="${libdir}/Headers" - PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders" - HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk" - EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk" - EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"' - if test $tk_aqua = yes; then - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"' - bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS" - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"' - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"' - fi - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."' - # Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define - # needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we - # can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this - # into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh - EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"' -else - if test $tk_aqua = yes; then - EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done' - fi - # libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib - eval libdir="$libdir" - if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then - TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`" - TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}" - else - if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then - TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}" - else - TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`" - fi - TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}" - fi - TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}" -fi - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk -# stub support. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION} -eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" -eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=${libdir}" - -if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then - TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}" -else - TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`" -fi - -TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" -TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" -TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}" -TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}" - -# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir -eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\"" - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD} - -AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION) -AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) -AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION) -AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) -AC_SUBST(TK_YEAR) - -AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE) -AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG) -AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC) -AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) -AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG) -AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC) -AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH) -AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDE_SPEC) -AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC) -AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH) - -AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR) - -AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD) -AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR) - -AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC) - -AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_FLAGS) -AC_SUBST(XINCLUDES) -AC_SUBST(XLIBSW) -AC_SUBST(LOCALES) - -AC_SUBST(TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM) -AC_SUBST(TK_PKG_DIR) -AC_SUBST(TK_LIBRARY) -AC_SUBST(LIB_RUNTIME_DIR) -AC_SUBST(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR) -AC_SUBST(HTML_DIR) - -AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES) -AC_SUBST(EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES) -AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL) -AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES) -AC_SUBST(EXTRA_BUILD_HTML) -AC_SUBST(EXTRA_WISH_LIBS) -AC_SUBST(CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS) - -AC_SUBST(TK_RSRC_FILE) -AC_SUBST(WISH_RSRC_FILE) -AC_SUBST(LIB_RSRC_FILE) -AC_SUBST(APP_RSRC_FILE) -AC_SUBST(REZ) -AC_SUBST(REZ_FLAGS) - -AC_CONFIG_FILES([ - Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in - tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in - tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in -]) -AC_OUTPUT - -dnl Local Variables: -dnl mode: autoconf -dnl End: diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/install-sh b/tk8.6/unix/install-sh deleted file mode 100755 index 7c34c3f..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/install-sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,528 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# install - install a program, script, or datafile - -scriptversion=2011-04-20.01; # UTC - -# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was -# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the -# following copyright and license. -# -# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium -# -# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to -# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the -# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or -# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -# -# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -# all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -# -# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- -# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -# -# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not -# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- -# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- -# tium. -# -# -# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. -# -# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent -# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it -# when there is no Makefile. -# -# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written -# from scratch. - -nl=' -' -IFS=" "" $nl" - -# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script - -# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. -doit=${DOITPROG-} -if test -z "$doit"; then - doit_exec=exec -else - doit_exec=$doit -fi - -# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; -# or use environment vars. - -chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} -chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} -chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} -cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} -cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} -mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} -mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} -rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} -stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} - -posix_glob='?' -initialize_posix_glob=' - test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { - if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then - posix_glob= - else - posix_glob=: - fi - } -' - -posix_mkdir= - -# Desired mode of installed file. -mode=0755 - -chgrpcmd= -chmodcmd=$chmodprog -chowncmd= -mvcmd=$mvprog -rmcmd="$rmprog -f" -stripcmd= - -src= -dst= -dir_arg= -dst_arg= - -copy_on_change=false -no_target_directory= - -usage="\ -Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE - or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY - or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... - or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... - -In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. -In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. -In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. - -Options: - --help display this help and exit. - --version display version info and exit. - - -c (ignored) - -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) - -d create directories instead of installing files. - -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. - -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. - -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. - -s $stripprog installed files. - -S $stripprog installed files. - -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. - -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. - -Environment variables override the default commands: - CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG - RMPROG STRIPPROG -" - -while test $# -ne 0; do - case $1 in - -c) ;; - - -C) copy_on_change=true;; - - -d) dir_arg=true;; - - -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" - shift;; - - --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; - - -m) mode=$2 - case $mode in - *' '* | *' '* | *' -'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) - echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 - exit 1;; - esac - shift;; - - -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" - shift;; - - -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; - - -S) stripcmd="$stripprog $2" - shift;; - - -t) dst_arg=$2 - shift;; - - -T) no_target_directory=true;; - - --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; - - --) shift - break;; - - -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 - exit 1;; - - *) break;; - esac - shift -done - -if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then - # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. - # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. - # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. - for arg - do - if test -n "$dst_arg"; then - # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. - set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" - shift # fnord - fi - shift # arg - dst_arg=$arg - done -fi - -if test $# -eq 0; then - if test -z "$dir_arg"; then - echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. - # This can happen when creating conditional directories. - exit 0 -fi - -if test -z "$dir_arg"; then - do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' - trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 - trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 - trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 - trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 - - # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. - # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. - case $mode in - # Optimize common cases. - *644) cp_umask=133;; - *755) cp_umask=22;; - - *[0-7]) - if test -z "$stripcmd"; then - u_plus_rw= - else - u_plus_rw='% 200' - fi - cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; - *) - if test -z "$stripcmd"; then - u_plus_rw= - else - u_plus_rw=,u+rw - fi - cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; - esac -fi - -for src -do - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $src in - -*) src=./$src;; - esac - - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - dst=$src - dstdir=$dst - test -d "$dstdir" - dstdir_status=$? - else - - # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command - # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad - # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. - if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then - echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - - if test -z "$dst_arg"; then - echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - - dst=$dst_arg - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $dst in - -*) dst=./$dst;; - esac - - # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work - # if double slashes aren't ignored. - if test -d "$dst"; then - if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then - echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - dstdir=$dst - dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` - dstdir_status=0 - else - # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. - dstdir=` - (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || - expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || - echo X"$dst" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q' - ` - - test -d "$dstdir" - dstdir_status=$? - fi - fi - - obsolete_mkdir_used=false - - if test $dstdir_status != 0; then - case $posix_mkdir in - '') - # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. - # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. - umask=`umask` - case $stripcmd.$umask in - # Optimize common cases. - *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; - .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; - - *[0-7]) - mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ - - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ - - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 - `;; - *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; - esac - - # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. - # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - mkdir_mode=-m$mode - else - mkdir_mode= - fi - - posix_mkdir=false - case $umask in - *[123567][0-7][0-7]) - # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which - # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. - ;; - *) - tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ - trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 - - if (umask $mkdir_umask && - exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - if test -z "$dir_arg" || { - # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. - # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or - # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. - # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. - ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` - case $ls_ld_tmpdir in - d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; - d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; - *) false;; - esac && - $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { - ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` - test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" - } - } - then posix_mkdir=: - fi - rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" - else - # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. - rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null - fi - trap '' 0;; - esac;; - esac - - if - $posix_mkdir && ( - umask $mkdir_umask && - $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" - ) - then : - else - - # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, - # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the - # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. - - case $dstdir in - /*) prefix='/';; - -*) prefix='./';; - *) prefix='';; - esac - - eval "$initialize_posix_glob" - - oIFS=$IFS - IFS=/ - $posix_glob set -f - set fnord $dstdir - shift - $posix_glob set +f - IFS=$oIFS - - prefixes= - - for d - do - test -z "$d" && continue - - prefix=$prefix$d - if test -d "$prefix"; then - prefixes= - else - if $posix_mkdir; then - (umask=$mkdir_umask && - $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break - # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. - test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 - else - case $prefix in - *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; - *) qprefix=$prefix;; - esac - prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" - fi - fi - prefix=$prefix/ - done - - if test -n "$prefixes"; then - # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. - (umask $mkdir_umask && - eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || - test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 - obsolete_mkdir_used=true - fi - fi - fi - - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && - { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && - { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || - test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 - else - - # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. - dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ - rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ - - # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. - trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 - - # Copy the file name to the temp name. - (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && - - # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. - # - # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to - # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore - # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. - # - { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && - { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && - { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && - { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && - - # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. - if $copy_on_change && - old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && - new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && - - eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && - $posix_glob set -f && - set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && - set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && - $posix_glob set +f && - - test "$old" = "$new" && - $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - rm -f "$dsttmp" - else - # Rename the file to the real destination. - $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || - - # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else - # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not - # support -f. - { - # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. - # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some - # systems and the destination file might be busy for other - # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new - # file should still install successfully. - { - test ! -f "$dst" || - $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || - { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && - { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } - } || - { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 - (exit 1); exit 1 - } - } && - - # Now rename the file to the real destination. - $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" - } - fi || exit 1 - - trap '' 0 - fi -done - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" -# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" -# End: diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/installManPage b/tk8.6/unix/installManPage deleted file mode 100755 index 4d615bf..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/installManPage +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -######################################################################## -### Parse Options -### - -Gzip=: -SymOrLoc="" -Gz="" -Suffix="" - -while true; do - case $1 in - -s | --symlinks ) SymOrLoc="-s " ;; - -z | --compress ) Gzip=$2; shift ;; - -e | --extension ) Gz=$2; shift ;; - -x | --suffix ) Suffix=$2; shift ;; - -*) cat <<EOF -Unknown option "$1". Supported options: - -s Use symbolic links for manpages with multiple names. - -z PROG Use PROG to compress manual pages. - -e EXT Defines the extension added by -z PROG when compressing. - -x SUFF Defines an extra extension suffix to use. -Option names may not be combined getopt-style. -EOF - exit 1 ;; - *) break ;; - esac - shift -done -if test "$#" != 2; then - echo "Usage: installManPages <options> file dir" - exit 1 -fi - -######################################################################## -### Parse Required Arguments -### - -ManPage=$1 -Dir=$2 -if test -f $ManPage ; then : ; else - echo "source manual page file must exist" - exit 1 -fi -if test -d $Dir ; then : ; else - echo "target directory must exist" - exit 1 -fi -test -z "$SymOrLoc" && SymOrLoc="$Dir/" - -######################################################################## -### Extract Target Names from Manual Page -### - -# A sed script to parse the alternative names out of a man page. -# -# Backslashes are trippled in the sed script, because it is in -# backticks which doesn't pass backslashes literally. -# -Names=`sed -n ' -# Look for a line that starts with .SH NAME - /^\.SH NAME/{ -# Read next line - n -# Remove all commas ... - s/,//g -# ... and backslash-escaped spaces. - s/\\\ //g -# Delete from \- to the end of line - s/ \\\-.*// -# Convert all non-space non-alphanum sequences -# to single underscores. - s/[^ A-Za-z0-9][^ A-Za-z0-9]*/_/g -# print the result and exit - p;q - }' $ManPage` - -if test -z "$Names" ; then - echo "warning: no target names found in $ManPage" -fi - -######################################################################## -### Remaining Set Up -### - -case $ManPage in - *.1) Section=1 ;; - *.3) Section=3 ;; - *.n) Section=n ;; - *) echo "unknown section for $ManPage" - exit 2 ;; -esac - -SrcDir=`dirname $ManPage` - -######################################################################## -### Process Page to Create Target Pages -### - -First="" -for Target in $Names; do - Target=$Target.$Section$Suffix - rm -f $Dir/$Target $Dir/$Target.* - if test -z "$First" ; then - First=$Target - sed -e "/man\.macros/r $SrcDir/man.macros" -e "/man\.macros/d" \ - $ManPage > $Dir/$First - chmod 444 $Dir/$First - $Gzip $Dir/$First - else - ln $SymOrLoc$First$Gz $Dir/$Target$Gz - fi -done - -######################################################################## -exit 0 diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/license.terms b/tk8.6/unix/license.terms deleted file mode 100644 index 0126435..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/license.terms +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -This software is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of -California, Sun Microsystems, Inc., Scriptics Corporation, ActiveState -Corporation, Apple Inc. and other parties. The following terms apply to -all files associated with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in -individual files. - -The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, -and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided -that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this -notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement, -license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses. -Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors -and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that -the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where -they apply. - -IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY -FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES -ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY -DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - -THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, -INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. THIS SOFTWARE -IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE -NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR -MODIFICATIONS. - -GOVERNMENT USE: If you are acquiring this software on behalf of the -U.S. government, the Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" -in the software and related documentation as defined in the Federal -Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52.227.19 (c) (2). If you -are acquiring the software on behalf of the Department of Defense, the -software shall be classified as "Commercial Computer Software" and the -Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" as defined in Clause -252.227-7013 (b) (3) of DFARs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the -authors grant the U.S. Government and others acting in its behalf -permission to use and distribute the software in accordance with the -terms specified in this license. diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tcl.m4 b/tk8.6/unix/tcl.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 1953798..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tcl.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3074 +0,0 @@ -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG -- -# -# Locate the tclConfig.sh file and perform a sanity check on -# the Tcl compile flags -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Adds the following arguments to configure: -# --with-tcl=... -# -# Defines the following vars: -# TCL_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing -# the tclConfig.sh file -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG], [ - # - # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration - # First, look for one uninstalled. - # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl - # - - if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then - # we reset no_tcl in case something fails here - no_tcl=true - AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, - AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl], - [directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]), - with_tclconfig="${withval}") - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration]) - AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[ - - # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified. - if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then - case "${with_tclconfig}" in - */tclConfig.sh ) - if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself]) - with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`" - fi ;; - esac - if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`" - else - AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh]) - fi - fi - - # then check for a private Tcl installation - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - for i in \ - ../tcl \ - `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - ../../tcl \ - `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - ../../../tcl \ - `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do - if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - - # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations - if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - ; do - if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - - # check in a few common install locations - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ - ; do - if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - - # check in a few other private locations - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - for i in \ - ${srcdir}/../tcl \ - `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do - if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - ]) - - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then - TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found" - AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh]) - else - no_tcl= - TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" - AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh]) - fi - fi -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_PATH_TKCONFIG -- -# -# Locate the tkConfig.sh file -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Adds the following arguments to configure: -# --with-tk=... -# -# Defines the following vars: -# TK_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing -# the tkConfig.sh file -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_TKCONFIG], [ - # - # Ok, lets find the tk configuration - # First, look for one uninstalled. - # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk - # - - if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then - # we reset no_tk in case something fails here - no_tk=true - AC_ARG_WITH(tk, - AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tk], - [directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]), - with_tkconfig="${withval}") - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration]) - AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[ - - # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified. - if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then - case "${with_tkconfig}" in - */tkConfig.sh ) - if test -f "${with_tkconfig}"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself]) - with_tkconfig="`echo "${with_tkconfig}" | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`" - fi ;; - esac - if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd "${with_tkconfig}"; pwd)`" - else - AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh]) - fi - fi - - # then check for a private Tk library - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then - for i in \ - ../tk \ - `ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - ../../tk \ - `ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - ../../../tk \ - `ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do - if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - - # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations - if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then - for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ - ; do - if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - - # check in a few common install locations - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then - for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ - ; do - if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - - # check in a few other private locations - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then - for i in \ - ${srcdir}/../tk \ - `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ - `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do - if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then - ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" - break - fi - done - fi - ]) - - if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then - TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found" - AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tk configuration definitions. Use --with-tk to specify a directory containing tkConfig.sh]) - else - no_tk= - TK_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" - AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh]) - fi - fi -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG -- -# -# Load the tclConfig.sh file -# -# Arguments: -# -# Requires the following vars to be set: -# TCL_BIN_DIR -# -# Results: -# -# Substitutes the following vars: -# TCL_BIN_DIR -# TCL_SRC_DIR -# TCL_LIB_FILE -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [ - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh]) - - if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([loading]) - . "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh]) - fi - - # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution - eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\"" - eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\"" - - # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory), - # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables. - # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value - # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC - # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an - # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl. - if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then - TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}" - TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" - TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}" - elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then - # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries - # from the framework at the given location so that linking works - # against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location. - case ${TCL_DEFS} in - *TCL_FRAMEWORK*) - if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then - for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \ - "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do - if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then - TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}" - break - fi - done - fi - if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then - TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" - TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}" - fi - ;; - esac - fi - - # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution - eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\"" - eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\"" - eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\"" - eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\"" - - AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION) - AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL) - AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR) - AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR) - - AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE) - AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG) - AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC) - - AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) - AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG) - AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC) -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG -- -# -# Load the tkConfig.sh file -# -# Arguments: -# -# Requires the following vars to be set: -# TK_BIN_DIR -# -# Results: -# -# Sets the following vars that should be in tkConfig.sh: -# TK_BIN_DIR -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [ - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh]) - - if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([loading]) - . "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh]) - fi - - # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution - eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\"" - eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\"" - - # If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory), - # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables. - # For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value - # of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC - # instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an - # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl. - if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then - TK_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}" - TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" - TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}" - elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then - # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries - # from the framework at the given location so that linking works - # against Tk.framework installed in an arbitrary location. - case ${TK_DEFS} in - *TK_FRAMEWORK*) - if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}"; then - for i in "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \ - "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do - if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TK_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then - TK_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TK_LIB_FILE}" - break - fi - done - fi - if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then - TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L` echo "${TK_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" - TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}" - fi - ;; - esac - fi - - # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution - eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\"" - eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\"" - eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\"" - eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\"" - - AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION) - AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR) - AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR) - - AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE) - AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG) - AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC) - - AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) - AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG) - AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC) -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_PROG_TCLSH -# Locate a tclsh shell installed on the system path. This macro -# will only find a Tcl shell that already exists on the system. -# It will not find a Tcl shell in the Tcl build directory or -# a Tcl shell that has been installed from the Tcl build directory. -# If a Tcl shell can't be located on the PATH, then TCLSH_PROG will -# be set to "". Extensions should take care not to create Makefile -# rules that are run by default and depend on TCLSH_PROG. An -# extension can't assume that an executable Tcl shell exists at -# build time. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# Substitutes the following vars: -# TCLSH_PROG -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_PROG_TCLSH], [ - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh]) - AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_tclsh, [ - search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'` - for dir in $search_path ; do - for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[[8-9]]* 2> /dev/null` \ - `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do - if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then - if test -f "$j" ; then - ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j - break - fi - fi - done - done - ]) - - if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then - TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh" - AC_MSG_RESULT([$TCLSH_PROG]) - else - # It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located. - TCLSH_PROG="" - AC_MSG_RESULT([No tclsh found on PATH]) - fi - AC_SUBST(TCLSH_PROG) -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_BUILD_TCLSH -# Determine the fully qualified path name of the tclsh executable -# in the Tcl build directory. This macro will correctly determine -# the name of the tclsh executable even if tclsh has not yet -# been built in the build directory. The build tclsh must be used -# when running tests from an extension build directory. It is not -# correct to use the TCLSH_PROG in cases like this. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# Substitutes the following values: -# BUILD_TCLSH -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_BUILD_TCLSH], [ - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh in Tcl build directory]) - BUILD_TCLSH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/tclsh - AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILD_TCLSH]) - AC_SUBST(BUILD_TCLSH) -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_ENABLE_SHARED -- -# -# Allows the building of shared libraries -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Adds the following arguments to configure: -# --enable-shared=yes|no -# -# Defines the following vars: -# STATIC_BUILD Used for building import/export libraries -# on Windows. -# -# Sets the following vars: -# SHARED_BUILD Value of 1 or 0 -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [ - AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared], - [build and link with shared libraries (default: on)]), - [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes]) - - if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then - enableval="$enable_shared" - tcl_ok=$enableval - else - tcl_ok=yes - fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([shared]) - SHARED_BUILD=1 - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([static]) - SHARED_BUILD=0 - AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?]) - fi -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK -- -# -# Allows the building of shared libraries into frameworks -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Adds the following arguments to configure: -# --enable-framework=yes|no -# -# Sets the following vars: -# FRAMEWORK_BUILD Value of 1 or 0 -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK], [ - if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to package libraries]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(framework, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-framework], - [package shared libraries in MacOSX frameworks (default: off)]), - [enable_framework=$enableval], [enable_framework=no]) - if test $enable_framework = yes; then - if test $SHARED_BUILD = 0; then - AC_MSG_WARN([Frameworks can only be built if --enable-shared is yes]) - enable_framework=no - fi - if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then - AC_MSG_WARN([Frameworks can only be used when CoreFoundation is available]) - enable_framework=no - fi - fi - if test $enable_framework = yes; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([framework]) - FRAMEWORK_BUILD=1 - else - if test $SHARED_BUILD = 1; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([shared library]) - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([static library]) - fi - FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0 - fi - fi -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_ENABLE_THREADS -- -# -# Specify if thread support should be enabled -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Adds the following arguments to configure: -# --enable-threads -# -# Sets the following vars: -# THREADS_LIBS Thread library(s) -# -# Defines the following vars: -# TCL_THREADS -# _REENTRANT -# _THREAD_SAFE -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [ - AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads], - [build with threads (default: on)]), - [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes]) - - if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then - tcl_threaded_core=1; - fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then - TCL_THREADS=1 - # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based - # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention - AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1, - [Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?]) - AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?]) - if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then - AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1, - [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!]) - fi - AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?]) - AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no) - if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then - # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same - # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is - # defined. We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with - # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't - # exist, like AIX 4.2. [Bug: 4359] - AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init, - tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) - fi - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - # The space is needed - THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread" - else - AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init, - tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - # The space is needed - THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads" - else - AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init, - tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) - if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then - AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init, - tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - # The space is needed - THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread" - else - TCL_THREADS=0 - AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile...]) - fi - fi - fi - fi - - # Does the pthread-implementation provide - # 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ? - - ac_saved_libs=$LIBS - LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS" - AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork) - LIBS=$ac_saved_libs - else - TCL_THREADS=0 - fi - # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads]) - if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then - AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?]) - if test "${tcl_threaded_core}" = 1; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (threaded core)]) - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - fi - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - fi - - AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS) -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS -- -# -# Specify if debugging symbols should be used. -# Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging -# can also be enabled. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Requires the following vars to be set in the Makefile: -# CFLAGS_DEBUG -# CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE -# LDFLAGS_DEBUG -# LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE -# -# Results: -# -# Adds the following arguments to configure: -# --enable-symbols -# -# Defines the following vars: -# CFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true -# Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false -# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true -# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false -# DBGX Formerly used as debug library extension; -# always blank now. -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [ - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols], - [build with debugging symbols (default: off)]), - [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no]) -# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT. - DBGX="" - if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then - CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)' - LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)' - AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED, 1, [Is this an optimized build?]) - else - CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)' - LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)' - if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)]) - fi - fi - AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT) - AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) - - if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then - AC_DEFINE(TCL_MEM_DEBUG, 1, [Is memory debugging enabled?]) - fi - - ifelse($1,bccdebug,dnl Only enable 'compile' for the Tcl core itself - if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then - AC_DEFINE(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG, 1, [Is bytecode debugging enabled?]) - AC_DEFINE(TCL_COMPILE_STATS, 1, [Are bytecode statistics enabled?]) - fi) - - if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then - if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled symbols mem ]ifelse($1,bccdebug,[compile ])[debugging]) - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled $tcl_ok debugging]) - fi - fi -]) - -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ -# SC_ENABLE_LANGINFO -- -# -# Allows use of modern nl_langinfo check for better l10n. -# This is only relevant for Unix. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Adds the following arguments to configure: -# --enable-langinfo=yes|no (default is yes) -# -# Defines the following vars: -# HAVE_LANGINFO Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined. -#------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [ - AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-langinfo], - [use nl_langinfo if possible to determine encoding at startup, otherwise use old heuristic (default: on)]), - [langinfo_ok=$enableval], [langinfo_ok=yes]) - - HAVE_LANGINFO=0 - if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then - AC_CHECK_HEADER(langinfo.h,[langinfo_ok=yes],[langinfo_ok=no]) - fi - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use nl_langinfo]) - if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then - AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_langinfo_h, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <langinfo.h>], [nl_langinfo(CODESET);], - [tcl_cv_langinfo_h=yes],[tcl_cv_langinfo_h=no])]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_cv_langinfo_h]) - if test $tcl_cv_langinfo_h = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO, 1, [Do we have nl_langinfo()?]) - fi - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([$langinfo_ok]) - fi -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES -# -# Decide whether to use symlinks for linking the manpages, -# whether to compress the manpages after installation, and -# whether to add a package name suffix to the installed -# manpages to avoidfile name clashes. -# If compression is enabled also find out what file name suffix -# the given compression program is using. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Adds the following arguments to configure: -# --enable-man-symlinks -# --enable-man-compression=PROG -# --enable-man-suffix[=STRING] -# -# Defines the following variable: -# -# MAN_FLAGS - The apropriate flags for installManPage -# according to the user's selection. -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES], [ - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use symlinks for manpages]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-symlinks, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-symlinks], - [use symlinks for the manpages (default: off)]), - test "$enableval" != "no" && MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --symlinks", - enableval="no") - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to compress the manpages]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-compression, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-compression=PROG], - [compress the manpages with PROG (default: off)]), - [case $enableval in - yes) AC_MSG_ERROR([missing argument to --enable-man-compression]);; - no) ;; - *) MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --compress $enableval";; - esac], - enableval="no") - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval]) - if test "$enableval" != "no"; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for compressed file suffix]) - touch TeST - $enableval TeST - Z=`ls TeST* | sed 's/^....//'` - rm -f TeST* - MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --extension $Z" - AC_MSG_RESULT([$Z]) - fi - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to add a package name suffix for the manpages]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-suffix, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-suffix=STRING], - [use STRING as a suffix to manpage file names (default: no, AC_PACKAGE_NAME if enabled without specifying STRING)]), - [case $enableval in - yes) enableval="AC_PACKAGE_NAME" MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";; - no) ;; - *) MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";; - esac], - enableval="no") - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval]) - - AC_SUBST(MAN_FLAGS) -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM -# -# Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked -# on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the -# "uname" command, but there are a few systems, like Next, where -# this doesn't work. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# Defines the following var: -# -# system - System/platform/version identification code. -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [ - if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then - tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version` - else - tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r` - if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then - AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command]) - tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown - else - # Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird - # results, and the version is kept in special file). - - if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then - tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $[3]}' /etc/.relid` - fi - if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then - tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r` - fi - fi - fi - ]) - system=$tcl_cv_sys_version -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS -# -# Try to determine the proper flags to pass to the compiler -# for building shared libraries and other such nonsense. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Defines and substitutes the following vars: -# -# DL_OBJS - Name of the object file that implements dynamic -# loading for Tcl on this system. -# DL_LIBS - Library file(s) to include in tclsh and other base -# applications in order for the "load" command to work. -# LDFLAGS - Flags to pass to the compiler when linking object -# files into an executable application binary such -# as tclsh. -# LD_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ld, such as "-R /usr/local/tcl/lib", -# that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look -# for shared libraries such as libtcl.so. Depends on -# the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile. Could -# be the same as CC_SEARCH_FLAGS if ${CC} is used to link. -# CC_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ${CC}, such as "-Wl,-rpath,/usr/local/tcl/lib", -# that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look -# for shared libraries such as libtcl.so. Depends on -# the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile. -# MAKE_LIB - Command to execute to build the a library; -# differs when building shared or static. -# MAKE_STUB_LIB - -# Command to execute to build a stub library. -# INSTALL_LIB - Command to execute to install a library; -# differs when building shared or static. -# INSTALL_STUB_LIB - -# Command to execute to install a stub library. -# STLIB_LD - Base command to use for combining object files -# into a static library. -# SHLIB_CFLAGS - Flags to pass to cc when compiling the components -# of a shared library (may request position-independent -# code, among other things). -# SHLIB_LD - Base command to use for combining object files -# into a shared library. -# SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when -# creating shared libraries. This symbol typically -# goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build -# shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to -# "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should -# be specified when creating a shared library. If -# dependent libraries should not be specified (as on -# SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in -# general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared -# libraries), then this symbol has an empty string -# as its value. -# SHLIB_SUFFIX - Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable -# extensions. An empty string means we don't know how -# to use shared libraries on this platform. -# TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS - Additional element which are added to SHLIB_LD_LIBS -# TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS for the build of Tcl and Tk, but not recorded in the -# tclConfig.sh, since they are only used for the build -# of Tcl and Tk. -# Examples: MacOS X records the library version and -# compatibility version in the shared library. But -# of course the Tcl version of this is only used for Tcl. -# LIB_SUFFIX - Specifies everything that comes after the "libfoo" -# in a static or shared library name, using the $VERSION variable -# to put the version in the right place. This is used -# by platforms that need non-standard library names. -# Examples: ${VERSION}.so.1.1 on NetBSD, since it needs -# to have a version after the .so, and ${VERSION}.a -# on AIX, since a shared library needs to have -# a .a extension whereas shared objects for loadable -# extensions have a .so extension. Defaults to -# ${VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}. -# TCL_LIBS - -# Libs to use when linking Tcl shell or some other -# shell that includes Tcl libs. -# CFLAGS_DEBUG - -# Flags used when running the compiler in debug mode -# CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE - -# Flags used when running the compiler in optimize mode -# CFLAGS - Additional CFLAGS added as necessary (usually 64-bit) -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [ - - # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support? - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit], - [enable 64bit support (default: off)]), - [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bit]) - - # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support? - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit-vis, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit-vis], - [enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)]), - [do64bitVIS=$enableval], [do64bitVIS=no]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bitVIS]) - # Force 64bit on with VIS - AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"], [do64bit=yes]) - - # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so - # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails. - - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler supports visibility "hidden"], - tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden, [ - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" - AC_TRY_LINK([ - extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void); - void f(void) {}], [f();], tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes, - tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no) - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes], [ - AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, - [extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden")))], - [Compiler support for module scope symbols]) - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_HIDDEN, [1], [Compiler support for module scope symbols]) - ]) - - # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support? - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([if rpath support is requested]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath, - AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-rpath], - [disable rpath support (default: on)]), - [doRpath=$enableval], [doRpath=yes]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$doRpath]) - - # Step 1: set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number - # for the system. - - SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM - - # Step 2: check for existence of -ldl library. This is needed because - # Linux can use either -ldl or -ldld for dynamic loading. - - AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, have_dl=yes, have_dl=no) - - # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below. - - AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB]) - - # Step 3: set configuration options based on system name and version. - - do64bit_ok=no - # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis - SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}' - LDFLAGS_ORIG="$LDFLAGS" - # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in - # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load] - # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796] - LDFLAGS_ARCH="" - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="" - TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`' - ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`' - TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok - CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2 - CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall" - ], [ - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O - CFLAGS_WARNING="" - ]) - AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar) - STLIB_LD='${AR} cr' - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH" - PLAT_OBJS="" - PLAT_SRCS="" - LDAIX_SRC="" - AS_IF([test "x${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x],[SHLIB_VERSION=".1.0"],[SHLIB_VERSION=".${SHLIB_VERSION}"]) - case $system in - AIX-*) - AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"], [ - # AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used - case "${CC}" in - *_r|*_r\ *) - # ok ... - ;; - *) - # Make sure only first arg gets _r - CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([[^ ]]*\)/\1_r/'` - ;; - esac - AC_MSG_RESULT([Using $CC for compiling with threads]) - ]) - LIBS="$LIBS -lc" - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH" - - # ldAix No longer needed with use of -bexpall/-brtl - # but some extensions may still reference it - LDAIX_SRC='$(UNIX_DIR)/ldAix' - - # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker - AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [ - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system]) - ], [ - do64bit_ok=yes - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64" - RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64" - AR="${AR} -X64" - SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64" - ]) - ]) - - AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [ - # AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC - SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text" - # AIX-5 has dl* in libc.so - DL_LIBS="" - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - ], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - ]) - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - ], [ - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall' - ], [ - SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl" - ]) - SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - ]) - ;; - BeOS*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - - #----------------------------------------------------------- - # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs - # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which - # is always linked to, for compatibility. - #----------------------------------------------------------- - AC_CHECK_LIB(bind, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"]) - ;; - BSD/OS-2.1*|BSD/OS-3*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="shlicc -r" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - BSD/OS-4.*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - CYGWIN_*|MINGW32*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - PLAT_OBJS='${CYGWIN_OBJS}' - PLAT_SRCS='${CYGWIN_SRCS}' - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=1 - TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX='${VERSION}\$\{DBGX\}.dll.a' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\$[@].a" - AC_CACHE_CHECK(for Cygwin version of gcc, - ac_cv_cygwin, - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #ifdef __CYGWIN__ - #error cygwin - #endif - ], [], - ac_cv_cygwin=no, - ac_cv_cygwin=yes) - ) - if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} is not a cygwin compiler.]) - fi - if test "x${TCL_THREADS}" = "x0"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads]) - fi - do64bit_ok=yes - if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then - echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args" - # The eval makes quoting arguments work. - if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args; cd ../unix - then : - else - { echo "configure: error: configure failed for ../win" 1>&2; exit 1; } - fi - fi - ;; - dgux*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - Haiku*) - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic" - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared' - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-lroot" - AC_CHECK_LIB(network, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"]) - ;; - HP-UX-*.11.*) - # Use updated header definitions where possible - AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?]) - AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?]) - LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet" # Use the XOPEN network library - - AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [ - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - ], [ - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl" - ]) - AC_CHECK_LIB(dld, shl_load, tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) - AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = yes], [ - SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z" - SHLIB_LD="ld -b" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldld" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH" - ]) - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - ], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z" - ]) - - # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc - #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable" - - # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker - AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = "yes"], [ - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in - hppa64*) - # 64-bit gcc in use. Fix flags for GNU ld. - do64bit_ok=yes - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - ;; - *) - AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system]) - ;; - esac - ], [ - do64bit_ok=yes - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64" - ]) - ]) ;; - HP-UX-*.08.*|HP-UX-*.09.*|HP-UX-*.10.*) - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl" - AC_CHECK_LIB(dld, shl_load, tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) - AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = yes], [ - SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z" - SHLIB_LD="ld -b" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldld" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH" - ]) ;; - IRIX-5.*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="ld -shared -rdata_shared" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - AC_LIBOBJ(mkstemp) - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - ;; - IRIX-6.*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - AC_LIBOBJ(mkstemp) - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32" - ], [ - case $system in - IRIX-6.3) - # Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3. - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS" - ;; - *) - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32" - ;; - esac - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32" - ]) - ;; - IRIX64-6.*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - AC_LIBOBJ(mkstemp) - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - - # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker - - AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [ - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported by gcc]) - ], [ - do64bit_ok=yes - SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64" - ]) - ]) - ;; - Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2" - # egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings - # when you inline the string and math operations. Turn this off to - # get rid of the warnings. - #CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES" - - SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared' - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic" - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"]) - AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -m64 flag], tcl_cv_cc_m64, [ - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" - AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes, tcl_cv_cc_m64=no) - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" - do64bit_ok=yes - ]) - ]) - - # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of - # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address - # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind - # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the - # files in compat/*.c is being linked in. - - AS_IF([test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x],[CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"]) - ;; - Lynx*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02 - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl" - LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic" - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - ;; - MP-RAS-02*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - MP-RAS-*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - OpenBSD-*) - arch=`arch -s` - case "$arch" in - alpha|sparc64) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - ;; - *) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic" - ;; - esac - SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}' - LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic" - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2" - AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [ - # On OpenBSD: Compile with -pthread - # Don't link with -lpthread - LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//` - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" - ]) - # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots. - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' - TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots - ;; - NetBSD-*) - # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared' - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [ - # The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS - LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//` - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread" - ]) - ;; - DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*) - # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports. - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$[@]" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - LDFLAGS="" - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [ - # The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS - LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//` - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"]) - case $system in - FreeBSD-3.*) - # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy. - TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .` - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' - SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so' - TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots - ;; - esac - ;; - Darwin-*) - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os" - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common" - # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during - # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and - # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS: - CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \ - awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \ - if ([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"[$]i}'`" - CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \ - awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \ - if (!([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"[$]i}'`" - AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [ - case `arch` in - ppc) - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag], - tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64, [ - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5" - AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes, - tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no) - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5" - do64bit_ok=yes - ]);; - i386) - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag], - tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64, [ - hold_cflags=$CFLAGS - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64" - AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes, - tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no) - CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64" - do64bit_ok=yes - ]);; - *) - AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture `arch`]);; - esac - ], [ - # Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build - AS_IF([echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \ - && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '], [ - fat_32_64=yes]) - ]) - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}' - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -single_module flag], tcl_cv_ld_single_module, [ - hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module" - AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes, tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no) - LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes], [ - SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module" - ]) - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o" - DL_LIBS="" - # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only: - AS_IF([test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \ - "`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4], [ - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"]) - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names" - AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag], - tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [ - hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" - AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes, - tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no) - LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes], [ - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" - ]) - AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [ - AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [__private_extern__], - [Compiler support for module scope symbols]) - ]) - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH" - AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TCL, 1, [Is this a Mac I see before me?]) - PLAT_OBJS='${MAC_OSX_OBJS}' - PLAT_SRCS='${MAC_OSX_SRCS}' - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use CoreFoundation]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(corefoundation, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-corefoundation], - [use CoreFoundation API on MacOSX (default: on)]), - [tcl_corefoundation=$enableval], [tcl_corefoundation=yes]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_corefoundation]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_corefoundation = yes], [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CoreFoundation.framework], - tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation, [ - hold_libs=$LIBS - AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes], [ - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - # On Tiger there is no 64-bit CF, so remove 64-bit - # archs from CFLAGS et al. while testing for - # presence of CF. 64-bit CF is disabled in - # tclUnixPort.h if necessary. - eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"' - done]) - LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation" - AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>], - [CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();], - tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=yes, - tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=no) - AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes], [ - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' - done]) - LIBS=$hold_libs]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation = yes], [ - LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation" - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_COREFOUNDATION, 1, - [Do we have access to Darwin CoreFoundation.framework?]) - ], [tcl_corefoundation=no]) - AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes -a $tcl_corefoundation = yes],[ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit CoreFoundation], - tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64, [ - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"' - done - AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>], - [CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();], - tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=yes, - tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=no) - for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do - eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' - done]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64 = no], [ - AC_DEFINE(NO_COREFOUNDATION_64, 1, - [Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit?]) - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings" - ]) - ]) - ]) - ;; - NEXTSTEP-*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostdlib -r' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o" - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - OS/390-*) - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="" # Optimizer is buggy - AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1, # needed in sys/socket.h - [Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?]) - ;; - OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2) - # OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1 - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - # Hack: make package name same as library name - SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export $@:' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o" - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - OSF1-1.*) - # OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2 - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"], [ - SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared" - ]) - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - OSF1-V*) - # Digital OSF/1 - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [ - SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"' - ], [ - SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"' - ]) - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"]) - # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa - AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64" - LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//` - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc" - ], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread" - ]) - ]) - ;; - QNX-6*) - # QNX RTP - # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6. - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - # dlopen is in -lc on QNX - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - SCO_SV-3.2*) - # Note, dlopen is available only on SCO 3.2.5 and greater. However, - # this test works, since "uname -s" was non-standard in 3.2.4 and - # below. - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport" - ], [ - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport" - ]) - SHLIB_LD="ld -G" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - SINIX*5.4*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - SunOS-4*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC" - SHLIB_LD="ld" - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - - # SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library - # specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead. Also, it - # requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names. - # So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0 - - SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}' - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' - TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots - ;; - SunOS-5.[[0-6]]) - # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case - - # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris - # won't define thread-safe library routines. - - AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?]) - AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1, - [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!]) - - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - ], [ - SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - ]) - ;; - SunOS-5*) - # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris - # won't define thread-safe library routines. - - AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?]) - AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1, - [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!]) - - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" - - # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker - AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [ - arch=`isainfo` - AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [ - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - AS_IF([test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 3], [ - AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system]) - ], [ - do64bit_ok=yes - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9" - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" - ]) - ], [ - do64bit_ok=yes - AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = yes], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a" - ], [ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9" - LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9" - ]) - # Solaris 64 uses this as well - #LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64" - ]) - ], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [ - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - case $system in - SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*) - do64bit_ok=yes - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";; - *) - AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system]);; - esac - ], [ - do64bit_ok=yes - case $system in - SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*) - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";; - *) - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";; - esac - ]) - ], [AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported for $arch])])]) - ]) - - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - # On Solaris 5.x i386 with the sunpro compiler we need to link - # with sunmath to get floating point rounding control - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes],[use_sunmath=no],[ - arch=`isainfo` - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use -lsunmath for fp rounding control]) - AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386" -o "$arch" = "i386"], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - MATH_LIBS="-lsunmath $MATH_LIBS" - AC_CHECK_HEADER(sunmath.h) - use_sunmath=yes - ], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - use_sunmath=no - ]) - ]) - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} - AS_IF([test "$do64bit_ok" = yes], [ - AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [ - # We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to - # add the path to the sparv9 libgcc. - SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc" - # for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc - # path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9' - #v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..." - #CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir" - ], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [ - SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc" - ])]) - ]) - ], [ - AS_IF([test "$use_sunmath" = yes], [textmode=textoff],[textmode=text]) - case $system in - SunOS-5.[[1-9]][[0-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[7-9]]) - SHLIB_LD="\${CC} -G -z $textmode \${LDFLAGS}";; - *) - SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z $textmode";; - esac - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' - ]) - ;; - UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" - SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' - SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" - DL_LIBS="-ldl" - # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers - # that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does. - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [ - hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" - AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes, tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no) - LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags]) - AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes], [ - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" - ]) - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - ;; - esac - - AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no], [ - AC_MSG_WARN([64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform]) - ]) - - AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = yes], [ - AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_DO64BIT, 1, [Is this a 64-bit build?]) - ]) - -dnl # Add any CPPFLAGS set in the environment to our CFLAGS, but delay doing so -dnl # until the end of configure, as configure's compile and link tests use -dnl # both CPPFLAGS and CFLAGS (unlike our compile and link) but configure's -dnl # preprocessing tests use only CPPFLAGS. - AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""]) - - # Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch. - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(load, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-load], - [allow dynamic loading and "load" command (default: on)]), - [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes]) - AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = no], [DL_OBJS=""]) - - AS_IF([test "x$DL_OBJS" != x], [BUILD_DLTEST="\$(DLTEST_TARGETS)"], [ - AC_MSG_WARN([Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries on this system.]) - SHLIB_CFLAGS="" - SHLIB_LD="" - SHLIB_SUFFIX="" - DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.o" - DL_LIBS="" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS_ORIG" - CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" - BUILD_DLTEST="" - ]) - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH" - - # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared - # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the - # standard manufacturer compiler. - - AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [ - case $system in - AIX-*) ;; - BSD/OS*) ;; - CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*) ;; - IRIX*) ;; - NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;; - Darwin-*) ;; - SCO_SV-3.2*) ;; - *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;; - esac]) - - AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [ - AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], - [No Compiler support for module scope symbols]) - ]) - - AS_IF([test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [ - SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}']) - AS_IF([test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [ - UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}.a']) - DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" - - AS_IF([test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = 1 -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""], [ - LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX} - MAKE_LIB='${SHLIB_LD} -o [$]@ ${OBJS} ${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}' - AS_IF([test "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" = ".dll"], [ - INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)";if test -f $(LIB_FILE).a; then $(INSTALL_DATA) $(LIB_FILE).a "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; fi;' - DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)" - ], [ - INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"' - ]) - ], [ - LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX} - - AS_IF([test "$RANLIB" = ""], [ - MAKE_LIB='$(STLIB_LD) [$]@ ${OBJS}' - ], [ - MAKE_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} [$]@' - ]) - INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"' - ]) - - # Stub lib does not depend on shared/static configuration - AS_IF([test "$RANLIB" = ""], [ - MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS}' - ], [ - MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} [$]@' - ]) - INSTALL_STUB_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(STUB_LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(STUB_LIB_FILE)"' - - # Define TCL_LIBS now that we know what DL_LIBS is. - # The trick here is that we don't want to change the value of TCL_LIBS if - # it is already set when tclConfig.sh had been loaded by Tk. - AS_IF([test "x${TCL_LIBS}" = x], [ - TCL_LIBS="${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}"]) - AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS) - - # See if the compiler supports casting to a union type. - # This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler - # warning when initializing a union member. - - AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support, - tcl_cv_cast_to_union, - AC_TRY_COMPILE([], - [ - union foo { int i; double d; }; - union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0; - ], - tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes, - tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no) - ) - if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1, - [Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.]) - fi - - # FIXME: This subst was left in only because the TCL_DL_LIBS - # entry in tclConfig.sh uses it. It is not clear why someone - # would use TCL_DL_LIBS instead of TCL_LIBS. - AC_SUBST(DL_LIBS) - - AC_SUBST(DL_OBJS) - AC_SUBST(PLAT_OBJS) - AC_SUBST(PLAT_SRCS) - AC_SUBST(LDAIX_SRC) - AC_SUBST(CFLAGS) - AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEBUG) - AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) - AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_WARNING) - - AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS) - AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) - AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) - AC_SUBST(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS) - AC_SUBST(LD_SEARCH_FLAGS) - - AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD) - AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD) - AC_SUBST(TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS) - AC_SUBST(TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS) - AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS) - AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS) - AC_SUBST(SHLIB_SUFFIX) - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_SHLIB_EXT,"${SHLIB_SUFFIX}", - [What is the default extension for shared libraries?]) - - AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB) - AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB) - AC_SUBST(INSTALL_LIB) - AC_SUBST(DLL_INSTALL_DIR) - AC_SUBST(INSTALL_STUB_LIB) - AC_SUBST(RANLIB) -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS -# -# Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files. Special -# notes: -# - stdlib.h doesn't define strtol, strtoul, or -# strtod insome versions of SunOS -# - some versions of string.h don't declare procedures such -# as strstr -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Defines some of the following vars: -# NO_DIRENT_H -# NO_VALUES_H -# NO_STDLIB_H -# NO_STRING_H -# NO_SYS_WAIT_H -# NO_DLFCN_H -# HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H -# -# HAVE_STRING_H ? -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS], [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([dirent.h], tcl_cv_dirent_h, [ - AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h> -#include <dirent.h>], [ -#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE -# ifdef __Lynx__ - /* - * Generate compilation error to make the test fail: Lynx headers - * are only valid if really in the POSIX environment. - */ - - missing_procedure(); -# endif -#endif -DIR *d; -struct dirent *entryPtr; -char *p; -d = opendir("foobar"); -entryPtr = readdir(d); -p = entryPtr->d_name; -closedir(d); -], tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes, tcl_cv_dirent_h=no)]) - - if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then - AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?]) - fi - - AC_CHECK_HEADER(float.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_FLOAT_H, 1, [Do we have <float.h>?])]) - AC_CHECK_HEADER(values.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_VALUES_H, 1, [Do we have <values.h>?])]) - AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0) - AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0) - AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0) - AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0) - if test $tcl_ok = 0; then - AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?]) - fi - AC_CHECK_HEADER(string.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0) - AC_EGREP_HEADER(strstr, string.h, , tcl_ok=0) - AC_EGREP_HEADER(strerror, string.h, , tcl_ok=0) - - # See also memmove check below for a place where NO_STRING_H can be - # set and why. - - if test $tcl_ok = 0; then - AC_DEFINE(NO_STRING_H, 1, [Do we have <string.h>?]) - fi - - AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/wait.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_SYS_WAIT_H, 1, [Do we have <sys/wait.h>?])]) - AC_CHECK_HEADER(dlfcn.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_DLFCN_H, 1, [Do we have <dlfcn.h>?])]) - - # OS/390 lacks sys/param.h (and doesn't need it, by chance). - AC_HAVE_HEADERS(sys/param.h) -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_PATH_X -# -# Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive. Try -# the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff -# (e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through -# a list of possible directories. Under some conditions the -# autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains -# no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Sets the following vars: -# XINCLUDES -# XLIBSW -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_X], [ - AC_PATH_X - not_really_there="" - if test "$no_x" = ""; then - if test "$x_includes" = ""; then - AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], , not_really_there="yes") - else - if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then - not_really_there="yes" - fi - fi - fi - if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files]) - found_xincludes="no" - AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], found_xincludes="yes", found_xincludes="no") - if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then - dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include" - for i in $dirs ; do - if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([$i]) - XINCLUDES=" -I$i" - found_xincludes="yes" - break - fi - done - fi - else - if test "$x_includes" != ""; then - XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes" - found_xincludes="yes" - fi - fi - if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([couldn't find any!]) - fi - - if test "$no_x" = yes; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 libraries]) - XLIBSW=nope - dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib" - for i in $dirs ; do - if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl -o -r $i/libX11.dylib; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([$i]) - XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11" - x_libraries="$i" - break - fi - done - else - if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then - XLIBSW=-lX11 - else - XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11" - fi - fi - if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then - AC_CHECK_LIB(Xwindow, XCreateWindow, XLIBSW=-lXwindow) - fi - if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find any! Using -lX11.]) - XLIBSW=-lX11 - fi -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_BLOCKING_STYLE -# -# The statements below check for systems where POSIX-style -# non-blocking I/O (O_NONBLOCK) doesn't work or is unimplemented. -# On these systems (mostly older ones), use the old BSD-style -# FIONBIO approach instead. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Defines some of the following vars: -# HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H -# HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H -# USE_FIONBIO -# O_NONBLOCK -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_BLOCKING_STYLE], [ - AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ioctl.h) - AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h) - SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM - AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O]) - case $system in - OSF*) - AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO]) - ;; - SunOS-4*) - AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO]) - ;; - *) - AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK]) - ;; - esac -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TIME_HANLDER -# -# Checks how the system deals with time.h, what time structures -# are used on the system, and what fields the structures have. -# -# Arguments: -# none -# -# Results: -# -# Defines some of the following vars: -# USE_DELTA_FOR_TZ -# HAVE_TM_GMTOFF -# HAVE_TM_TZADJ -# HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TIME_HANDLER], [ - AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h) - AC_HEADER_TIME - - AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r mktime) - - AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_tzadj;], - tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=no)]) - if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj = yes ; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_TZADJ, 1, [Should we use the tm_tzadj field of struct tm?]) - fi - - AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_gmtoff in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_gmtoff;], - tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=no)]) - if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff = yes ; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_GMTOFF, 1, [Should we use the tm_gmtoff field of struct tm?]) - fi - - # - # Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems - # (like convex) have timezone functions, etc. - # - AC_CACHE_CHECK([long timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_long, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], - [extern long timezone; - timezone += 1; - exit (0);], - tcl_cv_timezone_long=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_long=no)]) - if test $tcl_cv_timezone_long = yes ; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?]) - else - # - # On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long. - # - AC_CACHE_CHECK([time_t timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_time, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], - [extern time_t timezone; - timezone += 1; - exit (0);], - tcl_cv_timezone_time=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_time=no)]) - if test $tcl_cv_timezone_time = yes ; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?]) - fi - fi -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS -# -# Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell. -# Things like the math library (-lm) and socket stuff (-lsocket vs. -# -lnsl) are dealt with here. -# -# Arguments: -# None. -# -# Results: -# -# Might append to the following vars: -# LIBS -# MATH_LIBS -# -# Might define the following vars: -# HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS], [ - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - # On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is - # already in libc.a. Set compiler flags accordingly. - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - - AC_CHECK_FUNC(sin, MATH_LIBS="", MATH_LIBS="-lm") - - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - # Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it - # needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes. - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - - AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -linet"]) - AC_CHECK_HEADER(net/errno.h, [ - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H, 1, [Do we have <net/errno.h>?])]) - - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - # Check for the existence of the -lsocket and -lnsl libraries. - # The order here is important, so that they end up in the right - # order in the command line generated by make. Here are some - # special considerations: - # 1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and - # "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl. - # 2. Use each function name only once: can't redo a check because - # autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it. - # 3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that - # aren't already present in the normal libraries. This is because - # IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're - # bogus: they goof up name resolution if used. - # 4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too. - # To get around this problem, check for both libraries together - # if -lsocket doesn't work by itself. - #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - - tcl_checkBoth=0 - AC_CHECK_FUNC(connect, tcl_checkSocket=0, tcl_checkSocket=1) - if test "$tcl_checkSocket" = 1; then - AC_CHECK_FUNC(setsockopt, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, setsockopt, - LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket", tcl_checkBoth=1)]) - fi - if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then - tk_oldLibs=$LIBS - LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl" - AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs]) - fi - AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname, - [LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])]) -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS -# -# Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS -# features are available. -# -# Arguments: -# None -# -# Results: -# -# Might define the following vars: -# _ISOC99_SOURCE -# _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE -# _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG],[ - AC_CACHE_VAL([tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z]), - AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], $3, [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no, - AC_TRY_COMPILE([[#define ]$1[ 1 -]$2], $3, - [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=yes, - [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no))) - if test ["x${tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])[}" = "xyes"] ; then - AC_DEFINE($1, 1, [Add the ]$1[ flag when building]) - tcl_flags="$tcl_flags $1" - fi -]) - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS],[ - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for required early compiler flags]) - tcl_flags="" - SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_ISOC99_SOURCE,[#include <stdlib.h>], - [char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;]) - SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE,[#include <sys/stat.h>], - [struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);]) - SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE_SOURCE64,[#include <sys/stat.h>], - [char *p = (char *)open64;]) - if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([none]) - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_flags}]) - fi -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS -# -# Check for what is defined in the way of 64-bit features. -# -# Arguments: -# None -# -# Results: -# -# Might define the following vars: -# TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG -# TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE -# HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, HAVE_DIR64 -# HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64 -# HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [ - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type]) - AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[ - tcl_cv_type_64bit=none - # See if the compiler knows natively about __int64 - AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;], - tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long") - # See if we should use long anyway Note that we substitute in the - # type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check - # program, so it should be modified only carefully... - AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) { - case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ; - }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})]) - if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then - AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([using long]) - else - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit}, - [What type should be used to define wide integers?]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}]) - - # Now check for auxiliary declarations - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h> -#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 p;], - tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no)]) - if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?]) - fi - - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for DIR64], tcl_cv_DIR64,[ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h> -#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 *p; DIR64 d = opendir64("."); - p = readdir64(d); rewinddir64(d); closedir64(d);], - tcl_cv_DIR64=yes,tcl_cv_DIR64=no)]) - if test "x${tcl_cv_DIR64}" = "xyes" ; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DIR64, 1, [Is 'DIR64' in <sys/types.h>?]) - fi - - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/stat.h>],[struct stat64 p; -], - tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no)]) - if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?]) - fi - - AC_CHECK_FUNCS(open64 lseek64) - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for off64_t]) - AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_off64_t,[ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[off64_t offset; -], - tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes,tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no)]) - dnl Define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T only when the off64_t type and the - dnl functions lseek64 and open64 are defined. - if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \ - test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \ - test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T, 1, [Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>?]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - fi - fi -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING TIP #59 -# -# Declare the encoding to use for embedded configuration information. -# -# Arguments: -# None. -# -# Results: -# Might append to the following vars: -# DEFS (implicit) -# -# Will define the following vars: -# TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING], [ - AC_ARG_WITH(encoding, - AC_HELP_STRING([--with-encoding], - [encoding for configuration values (default: iso8859-1)]), - with_tcencoding=${withval}) - - if test x"${with_tcencoding}" != x ; then - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"${with_tcencoding}", - [What encoding should be used for embedded configuration info?]) - else - AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"iso8859-1", - [What encoding should be used for embedded configuration info?]) - fi -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC -# -# Check for broken function. -# -# Arguments: -# funcName - function to test for -# advancedTest - the advanced test to run if the function is present -# -# Results: -# Might cause compatibility versions of the function to be used. -# Might affect the following vars: -# USE_COMPAT (implicit) -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC],[ - AC_CHECK_FUNC($1, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0) - if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 1; then - AC_CACHE_CHECK([proper ]$1[ implementation], [tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken], - AC_TRY_RUN([[int main() {]$2[}]],[tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken]=ok, - [tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken]=broken,[tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken]=unknown)) - if test ["$tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken"] = "ok"; then - tcl_ok=1 - else - tcl_ok=0 - fi - fi - if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 0; then - AC_LIBOBJ($1) - USE_COMPAT=1 - fi -]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R -# -# Check if we have MT-safe variant of gethostbyaddr(). -# -# Arguments: -# None -# -# Results: -# -# Might define the following vars: -# HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R -# HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_7 -# HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_8 -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyaddr_r, [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 7 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <netdb.h> - ], [ - char *addr; - int length; - int type; - struct hostent *result; - char buffer[2048]; - int buflen = 2048; - int h_errnop; - - (void) gethostbyaddr_r(addr, length, type, result, buffer, buflen, - &h_errnop); - ], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_7, 1, - [Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r takes 7 args.]) - else - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 8 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <netdb.h> - ], [ - char *addr; - int length; - int type; - struct hostent *result, *resultp; - char buffer[2048]; - int buflen = 2048; - int h_errnop; - - (void) gethostbyaddr_r(addr, length, type, result, buffer, buflen, - &resultp, &h_errnop); - ], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_8, 1, - [Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r takes 8 args.]) - fi - fi - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R, 1, - [Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r is available.]) - fi -])]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R -# -# Check to see what variant of gethostbyname_r() we have. -# Based on David Arnold's example from the comp.programming.threads -# FAQ Q213 -# -# Arguments: -# None -# -# Results: -# -# Might define the following vars: -# HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R -# HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_3 -# HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_5 -# HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_6 -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname_r, [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 6 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <netdb.h> - ], [ - char *name; - struct hostent *he, *res; - char buffer[2048]; - int buflen = 2048; - int h_errnop; - - (void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, buffer, buflen, &res, &h_errnop); - ], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6, 1, - [Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 6 args.]) - else - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <netdb.h> - ], [ - char *name; - struct hostent *he; - char buffer[2048]; - int buflen = 2048; - int h_errnop; - - (void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, buffer, buflen, &h_errnop); - ], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5, 1, - [Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 5 args.]) - else - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 3 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <netdb.h> - ], [ - char *name; - struct hostent *he; - struct hostent_data data; - - (void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, &data); - ], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3, 1, - [Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 3 args.]) - fi - fi - fi - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R, 1, - [Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r is available.]) - fi -])]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_GETPWUID_R -# -# Check if we have MT-safe variant of getpwuid() and if yes, -# which one exactly. -# -# Arguments: -# None -# -# Results: -# -# Might define the following vars: -# HAVE_GETPWUID_R -# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4 -# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5 -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWUID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwuid_r, [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <sys/types.h> - #include <pwd.h> - ], [ - uid_t uid; - struct passwd pw, *pwp; - char buf[512]; - int buflen = 512; - - (void) getpwuid_r(uid, &pw, buf, buflen, &pwp); - ], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5, 1, - [Define to 1 if getpwuid_r takes 5 args.]) - else - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <sys/types.h> - #include <pwd.h> - ], [ - uid_t uid; - struct passwd pw; - char buf[512]; - int buflen = 512; - - (void)getpwnam_r(uid, &pw, buf, buflen); - ], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4=yes, tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4, 1, - [Define to 1 if getpwuid_r takes 4 args.]) - fi - fi - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R, 1, - [Define to 1 if getpwuid_r is available.]) - fi -])]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_GETPWNAM_R -# -# Check if we have MT-safe variant of getpwnam() and if yes, -# which one exactly. -# -# Arguments: -# None -# -# Results: -# -# Might define the following vars: -# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R -# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4 -# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5 -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwnam_r, [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <sys/types.h> - #include <pwd.h> - ], [ - char *name; - struct passwd pw, *pwp; - char buf[512]; - int buflen = 512; - - (void) getpwnam_r(name, &pw, buf, buflen, &pwp); - ], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5, 1, - [Define to 1 if getpwnam_r takes 5 args.]) - else - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <sys/types.h> - #include <pwd.h> - ], [ - char *name; - struct passwd pw; - char buf[512]; - int buflen = 512; - - (void)getpwnam_r(name, &pw, buf, buflen); - ], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4=yes, tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4, 1, - [Define to 1 if getpwnam_r takes 4 args.]) - fi - fi - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R, 1, - [Define to 1 if getpwnam_r is available.]) - fi -])]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_GETGRGID_R -# -# Check if we have MT-safe variant of getgrgid() and if yes, -# which one exactly. -# -# Arguments: -# None -# -# Results: -# -# Might define the following vars: -# HAVE_GETGRGID_R -# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4 -# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5 -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRGID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrgid_r, [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <sys/types.h> - #include <grp.h> - ], [ - gid_t gid; - struct group gr, *grp; - char buf[512]; - int buflen = 512; - - (void) getgrgid_r(gid, &gr, buf, buflen, &grp); - ], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5, 1, - [Define to 1 if getgrgid_r takes 5 args.]) - else - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <sys/types.h> - #include <grp.h> - ], [ - gid_t gid; - struct group gr; - char buf[512]; - int buflen = 512; - - (void)getgrgid_r(gid, &gr, buf, buflen); - ], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4=yes, tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4, 1, - [Define to 1 if getgrgid_r takes 4 args.]) - fi - fi - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R, 1, - [Define to 1 if getgrgid_r is available.]) - fi -])]) - -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# SC_TCL_GETGRNAM_R -# -# Check if we have MT-safe variant of getgrnam() and if yes, -# which one exactly. -# -# Arguments: -# None -# -# Results: -# -# Might define the following vars: -# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R -# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4 -# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5 -# -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrnam_r, [ - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <sys/types.h> - #include <grp.h> - ], [ - char *name; - struct group gr, *grp; - char buf[512]; - int buflen = 512; - - (void) getgrnam_r(name, &gr, buf, buflen, &grp); - ], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5, 1, - [Define to 1 if getgrnam_r takes 5 args.]) - else - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4, [ - AC_TRY_COMPILE([ - #include <sys/types.h> - #include <grp.h> - ], [ - char *name; - struct group gr; - char buf[512]; - int buflen = 512; - - (void)getgrnam_r(name, &gr, buf, buflen); - ], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4=yes, tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4=no)]) - tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4 - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4, 1, - [Define to 1 if getgrnam_r takes 4 args.]) - fi - fi - if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R, 1, - [Define to 1 if getgrnam_r is available.]) - fi -])]) - -AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_IPV6],[ - NEED_FAKE_RFC2553=0 - AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getnameinfo getaddrinfo freeaddrinfo gai_strerror,,[NEED_FAKE_RFC2553=1]) - AC_CHECK_TYPES([ - struct addrinfo, - struct in6_addr, - struct sockaddr_in6, - struct sockaddr_storage],,[NEED_FAKE_RFC2553=1],[[ -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/socket.h> -#include <netinet/in.h> -#include <netdb.h> -]]) -if test "x$NEED_FAKE_RFC2553" = "x1"; then - AC_DEFINE([NEED_FAKE_RFC2553], 1, - [Use compat implementation of getaddrinfo() and friends]) - AC_LIBOBJ([fake-rfc2553]) - AC_CHECK_FUNC(strlcpy) -fi -]) -# Local Variables: -# mode: autoconf -# End: diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tk.pc.in b/tk8.6/unix/tk.pc.in deleted file mode 100644 index 68f2130..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tk.pc.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# tk pkg-config source file - -prefix=@prefix@ -exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ -libdir=@libdir@ -includedir=@includedir@ - -Name: The Tk Toolkit -Description: Tk is a cross-platform graphical user interface toolkit, the standard GUI not only for Tcl, but for many other dynamic languages as well. -URL: http://www.tcl.tk/ -Version: @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@ -Requires: tcl >= 8.6 -Libs: -L${libdir} @TK_LIB_FLAG@ @TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@ -Libs.private: @XFT_LIBS@ @XLIBSW@ -Cflags: -I${includedir} diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tk.spec b/tk8.6/unix/tk.spec deleted file mode 100644 index 159c533..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tk.spec +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM. - -%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local} - -Name: tk -Summary: Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language. -Version: 8.6.9 -Release: 2 -License: BSD -Group: Development/Languages -Source: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz -URL: http://www.tcl.tk/ -Buildroot: /var/tmp/%{name}%{version} -Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= %version -Requires: tcl >= %version - -%description -The Tcl (Tool Command Language) provides a powerful platform for -creating integration applications that tie together diverse -applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks. When paired with -the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful way to -create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X. Tcl -can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating -powerful command languages for applications. - -%prep -%setup -q -n %{name}%{version} - -%build -cd unix -CFLAGS="%optflags" ./configure \ - --prefix=%{directory} \ - --exec-prefix=%{directory} \ - --libdir=%{directory}/%{_lib} -make - -%install -cd unix -make INSTALL_ROOT=%buildroot install - -%clean -rm -rf %buildroot - -%files -n tk -%defattr(-,root,root) -%if %{_lib} != lib -%{directory}/%{_lib} -%endif -%{directory}/lib -%{directory}/bin -%{directory}/include -%{directory}/man/man1 -%{directory}/man/man3 -%{directory}/man/mann diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkAppInit.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkAppInit.c deleted file mode 100644 index 13bcdde..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkAppInit.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkAppInit.c -- - * - * Provides a default version of the main program and Tcl_AppInit - * procedure for wish and other Tk-based applications. - * - * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California. - * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#undef BUILD_tk -#undef STATIC_BUILD -#include "tk.h" - -#ifdef TK_TEST -extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Tktest_Init; -#endif /* TK_TEST */ - -/* - * The following #if block allows you to change the AppInit function by using - * a #define of TCL_LOCAL_APPINIT instead of rewriting this entire file. The - * #if checks for that #define and uses Tcl_AppInit if it doesn't exist. - */ - -#ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT -#define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit -#endif -#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE -# define MODULE_SCOPE extern -#endif -MODULE_SCOPE int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT(Tcl_Interp *); -MODULE_SCOPE int main(int, char **); - -/* - * The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup - * script, prime the library or encoding paths, fiddle with the argv, etc., - * without needing to rewrite Tk_Main() - */ - -#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK -MODULE_SCOPE int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(int *argc, char ***argv); -#endif - -/* Make sure the stubbed variants of those are never used. */ -#undef Tcl_ObjSetVar2 -#undef Tcl_NewStringObj - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * main -- - * - * This is the main program for the application. - * - * Results: - * None: Tk_Main never returns here, so this procedure never returns - * either. - * - * Side effects: - * Just about anything, since from here we call arbitrary Tcl code. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -main( - int argc, /* Number of command-line arguments. */ - char **argv) /* Values of command-line arguments. */ -{ -#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK - TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv); -#endif - - Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT); - return 0; /* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */ -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tcl_AppInit -- - * - * This procedure performs application-specific initialization. Most - * applications, especially those that incorporate additional packages, - * will have their own version of this procedure. - * - * Results: - * Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in - * the interp's result if an error occurs. - * - * Side effects: - * Depends on the startup script. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -Tcl_AppInit( - Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */ -{ - if ((Tcl_Init)(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tk", Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit); - -#ifdef TK_TEST - if (Tktest_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tktest", Tktest_Init, 0); -#endif /* TK_TEST */ - - /* - * Call the init procedures for included packages. Each call should look - * like this: - * - * if (Mod_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { - * return TCL_ERROR; - * } - * - * where "Mod" is the name of the module. (Dynamically-loadable packages - * should have the same entry-point name.) - */ - - /* - * Call Tcl_CreateObjCommand for application-specific commands, if they - * weren't already created by the init procedures called above. - */ - - /* - * Specify a user-specific startup file to invoke if the application is - * run interactively. Typically the startup file is "~/.apprc" where "app" - * is the name of the application. If this line is deleted then no user- - * specific startup file will be run under any conditions. - */ - - Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("tcl_rcFileName", -1), NULL, - Tcl_NewStringObj("~/.wishrc", -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.h.in b/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.h.in deleted file mode 100644 index 72d97c8..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.h.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,256 +0,0 @@ -/* ../unix/tkConfig.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ - - - #ifndef _TKCONFIG - #define _TKCONFIG - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <AvailabilityMacros.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_AVAILABILITYMACROS_H - -/* Defined when compiler supports casting to union type. */ -#undef HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION - -/* Do we have access to Darwin CoreFoundation.framework? */ -#undef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION - -/* Is 'DIR64' in <sys/types.h>? */ -#undef HAVE_DIR64 - -/* Compiler support for module scope symbols */ -#undef HAVE_HIDDEN - -/* Do we have the intptr_t type? */ -#undef HAVE_INTPTR_T - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `Xft' library (-lXft). */ -#undef HAVE_LIBXFT - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `lseek64' function. */ -#undef HAVE_LSEEK64 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `open64' function. */ -#undef HAVE_OPEN64 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_atfork' function. */ -#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATFORK - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_attr_setstacksize' function. */ -#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE - -/* Does struct password have a pw_gecos field? */ -#undef HAVE_PW_GECOS - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_STDINT_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_STRING_H - -/* Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>? */ -#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64 - -/* Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>? */ -#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64 - -/* Should we include <sys/select.h>? */ -#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H - -/* Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>? */ -#undef HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T - -/* Do we have the uintptr_t type? */ -#undef HAVE_UINTPTR_T - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H - -/* Is weak import available? */ -#undef HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT - -/* Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)? */ -#undef HAVE_XFT - -/* Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym? */ -#undef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM - -/* Is XScreenSaver available? */ -#undef HAVE_XSS - -/* Is this a Mac I see before me? */ -#undef MAC_OSX_TCL - -/* Are we building TkAqua? */ -#undef MAC_OSX_TK - -/* No Compiler support for module scope symbols */ -#undef MODULE_SCOPE - -/* Is no debugging enabled? */ -#undef NDEBUG - -/* Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit? */ -#undef NO_COREFOUNDATION_64 - -/* Do we have fd_set? */ -#undef NO_FD_SET - -/* Do we have <stdlib.h>? */ -#undef NO_STDLIB_H - -/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ -#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT - -/* Define to the full name of this package. */ -#undef PACKAGE_NAME - -/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ -#undef PACKAGE_STRING - -/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ -#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME - -/* Define to the version of this package. */ -#undef PACKAGE_VERSION - -/* Is this a static build? */ -#undef STATIC_BUILD - -/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ -#undef STDC_HEADERS - -/* Is this a 64-bit build? */ -#undef TCL_CFG_DO64BIT - -/* Is this an optimized build? */ -#undef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED - -/* Is bytecode debugging enabled? */ -#undef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG - -/* Are bytecode statistics enabled? */ -#undef TCL_COMPILE_STATS - -/* Is memory debugging enabled? */ -#undef TCL_MEM_DEBUG - -/* What is the default extension for shared libraries? */ -#undef TCL_SHLIB_EXT - -/* Are we building with threads enabled? */ -#undef TCL_THREADS - -/* Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's? */ -#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG - -/* What type should be used to define wide integers? */ -#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE - -/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */ -#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME - -/* Is Tk built as a framework? */ -#undef TK_FRAMEWORK - -/* Are TkAqua debug messages enabled? */ -#undef TK_MAC_DEBUG - -/* Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator? */ -#undef USE_THREAD_ALLOC - -/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte - first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */ -#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN - -/* Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated? */ -#undef XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED - -/* Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available? */ -#undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE - -/* Add the _ISOC99_SOURCE flag when building */ -#undef _ISOC99_SOURCE - -/* Add the _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE flag when building */ -#undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE - -/* Add the _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 flag when building */ -#undef _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 - -/* # needed in sys/socket.h Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets? */ -#undef _OE_SOCKETS - -/* Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do! */ -#undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS - -/* Do we want the reentrant OS API? */ -#undef _REENTRANT - -/* Do we want the thread-safe OS API? */ -#undef _THREAD_SAFE - -/* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */ -#undef _XOPEN_SOURCE - -/* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */ -#undef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED - -/* Define to 1 if type `char' is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */ -#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ -# undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ -#endif - -/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ -#undef gid_t - -/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler - calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ -#ifndef __cplusplus -#undef inline -#endif - -/* Signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer. */ -#undef intptr_t - -/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ -#undef mode_t - -/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ -#undef pid_t - -/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ -#undef size_t - -/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ -#undef uid_t - -/* Unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer. */ -#undef uintptr_t - - - /* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can - * include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */ - /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME - /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING - /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME - #endif /* _TKCONFIG */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.sh.in b/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.sh.in deleted file mode 100644 index bb85ad0..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.sh.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -# tkConfig.sh -- -# -# This shell script (for sh) is generated automatically by Tk's -# configure script. It will create shell variables for most of -# the configuration options discovered by the configure script. -# This script is intended to be included by the configure scripts -# for Tk extensions so that they don't have to figure this all -# out for themselves. This file does not duplicate information -# already provided by tclConfig.sh, so you may need to use that -# file in addition to this one. -# -# The information in this file is specific to a single platform. - -# Tk's version number. -TK_VERSION='@TK_VERSION@' -TK_MAJOR_VERSION='@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@' -TK_MINOR_VERSION='@TK_MINOR_VERSION@' -TK_PATCH_LEVEL='@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@' - -# -D flags for use with the C compiler. -TK_DEFS='@DEFS@' - -# Flag, 1: we built a shared lib, 0 we didn't -TK_SHARED_BUILD=@TK_SHARED_BUILD@ - - -# TK_DBGX used to be used to distinguish debug vs. non-debug builds. -# This was a righteous pain so the core doesn't do that any more. -TK_DBGX= - -# The name of the Tk library (may be either a .a file or a shared library): -TK_LIB_FILE='@TK_LIB_FILE@' - -# Additional libraries to use when linking Tk. -TK_LIBS='@XLIBSW@ @XFT_LIBS@ @LIBS@ @TCL_LIBS@' - -# Top-level directory in which Tk's platform-independent files are -# installed. -TK_PREFIX='@prefix@' - -# Top-level directory in which Tk's platform-specific files (e.g. -# executables) are installed. -TK_EXEC_PREFIX='@exec_prefix@' - -# -I switch(es) to use to make all of the X11 include files accessible: -TK_XINCLUDES='@XINCLUDES@' - -# Linker switch(es) to use to link with the X11 library archive. -TK_XLIBSW='@XLIBSW@' - -# -l flag to pass to the linker to pick up the Tk library -TK_LIB_FLAG='@TK_LIB_FLAG@' - -# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk library from its -# build directory. -TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC='@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@' - -# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk library from its -# installed directory. -TK_LIB_SPEC='@TK_LIB_SPEC@' - -# String to pass to the compiler so that an extension can -# find installed Tk headers. -TK_INCLUDE_SPEC='@TK_INCLUDE_SPEC@' - -# Location of the top-level source directory from which Tk was built. -# This is the directory that contains a README file as well as -# subdirectories such as generic, unix, etc. If Tk was compiled in a -# different place than the directory containing the source files, this -# points to the location of the sources, not the location where Tk was -# compiled. -TK_SRC_DIR='@TK_SRC_DIR@' - -# Needed if you want to make a 'fat' shared library library -# containing tk objects or link a different wish. -TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='@CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@' -TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='@LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@' - -# The name of the Tk stub library (.a): -TK_STUB_LIB_FILE='@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@' - -# -l flag to pass to the linker to pick up the Tk stub library -TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG='@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@' - -# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk stub library from its -# build directory. -TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@' - -# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk stub library from its -# installed directory. -TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@' - -# Path to the Tk stub library in the build directory. -TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@' - -# Path to the Tk stub library in the install directory. -TK_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@' diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix.c deleted file mode 100644 index c6fff82..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,265 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnix.c -- - * - * This file contains procedures that are UNIX/X-specific, and will - * probably have to be written differently for Windows or Macintosh - * platforms. - * - * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" -#ifdef HAVE_XSS -# include <X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h> -# ifdef __APPLE__ -/* Support for weak-linked libXss. */ -# define HaveXSSLibrary() (XScreenSaverQueryInfo != NULL) -# else -/* Other platforms always link libXss. */ -# define HaveXSSLibrary() (1) -# endif -#endif - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkGetServerInfo -- - * - * Given a window, this procedure returns information about the window - * server for that window. This procedure provides the guts of the "winfo - * server" command. - * - * Results: - * Sets the interpreter result. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkGetServerInfo( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The server information is returned in this - * interpreter's result. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window; this selects a particular - * display and server. */ -{ - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("X%dR%d %s %d", - ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)), - ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)), - ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)), - VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)))); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkGetDefaultScreenName -- - * - * Returns the name of the screen that Tk should use during - * initialization. - * - * Results: - * Returns the argument or a string that should not be freed by the - * caller. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -const char * -TkGetDefaultScreenName( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp used to find environment - * variables. */ - const char *screenName) /* Screen name from command line, or NULL. */ -{ - if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) { - screenName = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "env", "DISPLAY", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); - } - return screenName; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_UpdatePointer -- - * - * Unused function in UNIX - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_UpdatePointer( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to which pointer event is reported. - * May be NULL. */ - int x, int y, /* Pointer location in root coords. */ - int state) /* Modifier state mask. */ -{ - /* - * This function intentionally left blank - */ -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData -- - * - * Set up a rectangle of the given region based on the supplied alpha - * data. - * - * Results: - * None - * - * Side effects: - * The region is updated, with extra pixels added to it. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData( - TkRegion region, /* Region to be updated. */ - unsigned x, unsigned y, /* Where in region to update. */ - unsigned width, unsigned height, - /* Size of rectangle to update. */ - unsigned char *dataPtr, /* Data to read from. */ - unsigned pixelStride, /* Num bytes from one piece of alpha data to - * the next in the line. */ - unsigned lineStride) /* Num bytes from one line of alpha data to - * the next line. */ -{ - unsigned char *lineDataPtr; - unsigned int x1, y1, end; - XRectangle rect; - - for (y1 = 0; y1 < height; y1++) { - lineDataPtr = dataPtr; - for (x1 = 0; x1 < width; x1 = end) { - /* - * Search for first non-transparent pixel. - */ - - while ((x1 < width) && !*lineDataPtr) { - x1++; - lineDataPtr += pixelStride; - } - end = x1; - - /* - * Search for first transparent pixel. - */ - - while ((end < width) && *lineDataPtr) { - end++; - lineDataPtr += pixelStride; - } - if (end > x1) { - rect.x = x + x1; - rect.y = y + y1; - rect.width = end - x1; - rect.height = 1; - TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, region, region); - } - } - dataPtr += lineStride; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_GetUserInactiveTime -- - * - * Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive. - * - * Results: - * The number of milliseconds since the user's latest interaction with - * the system on the given display, or -1 if the XScreenSaver extension - * is not supported by the client libraries or the X server - * implementation. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -long -Tk_GetUserInactiveTime( - Display *dpy) /* The display for which to query the inactive - * time. */ -{ - long inactiveTime = -1; -#ifdef HAVE_XSS - int eventBase, errorBase, major, minor; - - /* - * Calling XScreenSaverQueryVersion seems to be needed to prevent a crash - * on some buggy versions of XFree86. - */ - - if (HaveXSSLibrary() - && XScreenSaverQueryExtension(dpy, &eventBase, &errorBase) - && XScreenSaverQueryVersion(dpy, &major, &minor)) { - XScreenSaverInfo *info = XScreenSaverAllocInfo(); - - if (info == NULL) { - /* - * We are out of memory. - */ - - Tcl_Panic("Out of memory: XScreenSaverAllocInfo failed in Tk_GetUserInactiveTime"); - } - if (XScreenSaverQueryInfo(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), info)) { - inactiveTime = info->idle; - } - XFree(info); - } -#endif /* HAVE_XSS */ - return inactiveTime; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime -- - * - * Reset the user inactivity timer - * - * Results: - * none - * - * Side effects: - * The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system is reset - * to zero. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime( - Display *dpy) -{ - XResetScreenSaver(dpy); -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix3d.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix3d.c deleted file mode 100644 index 038d4e1..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix3d.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,500 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnix3d.c -- - * - * This file contains the platform specific routines for drawing 3d - * borders in the Motif style. - * - * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" -#include "tk3d.h" - -#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) -#include "tkUnixInt.h" -#endif - -/* - * This structure is used to keep track of the extra colors used by Unix 3D - * borders. - */ - -typedef struct { - TkBorder info; - GC solidGC; /* Used to draw solid relief. */ -} UnixBorder; - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetBorder -- - * - * This function allocates a new TkBorder structure. - * - * Results: - * Returns a newly allocated TkBorder. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkBorder * -TkpGetBorder(void) -{ - UnixBorder *borderPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixBorder)); - - borderPtr->solidGC = None; - return (TkBorder *) borderPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpFreeBorder -- - * - * This function frees any colors allocated by the platform specific part - * of this module. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * May deallocate some colors. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpFreeBorder( - TkBorder *borderPtr) -{ - UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr; - Display *display = DisplayOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); - - if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC != None) { - Tk_FreeGC(display, unixBorderPtr->solidGC); - } -} -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_3DVerticalBevel -- - * - * This procedure draws a vertical bevel along one side of an object. The - * bevel is always rectangular in shape: - * ||| - * ||| - * ||| - * ||| - * ||| - * ||| - * An appropriate shadow color is chosen for the bevel based on the - * leftBevel and relief arguments. Normally this procedure is called - * first, then Tk_3DHorizontalBevel is called next to draw neat corners. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Graphics are drawn in drawable. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_3DVerticalBevel( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which border was allocated. */ - Drawable drawable, /* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - Tk_3DBorder border, /* Token for border to draw. */ - int x, int y, int width, int height, - /* Area of vertical bevel. */ - int leftBevel, /* Non-zero means this bevel forms the left - * side of the object; 0 means it forms the - * right side. */ - int relief) /* Kind of bevel to draw. For example, - * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object - * should appear higher than exterior. */ -{ - TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border; - GC left, right; - Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - - if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) { - TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin); - } - - if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) { - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, - (leftBevel) ? borderPtr->lightGC : borderPtr->darkGC, - x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) { - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, - (leftBevel) ? borderPtr->darkGC : borderPtr->lightGC, - x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RIDGE) { - int half; - - left = borderPtr->lightGC; - right = borderPtr->darkGC; - ridgeGroove: - half = width/2; - if (!leftBevel && (width & 1)) { - half++; - } - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, left, x, y, (unsigned) half, - (unsigned) height); - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, right, x+half, y, - (unsigned) (width-half), (unsigned) height); - } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) { - left = borderPtr->darkGC; - right = borderPtr->lightGC; - goto ridgeGroove; - } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, borderPtr->bgGC, x, y, - (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) { - UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr; - if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == None) { - XGCValues gcValues; - - gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); - unixBorderPtr->solidGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); - } - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, unixBorderPtr->solidGC, x, y, - (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_3DHorizontalBevel -- - * - * This procedure draws a horizontal bevel along one side of an object. - * The bevel has mitered corners (depending on leftIn and rightIn - * arguments). - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_3DHorizontalBevel( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which border was allocated. */ - Drawable drawable, /* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - Tk_3DBorder border, /* Token for border to draw. */ - int x, int y, int width, int height, - /* Bounding box of area of bevel. Height gives - * width of border. */ - int leftIn, int rightIn, /* Describes whether the left and right edges - * of the bevel angle in or out as they go - * down. For example, if "leftIn" is true, the - * left side of the bevel looks like this: - * ___________ - * __________ - * _________ - * ________ - */ - int topBevel, /* Non-zero means this bevel forms the top - * side of the object; 0 means it forms the - * bottom side. */ - int relief) /* Kind of bevel to draw. For example, - * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object - * should appear higher than exterior. */ -{ - TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border; - Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - int bottom, halfway, x1, x2, x1Delta, x2Delta; - UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr; - GC topGC = None, bottomGC = None; - /* Initializations needed only to prevent - * compiler warnings. */ - - if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) && - (relief != TK_RELIEF_SOLID)) { - TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin); - } - - /* - * Compute a GC for the top half of the bevel and a GC for the bottom half - * (they're the same in many cases). - */ - - switch (relief) { - case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: - topGC = bottomGC = borderPtr->bgGC; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE: - topGC = borderPtr->darkGC; - bottomGC = borderPtr->lightGC; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_RAISED: - topGC = bottomGC = (topBevel? borderPtr->lightGC : borderPtr->darkGC); - break; - case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE: - topGC = borderPtr->lightGC; - bottomGC = borderPtr->darkGC; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: - if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == None) { - XGCValues gcValues; - - gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); - unixBorderPtr->solidGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); - } - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, unixBorderPtr->solidGC, x, y, - (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - return; - case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: - topGC = bottomGC = (topBevel? borderPtr->darkGC : borderPtr->lightGC); - break; - } - - /* - * Compute various other geometry-related stuff. - */ - - x1 = x; - if (!leftIn) { - x1 += height; - } - x2 = x+width; - if (!rightIn) { - x2 -= height; - } - x1Delta = (leftIn) ? 1 : -1; - x2Delta = (rightIn) ? -1 : 1; - halfway = y + height/2; - if (!topBevel && (height & 1)) { - halfway++; - } - bottom = y + height; - - /* - * Draw one line for each y-coordinate covered by the bevel. - */ - - for ( ; y < bottom; y++) { - /* - * X Dimensions are 16-bit, so avoid wraparound or display errors by - * limiting these here. - */ - - if (x1 < -32767) { - x1 = -32767; - } - if (x2 > 32767) { - x2 = 32767; - } - - /* - * In some weird cases (such as large border widths for skinny - * rectangles) x1 can be >= x2. Don't draw the lines in these cases. - */ - - if (x1 < x2) { - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, - (y < halfway) ? topGC : bottomGC, x1, y, - (unsigned) (x2-x1), (unsigned) 1); - } - x1 += x1Delta; - x2 += x2Delta; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetShadows -- - * - * This procedure computes the shadow colors for a 3-D border and fills - * in the corresponding fields of the Border structure. It's called - * lazily, so that the colors aren't allocated until something is - * actually drawn with them. That way, if a border is only used for flat - * backgrounds the shadow colors will never be allocated. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The lightGC and darkGC fields in borderPtr get filled in, if they - * weren't already. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpGetShadows( - TkBorder *borderPtr, /* Information about border. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window where border will be used for - * drawing. */ -{ - XColor lightColor, darkColor; - int stressed, tmp1, tmp2; - int r, g, b; - XGCValues gcValues; - - if (borderPtr->lightGC != None) { - return; - } - stressed = TkpCmapStressed(tkwin, borderPtr->colormap); - - /* - * First, handle the case of a color display with lots of colors. The - * shadow colors get computed using whichever formula results in the - * greatest change in color: - * 1. Lighter shadow is half-way to white, darker shadow is half way to - * dark. - * 2. Lighter shadow is 40% brighter than background, darker shadow is 40% - * darker than background. - */ - - if (!stressed && (Tk_Depth(tkwin) >= 6)) { - /* - * This is a color display with lots of colors. For the dark shadow, - * cut 40% from each of the background color components. But if the - * background is already very dark, make the dark color a little - * lighter than the background by increasing each color component - * 1/4th of the way to MAX_INTENSITY. - * - * For the light shadow, boost each component by 40% or half-way to - * white, whichever is greater (the first approach works better for - * unsaturated colors, the second for saturated ones). But if the - * background is already very bright, instead choose a slightly darker - * color for the light shadow by reducing each color component by 10%. - * - * Compute the colors using integers, not using lightColor.red etc.: - * these are shorts and may have problems with integer overflow. - */ - - /* - * Compute the dark shadow color. - */ - - r = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->red; - g = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->green; - b = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->blue; - - if (r*0.5*r + g*1.0*g + b*0.28*b < MAX_INTENSITY*0.05*MAX_INTENSITY) { - darkColor.red = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*r)/4; - darkColor.green = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*g)/4; - darkColor.blue = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*b)/4; - } else { - darkColor.red = (60 * r)/100; - darkColor.green = (60 * g)/100; - darkColor.blue = (60 * b)/100; - } - - /* - * Allocate the dark shadow color and its GC. - */ - - borderPtr->darkColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &darkColor); - gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->darkColorPtr->pixel; - borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); - - /* - * Compute the light shadow color. - */ - - if (g > MAX_INTENSITY*0.95) { - lightColor.red = (90 * r)/100; - lightColor.green = (90 * g)/100; - lightColor.blue = (90 * b)/100; - } else { - tmp1 = (14 * r)/10; - if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) { - tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY; - } - tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + r)/2; - lightColor.red = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2; - tmp1 = (14 * g)/10; - if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) { - tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY; - } - tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + g)/2; - lightColor.green = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2; - tmp1 = (14 * b)/10; - if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) { - tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY; - } - tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + b)/2; - lightColor.blue = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2; - } - - /* - * Allocate the light shadow color and its GC. - */ - - borderPtr->lightColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &lightColor); - gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->lightColorPtr->pixel; - borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); - return; - } - - if (borderPtr->shadow == None) { - borderPtr->shadow = Tk_GetBitmap((Tcl_Interp *) NULL, tkwin, - Tk_GetUid("gray50")); - if (borderPtr->shadow == None) { - Tcl_Panic("TkpGetShadows couldn't allocate bitmap for border"); - } - } - if (borderPtr->visual->map_entries > 2) { - /* - * This isn't a monochrome display, but the colormap either ran out of - * entries or didn't have very many to begin with. Generate the light - * shadows with a white stipple and the dark shadows with a black - * stipple. - */ - - gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->bgColorPtr->pixel; - gcValues.background = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); - gcValues.stipple = borderPtr->shadow; - gcValues.fill_style = FillOpaqueStippled; - borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, - GCForeground|GCBackground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle, &gcValues); - gcValues.background = WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); - borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, - GCForeground|GCBackground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle, &gcValues); - return; - } - - /* - * This is just a measly monochrome display, hardly even worth its - * existence on this earth. Make one shadow a 50% stipple and the other - * the opposite of the background. - */ - - gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); - gcValues.background = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); - gcValues.stipple = borderPtr->shadow; - gcValues.fill_style = FillOpaqueStippled; - borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, - GCForeground|GCBackground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle, &gcValues); - if (borderPtr->bgColorPtr->pixel - == WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen)) { - gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); - borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); - } else { - borderPtr->darkGC = borderPtr->lightGC; - borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); - } -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixButton.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixButton.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6a99124..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixButton.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1028 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixButton.c -- - * - * This file implements the Unix specific portion of the button widgets. - * - * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" -#include "tkButton.h" -#include "tk3d.h" - -/* - * Shared with menu widget. - */ - -MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDrawCheckIndicator(Tk_Window tkwin, - Display *display, Drawable d, int x, int y, - Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, XColor *indicatorColor, - XColor *selectColor, XColor *disColor, int on, - int disabled, int mode); - -/* - * Declaration of Unix specific button structure. - */ - -typedef struct UnixButton { - TkButton info; /* Generic button info. */ -} UnixButton; - -/* - * The class function table for the button widgets. - */ - -const Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = { - sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */ - TkButtonWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */ - NULL, /* createProc */ - NULL /* modalProc */ -}; - -/* - * The button image. - * The header info here is ignored, it's the image that's important. The - * colors will be applied as follows: - * A = Background - * B = Background - * C = 3D light - * D = selectColor - * E = 3D dark - * F = Background - * G = Indicator Color - * H = disabled Indicator Color - */ - -/* XPM */ -static const char *const button_images[] = { - /* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */ - "52 26 7 1", - /* colors */ - "A c #808000000000", - "B c #000080800000", - "C c #808080800000", - "D c #000000008080", - "E c #808000008080", - "F c #000080808080", - "G c #000000000000", - "H c #000080800000", - /* pixels */ - "AAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAAAAAAAB", - "AEEEEEEEEEECBAEEEEEEEEEECBAEEEEEEEEEECBAEEEEEEEEEECB", - "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDDDDDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFFFFFFFCB", - "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDDDDDGDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFFFFFHFCB", - "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDDDDGGDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFFFFHHFCB", - "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDGDDDGGGDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFHFFFHHHFCB", - "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDGGDGGGDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFHHFHHHFFCB", - "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDGGGGGDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFHHHHHFFFCB", - "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDGGGDDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFHHHFFFFCB", - "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDGDDDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFHFFFFFCB", - "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDDDDDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFFFFFFFCB", - "ACCCCCCCCCCCBACCCCCCCCCCCBACCCCCCCCCCCBACCCCCCCCCCCB", - "BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB", - "FFFFAAAAFFFFFFFFFAAAAFFFFFFFFFAAAAFFFFFFFFFAAAAFFFFF", - "FFAAEEEEAAFFFFFAAEEEEAAFFFFFAAEEEEAAFFFFFAAEEEEAAFFF", - "FAEEDDDDEEBFFFAEEDDDDEEBFFFAEEFFFFEEBFFFAEEFFFFEEBFF", - "FAEDDDDDDCBFFFAEDDDDDDCBFFFAEFFFFFFCBFFFAEFFFFFFCBFF", - "AEDDDDDDDDCBFAEDDDGGDDDCBFAEFFFFFFFFCBFAEFFFHHFFFCBF", - "AEDDDDDDDDCBFAEDDGGGGDDCBFAEFFFFFFFFCBFAEFFHHHHFFCBF", - "AEDDDDDDDDCBFAEDDGGGGDDCBFAEFFFFFFFFCBFAEFFHHHHFFCBF", - "AEDDDDDDDDCBFAEDDDGGDDDCBFAEFFFFFFFFCBFAEFFFHHFFFCBF", - "FAEDDDDDDCBFFFAEDDDDDDCBFFFAEFFFFFFCBFFFAEFFFFFFCBFF", - "FACCDDDDCCBFFFACCDDDDCCBFFFACCFFFFCCBFFFACCFFFFCCBFF", - "FFBBCCCCBBFFFFFBBCCCCBBFFFFFBBCCCCBBFFFFFBBCCCCBBFFF", - "FFFFBBBBFFFFFFFFFBBBBFFFFFFFFFBBBBFFFFFFFFFBBBBFFFFF", - "FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF", -}; - -/* - * Sizes and offsets into above XPM file. - */ - -#define CHECK_BUTTON_DIM 13 -#define CHECK_MENU_DIM 9 -#define CHECK_START 9 -#define CHECK_ON_OFFSET 13 -#define CHECK_OFF_OFFSET 0 -#define CHECK_DISON_OFFSET 39 -#define CHECK_DISOFF_OFFSET 26 -#define RADIO_BUTTON_DIM 12 -#define RADIO_MENU_DIM 6 -#define RADIO_WIDTH 13 -#define RADIO_START 22 -#define RADIO_ON_OFFSET 13 -#define RADIO_OFF_OFFSET 0 -#define RADIO_DISON_OFFSET 39 -#define RADIO_DISOFF_OFFSET 26 - -/* - * Indicator Draw Modes - */ - -#define CHECK_BUTTON 0 -#define CHECK_MENU 1 -#define RADIO_BUTTON 2 -#define RADIO_MENU 3 - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDrawCheckIndicator - - * - * Draws the checkbox image in the drawable at the (x,y) location, value, - * and state given. This routine is use by the button and menu widgets - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * An image is drawn in the drawable at the location given. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDrawCheckIndicator( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* handle for resource alloc */ - Display *display, - Drawable d, /* what to draw on */ - int x, int y, /* where to draw */ - Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, /* colors of the border */ - XColor *indicatorColor, /* color of the indicator */ - XColor *selectColor, /* color when selected */ - XColor *disableColor, /* color when disabled */ - int on, /* are we on? */ - int disabled, /* are we disabled? */ - int mode) /* kind of indicator to draw */ -{ - int ix, iy; - int dim; - int imgsel, imgstart; - TkBorder *bg_brdr = (TkBorder*)bgBorder; - XGCValues gcValues; - GC copyGC; - unsigned long imgColors[8]; - XImage *img; - Pixmap pixmap; - int depth; - - /* - * Sanity check. - */ - - if (tkwin == NULL || display == None || d == None || bgBorder == NULL - || indicatorColor == NULL) { - return; - } - - if (disableColor == NULL) { - disableColor = bg_brdr->bgColorPtr; - } - - if (selectColor == NULL) { - selectColor = bg_brdr->bgColorPtr; - } - - depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin); - - /* - * Compute starting point and dimensions of image inside button_images to - * be used. - */ - - switch (mode) { - default: - case CHECK_BUTTON: - imgsel = on == 2 ? CHECK_DISON_OFFSET : - on == 1 ? CHECK_ON_OFFSET : CHECK_OFF_OFFSET; - imgsel += disabled && on != 2 ? CHECK_DISOFF_OFFSET : 0; - imgstart = CHECK_START; - dim = CHECK_BUTTON_DIM; - break; - - case CHECK_MENU: - imgsel = on == 2 ? CHECK_DISOFF_OFFSET : - on == 1 ? CHECK_ON_OFFSET : CHECK_OFF_OFFSET; - imgsel += disabled && on != 2 ? CHECK_DISOFF_OFFSET : 0; - imgstart = CHECK_START + 2; - imgsel += 2; - dim = CHECK_MENU_DIM; - break; - - case RADIO_BUTTON: - imgsel = on == 2 ? RADIO_DISON_OFFSET : - on==1 ? RADIO_ON_OFFSET : RADIO_OFF_OFFSET; - imgsel += disabled && on != 2 ? RADIO_DISOFF_OFFSET : 0; - imgstart = RADIO_START; - dim = RADIO_BUTTON_DIM; - break; - - case RADIO_MENU: - imgsel = on == 2 ? RADIO_DISOFF_OFFSET : - on==1 ? RADIO_ON_OFFSET : RADIO_OFF_OFFSET; - imgsel += disabled && on != 2 ? RADIO_DISOFF_OFFSET : 0; - imgstart = RADIO_START + 3; - imgsel += 3; - dim = RADIO_MENU_DIM; - break; - } - - /* - * Allocate the drawing areas to use. Note that we use double-buffering - * here because not all code paths leading to this function do so. - */ - - pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, dim, dim, depth); - if (pixmap == None) { - return; - } - - x -= dim/2; - y -= dim/2; - - img = XGetImage(display, pixmap, 0, 0, - (unsigned int)dim, (unsigned int)dim, AllPlanes, ZPixmap); - if (img == NULL) { - return; - } - - /* - * Set up the color mapping table. - */ - - TkpGetShadows(bg_brdr, tkwin); - - imgColors[0 /*A*/] = - Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->bgColorPtr)->pixel; - imgColors[1 /*B*/] = - Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->bgColorPtr)->pixel; - imgColors[2 /*C*/] = (bg_brdr->lightColorPtr != NULL) ? - Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->lightColorPtr)->pixel : - WhitePixelOfScreen(bg_brdr->screen); - imgColors[3 /*D*/] = - Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, selectColor)->pixel; - imgColors[4 /*E*/] = (bg_brdr->darkColorPtr != NULL) ? - Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->darkColorPtr)->pixel : - BlackPixelOfScreen(bg_brdr->screen); - imgColors[5 /*F*/] = - Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->bgColorPtr)->pixel; - imgColors[6 /*G*/] = - Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, indicatorColor)->pixel; - imgColors[7 /*H*/] = - Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, disableColor)->pixel; - - /* - * Create the image, painting it into an XImage one pixel at a time. - */ - - for (iy=0 ; iy<dim ; iy++) { - for (ix=0 ; ix<dim ; ix++) { - XPutPixel(img, ix, iy, - imgColors[button_images[imgstart+iy][imgsel+ix] - 'A']); - } - } - - /* - * Copy onto our target drawable surface. - */ - - memset(&gcValues, 0, sizeof(gcValues)); - gcValues.background = bg_brdr->bgColorPtr->pixel; - gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; - copyGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, 0, &gcValues); - - XPutImage(display, pixmap, copyGC, img, 0, 0, 0, 0, - (unsigned)dim, (unsigned)dim); - XCopyArea(display, pixmap, d, copyGC, 0, 0, - (unsigned)dim, (unsigned)dim, x, y); - - /* - * Tidy up. - */ - - Tk_FreeGC(display, copyGC); - XDestroyImage(img); - Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpCreateButton -- - * - * Allocate a new TkButton structure. - * - * Results: - * Returns a newly allocated TkButton structure. - * - * Side effects: - * Registers an event handler for the widget. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkButton * -TkpCreateButton( - Tk_Window tkwin) -{ - UnixButton *butPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixButton)); - - return (TkButton *) butPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDisplayButton -- - * - * This function is invoked to display a button widget. It is normally - * invoked as an idle handler. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the button in its current mode. - * The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -ShiftByOffset( - TkButton *butPtr, - int relief, - int *x, /* shift this x coordinate */ - int *y, /* shift this y coordinate */ - int width, /* width of image/text */ - int height) /* height of image/text */ -{ - if (relief != TK_RELIEF_RAISED - && butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON - && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) { - int shiftX; - int shiftY; - - /* - * This is an (unraised) button widget, so we offset the text to make - * the button appear to move up and down as the relief changes. - */ - - shiftX = shiftY = (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) ? 2 : 1; - - if (relief != TK_RELIEF_RIDGE) { - /* - * Take back one pixel if the padding is even, otherwise the - * content will be displayed too far right/down. - */ - - if ((Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin) - width) % 2 == 0) { - shiftX -= 1; - } - if ((Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin) - height) % 2 == 0) { - shiftY -= 1; - } - } - - *x += shiftX; - *y += shiftY; - } -} - -void -TkpDisplayButton( - ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */ -{ - register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData; - GC gc; - Tk_3DBorder border; - Pixmap pixmap; - int x = 0; /* Initialization only needed to stop compiler - * warning. */ - int y, relief; - Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; - int width = 0, height = 0, fullWidth, fullHeight; - int textXOffset, textYOffset; - int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; - int imageWidth, imageHeight; - int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0; - /* image information that will be used to - * restrict disabled pixmap as well */ - - butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; - if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { - return; - } - - border = butPtr->normalBorder; - if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) { - gc = butPtr->disabledGC; - } else if ((butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) - && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) { - gc = butPtr->activeTextGC; - border = butPtr->activeBorder; - } else { - gc = butPtr->normalTextGC; - } - if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL) - && !butPtr->indicatorOn) { - border = butPtr->selectBorder; - } - - /* - * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a checkbutton - * or radiobutton and there's no indicator. The new relief is as follows: - * If the button is select --> "sunken" - * If relief==overrelief --> relief - * Otherwise --> overrelief - * - * The effect we are trying to achieve is as follows: - * - * value mouse-over? --> relief - * ------- ------------ -------- - * off no flat - * off yes raised - * on no sunken - * on yes sunken - * - * This is accomplished by configuring the checkbutton or radiobutton like - * this: - * - * -indicatoron 0 -overrelief raised -offrelief flat - * - * Bindings (see library/button.tcl) will copy the -overrelief into - * -relief on mouseover. Hence, we can tell if we are in mouse-over by - * comparing relief against overRelief. This is an aweful kludge, but it - * gives use the desired behavior while keeping the code backwards - * compatible. - */ - - relief = butPtr->relief; - if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) { - if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) { - relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN; - } else if (butPtr->overRelief != relief) { - relief = butPtr->offRelief; - } - } - - /* - * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the button in a - * pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation. - * This means that there's no point in time where the on-screen image has - * been cleared. - */ - - pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(butPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin)); - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), - Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); - - /* - * Display image or bitmap or text for button. - */ - - if (butPtr->image != NULL) { - Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height); - haveImage = 1; - } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) { - Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); - haveImage = 1; - } - imageWidth = width; - imageHeight = height; - - haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0); - - if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { - textXOffset = 0; - textYOffset = 0; - fullWidth = 0; - fullHeight = 0; - - switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: - /* - * Image is above or below text. - */ - - if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) { - textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY; - } else { - imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; - } - fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; - fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : - butPtr->textWidth); - textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; - break; - case COMPOUND_LEFT: - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: - /* - * Image is left or right of text. - */ - - if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) { - textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX; - } else { - imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX; - } - fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width; - fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : - butPtr->textHeight); - textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; - imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; - break; - case COMPOUND_CENTER: - /* - * Image and text are superimposed. - */ - - fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : - butPtr->textWidth); - fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : - butPtr->textHeight); - textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; - textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; - imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; - break; - case COMPOUND_NONE: - break; - } - - TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY, - butPtr->indicatorSpace + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y); - - x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; - ShiftByOffset(butPtr, relief, &x, &y, width, height); - imageXOffset += x; - imageYOffset += y; - - if (butPtr->image != NULL) { - /* - * Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed valid - * coordinates. [Bug 979239] - */ - - if (imageXOffset < 0) { - imageXOffset = 0; - } - if (imageYOffset < 0) { - imageYOffset = 0; - } - if (width > Tk_Width(tkwin)) { - width = Tk_Width(tkwin); - } - if (height > Tk_Height(tkwin)) { - height = Tk_Height(tkwin); - } - if ((width + imageXOffset) > Tk_Width(tkwin)) { - imageXOffset = Tk_Width(tkwin) - width; - } - if ((height + imageYOffset) > Tk_Height(tkwin)) { - imageYOffset = Tk_Height(tkwin) - height; - } - - if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) { - Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, - width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) && (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { - Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, - width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - } else { - Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, - height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - } - } else { - XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, gc, - 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, - imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); - XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, 0, 0); - } - - Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, - butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1); - Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, - butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, - butPtr->underline); - y += fullHeight/2; - } else { - if (haveImage) { - TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0, - butPtr->indicatorSpace + width, height, &x, &y); - x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; - ShiftByOffset(butPtr, relief, &x, &y, width, height); - imageXOffset += x; - imageYOffset += y; - if (butPtr->image != NULL) { - /* - * Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed - * valid coordinates. [Bug 979239] - */ - - if (imageXOffset < 0) { - imageXOffset = 0; - } - if (imageYOffset < 0) { - imageYOffset = 0; - } - if (width > Tk_Width(tkwin)) { - width = Tk_Width(tkwin); - } - if (height > Tk_Height(tkwin)) { - height = Tk_Height(tkwin); - } - if ((width + imageXOffset) > Tk_Width(tkwin)) { - imageXOffset = Tk_Width(tkwin) - width; - } - if ((height + imageYOffset) > Tk_Height(tkwin)) { - imageYOffset = Tk_Height(tkwin) - height; - } - - if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && - (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) { - Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width, - height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) && - (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { - Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width, - height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - } else { - Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, - imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - } - } else { - XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, x, y); - XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, gc, 0, 0, - (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, x, y, 1); - XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, 0, 0); - } - y += height/2; - } else { - TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY, - butPtr->indicatorSpace + butPtr->textWidth, - butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y); - - x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; - ShiftByOffset(butPtr, relief, &x, &y, width, height); - Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, butPtr->textLayout, - x, y, 0, -1); - Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, - butPtr->textLayout, x, y, butPtr->underline); - y += butPtr->textHeight/2; - } - } - - /* - * Draw the indicator for check buttons and radio buttons. At this point, - * x and y refer to the top-left corner of the text or image or bitmap. - */ - - if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) { - if (butPtr->indicatorDiameter > 2*butPtr->borderWidth) { - TkBorder *selBorder = (TkBorder *) butPtr->selectBorder; - XColor *selColor = NULL; - - if (selBorder != NULL) { - selColor = selBorder->bgColorPtr; - } - x -= butPtr->indicatorSpace/2; - y = Tk_Height(tkwin)/2; - TkpDrawCheckIndicator(tkwin, butPtr->display, pixmap, x, y, - border, butPtr->normalFg, selColor, butPtr->disabledFg, - ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? 1 : - (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED) ? 2 : 0), - (butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED), CHECK_BUTTON); - } - } else if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) { - if (butPtr->indicatorDiameter > 2*butPtr->borderWidth) { - TkBorder *selBorder = (TkBorder *) butPtr->selectBorder; - XColor *selColor = NULL; - - if (selBorder != NULL) { - selColor = selBorder->bgColorPtr; - } - x -= butPtr->indicatorSpace/2; - y = Tk_Height(tkwin)/2; - TkpDrawCheckIndicator(tkwin, butPtr->display, pixmap, x, y, - border, butPtr->normalFg, selColor, butPtr->disabledFg, - ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? 1 : - (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED) ? 2 : 0), - (butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED), RADIO_BUTTON); - } - } - - /* - * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special - * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget is - * selected and we use a different background color when selected, must - * temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color. - */ - - if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) - && ((butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) || (butPtr->image != NULL))) { - if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn - && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) { - XSetForeground(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC, - Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->selectBorder)->pixel); - } - - /* - * Stipple the whole button if no disabledFg was specified, otherwise - * restrict stippling only to displayed image - */ - - if (butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) { - XFillRectangle(butPtr->display, pixmap, butPtr->stippleGC, 0, 0, - (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin)); - } else { - XFillRectangle(butPtr->display, pixmap, butPtr->stippleGC, - imageXOffset, imageYOffset, - (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight); - } - if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn - && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) { - XSetForeground(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC, - Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->normalBorder)->pixel); - } - } - - /* - * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the button's - * contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border. This code is - * complicated by the possible combinations of focus highlight and default - * rings. We draw the focus and highlight rings using the highlight border - * and highlight foreground color. - */ - - if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { - int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth; - - if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) { - /* - * Draw the default ring with 2 pixels of space between the - * default ring and the button and the default ring and the focus - * ring. Note that we need to explicitly draw the space in the - * highlightBorder color to ensure that we overwrite any overflow - * text and/or a different button background color. - */ - - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset, - inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, - Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset, 2, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); - inset += 2; - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset, - inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, - Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset, 1, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN); - inset++; - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset, - inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, - Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset, 2, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); - - inset += 2; - } else if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_NORMAL) { - /* - * Leave room for the default ring and write over any text or - * background color. - */ - - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, - 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 5, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); - inset += 5; - } - - /* - * Draw the button border. - */ - - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, inset, inset, - Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset, - butPtr->borderWidth, relief); - } - if (butPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { - GC gc; - - if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { - gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); - } else { - gc = Tk_GCForColor(Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder), - pixmap); - } - - /* - * Make sure the focus ring shrink-wraps the actual button, not the - * padding space left for a default ring. - */ - - if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_NORMAL) { - TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, butPtr->highlightWidth, - pixmap, 5); - } else { - Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, butPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); - } - } - - /* - * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then - * delete the pixmap. - */ - - XCopyArea(butPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - butPtr->copyGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), - (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0); - Tk_FreePixmap(butPtr->display, pixmap); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpComputeButtonGeometry -- - * - * After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this function recomputes - * the button's geometry and passes this information along to the - * geometry manager for the window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The button's window may change size. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpComputeButtonGeometry( - register TkButton *butPtr) /* Button whose geometry may have changed. */ -{ - int width, height, avgWidth, txtWidth, txtHeight; - int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; - Tk_FontMetrics fm; - - butPtr->inset = butPtr->highlightWidth + butPtr->borderWidth; - - /* - * Leave room for the default ring if needed. - */ - - if (butPtr->defaultState != DEFAULT_DISABLED) { - butPtr->inset += 5; - } - butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0; - - width = 0; - height = 0; - txtWidth = 0; - txtHeight = 0; - avgWidth = 0; - - if (butPtr->image != NULL) { - Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height); - haveImage = 1; - } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) { - Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); - haveImage = 1; - } - - if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) { - Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout); - - butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont, - Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength, - butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight); - - txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth; - txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight; - avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1); - Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm); - haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0); - } - - /* - * If the button is compound (i.e., it shows both an image and text), the - * new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We only - * honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an image, - * because otherwise it is not really a compound button. - */ - - if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { - switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: - /* - * Image is above or below text. - */ - - height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY; - width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); - break; - case COMPOUND_LEFT: - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: - /* - * Image is left or right of text. - */ - - width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX; - height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); - break; - case COMPOUND_CENTER: - /* - * Image and text are superimposed. - */ - - width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); - height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); - break; - case COMPOUND_NONE: - break; - } - if (butPtr->width > 0) { - width = butPtr->width; - } - if (butPtr->height > 0) { - height = butPtr->height; - } - - if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) { - butPtr->indicatorSpace = height; - if (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { - butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (65*height)/100; - } else { - butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (75*height)/100; - } - } - - width += 2*butPtr->padX; - height += 2*butPtr->padY; - } else { - if (haveImage) { - if (butPtr->width > 0) { - width = butPtr->width; - } - if (butPtr->height > 0) { - height = butPtr->height; - } - - if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) { - butPtr->indicatorSpace = height; - if (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { - butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (65*height)/100; - } else { - butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (75*height)/100; - } - } - } else { - width = txtWidth; - height = txtHeight; - - if (butPtr->width > 0) { - width = butPtr->width * avgWidth; - } - if (butPtr->height > 0) { - height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace; - } - if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) { - butPtr->indicatorDiameter = fm.linespace; - if (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { - butPtr->indicatorDiameter = - (80*butPtr->indicatorDiameter)/100; - } - butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + avgWidth; - } - } - } - - /* - * When issuing the geometry request, add extra space for the indicator, - * if any, and for the border and padding, plus two extra pixels so the - * display can be offset by 1 pixel in either direction for the raised or - * lowered effect. - */ - - if ((butPtr->image == NULL) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) { - width += 2*butPtr->padX; - height += 2*butPtr->padY; - } - if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) { - width += 2; - height += 2; - } - Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, (int) (width + butPtr->indicatorSpace - + 2*butPtr->inset), (int) (height + 2*butPtr->inset)); - Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset); -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixColor.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixColor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 43500ad..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixColor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,450 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixColor.c -- - * - * This file contains the platform specific color routines needed for X - * support. - * - * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" -#include "tkColor.h" - -/* - * If a colormap fills up, attempts to allocate new colors from that colormap - * will fail. When that happens, we'll just choose the closest color from - * those that are available in the colormap. One of the following structures - * will be created for each "stressed" colormap to keep track of the colors - * that are available in the colormap (otherwise we would have to re-query - * from the server on each allocation, which would be very slow). These - * entries are flushed after a few seconds, since other clients may release or - * reallocate colors over time. - */ - -struct TkStressedCmap { - Colormap colormap; /* X's token for the colormap. */ - int numColors; /* Number of entries currently active at - * *colorPtr. */ - XColor *colorPtr; /* Pointer to malloc'ed array of all colors - * that seem to be available in the colormap. - * Some may not actually be available, e.g. - * because they are read-write for another - * client; when we find this out, we remove - * them from the array. */ - struct TkStressedCmap *nextPtr; - /* Next in list of all stressed colormaps for - * the display. */ -}; - -/* - * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: - */ - -static void DeleteStressedCmap(Display *display, - Colormap colormap); -static void FindClosestColor(Tk_Window tkwin, - XColor *desiredColorPtr, XColor *actualColorPtr); - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpFreeColor -- - * - * Release the specified color back to the system. - * - * Results: - * None - * - * Side effects: - * Invalidates the colormap cache for the colormap associated with the - * given color. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpFreeColor( - TkColor *tkColPtr) /* Color to be released. Must have been - * allocated by TkpGetColor or - * TkpGetColorByValue. */ -{ - Visual *visual; - Screen *screen = tkColPtr->screen; - - /* - * Careful! Don't free black or white, since this will make some servers - * very unhappy. Also, there is a bug in some servers (such Sun's X11/NeWS - * server) where reference counting is performed incorrectly, so that if a - * color is allocated twice in different places and then freed twice, the - * second free generates an error (this bug existed as of 10/1/92). To get - * around this problem, ignore errors that occur during the free - * operation. - */ - - visual = tkColPtr->visual; - if ((visual->class != StaticGray) && (visual->class != StaticColor) - && (tkColPtr->color.pixel != BlackPixelOfScreen(screen)) - && (tkColPtr->color.pixel != WhitePixelOfScreen(screen))) { - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(DisplayOfScreen(screen), - -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - XFreeColors(DisplayOfScreen(screen), tkColPtr->colormap, - &tkColPtr->color.pixel, 1, 0L); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - } - DeleteStressedCmap(DisplayOfScreen(screen), tkColPtr->colormap); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetColor -- - * - * Allocate a new TkColor for the color with the given name. - * - * Results: - * Returns a newly allocated TkColor, or NULL on failure. - * - * Side effects: - * May invalidate the colormap cache associated with tkwin upon - * allocating a new colormap entry. Allocates a new TkColor structure. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkColor * -TkpGetColor( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */ - Tk_Uid name) /* Name of color to allocated (in form - * suitable for passing to XParseColor). */ -{ - Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin); - XColor color; - TkColor *tkColPtr; - - /* - * Map from the name to a pixel value. Call XAllocNamedColor rather than - * XParseColor for non-# names: this saves a server round-trip for those - * names. - */ - - if (*name != '#') { - XColor screen; - - if (((*name - 'A') & 0xdf) < sizeof(tkWebColors)/sizeof(tkWebColors[0])) { - if (!((name[0] - 'G') & 0xdf) && !((name[1] - 'R') & 0xdf) - && !((name[2] - 'A') & 0xdb) && !((name[3] - 'Y') & 0xdf) - && !name[4]) { - name = "#808080808080"; - goto gotWebColor; - } else { - const char *p = tkWebColors[((*name - 'A') & 0x1f)]; - if (p) { - const char *q = name; - while (!((*p - *(++q)) & 0xdf)) { - if (!*p++) { - name = p; - goto gotWebColor; - } - } - } - } - } - if (strlen(name) > 99) { - /* Don't bother to parse this. [Bug 2809525]*/ - return (TkColor *) NULL; - } else if (XAllocNamedColor(display, colormap, name, &screen, &color) != 0) { - DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap); - } else { - /* - * Couldn't allocate the color. Try translating the name to a - * color value, to see whether the problem is a bad color name or - * a full colormap. If the colormap is full, then pick an - * approximation to the desired color. - */ - - if (XLookupColor(display, colormap, name, &color, &screen) == 0) { - return NULL; - } - FindClosestColor(tkwin, &screen, &color); - } - } else { - gotWebColor: - if (TkParseColor(display, colormap, name, &color) == 0) { - return NULL; - } - if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &color) != 0) { - DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap); - } else { - FindClosestColor(tkwin, &color, &color); - } - } - - tkColPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor)); - tkColPtr->color = color; - - return tkColPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetColorByValue -- - * - * Given a desired set of red-green-blue intensities for a color, locate - * a pixel value to use to draw that color in a given window. - * - * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to an TkColor structure that indicates - * the closest red, blue, and green intensities available to those - * specified in colorPtr, and also specifies a pixel value to use to draw - * in that color. - * - * Side effects: - * May invalidate the colormap cache for the specified window. Allocates - * a new TkColor structure. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkColor * -TkpGetColorByValue( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */ - XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate - * desired color. */ -{ - Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin); - TkColor *tkColPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor)); - - tkColPtr->color.red = colorPtr->red; - tkColPtr->color.green = colorPtr->green; - tkColPtr->color.blue = colorPtr->blue; - if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &tkColPtr->color) != 0) { - DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap); - } else { - FindClosestColor(tkwin, &tkColPtr->color, &tkColPtr->color); - } - - return tkColPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * FindClosestColor -- - * - * When Tk can't allocate a color because a colormap has filled up, this - * function is called to find and allocate the closest available color in - * the colormap. - * - * Results: - * There is no return value, but *actualColorPtr is filled in with - * information about the closest available color in tkwin's colormap. - * This color has been allocated via X, so it must be released by the - * caller when the caller is done with it. - * - * Side effects: - * A color is allocated. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -FindClosestColor( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window where color will be used. */ - XColor *desiredColorPtr, /* RGB values of color that was wanted (but - * unavailable). */ - XColor *actualColorPtr) /* Structure to fill in with RGB and pixel for - * closest available color. */ -{ - TkStressedCmap *stressPtr; - double tmp, distance, closestDistance; - int i, closest, numFound; - XColor *colorPtr; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; - Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin); - XVisualInfo template, *visInfoPtr; - - /* - * Find the TkStressedCmap structure for this colormap, or create a new - * one if needed. - */ - - for (stressPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr; ; stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) { - if (stressPtr == NULL) { - stressPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkStressedCmap)); - stressPtr->colormap = colormap; - template.visualid = XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin)); - - visInfoPtr = XGetVisualInfo(Tk_Display(tkwin), - VisualIDMask, &template, &numFound); - if (numFound < 1) { - Tcl_Panic("FindClosestColor couldn't lookup visual"); - } - - stressPtr->numColors = visInfoPtr->colormap_size; - XFree((char *) visInfoPtr); - stressPtr->colorPtr = - ckalloc(stressPtr->numColors * sizeof(XColor)); - for (i = 0; i < stressPtr->numColors; i++) { - stressPtr->colorPtr[i].pixel = (unsigned long) i; - } - - XQueryColors(dispPtr->display, colormap, stressPtr->colorPtr, - stressPtr->numColors); - - stressPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr; - dispPtr->stressPtr = stressPtr; - break; - } - if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) { - break; - } - } - - /* - * Find the color that best approximates the desired one, then try to - * allocate that color. If that fails, it must mean that the color was - * read-write (so we can't use it, since it's owner might change it) or - * else it was already freed. Try again, over and over again, until - * something succeeds. - */ - - while (1) { - if (stressPtr->numColors == 0) { - Tcl_Panic("FindClosestColor ran out of colors"); - } - closestDistance = 1e30; - closest = 0; - for (colorPtr = stressPtr->colorPtr, i = 0; i < stressPtr->numColors; - colorPtr++, i++) { - /* - * Use Euclidean distance in RGB space, weighted by Y (of YIQ) as - * the objective function; this accounts for differences in the - * color sensitivity of the eye. - */ - - tmp = .30*(((int) desiredColorPtr->red) - (int) colorPtr->red); - distance = tmp*tmp; - tmp = .61*(((int) desiredColorPtr->green) - (int) colorPtr->green); - distance += tmp*tmp; - tmp = .11*(((int) desiredColorPtr->blue) - (int) colorPtr->blue); - distance += tmp*tmp; - if (distance < closestDistance) { - closest = i; - closestDistance = distance; - } - } - if (XAllocColor(dispPtr->display, colormap, - &stressPtr->colorPtr[closest]) != 0) { - *actualColorPtr = stressPtr->colorPtr[closest]; - return; - } - - /* - * Couldn't allocate the color. Remove it from the table and go back - * to look for the next best color. - */ - - stressPtr->colorPtr[closest] = - stressPtr->colorPtr[stressPtr->numColors-1]; - stressPtr->numColors -= 1; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DeleteStressedCmap -- - * - * This function releases the information cached for "colormap" so that - * it will be refetched from the X server the next time it is needed. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The TkStressedCmap structure for colormap is deleted; the colormap is - * no longer considered to be "stressed". - * - * Note: - * This function is invoked whenever a color in a colormap is freed, and - * whenever a color allocation in a colormap succeeds. This guarantees - * that TkStressedCmap structures are always deleted before the - * corresponding Colormap is freed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DeleteStressedCmap( - Display *display, /* Xlib's handle for the display containing - * the colormap. */ - Colormap colormap) /* Colormap to flush. */ -{ - TkStressedCmap *prevPtr, *stressPtr; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display); - - for (prevPtr = NULL, stressPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr; stressPtr != NULL; - prevPtr = stressPtr, stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) { - if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) { - if (prevPtr == NULL) { - dispPtr->stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr; - } else { - prevPtr->nextPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr; - } - ckfree(stressPtr->colorPtr); - ckfree(stressPtr); - return; - } - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpCmapStressed -- - * - * Check to see whether a given colormap is known to be out of entries. - * - * Results: - * 1 is returned if "colormap" is stressed (i.e. it has run out of - * entries recently), 0 otherwise. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpCmapStressed( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that identifies the display - * containing the colormap. */ - Colormap colormap) /* Colormap to check for stress. */ -{ - TkStressedCmap *stressPtr; - - for (stressPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr->stressPtr; - stressPtr != NULL; stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) { - if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) { - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixConfig.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixConfig.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3584494..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixConfig.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixConfig.c -- - * - * This module implements the Unix system defaults for the configuration - * package. - * - * Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" - - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetSystemDefault -- - * - * Given a dbName and className for a configuration option, return a - * string representation of the option. - * - * Results: - * Returns a Tk_Uid that is the string identifier that identifies this - * option. Returns NULL if there are no system defaults that match this - * pair. - * - * Side effects: - * None, once the package is initialized. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -Tcl_Obj * -TkpGetSystemDefault( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */ - const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ - const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ -{ - return NULL; -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixCursor.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixCursor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8afb92d..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixCursor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,650 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixCursor.c -- - * - * This file contains X specific cursor manipulation routines. - * - * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" - -/* - * The following data structure is a superset of the TkCursor structure - * defined in tkCursor.c. Each system specific cursor module will define a - * different cursor structure. All of these structures must have the same - * header consisting of the fields in TkCursor. - */ - -typedef struct { - TkCursor info; /* Generic cursor info used by tkCursor.c */ - Display *display; /* Display for which cursor is valid. */ -} TkUnixCursor; - -/* - * The table below is used to map from the name of a cursor to its index in - * the official cursor font: - */ - -static const struct CursorName { - const char *name; - unsigned int shape; -} cursorNames[] = { - {"X_cursor", XC_X_cursor}, - {"arrow", XC_arrow}, - {"based_arrow_down", XC_based_arrow_down}, - {"based_arrow_up", XC_based_arrow_up}, - {"boat", XC_boat}, - {"bogosity", XC_bogosity}, - {"bottom_left_corner", XC_bottom_left_corner}, - {"bottom_right_corner", XC_bottom_right_corner}, - {"bottom_side", XC_bottom_side}, - {"bottom_tee", XC_bottom_tee}, - {"box_spiral", XC_box_spiral}, - {"center_ptr", XC_center_ptr}, - {"circle", XC_circle}, - {"clock", XC_clock}, - {"coffee_mug", XC_coffee_mug}, - {"cross", XC_cross}, - {"cross_reverse", XC_cross_reverse}, - {"crosshair", XC_crosshair}, - {"diamond_cross", XC_diamond_cross}, - {"dot", XC_dot}, - {"dotbox", XC_dotbox}, - {"double_arrow", XC_double_arrow}, - {"draft_large", XC_draft_large}, - {"draft_small", XC_draft_small}, - {"draped_box", XC_draped_box}, - {"exchange", XC_exchange}, - {"fleur", XC_fleur}, - {"gobbler", XC_gobbler}, - {"gumby", XC_gumby}, - {"hand1", XC_hand1}, - {"hand2", XC_hand2}, - {"heart", XC_heart}, - {"icon", XC_icon}, - {"iron_cross", XC_iron_cross}, - {"left_ptr", XC_left_ptr}, - {"left_side", XC_left_side}, - {"left_tee", XC_left_tee}, - {"leftbutton", XC_leftbutton}, - {"ll_angle", XC_ll_angle}, - {"lr_angle", XC_lr_angle}, - {"man", XC_man}, - {"middlebutton", XC_middlebutton}, - {"mouse", XC_mouse}, - {"pencil", XC_pencil}, - {"pirate", XC_pirate}, - {"plus", XC_plus}, - {"question_arrow", XC_question_arrow}, - {"right_ptr", XC_right_ptr}, - {"right_side", XC_right_side}, - {"right_tee", XC_right_tee}, - {"rightbutton", XC_rightbutton}, - {"rtl_logo", XC_rtl_logo}, - {"sailboat", XC_sailboat}, - {"sb_down_arrow", XC_sb_down_arrow}, - {"sb_h_double_arrow", XC_sb_h_double_arrow}, - {"sb_left_arrow", XC_sb_left_arrow}, - {"sb_right_arrow", XC_sb_right_arrow}, - {"sb_up_arrow", XC_sb_up_arrow}, - {"sb_v_double_arrow", XC_sb_v_double_arrow}, - {"shuttle", XC_shuttle}, - {"sizing", XC_sizing}, - {"spider", XC_spider}, - {"spraycan", XC_spraycan}, - {"star", XC_star}, - {"target", XC_target}, - {"tcross", XC_tcross}, - {"top_left_arrow", XC_top_left_arrow}, - {"top_left_corner", XC_top_left_corner}, - {"top_right_corner", XC_top_right_corner}, - {"top_side", XC_top_side}, - {"top_tee", XC_top_tee}, - {"trek", XC_trek}, - {"ul_angle", XC_ul_angle}, - {"umbrella", XC_umbrella}, - {"ur_angle", XC_ur_angle}, - {"watch", XC_watch}, - {"xterm", XC_xterm}, - {NULL, 0} -}; - -/* - * The table below is used to map from a cursor name to the data that defines - * the cursor. This table is used for cursors defined by Tk that don't exist - * in the X cursor table. - */ - -#define CURSOR_NONE_DATA \ -"#define none_width 1\n" \ -"#define none_height 1\n" \ -"#define none_x_hot 0\n" \ -"#define none_y_hot 0\n" \ -"static unsigned char none_bits[] = {\n" \ -" 0x00};" - -/* - * Define test cursor to check that mask fg and bg color settings are working. - * - * . configure -cursor {center_ptr green red} - * . configure -cursor {@myarrow.xbm myarrow-mask.xbm green red} - * . configure -cursor {myarrow green red} - */ - -/*#define DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR*/ - -#ifdef DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR -#define CURSOR_MYARROW_DATA \ -"#define myarrow_width 16\n" \ -"#define myarrow_height 16\n" \ -"#define myarrow_x_hot 7\n" \ -"#define myarrow_y_hot 0\n" \ -"static unsigned char myarrow_bits[] = {\n" \ -" 0x7f, 0xff, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0xdf, 0xfd, 0xef, 0xfb, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xfb, 0xef,\n" \ -" 0xfd, 0xdf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0x80, 0x00, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0xfe,\n" \ -" 0xbf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfe};" - -#define CURSOR_MYARROW_MASK \ -"#define myarrow-mask_width 16\n" \ -"#define myarrow-mask_height 16\n" \ -"#define myarrow-mask_x_hot 7\n" \ -"#define myarrow-mask_y_hot 0\n" \ -"static unsigned char myarrow-mask_bits[] = {\n" \ -" 0x80, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xf0, 0x07, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xfc, 0x1f,\n" \ -" 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xff, 0xff, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01,\n" \ -" 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01};" - -#endif /* DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR */ - -static const struct TkCursorName { - const char *name; - const char *data; - char *mask; -} tkCursorNames[] = { - {"none", CURSOR_NONE_DATA, NULL}, -#ifdef DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR - {"myarrow", CURSOR_MYARROW_DATA, CURSOR_MYARROW_MASK}, -#endif /* DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR */ - {NULL, NULL, NULL} -}; - -/* - * Font to use for cursors: - */ - -#ifndef CURSORFONT -#define CURSORFONT "cursor" -#endif - -static Cursor CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Window tkwin, int argc, const char **argv, - const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr); - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkGetCursorByName -- - * - * Retrieve a cursor by name. Parse the cursor name into fields and - * create a cursor, either from the standard cursor font or from bitmap - * files. - * - * Results: - * Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors. - * - * Side effects: - * Allocates a new cursor. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkCursor * -TkGetCursorByName( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for - * details on legal syntax. */ -{ - TkUnixCursor *cursorPtr = NULL; - Cursor cursor = None; - int argc; - const char **argv = NULL; - Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - int inTkTable = 0; - const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr = NULL; - - if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) { - return NULL; - } - if (argc == 0) { - goto badString; - } - - /* - * Check Tk specific table of cursor names. The cursor names don't overlap - * with cursors defined in the X table so search order does not matter. - */ - - if (argv[0][0] != '@') { - for (tkCursorPtr = tkCursorNames; ; tkCursorPtr++) { - if (tkCursorPtr->name == NULL) { - tkCursorPtr = NULL; - break; - } - if ((tkCursorPtr->name[0] == argv[0][0]) && - (strcmp(tkCursorPtr->name, argv[0]) == 0)) { - inTkTable = 1; - break; - } - } - } - - if ((argv[0][0] != '@') && !inTkTable) { - XColor fg, bg; - unsigned int maskIndex; - register const struct CursorName *namePtr; - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - - /* - * The cursor is to come from the standard cursor font. If one arg, it - * is cursor name (use black and white for fg and bg). If two args, - * they are name and fg color (ignore mask). If three args, they are - * name, fg, bg. Some of the code below is stolen from the - * XCreateFontCursor Xlib function. - */ - - if (argc > 3) { - goto badString; - } - for (namePtr = cursorNames; ; namePtr++) { - if (namePtr->name == NULL) { - goto badString; - } - if ((namePtr->name[0] == argv[0][0]) - && (strcmp(namePtr->name, argv[0]) == 0)) { - break; - } - } - - maskIndex = namePtr->shape + 1; - if (argc == 1) { - fg.red = fg.green = fg.blue = 0; - bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 65535; - } else { - if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[1], &fg) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "invalid color name \"%s\"", argv[1])); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - if (argc == 2) { - bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 0; - maskIndex = namePtr->shape; - } else if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[2], - &bg) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "invalid color name \"%s\"", argv[2])); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - } - dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; - if (dispPtr->cursorFont == None) { - dispPtr->cursorFont = XLoadFont(display, CURSORFONT); - if (dispPtr->cursorFont == None) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "couldn't load cursor font", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "FONT", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - } - cursor = XCreateGlyphCursor(display, dispPtr->cursorFont, - dispPtr->cursorFont, namePtr->shape, maskIndex, - &fg, &bg); - } else { - /* - * Prevent file system access in safe interpreters. - */ - - if (!inTkTable && Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "can't get cursor from a file in a safe interpreter", - -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "CURSOR_FILE", NULL); - cursorPtr = NULL; - goto cleanup; - } - - /* - * If the cursor is to be created from bitmap files, then there should - * be either two elements in the list (source, color) or four (source - * mask fg bg). A cursor defined in the Tk table accepts the same - * arguments as an X cursor. - */ - - if (inTkTable && (argc != 1) && (argc != 2) && (argc != 3)) { - goto badString; - } - - if (!inTkTable && (argc != 2) && (argc != 4)) { - goto badString; - } - - cursor = CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(interp, tkwin, argc, argv, - tkCursorPtr); - } - - if (cursor != None) { - cursorPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkUnixCursor)); - cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursor; - cursorPtr->display = display; - } - - cleanup: - if (argv != NULL) { - ckfree(argv); - } - return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr; - - badString: - if (argv) { - ckfree(argv); - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad cursor spec \"%s\"", string)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "CURSOR", NULL); - return NULL; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * CreateCursorFromTableOrFile -- - * - * Create a cursor defined in a file or the Tk static cursor table. A - * cursor defined in a file starts with the '@' character. This method - * assumes that the number of arguments in argv has been validated - * already. - * - * Results: - * Returns a new cursor, or None on error. - * - * Side effects: - * Allocates a new X cursor. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static Cursor -CreateCursorFromTableOrFile( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - int argc, - const char **argv, /* Cursor spec parsed into elements. */ - const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr) - /* Non-NULL when cursor is defined in Tk - * table. */ -{ - Cursor cursor = None; - - int width, height, maskWidth, maskHeight; - int xHot = -1, yHot = -1; - int dummy1, dummy2; - XColor fg, bg; - const char *fgColor; - const char *bgColor; - int inTkTable = (tkCursorPtr != NULL); - - Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - Drawable drawable = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)); - - Pixmap source = None; - Pixmap mask = None; - - /* - * A cursor defined in a file accepts either 2 or 4 arguments. - * - * {srcfile fg} - * {srcfile maskfile fg bg} - * - * A cursor defined in the Tk table accepts 1, 2, or 3 arguments. - * - * {tkcursorname} - * {tkcursorname fg} - * {tkcursorname fg bg} - */ - - if (inTkTable) { - /* - * This logic is like TkReadBitmapFile(). - */ - - char *data; - - data = TkGetBitmapData(NULL, tkCursorPtr->data, NULL, - &width, &height, &xHot, &yHot); - if (data == NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "error reading bitmap data for \"%s\"", argv[0])); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "BITMAP_DATA", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - - source = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, drawable, data, width,height); - ckfree(data); - } else { - if (TkReadBitmapFile(display, drawable, &argv[0][1], - (unsigned *) &width, (unsigned *) &height, - &source, &xHot, &yHot) != BitmapSuccess) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "cleanup reading bitmap file \"%s\"", &argv[0][1])); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "BITMAP_FILE", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - } - - if ((xHot < 0) || (yHot < 0) || (xHot >= width) || (yHot >= height)) { - if (inTkTable) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "bad hot spot in bitmap data for \"%s\"", argv[0])); - } else { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "bad hot spot in bitmap file \"%s\"", &argv[0][1])); - } - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "HOTSPOT", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - - /* - * Parse color names from optional fg and bg arguments - */ - - if (argc == 1) { - fg.red = fg.green = fg.blue = 0; - bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 65535; - } else if (argc == 2) { - fgColor = argv[1]; - if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), fgColor, &fg) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "invalid color name \"%s\"", fgColor)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - if (inTkTable) { - bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 0; - } else { - bg = fg; - } - } else { - /* 3 or 4 arguments */ - if (inTkTable) { - fgColor = argv[1]; - bgColor = argv[2]; - } else { - fgColor = argv[2]; - bgColor = argv[3]; - } - if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), fgColor, &fg) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "invalid color name \"%s\"", fgColor)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), bgColor, &bg) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "invalid color name \"%s\"", bgColor)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - } - - /* - * If there is no mask data, then create the cursor now. - */ - - if ((!inTkTable && (argc == 2)) || (inTkTable && tkCursorPtr->mask == NULL)) { - cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, source, source, - &fg, &fg, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot); - goto cleanup; - } - - /* - * Parse bitmap mask data and create cursor with fg and bg colors. - */ - - if (inTkTable) { - /* - * This logic is like TkReadBitmapFile(). - */ - - char *data; - - data = TkGetBitmapData(NULL, tkCursorPtr->mask, NULL, - &maskWidth, &maskHeight, &dummy1, &dummy2); - if (data == NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "error reading bitmap mask data for \"%s\"", argv[0])); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "MASK_DATA", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - - mask = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, drawable, data, maskWidth, - maskHeight); - - ckfree(data); - } else { - if (TkReadBitmapFile(display, drawable, argv[1], - (unsigned int *) &maskWidth, (unsigned int *) &maskHeight, - &mask, &dummy1, &dummy2) != BitmapSuccess) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "cleanup reading bitmap file \"%s\"", argv[1])); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "MASK_FILE", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - } - - if ((maskWidth != width) || (maskHeight != height)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "source and mask bitmaps have different sizes", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "SIZE_MATCH", NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - - cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, source, mask, - &fg, &bg, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot); - - cleanup: - if (source != None) { - Tk_FreePixmap(display, source); - } - if (mask != None) { - Tk_FreePixmap(display, mask); - } - return cursor; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkCreateCursorFromData -- - * - * Creates a cursor from the source and mask bits. - * - * Results: - * Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors. - * - * Side effects: - * Allocates a new cursor. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkCursor * -TkCreateCursorFromData( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - const char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ - const char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ - int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */ - int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */ - XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */ - XColor bgColor) /* Background color for cursor. */ -{ - Cursor cursor; - Pixmap sourcePixmap, maskPixmap; - TkUnixCursor *cursorPtr = NULL; - Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - - sourcePixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, - RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), source, (unsigned) width, - (unsigned) height); - maskPixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, - RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), mask, (unsigned) width, - (unsigned) height); - cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, sourcePixmap, - maskPixmap, &fgColor, &bgColor, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot); - Tk_FreePixmap(display, sourcePixmap); - Tk_FreePixmap(display, maskPixmap); - - if (cursor != None) { - cursorPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkUnixCursor)); - cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursor; - cursorPtr->display = display; - } - return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpFreeCursor -- - * - * This function is called to release a cursor allocated by - * TkGetCursorByName. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The cursor data structure is deallocated. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpFreeCursor( - TkCursor *cursorPtr) -{ - TkUnixCursor *unixCursorPtr = (TkUnixCursor *) cursorPtr; - - XFreeCursor(unixCursorPtr->display, (Cursor) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor); -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDefault.h b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDefault.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2c3854d..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDefault.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,533 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixDefault.h -- - * - * This file defines the defaults for all options for all of - * the Tk widgets. - * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. - * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#ifndef _TKUNIXDEFAULT -#define _TKUNIXDEFAULT - -/* - * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors. - * NORMAL_BG - Normal background color. - * ACTIVE_BG - Background color when widget is active. - * SELECT_BG - Background color for selected text. - * TROUGH - Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars. - * INDICATOR - Color for indicator when button is selected. - * DISABLED - Foreground color when widget is disabled. - */ - -#define BLACK "#000000" -#define WHITE "#ffffff" - -#define NORMAL_BG "#d9d9d9" -#define ACTIVE_BG "#ececec" -#define SELECT_BG "#c3c3c3" -#define TROUGH "#b3b3b3" -#define CHECK_INDICATOR WHITE -#define MENU_INDICATOR BLACK -#define DISABLED "#a3a3a3" - -/* - * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons: - */ - -#define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR "center" -#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG -#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR BLACK -#define DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR -#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP "" -#define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR "" -#define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND "none" -#define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND "" -#define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT "disabled" -#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED -#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" -#define DEF_BUTTON_FG BLACK -#define DEF_CHKRAD_FG DEF_BUTTON_FG -#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" -#define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" -#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR -#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO -#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" -#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR "1" -#define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" -#define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE "0" -#define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE "1" -#define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE "" -#define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF "" -#define DEF_BUTTON_PADX "3m" -#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX "1" -#define DEF_BUTTON_PADY "1m" -#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY "1" -#define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF "raised" -#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF "flat" -#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY "0" -#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" -#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR CHECK_INDICATOR -#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_BUTTON_STATE "normal" -#define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS "0" -#define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT "" -#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" -#define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" -#define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE "" -#define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH "0" -#define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH "0" -#define DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE "selectedButton" -#define DEF_CHECKBUTTON_VARIABLE "" - -/* - * Defaults for canvases: - */ - -#define DEF_CANVAS_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_CANVAS_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_CANVAS_BORDER_WIDTH "0" -#define DEF_CANVAS_CLOSE_ENOUGH "1" -#define DEF_CANVAS_CONFINE "1" -#define DEF_CANVAS_CURSOR "" -#define DEF_CANVAS_HEIGHT "7c" -#define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BG BLACK -#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" -#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" -#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" -#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" -#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_WIDTH "2" -#define DEF_CANVAS_RELIEF "flat" -#define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" -#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG -#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" -#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" -#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK -#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH "10c" -#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD "" -#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" -#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD "" -#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" - -/* - * Defaults for entries: - */ - -#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR WHITE -#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR "xterm" -#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG DISABLED -#define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" -#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT "TkTextFont" -#define DEF_ENTRY_FG BLACK -#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG BLACK -#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" -#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" -#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" -#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" -#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" -#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" -#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "sunken" -#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND "" -#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG -#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" -#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" -#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK -#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_ENTRY_STATE "normal" -#define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE "" -#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20" - -/* - * Defaults for frames: - */ - -#define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "0" -#define DEF_FRAME_CLASS "Frame" -#define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP "" -#define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER "0" -#define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR "" -#define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT "0" -#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" -#define DEF_FRAME_LABEL "" -#define DEF_FRAME_PADX "0" -#define DEF_FRAME_PADY "0" -#define DEF_FRAME_RELIEF "flat" -#define DEF_FRAME_TAKE_FOCUS "0" -#define DEF_FRAME_VISUAL "" -#define DEF_FRAME_WIDTH "0" - -/* - * Defaults for labelframes: - */ - -#define DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "2" -#define DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS "Labelframe" -#define DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF "groove" -#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FG BLACK -#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT "TkDefaultFont" -#define DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT "" -#define DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR "nw" - -/* - * Defaults for listboxes: - */ - -#define DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE "dotbox" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR WHITE -#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR "" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG DISABLED -#define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkDefaultFont" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_FG BLACK -#define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY "left" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF "sunken" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND "" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE "" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG -#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD "0" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK -#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE "browse" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID "0" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE "normal" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH "20" - -/* - * Defaults for individual entries of menus: - */ - -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP None -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK "0" -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND "none" -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN "0" -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR "1" -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE "0" -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE "1" -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE "normal" -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE "selectedButton" -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1" - -/* - * Defaults for menus overall: - */ - -#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG -#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR BLACK -#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR "arrow" -#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED -#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" -#define DEF_MENU_FONT "TkMenuFont" -#define DEF_MENU_FG BLACK -#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND "" -#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF "raised" -#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR MENU_INDICATOR -#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS "0" -#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF "1" -#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENU_TITLE "" -#define DEF_MENU_TYPE "normal" - -/* - * Defaults for menubuttons: - */ - -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR "center" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR BLACK -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP "" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR "" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION "below" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG BLACK -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR "0" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU "" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX "4p" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY "3p" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF "flat" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE "normal" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS "0" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT "" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH "0" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH "0" - -/* - * Defaults for messages: - */ - -#define DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR "center" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT "150" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR "" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_FG BLACK -#define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY "left" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADX "-1" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADY "-1" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_RELIEF "flat" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_TAKE_FOCUS "0" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT "" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT_VARIABLE "" -#define DEF_MESSAGE_WIDTH "0" - -/* - * Defaults for panedwindows - */ - -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BORDERWIDTH "1" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_CURSOR "" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD "8" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE "8" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HEIGHT "" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE "1" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT "horizontal" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PROXYBORDER "2" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_RELIEF "flat" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHCURSOR "" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHPAD "0" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHRELIEF "flat" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH "3" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE "0" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_WIDTH "" - -/* - * Defaults for panedwindow panes - */ - -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_AFTER "" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_BEFORE "" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HEIGHT "" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_MINSIZE "0" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADX "0" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADY "0" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STICKY "nsew" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_WIDTH "" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HIDE "0" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STRETCH "last" - -/* - * Defaults for scales: - */ - -#define DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG -#define DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT "0" -#define DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_SCALE_COMMAND "" -#define DEF_SCALE_CURSOR "" -#define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS "0" -#define DEF_SCALE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" -#define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR BLACK -#define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_SCALE_FROM "0" -#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR -#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO -#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_SCALE_LABEL "" -#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100" -#define DEF_SCALE_ORIENT "vertical" -#define DEF_SCALE_RELIEF "flat" -#define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY "300" -#define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" -#define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION "1" -#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH -#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE "1" -#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH "30" -#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF "raised" -#define DEF_SCALE_STATE "normal" -#define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL "0" -#define DEF_SCALE_TO "100" -#define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE "" -#define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH "15" - -/* - * Defaults for scrollbars: - */ - -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF "raised" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND "" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR "" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH "-1" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH "11" - -/* - * Defaults for texts: - */ - -#define DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS "1" -#define DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR WHITE -#define DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR "xterm" -#define DEF_TEXT_FG BLACK -#define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" -#define DEF_TEXT_FONT "TkFixedFont" -#define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT "24" -#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG -#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT BLACK -#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" -#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG BLACK -#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" -#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" -#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED "none" -#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH "2" -#define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" -#define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" -#define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "sunken" -#define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG -#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG -#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO BLACK -#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK -#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_RELIEF "raised" -#define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1 "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2 "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3 "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_STATE "normal" -#define DEF_TEXT_TABS "" -#define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE "tabular" -#define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) -#define DEF_TEXT_UNDO "0" -#define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH "80" -#define DEF_TEXT_WRAP "char" -#define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND "" -#define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND "" - -/* - * Defaults for canvas text: - */ - -#define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" - -/* - * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply - * to toplevels): - */ - -#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS "Toplevel" -#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU "" -#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN "" -#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE "" - -/* - * Defaults for busy windows: - */ - -#define DEF_BUSY_CURSOR "watch" - -#endif /* _TKUNIXDEFAULT */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDialog.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDialog.c deleted file mode 100644 index afe443f..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDialog.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixDialog.c -- - * - * Contains the Unix implementation of the common dialog boxes: - * - * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" - -/* - * The wrapper code for Unix is actually set up in library/tk.tcl these days; - * the procedure names used here are probably wrong too... - */ - -#ifdef TK_OBSOLETE_UNIX_DIALOG_WRAPPERS - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * EvalObjv -- - * - * Invokes the Tcl procedure with the arguments. - * - * Results: - * Returns the result of the evaluation of the command. - * - * Side effects: - * The command may be autoloaded. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -EvalObjv( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - char *cmdName, /* Name of the TCL command to call */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ -{ - Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, **objs; - int result; - - cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(cmdName, -1); - Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj); - objs = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (objc+1)); - objs[0] = cmdObj; - memcpy(objs+1, objv, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (unsigned)objc); - - result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, objc+1, objs, 0); - - Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj); - ckfree(objs); - - return result; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd -- - * - * This procedure implements the color dialog box for the Unix platform. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * See user documentation. - * - * Side effects: - * A dialog window is created the first time this procedure is called. - * This window is not destroyed and will be reused the next time the - * application invokes the "tk_chooseColor" command. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd( - ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ -{ - return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::ColorDialog", objc-1, objv+1); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_GetOpenFileCmd -- - * - * This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the Unix - * platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * See user documentation. - * - * Side effects: - * A dialog window is created the first this procedure is called. This - * window is not destroyed and will be reused the next time the - * application invokes the "tk_getOpenFile" or "tk_getSaveFile" command. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd( - ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ -{ - Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; - - if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) { - return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifOpenFDialog", objc-1, objv+1); - } else { - return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::OpenFDialog", objc-1, objv+1); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_GetSaveFileCmd -- - * - * Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd but opens a "save file" dialog box instead. - * - * Results: - * Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd. - * - * Side effects: - * Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd( - ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ -{ - Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; - - if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) { - return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifSaveFDialog", objc-1, objv+1); - } else { - return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::SaveFDialog", objc-1, objv+1); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_MessageBoxCmd -- - * - * This procedure implements the MessageBox window for the Unix - * platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * See user documentation. - * - * Side effects: - * None. The MessageBox window will be destroy before this procedure - * returns. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -Tk_MessageBoxCmd( - ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ -{ - return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MessageBox", objc-1, objv+1); -} - -#endif /* TK_OBSOLETE_UNIX_DIALOG_WRAPPERS */ - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDraw.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDraw.c deleted file mode 100644 index acc0565..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDraw.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,243 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixDraw.c -- - * - * This file contains X specific drawing routines. - * - * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" - -#ifndef _WIN32 -#include "tkUnixInt.h" -#endif - -/* - * The following structure is used to pass information to ScrollRestrictProc - * from TkScrollWindow. - */ - -typedef struct ScrollInfo { - int done; /* Flag is 0 until filtering is done. */ - Display *display; /* Display to filter. */ - Window window; /* Window to filter. */ - TkRegion region; /* Region into which damage is accumulated. */ - int dx, dy; /* Amount by which window was shifted. */ -} ScrollInfo; - -/* - * Forward declarations for functions declared later in this file: - */ - -static Tk_RestrictProc ScrollRestrictProc; - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkScrollWindow -- - * - * Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate damage - * information in the specified Region. - * - * Results: - * Returns 0 if no damage additional damage was generated. Sets damageRgn - * to contain the damaged areas and returns 1 if GraphicsExpose events - * were detected. - * - * Side effects: - * Scrolls the bits in the window and enters the event loop looking for - * damage events. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkScrollWindow( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */ - GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */ - int x, int y, int width, int height, - /* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */ - int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */ - TkRegion damageRgn) /* Region to accumulate damage in. */ -{ - Tk_RestrictProc *prevProc; - ClientData prevArg; - ScrollInfo info; - - XCopyArea(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), gc, - x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, x+dx, y+dy); - - info.done = 0; - info.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); - info.display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - info.region = damageRgn; - info.dx = dx; - info.dy = dy; - - /* - * Sync the event stream so all of the expose events will be on the Tk - * event queue before we start filtering. This avoids busy waiting while - * we filter events. - */ - - TkpSync(info.display); - prevProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ScrollRestrictProc, &info, &prevArg); - while (!info.done) { - Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS); - } - Tk_RestrictEvents(prevProc, prevArg, &prevArg); - - if (XEmptyRegion((Region) damageRgn)) { - return 0; - } else { - return 1; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ScrollRestrictProc -- - * - * A Tk_RestrictProc used by TkScrollWindow to gather up Expose - * information into a single damage region. It accumulates damage events - * on the specified window until a NoExpose or the last GraphicsExpose - * event is detected. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Discards Expose events after accumulating damage information - * for a particular window. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static Tk_RestrictAction -ScrollRestrictProc( - ClientData arg, - XEvent *eventPtr) -{ - ScrollInfo *info = (ScrollInfo *) arg; - XRectangle rect; - - /* - * Defer events which aren't for the specified window. - */ - - if (info->done || (eventPtr->xany.display != info->display) - || (eventPtr->xany.window != info->window)) { - return TK_DEFER_EVENT; - } - - if (eventPtr->type == NoExpose) { - info->done = 1; - } else if (eventPtr->type == GraphicsExpose) { - rect.x = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.x; - rect.y = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.y; - rect.width = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.width; - rect.height = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.height; - XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region, - (Region) info->region); - - if (eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.count == 0) { - info->done = 1; - } - } else if (eventPtr->type == Expose) { - /* - * This case is tricky. This event was already queued before the - * XCopyArea was issued. If this area overlaps the area being copied, - * then some of the copied area may be invalid. The easiest way to - * handle this case is to mark both the original area and the shifted - * area as damaged. - */ - - rect.x = eventPtr->xexpose.x; - rect.y = eventPtr->xexpose.y; - rect.width = eventPtr->xexpose.width; - rect.height = eventPtr->xexpose.height; - XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region, - (Region) info->region); - rect.x += info->dx; - rect.y += info->dy; - XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region, - (Region) info->region); - } else { - return TK_DEFER_EVENT; - } - return TK_DISCARD_EVENT; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDrawHighlightBorder -- - * - * This function draws a rectangular ring around the outside of a widget - * to indicate that it has received the input focus. - * - * On Unix, we just draw the simple inset ring. On other sytems, e.g. the - * Mac, the focus ring is a little more complicated, so we need this - * abstraction. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable", corresponding - * to the outer area of "tkwin". - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDrawHighlightBorder( - Tk_Window tkwin, - GC fgGC, - GC bgGC, - int highlightWidth, - Drawable drawable) -{ - TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDrawFrame -- - * - * This function draws the rectangular frame area. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Draws inside the tkwin area. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDrawFrame( - Tk_Window tkwin, - Tk_3DBorder border, - int highlightWidth, - int borderWidth, - int relief) -{ - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth, - highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth, - Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief); -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c deleted file mode 100644 index b170ad0..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1185 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixEmbed.c -- - * - * This file contains platform-specific functions for UNIX to provide - * basic operations needed for application embedding (where one - * application can use as its main window an internal window from some - * other application). Also includes code to support busy windows. - * - * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" -#include "tkBusy.h" - -/* - * One of the following structures exists for each container in this - * application. It keeps track of the container window and its associated - * embedded window. - */ - -typedef struct Container { - Window parent; /* X's window id for the parent of the pair - * (the container). */ - Window parentRoot; /* Id for the root window of parent's - * screen. */ - TkWindow *parentPtr; /* Tk's information about the container, or - * NULL if the container isn't in this - * process. */ - Window wrapper; /* X's window id for the wrapper window for - * the embedded window. Starts off as None, - * but gets filled in when the window is - * eventually created. */ - TkWindow *embeddedPtr; /* Tk's information about the embedded window, - * or NULL if the embedded application isn't - * in this process. Note that this is *not* - * the same window as wrapper: wrapper is the - * parent of embeddedPtr. */ - struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this - * process. */ -} Container; - -typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - Container *firstContainerPtr; - /* First in list of all containers managed by - * this process. */ -} ThreadSpecificData; -static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; - -/* - * Prototypes for static functions defined in this file: - */ - -static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr); -static void EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr); -static int EmbedErrorProc(ClientData clientData, - XErrorEvent *errEventPtr); -static void EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr); -static void EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr, - int width, int height); -static void EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr); -static void EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr); -static void EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr); - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpUseWindow -- - * - * This function causes a Tk window to use a given X window as its parent - * window, rather than the root window for the screen. It is invoked by - * an embedded application to specify the window in which it is embedded. - * - * Results: - * The return value is normally TCL_OK. If an error occurs (such as - * string not being a valid window spec), then the return value is - * TCL_ERROR and an error message is left in the interp's result if - * interp is non-NULL. - * - * Side effects: - * Changes the colormap and other visual information to match that of the - * parent window given by "string". - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpUseWindow( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* If not NULL, used for error reporting if - * string is bogus. */ - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Tk window that does not yet have an - * associated X window. */ - const char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use for - * tkwin; must be an integer value. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - TkWindow *usePtr; - int anyError; - Window parent; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - Container *containerPtr; - XWindowAttributes parentAtts; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - if (winPtr->window != None) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "can't modify container after widget is created", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "POST_CREATE", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, &parent) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - usePtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, parent); - if (usePtr != NULL && !(usePtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "window \"%s\" doesn't have -container option set", - usePtr->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CONTAINER", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - /* - * Tk sets the window colormap to the screen default colormap in - * tkWindow.c:AllocWindow. This doesn't work well for embedded windows. So - * we override the colormap and visual settings to be the same as the - * parent window (which is in the container app). - */ - - anyError = 0; - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - EmbedErrorProc, &anyError); - if (!XGetWindowAttributes(winPtr->display, parent, &parentAtts)) { - anyError = 1; - } - XSync(winPtr->display, False); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - if (anyError) { - if (interp != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "couldn't create child of window \"%s\"", string)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "NO_TARGET", NULL); - } - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tk_SetWindowVisual(tkwin, parentAtts.visual, parentAtts.depth, - parentAtts.colormap); - - /* - * Create an event handler to clean up the Container structure when tkwin - * is eventually deleted. - */ - - Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc, - winPtr); - - /* - * Save information about the container and the embedded window in a - * Container structure. If there is already an existing Container - * structure, it means that both container and embedded app. are in the - * same process. - */ - - for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL; - containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { - if (containerPtr->parent == parent) { - winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES; - containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES; - break; - } - } - if (containerPtr == NULL) { - containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container)); - containerPtr->parent = parent; - containerPtr->parentRoot = parentAtts.root; - containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL; - containerPtr->wrapper = None; - containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr; - } - containerPtr->embeddedPtr = winPtr; - winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED; - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpMakeWindow -- - * - * Create an actual window system window object based on the current - * attributes of the specified TkWindow. - * - * Results: - * Returns the handle to the new window, or None on failure. - * - * Side effects: - * Creates a new X window. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -Window -TkpMakeWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Tk's information about the window that is - * to be instantiated. */ - Window parent) /* Window system token for the parent in which - * the window is to be created. */ -{ - Container *containerPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { - /* - * This window is embedded. Don't create the new window in the given - * parent; instead, create it as a child of the root window of the - * container's screen. The window will get reparented into a wrapper - * window later. - */ - - for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; ; - containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { - if (containerPtr == NULL) { - Tcl_Panic("TkMakeWindow couldn't find container for window"); - } - if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) { - break; - } - } - parent = containerPtr->parentRoot; - } - - return XCreateWindow(winPtr->display, parent, winPtr->changes.x, - winPtr->changes.y, (unsigned) winPtr->changes.width, - (unsigned) winPtr->changes.height, - (unsigned) winPtr->changes.border_width, winPtr->depth, - InputOutput, winPtr->visual, winPtr->dirtyAtts, - &winPtr->atts); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpMakeContainer -- - * - * This function is called to indicate that a particular window will be a - * container for an embedded application. This changes certain aspects of - * the window's behavior, such as whether it will receive events anymore. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpMakeContainer( - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for a window that is about to become - * a container. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - Container *containerPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - /* - * Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find - * out later if the embedded app. is in the same process. - */ - - Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin); - containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container)); - containerPtr->parent = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); - containerPtr->parentRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)); - containerPtr->parentPtr = winPtr; - containerPtr->wrapper = None; - containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL; - containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr; - winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER; - - /* - * Request SubstructureNotify events so that we can find out when the - * embedded application creates its window or attempts to resize it. Also - * watch Configure events on the container so that we can resize the child - * to match. - */ - - winPtr->atts.event_mask |= SubstructureRedirectMask|SubstructureNotifyMask; - XSelectInput(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, winPtr->atts.event_mask); - Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, - SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask, - ContainerEventProc, winPtr); - Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbedStructureProc, - containerPtr); - Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, FocusChangeMask, EmbedFocusProc, - containerPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * EmbedErrorProc -- - * - * This function is invoked if an error occurs while creating an embedded - * window. - * - * Results: - * Always returns 0 to indicate that the error has been properly handled. - * - * Side effects: - * The integer pointed to by the clientData argument is set to 1. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -EmbedErrorProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Points to integer to set. */ - XErrorEvent *errEventPtr) /* Points to information about error (not - * used). */ -{ - int *iPtr = clientData; - - *iPtr = 1; - return 0; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * EmbeddedEventProc -- - * - * This function is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various - * useful events are received for a window that is embedded in another - * application. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Our internal state gets cleaned up when an embedded window is - * destroyed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -EmbeddedEventProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; - - if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { - EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ContainerEventProc -- - * - * This function is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various - * useful events are received for the children of a container window. It - * forwards relevant information, such as geometry requests, from the - * events into the container's application. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events occur, - * geometry information gets set for the container window. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -ContainerEventProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; - Container *containerPtr; - Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - /* - * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this function (almost any - * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has - * deleted its window). - */ - - errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1, - -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - - /* - * Find the Container structure associated with the parent window. - */ - - for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - containerPtr->parent != eventPtr->xmaprequest.parent; - containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { - if (containerPtr == NULL) { - Tcl_Panic("ContainerEventProc couldn't find Container record"); - } - } - - if (eventPtr->type == CreateNotify) { - /* - * A new child window has been created in the container. Record its id - * in the Container structure (if more than one child is created, just - * remember the last one and ignore the earlier ones). Also set the - * child's size to match the container. - */ - - containerPtr->wrapper = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.window; - XMoveResizeWindow(eventPtr->xcreatewindow.display, - containerPtr->wrapper, 0, 0, - (unsigned) Tk_Width((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr), - (unsigned) Tk_Height((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr)); - } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureRequest) { - if ((eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.x != 0) - || (eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.y != 0)) { - /* - * The embedded application is trying to move itself, which isn't - * legal. At this point, the window hasn't actually moved, but we - * need to send it a ConfigureNotify event to let it know that its - * request has been denied. If the embedded application was also - * trying to resize itself, a ConfigureNotify will be sent by the - * geometry management code below, so we don't need to do - * anything. Otherwise, generate a synthetic event. - */ - - if ((eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.width == winPtr->changes.width) - && (eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.height - == winPtr->changes.height)) { - EmbedSendConfigure(containerPtr); - } - } - EmbedGeometryRequest(containerPtr, - eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.width, - eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.height); - } else if (eventPtr->type == MapRequest) { - /* - * The embedded application's map request was ignored and simply - * passed on to us, so we have to map the window for it to appear on - * the screen. - */ - - XMapWindow(eventPtr->xmaprequest.display, - eventPtr->xmaprequest.window); - } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { - /* - * The embedded application is gone. Destroy the container window. - */ - - Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); - } - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * EmbedStructureProc -- - * - * This function is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when a container - * window owned by this application gets resized (and also at several - * other times that we don't care about). This function reflects the size - * change in the embedded window that corresponds to the container. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The embedded window gets resized to match the container. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -EmbedStructureProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ -{ - Container *containerPtr = clientData; - Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler; - - if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { - if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) { - /* - * Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have - * deleted its window. - */ - - errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1, - -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - XMoveResizeWindow(eventPtr->xconfigure.display, - containerPtr->wrapper, 0, 0, - (unsigned) Tk_Width((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr), - (unsigned) Tk_Height((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr)); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler); - } - } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { - EmbedWindowDeleted(containerPtr->parentPtr); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * EmbedFocusProc -- - * - * This function is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when FocusIn and - * FocusOut events occur for a container window owned by this - * application. It is responsible for moving the focus back and forth - * between a container application and an embedded application. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The X focus may change. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -EmbedFocusProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ -{ - Container *containerPtr = clientData; - Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler; - Display *display; - - display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr); - if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { - /* - * The focus just arrived at the container. Change the X focus to move - * it to the embedded application, if there is one. Ignore X errors - * that occur during this operation (it's possible that the new focus - * window isn't mapped). - */ - - if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) { - errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1, - -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - XSetInputFocus(display, containerPtr->wrapper, RevertToParent, - CurrentTime); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler); - } - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * EmbedGeometryRequest -- - * - * This function is invoked when an embedded application requests a - * particular size. It processes the request (which may or may not - * actually honor the request) and reflects the results back to the - * embedded application. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * If we deny the child's size change request, a Configure event is - * synthesized to let the child know how big it ought to be. Events get - * processed while we're waiting for the geometry managers to do their - * thing. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -EmbedGeometryRequest( - Container *containerPtr, /* Information about the embedding. */ - int width, int height) /* Size that the child has requested. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr; - - /* - * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via - * the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the - * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make - * this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so - * that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want - * to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a - * configure event. - */ - - Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) winPtr, width, height); - while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) { - /* Empty loop body. */ - } - if ((winPtr->changes.width != width) - || (winPtr->changes.height != height)) { - EmbedSendConfigure(containerPtr); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * EmbedSendConfigure -- - * - * This function synthesizes a ConfigureNotify event to notify an - * embedded application of its current size and location. This function - * is called when the embedded application made a geometry request that - * we did not grant, so that the embedded application knows that its - * geometry didn't change after all. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -EmbedSendConfigure( - Container *containerPtr) /* Information about the embedding. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr; - XEvent event; - - event.xconfigure.type = ConfigureNotify; - event.xconfigure.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display); - event.xconfigure.send_event = True; - event.xconfigure.display = winPtr->display; - event.xconfigure.event = containerPtr->wrapper; - event.xconfigure.window = containerPtr->wrapper; - event.xconfigure.x = 0; - event.xconfigure.y = 0; - event.xconfigure.width = winPtr->changes.width; - event.xconfigure.height = winPtr->changes.height; - event.xconfigure.above = None; - event.xconfigure.override_redirect = False; - - /* - * Note: when sending the event below, the ButtonPressMask causes the - * event to be sent only to applications that have selected for - * ButtonPress events, which should be just the embedded application. - */ - - XSendEvent(winPtr->display, containerPtr->wrapper, False, - 0, &event); - - /* - * The following needs to be done if the embedded window is not in the - * same application as the container window. - */ - - if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) { - XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, containerPtr->wrapper, 0, 0, - (unsigned) winPtr->changes.width, - (unsigned) winPtr->changes.height); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetOtherWindow -- - * - * If both the container and embedded window are in the same process, - * this function will return either one, given the other. - * - * Results: - * If winPtr is a container, the return value is the token for the - * embedded window, and vice versa. If the "other" window isn't in this - * process, NULL is returned. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkWindow * -TkpGetOtherWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for a container or embedded - * window. */ -{ - Container *containerPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - containerPtr != NULL; - containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { - if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) { - return containerPtr->parentPtr; - } else if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) { - return containerPtr->embeddedPtr; - } - } - return NULL; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpRedirectKeyEvent -- - * - * This function is invoked when a key press or release event arrives for - * an application that does not believe it owns the input focus. This can - * happen because of embedding; for example, X can send an event to an - * embedded application when the real focus window is in the container - * application and is an ancestor of the container. This function's job - * is to forward the event back to the application where it really - * belongs. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The event may get sent to a different application. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpRedirectKeyEvent( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally - * reported. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or - * KeyRelease). */ -{ - Container *containerPtr; - Window saved; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - /* - * First, find the top-level window corresponding to winPtr. - */ - - while (1) { - if (winPtr == NULL) { - /* - * This window is being deleted. This is too confusing a case to - * handle so discard the event. - */ - - return; - } - if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) { - break; - } - winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; - } - - if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { - /* - * This application is embedded. If we got a key event without - * officially having the focus, it means that the focus is really in - * the container, but the mouse was over the embedded application. - * Send the event back to the container. - */ - - for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - containerPtr->embeddedPtr != winPtr; - containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { - /* Empty loop body. */ - } - saved = eventPtr->xkey.window; - eventPtr->xkey.window = containerPtr->parent; - XSendEvent(eventPtr->xkey.display, eventPtr->xkey.window, False, - KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask, eventPtr); - eventPtr->xkey.window = saved; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpClaimFocus -- - * - * This function is invoked when someone asks or the input focus to be - * put on a window in an embedded application, but the application - * doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the input focus from the - * container application. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The input focus may change. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpClaimFocus( - TkWindow *topLevelPtr, /* Top-level window containing desired focus - * window; should be embedded. */ - int force) /* One means that the container should claim - * the focus if it doesn't currently have - * it. */ -{ - XEvent event; - Container *containerPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { - return; - } - - for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - containerPtr->embeddedPtr != topLevelPtr; - containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { - /* Empty loop body. */ - } - - event.xfocus.type = FocusIn; - event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(topLevelPtr->display); - event.xfocus.send_event = 1; - event.xfocus.display = topLevelPtr->display; - event.xfocus.window = containerPtr->parent; - event.xfocus.mode = EMBEDDED_APP_WANTS_FOCUS; - event.xfocus.detail = force; - XSendEvent(event.xfocus.display, event.xfocus.window, False, 0, &event); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpTestembedCmd -- - * - * This function implements the "testembed" command. It returns some or - * all of the information in the list pointed to by firstContainerPtr. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpTestembedCmd( - ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ -{ - int all; - Container *containerPtr; - Tcl_DString dString; - char buffer[50]; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - if ((objc > 1) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "all") == 0)) { - all = 1; - } else { - all = 0; - } - Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); - for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL; - containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { - Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString); - if (containerPtr->parent == None) { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); - } else if (all) { - sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); - } else { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); - } - if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); - } else { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, - containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName); - } - if (containerPtr->wrapper == None) { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); - } else if (all) { - sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->wrapper); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); - } else { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); - } - if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); - } else { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, - containerPtr->embeddedPtr->pathName); - } - Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&dString); - } - Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &dString); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * EmbedWindowDeleted -- - * - * This function is invoked when a window involved in embedding (as - * either the container or the embedded application) is destroyed. It - * cleans up the Container structure for the window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * A Container structure may be freed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -EmbedWindowDeleted( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's information about window that was - * deleted. */ -{ - Container *containerPtr, *prevPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - /* - * Find the Container structure for this window work. Delete the - * information about the embedded application and free the container's - * record. - */ - - prevPtr = NULL; - containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - while (1) { - if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) { - containerPtr->wrapper = None; - containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL; - break; - } - if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) { - containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL; - break; - } - prevPtr = containerPtr; - containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr; - } - if ((containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) - && (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL)) { - if (prevPtr == NULL) { - tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr; - } else { - prevPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr; - } - ckfree(containerPtr); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkUnixContainerId -- - * - * Given an embedded window, this function returns the X window - * identifier for the associated container window. - * - * Results: - * The return value is the X window identifier for winPtr's container - * window. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -Window -TkUnixContainerId( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */ -{ - Container *containerPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - containerPtr != NULL; containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { - if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) { - return containerPtr->parent; - } - } - Tcl_Panic("TkUnixContainerId couldn't find window"); - return None; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpShowBusyWindow -- - * - * Makes a busy window "appear". - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Arranges for the busy window to start intercepting events and the - * cursor to change to the configured "hey, I'm busy!" setting. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpShowBusyWindow( - TkBusy busy) -{ - Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *) busy; - - if (busyPtr->tkBusy != NULL) { - Tk_MapWindow(busyPtr->tkBusy); - - /* - * Always raise the busy window just in case new sibling windows have - * been created in the meantime. Can't use Tk_RestackWindow because it - * doesn't work under Win32. - */ - - XRaiseWindow(Tk_Display(busyPtr->tkBusy), - Tk_WindowId(busyPtr->tkBusy)); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpHideBusyWindow -- - * - * Makes a busy window "disappear". - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Arranges for the busy window to stop intercepting events, and the - * cursor to change back to its normal setting. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpHideBusyWindow( - TkBusy busy) -{ - Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *) busy; - - if (busyPtr->tkBusy != NULL) { - Tk_UnmapWindow(busyPtr->tkBusy); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist -- - * - * Construct the platform-specific resources for a transparent window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Moves the specified window in the stacking order. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */ - Window parent) /* Parent window. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - long int mask = CWDontPropagate | CWEventMask; - - /* - * Ignore the important events while the window is mapped. - */ - -#define USER_EVENTS \ - (EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | \ - ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | PointerMotionMask) -#define PROP_EVENTS \ - (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | \ - ButtonReleaseMask | PointerMotionMask) - - winPtr->atts.do_not_propagate_mask = PROP_EVENTS; - winPtr->atts.event_mask = USER_EVENTS; - winPtr->changes.border_width = 0; - winPtr->depth = 0; - - winPtr->window = XCreateWindow(winPtr->display, parent, - winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y, - (unsigned) winPtr->changes.width, /* width */ - (unsigned) winPtr->changes.height, /* height */ - (unsigned) winPtr->changes.border_width, /* border_width */ - winPtr->depth, InputOnly, winPtr->visual, mask, &winPtr->atts); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpCreateBusy -- - * - * Construct the platform-specific parts of a busy window. Note that this - * postpones the actual creation of the window resource until later. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Sets up part of the busy window structure. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpCreateBusy( - Tk_FakeWin *winPtr, - Tk_Window tkRef, - Window *parentPtr, - Tk_Window tkParent, - TkBusy busy) -{ - Window root, parent, *dummy; - unsigned int count; - - if (winPtr->flags & TK_REPARENTED) { - /* - * This works around a bug in the implementation of menubars for - * non-MacIntosh window systems (Win32 and X11). Tk doesn't reset the - * pointers to the parent window when the menu is reparented (since - * winPtr->parentPtr points to the wrong window). We get around this - * by determining the parent via the native API calls. - */ - - if (XQueryTree(Tk_Display(tkRef), Tk_WindowId(tkRef), &root, - &parent, &dummy, &count) > 0) { - XFree(dummy); - *parentPtr = parent; - } else { - *parentPtr = None; - } - } else { - *parentPtr = Tk_WindowId(tkParent); - } -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEvent.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEvent.c deleted file mode 100644 index 111d430..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEvent.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,819 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixEvent.c -- - * - * This file implements an event source for X displays for the UNIX - * version of Tk. - * - * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" -#include <signal.h> -#ifdef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM -# include <X11/XKBlib.h> -#else -# define XkbOpenDisplay(D,V,E,M,m,R) ((V),(E),(M),(m),(R),(NULL)) -#endif - -/* - * The following static indicates whether this module has been initialized in - * the current thread. - */ - -typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - int initialized; -} ThreadSpecificData; -static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; - -/* - * Prototypes for functions that are referenced only in this file: - */ - -static void DisplayCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags); -static void DisplayExitHandler(ClientData clientData); -static void DisplayFileProc(ClientData clientData, int flags); -static void DisplaySetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags); -static void TransferXEventsToTcl(Display *display); -#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS -static void InstantiateIMCallback(Display *, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data); -static void DestroyIMCallback(XIM im, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data); -static void OpenIM(TkDisplay *dispPtr); -#endif - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkCreateXEventSource -- - * - * This function is called during Tk initialization to create the event - * source for X Window events. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * A new event source is created. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkCreateXEventSource(void) -{ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - if (!tsdPtr->initialized) { - tsdPtr->initialized = 1; - Tcl_CreateEventSource(DisplaySetupProc, DisplayCheckProc, NULL); - TkCreateExitHandler(DisplayExitHandler, NULL); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DisplayExitHandler -- - * - * This function is called during finalization to clean up the display - * module. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DisplayExitHandler( - ClientData clientData) /* Not used. */ -{ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - Tcl_DeleteEventSource(DisplaySetupProc, DisplayCheckProc, NULL); - tsdPtr->initialized = 0; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpOpenDisplay -- - * - * Allocates a new TkDisplay, opens the X display, and establishes the - * file handler for the connection. - * - * Results: - * A pointer to a Tk display structure. - * - * Side effects: - * Opens a display. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkDisplay * -TkpOpenDisplay( - const char *displayNameStr) -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - Display *display; - int event = 0; - int error = 0; - int major = 1; - int minor = 0; - int reason = 0; - unsigned int use_xkb = 0; - /* Disabled, until we have a better test. See [Bug 3613668] */ -#if 0 && defined(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED) && defined(TCL_THREADS) - static int xinited = 0; - static Tcl_Mutex xinitMutex = NULL; - - if (!xinited) { - Tcl_MutexLock(&xinitMutex); - if (!xinited) { - /* Necessary for threaded apps, of no consequence otherwise */ - /* need only be called once, but must be called before *any* */ - /* Xlib call is made. If xinitMutex is still NULL after the */ - /* Tcl_MutexLock call, Tcl was compiled without threads so */ - /* we cannot use XInitThreads() either. */ - if (xinitMutex != NULL){ - XInitThreads(); - } - xinited = 1; - } - Tcl_MutexUnlock(&xinitMutex); - } -#endif - - /* - ** Bug [3607830]: Before using Xkb, it must be initialized and confirmed - ** that the serve supports it. The XkbOpenDisplay call - ** will perform this check and return NULL if the extension - ** is not supported. - ** - ** Work around un-const-ified Xkb headers using (char *) cast. - */ - display = XkbOpenDisplay((char *)displayNameStr, &event, &error, &major, - &minor, &reason); - - if (display == NULL) { - /*fprintf(stderr,"event=%d error=%d major=%d minor=%d reason=%d\nDisabling xkb\n", - event, error, major, minor, reason);*/ - display = XOpenDisplay(displayNameStr); - } else { - use_xkb = TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB; - /*fprintf(stderr, "Using xkb %d.%d\n", major, minor);*/ - } - - if (display == NULL) { - return NULL; - } - dispPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay)); - memset(dispPtr, 0, sizeof(TkDisplay)); - dispPtr->display = display; - dispPtr->flags |= use_xkb; -#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS - OpenIM(dispPtr); - XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL, - InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr); -#endif - Tcl_CreateFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(display), TCL_READABLE, - DisplayFileProc, dispPtr); - return dispPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpCloseDisplay -- - * - * Cancels notifier callbacks and closes a display. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Deallocates the displayPtr and unix-specific resources. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpCloseDisplay( - TkDisplay *dispPtr) -{ - TkSendCleanup(dispPtr); - - TkWmCleanup(dispPtr); - -#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS - if (dispPtr->inputXfs) { - XFreeFontSet(dispPtr->display, dispPtr->inputXfs); - } - if (dispPtr->inputMethod) { - XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod); - } -#endif - - if (dispPtr->display != 0) { - Tcl_DeleteFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(dispPtr->display)); - (void) XSync(dispPtr->display, False); - (void) XCloseDisplay(dispPtr->display); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkClipCleanup -- - * - * This function is called to cleanup resources associated with claiming - * clipboard ownership and for receiving selection get results. This - * function is called in tkWindow.c. This has to be called by the display - * cleanup function because we still need the access display elements. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Resources are freed - the clipboard may no longer be used. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkClipCleanup( - TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display associated with clipboard */ -{ - if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) { - Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom, - dispPtr->applicationAtom); - Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom, - dispPtr->windowAtom); - - Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow); - Tcl_Release(dispPtr->clipWindow); - dispPtr->clipWindow = NULL; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DisplaySetupProc -- - * - * This function implements the setup part of the UNIX X display event - * source. It is invoked by Tcl_DoOneEvent before entering the notifier - * to check for events on all displays. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * If data is queued on a display inside Xlib, then the maximum block - * time will be set to 0 to ensure that the notifier returns control to - * Tcl even if there is no more data on the X connection. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DisplaySetupProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ - int flags) -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - static Tcl_Time blockTime = { 0, 0 }; - - if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) { - return; - } - - for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL; - dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) { - /* - * Flush the display. If data is pending on the X queue, set the block - * time to zero. This ensures that we won't block in the notifier if - * there is data in the X queue, but not on the server socket. - */ - - XFlush(dispPtr->display); - if (QLength(dispPtr->display) > 0) { - Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(&blockTime); - } - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TransferXEventsToTcl -- - * - * Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Moves queued X events onto the Tcl event queue. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -TransferXEventsToTcl( - Display *display) -{ - union { - int type; - XEvent x; - TkKeyEvent k; -#ifdef GenericEvent - xGenericEvent xge; -#endif - } event; - Window w; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = NULL; - - /* - * Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue after XIM - * event filtering. KeyPress and KeyRelease events need special treatment - * so that they get directed according to Tk's focus rules during XIM - * handling. Theoretically they can go to the wrong place still (if - * there's a focus change in the queue) but if we push the handling off - * until Tk_HandleEvent then many input methods actually cease to work - * correctly. Most of the time, Tk processes its event queue fast enough - * for this to not be an issue anyway. [Bug 1924761] - */ - - while (QLength(display) > 0) { - XNextEvent(display, &event.x); -#ifdef GenericEvent - if (event.type == GenericEvent) { - Tcl_Panic("Wild GenericEvent; panic! (extension=%d,evtype=%d)", - event.xge.extension, event.xge.evtype); - } -#endif - w = None; - if (event.type == KeyPress || event.type == KeyRelease) { - for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); ; dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) { - if (dispPtr == NULL) { - break; - } else if (dispPtr->display == event.x.xany.display) { - if (dispPtr->focusPtr != NULL) { - w = dispPtr->focusPtr->window; - } - break; - } - } - } - if (XFilterEvent(&event.x, w)) { - continue; - } - if (event.type == KeyPress || event.type == KeyRelease) { - event.k.charValuePtr = NULL; - event.k.charValueLen = 0; - event.k.keysym = NoSymbol; - - /* - * Force the calling of the input method engine now. The results - * from it will be cached in the event so that they don't get lost - * (to a race condition with other XIM-handled key events) between - * entering the event queue and getting serviced. [Bug 1924761] - */ - -#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS - if (event.type == KeyPress && dispPtr && - (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)) { - if (dispPtr->focusPtr && dispPtr->focusPtr->inputContext) { - Tcl_DString ds; - - Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); - (void) TkpGetString(dispPtr->focusPtr, &event.x, &ds); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - } -#endif - } - Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.x, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DisplayCheckProc -- - * - * This function checks for events sitting in the X event queue. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Moves queued events onto the Tcl event queue. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DisplayCheckProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ - int flags) -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - - if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) { - return; - } - - for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL; - dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) { - XFlush(dispPtr->display); - TransferXEventsToTcl(dispPtr->display); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DisplayFileProc -- - * - * This function implements the file handler for the X connection. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Makes entries on the Tcl event queue for all the events available from - * all the displays. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DisplayFileProc( - ClientData clientData, /* The display pointer. */ - int flags) /* Should be TCL_READABLE. */ -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData; - Display *display = dispPtr->display; - int numFound; - - XFlush(display); - numFound = XEventsQueued(display, QueuedAfterReading); - if (numFound == 0) { - /* - * Things are very tricky if there aren't any events readable at this - * point (after all, there was supposedly data available on the - * connection). A couple of things could have occurred: - * - * One possibility is that there were only error events in the input - * from the server. If this happens, we should return (we don't want - * to go to sleep in XNextEvent below, since this would block out - * other sources of input to the process). - * - * Another possibility is that our connection to the server has been - * closed. This will not necessarily be detected in XEventsQueued (!!) - * so if we just return then there will be an infinite loop. To detect - * such an error, generate a NoOp protocol request to exercise the - * connection to the server, then return. However, must disable - * SIGPIPE while sending the request, or else the process will die - * from the signal and won't invoke the X error function to print a - * nice (?!) message. - */ - - void (*oldHandler)(); - - oldHandler = (void (*)()) signal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN); - XNoOp(display); - XFlush(display); - (void) signal(SIGPIPE, oldHandler); - } - - TransferXEventsToTcl(display); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkUnixDoOneXEvent -- - * - * This routine waits for an X event to be processed or for a timeout to - * occur. The timeout is specified as an absolute time. This routine is - * called when Tk needs to wait for a particular X event without letting - * arbitrary events be processed. The caller will typically call - * Tk_RestrictEvents to set up an event filter before calling this - * routine. This routine will service at most one event per invocation. - * - * Results: - * Returns 0 if the timeout has expired, otherwise returns 1. - * - * Side effects: - * Can invoke arbitrary Tcl scripts. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkUnixDoOneXEvent( - Tcl_Time *timePtr) /* Specifies the absolute time when the call - * should time out. */ -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - static fd_mask readMask[MASK_SIZE]; - struct timeval blockTime, *timeoutPtr; - Tcl_Time now; - int fd, index, numFound, numFdBits = 0; - fd_mask bit, *readMaskPtr = readMask; - - /* - * Look for queued events first. - */ - - if (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) { - return 1; - } - - /* - * Compute the next block time and check to see if we have timed out. Note - * that HP-UX defines tv_sec to be unsigned so we have to be careful in - * our arithmetic. - */ - - if (timePtr) { - Tcl_GetTime(&now); - blockTime.tv_sec = timePtr->sec; - blockTime.tv_usec = timePtr->usec - now.usec; - if (blockTime.tv_usec < 0) { - now.sec += 1; - blockTime.tv_usec += 1000000; - } - if (blockTime.tv_sec < now.sec) { - blockTime.tv_sec = 0; - blockTime.tv_usec = 0; - } else { - blockTime.tv_sec -= now.sec; - } - timeoutPtr = &blockTime; - } else { - timeoutPtr = NULL; - } - - /* - * Set up the select mask for all of the displays. If a display has data - * pending, then we want to poll instead of blocking. - */ - - memset(readMask, 0, MASK_SIZE*sizeof(fd_mask)); - for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL; - dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) { - XFlush(dispPtr->display); - if (QLength(dispPtr->display) > 0) { - blockTime.tv_sec = 0; - blockTime.tv_usec = 0; - } - fd = ConnectionNumber(dispPtr->display); - index = fd/(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask)); - bit = ((fd_mask)1) << (fd%(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask))); - readMask[index] |= bit; - if (numFdBits <= fd) { - numFdBits = fd+1; - } - } - - numFound = select(numFdBits, (SELECT_MASK *) readMaskPtr, NULL, NULL, - timeoutPtr); - if (numFound <= 0) { - /* - * Some systems don't clear the masks after an error, so we have to do - * it here. - */ - - memset(readMask, 0, MASK_SIZE*sizeof(fd_mask)); - } - - /* - * Process any new events on the display connections. - */ - - for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL; - dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) { - fd = ConnectionNumber(dispPtr->display); - index = fd/(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask)); - bit = ((fd_mask)1) << (fd%(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask))); - if ((readMask[index] & bit) || (QLength(dispPtr->display) > 0)) { - DisplayFileProc(dispPtr, TCL_READABLE); - } - } - if (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) { - return 1; - } - - /* - * Check to see if we timed out. - */ - - if (timePtr) { - Tcl_GetTime(&now); - if ((now.sec > timePtr->sec) || ((now.sec == timePtr->sec) - && (now.usec > timePtr->usec))) { - return 0; - } - } - - /* - * We had an event but we did not generate a Tcl event from it. Behave as - * though we dealt with it. (JYL&SS) - */ - - return 1; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpSync -- - * - * This routine ensures that all pending X requests have been seen by the - * server, and that any pending X events have been moved onto the Tk - * event queue. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Places new events on the Tk event queue. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpSync( - Display *display) /* Display to sync. */ -{ - XSync(display, False); - - /* - * Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue. - */ - - TransferXEventsToTcl(display); -} -#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS - -static void -InstantiateIMCallback( - Display *display, - XPointer client_data, - XPointer call_data) -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - - dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data; - OpenIM(dispPtr); - XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL, - InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr); -} - -static void -DestroyIMCallback( - XIM im, - XPointer client_data, - XPointer call_data) -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - - dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data; - dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL; - ++dispPtr->ximGeneration; - XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL, - InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr); -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * OpenIM -- - * - * Tries to open an X input method associated with the given display. - * - * Results: - * Stores the input method in dispPtr->inputMethod; if there isn't a - * suitable input method, then NULL is stored in dispPtr->inputMethod. - * - * Side effects: - * An input method gets opened. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -OpenIM( - TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Tk's structure for the display. */ -{ - int i; - XIMStyles *stylePtr; - XIMStyle bestStyle = 0; - - if (XSetLocaleModifiers("") == NULL) { - return; - } - - ++dispPtr->ximGeneration; - dispPtr->inputMethod = XOpenIM(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL); - if (dispPtr->inputMethod == NULL) { - return; - } - - /* Require X11R6 */ - { - XIMCallback destroy_cb; - - destroy_cb.callback = DestroyIMCallback; - destroy_cb.client_data = (XPointer) dispPtr; - if (XSetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNDestroyCallback, - &destroy_cb, NULL)) - goto error; - } - - if ((XGetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNQueryInputStyle, &stylePtr, - NULL) != NULL) || (stylePtr == NULL)) { - goto error; - } - - /* - * Select the best input style supported by both the IM and Tk. - */ - for (i = 0; i < stylePtr->count_styles; i++) { - XIMStyle thisStyle = stylePtr->supported_styles[i]; - if (thisStyle == (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusNothing)) { - bestStyle = thisStyle; - break; - } else if (thisStyle == (XIMPreeditNothing | XIMStatusNothing)) { - bestStyle = thisStyle; - } - } - XFree(stylePtr); - if (bestStyle == 0) { - goto error; - } - - dispPtr->inputStyle = bestStyle; - - /* - * Create an XFontSet for preedit area. - */ - if (dispPtr->inputStyle & XIMPreeditPosition) { - char **missing_list; - int missing_count; - char *def_string; - - dispPtr->inputXfs = XCreateFontSet(dispPtr->display, - "-*-*-*-R-Normal--14-130-75-75-*-*", - &missing_list, &missing_count, &def_string); - if (missing_count > 0) { - XFreeStringList(missing_list); - } - } - - return; - -error: - if (dispPtr->inputMethod) { - XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod); - dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL; - ++dispPtr->ximGeneration; - } -} -#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */ - -void -TkpWarpPointer( - TkDisplay *dispPtr) -{ - Window w; /* Which window to warp relative to. */ - - if (dispPtr->warpWindow != NULL) { - w = Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow); - } else { - w = RootWindow(dispPtr->display, - Tk_ScreenNumber(dispPtr->warpMainwin)); - } - XWarpPointer(dispPtr->display, None, w, 0, 0, 0, 0, - (int) dispPtr->warpX, (int) dispPtr->warpY); -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFocus.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFocus.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0767618..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFocus.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixFocus.c -- - * - * This file contains platform specific functions that manage focus for - * Tk. - * - * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" - - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpChangeFocus -- - * - * This function is invoked to move the official X focus from one window - * to another. - * - * Results: - * The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the - * focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change - * events that were queued before the command. If the function doesn't - * actually change the focus then it returns 0. - * - * Side effects: - * The official X focus window changes; the application's focus window - * isn't changed by this function. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpChangeFocus( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that is to receive the X focus. */ - int force) /* Non-zero means claim the focus even if it - * didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's - * application. */ -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; - Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler; - Window window, root, parent, *children; - unsigned int numChildren, serial; - TkWindow *winPtr2; - int dummy; - - /* - * Don't set the X focus to a window that's marked override-redirect. - * This is a hack to avoid problems with menus under olvwm: if we move - * the focus then the focus can get lost during keyboard traversal. - * Fortunately, we don't really need to move the focus for menus: events - * will still find their way to the focus window, and menus aren't - * decorated anyway so the window manager doesn't need to hear about the - * focus change in order to redecorate the menu. - */ - - serial = 0; - if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) { - return serial; - } - - /* - * Check to make sure that the focus is still in one of the windows of - * this application or one of their descendants. Furthermore, grab the - * server to make sure that the focus doesn't change in the middle of this - * operation. - */ - - XGrabServer(dispPtr->display); - if (!force) { - /* - * Find the focus window, then see if it or one of its ancestors is a - * window in our application (it's possible that the focus window is - * in an embedded application, which may or may not be in the same - * process. - */ - - XGetInputFocus(dispPtr->display, &window, &dummy); - while (1) { - winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, window); - if ((winPtr2 != NULL) && (winPtr2->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr)) { - break; - } - if ((window == PointerRoot) || (window == None)) { - goto done; - } - XQueryTree(dispPtr->display, window, &root, &parent, &children, - &numChildren); - if (children != NULL) { - XFree((void *) children); - } - if (parent == root) { - goto done; - } - window = parent; - } - } - - /* - * Tell X to change the focus. Ignore errors that occur when changing the - * focus: it is still possible that the window we're focussing to could - * have gotten unmapped, which will generate an error. - */ - - errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL); - if (winPtr->window == None) { - Tcl_Panic("ChangeXFocus got null X window"); - } - XSetInputFocus(dispPtr->display, winPtr->window, RevertToParent, - CurrentTime); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler); - - /* - * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy - * server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus, - * so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut events on either side of the - * mark. - */ - - serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display); - XNoOp(winPtr->display); - - done: - XUngrabServer(dispPtr->display); - - /* - * After ungrabbing the server, it's important to flush the output - * immediately so that the server sees the ungrab command. Otherwise we - * might do something else that needs to communicate with the server (such - * as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the - * ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could - * deadlock. - */ - - XFlush(dispPtr->display); - return serial; -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFont.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFont.c deleted file mode 100644 index 96635b4..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFont.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3334 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixFont.c -- - * - * Contains the Unix implementation of the platform-independent font - * package interface. - * - * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" -#include "tkFont.h" -#include <netinet/in.h> /* for htons() prototype */ -#include <arpa/inet.h> /* inet_ntoa() */ - -/* - * The preferred font encodings. - */ - -static const char *const encodingList[] = { - "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212", NULL -}; - -/* - * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all - * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain - * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared - * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the - * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display - * a given Unicode character. - * - * Under Unix, there are three attributes that uniquely identify a "font - * family": the foundry, face name, and charset. - */ - -#define FONTMAP_SHIFT 10 - -#define FONTMAP_PAGES (1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT)) -#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE (1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT) - -typedef struct FontFamily { - struct FontFamily *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all known font families. */ - int refCount; /* How many SubFonts are referring to this - * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to - * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */ - /* - * Key. - */ - - Tk_Uid foundry; /* Foundry key for this FontFamily. */ - Tk_Uid faceName; /* Face name key for this FontFamily. */ - Tcl_Encoding encoding; /* Encoding key for this FontFamily. */ - - /* - * Derived properties. - */ - - int isTwoByteFont; /* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0 - * otherwise. */ - char *fontMap[FONTMAP_PAGES]; - /* Two-level sparse table used to determine - * quickly if the specified character exists. - * As characters are encountered, more pages - * in this table are dynamically alloced. The - * contents of each page is a bitmask - * consisting of FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE bits, - * representing whether this font can be used - * to display the given character at the - * corresponding bit position. The high bits - * of the character are used to pick which - * page of the table is used. */ -} FontFamily; - -/* - * The following structure encapsulates an individual screen font. A font - * object is made up of however many SubFonts are necessary to display a - * stream of multilingual characters. - */ - -typedef struct SubFont { - char **fontMap; /* Pointer to font map from the FontFamily, - * cached here to save a dereference. */ - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; /* The specific screen font that will be used - * when displaying/measuring chars belonging - * to the FontFamily. */ - FontFamily *familyPtr; /* The FontFamily for this SubFont. */ -} SubFont; - -/* - * The following structure represents Unix's implementation of a font object. - */ - -#define SUBFONT_SPACE 3 -#define BASE_CHARS 256 - -typedef struct UnixFont { - TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be - * first in structure. */ - SubFont staticSubFonts[SUBFONT_SPACE]; - /* Builtin space for a limited number of - * SubFonts. */ - int numSubFonts; /* Length of following array. */ - SubFont *subFontArray; /* Array of SubFonts that have been loaded in - * order to draw/measure all the characters - * encountered by this font so far. All fonts - * start off with one SubFont initialized by - * AllocFont() from the original set of font - * attributes. Usually points to - * staticSubFonts, but may point to malloced - * space if there are lots of SubFonts. */ - SubFont controlSubFont; /* Font to use to display control-character - * expansions. */ - - Display *display; /* Display that owns font. */ - int pixelSize; /* Original pixel size used when font was - * constructed. */ - TkXLFDAttributes xa; /* Additional attributes that specify the - * preferred foundry and encoding to use when - * constructing additional SubFonts. */ - int widths[BASE_CHARS]; /* Widths of first 256 chars in the base font, - * for handling common case. */ - int underlinePos; /* Offset from baseline to origin of underline - * bar (used when drawing underlined font) - * (pixels). */ - int barHeight; /* Height of underline or overstrike bar (used - * when drawing underlined or strikeout font) - * (pixels). */ -} UnixFont; - -/* - * The following structure and definition is used to keep track of the - * alternative names for various encodings. Asking for an encoding that - * matches one of the alias patterns will result in actually getting the - * encoding by its real name. - */ - -typedef struct EncodingAlias { - const char *realName; /* The real name of the encoding to load if - * the provided name matched the pattern. */ - const char *aliasPattern; /* Pattern for encoding name, of the form that - * is acceptable to Tcl_StringMatch. */ -} EncodingAlias; - -/* - * Just some utility structures used for passing around values in helper - * functions. - */ - -typedef struct FontAttributes { - TkFontAttributes fa; - TkXLFDAttributes xa; -} FontAttributes; - -typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are - * currently loaded. As screen fonts are - * loaded, this list grows to hold information - * about what characters exist in each font - * family. */ - FontFamily controlFamily; /* FontFamily used to handle control character - * expansions. The encoding of this FontFamily - * converts UTF-8 to backslashed escape - * sequences. */ -} ThreadSpecificData; -static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; - -/* - * The set of builtin encoding alises to convert the XLFD names for the - * encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package. - */ - -static EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = { - {"gb2312-raw", "gb2312*"}, - {"big5", "big5*"}, - {"cns11643-1", "cns11643*-1"}, - {"cns11643-1", "cns11643*.1-0"}, - {"cns11643-2", "cns11643*-2"}, - {"cns11643-2", "cns11643*.2-0"}, - {"jis0201", "jisx0201*"}, - {"jis0201", "jisx0202*"}, - {"jis0208", "jisc6226*"}, - {"jis0208", "jisx0208*"}, - {"jis0212", "jisx0212*"}, - {"tis620", "tis620*"}, - {"ksc5601", "ksc5601*"}, - {"dingbats", "*dingbats"}, -#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN - {"unicode", "iso10646-1"}, -#else - /* - * ucs-2be is needed if native order isn't BE. - */ - {"ucs-2be", "iso10646-1"}, -#endif - {NULL, NULL} -}; - -/* - * Functions used only in this file. - */ - -static void FontPkgCleanup(ClientData clientData); -static FontFamily * AllocFontFamily(Display *display, - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base); -static SubFont * CanUseFallback(UnixFont *fontPtr, - const char *fallbackName, int ch, - SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr); -static SubFont * CanUseFallbackWithAliases(UnixFont *fontPtr, - const char *fallbackName, int ch, - Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr, - SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr); -static int ControlUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char *src, - int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, - char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, - int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); -static XFontStruct * CreateClosestFont(Tk_Window tkwin, - const TkFontAttributes *faPtr, - const TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr); -static SubFont * FindSubFontForChar(UnixFont *fontPtr, int ch, - SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr); -static void FontMapInsert(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch); -static void FontMapLoadPage(SubFont *subFontPtr, int row); -static int FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch); -static void FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *afPtr); -static const char * GetEncodingAlias(const char *name); -static int GetFontAttributes(Display *display, - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, FontAttributes *faPtr); -static XFontStruct * GetScreenFont(Display *display, - FontAttributes *wantPtr, char **nameList, - int bestIdx[], unsigned bestScore[]); -static XFontStruct * GetSystemFont(Display *display); -static int IdentifySymbolEncodings(FontAttributes *faPtr); -static void InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, - UnixFont *fontPtr); -static void InitSubFont(Display *display, - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base, - SubFont *subFontPtr); -static char ** ListFonts(Display *display, const char *faceName, - int *numNamesPtr); -static char ** ListFontOrAlias(Display *display, const char*faceName, - int *numNamesPtr); -static unsigned RankAttributes(FontAttributes *wantPtr, - FontAttributes *gotPtr); -static void ReleaseFont(UnixFont *fontPtr); -static void ReleaseSubFont(Display *display, SubFont *subFontPtr); -static int SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); -#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN -static int Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src, - int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, - char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, - int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); -static int UtfToUcs2beProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src, - int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, - char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, - int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); -#endif - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * FontPkgCleanup -- - * - * This function is called when an application is created. It initializes - * all the structures that are used by the platform-dependent code on a - * per application basis. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Releases thread-specific resources used by font pkg. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -FontPkgCleanup( - ClientData clientData) -{ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding != NULL) { - FontFamily *familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily; - int i; - - Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding); - for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) { - if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) { - ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]); - } - } - tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding = NULL; - } -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpFontPkgInit -- - * - * This function is called when an application is created. It initializes - * all the structures that are used by the platform-dependent code on a - * per application basis. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpFontPkgInit( - TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */ -{ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - Tcl_EncodingType type; - SubFont dummy; - int i; - - if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding == NULL) { - type.encodingName = "X11ControlChars"; - type.toUtfProc = ControlUtfProc; - type.fromUtfProc = ControlUtfProc; - type.freeProc = NULL; - type.clientData = NULL; - type.nullSize = 0; - - tsdPtr->controlFamily.refCount = 2; - tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding = Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type); - tsdPtr->controlFamily.isTwoByteFont = 0; - - dummy.familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily; - dummy.fontMap = tsdPtr->controlFamily.fontMap; - for (i = 0x00; i < 0x20; i++) { - FontMapInsert(&dummy, i); - FontMapInsert(&dummy, i + 0x80); - } - -#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN - /* - * UCS-2BE is unicode (UCS-2) in big-endian format. Define this if - * native order isn't BE. It is used in iso10646 fonts. - */ - - type.encodingName = "ucs-2be"; - type.toUtfProc = Ucs2beToUtfProc; - type.fromUtfProc = UtfToUcs2beProc; - type.freeProc = NULL; - type.clientData = NULL; - type.nullSize = 2; - Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type); -#endif - Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(FontPkgCleanup, NULL); - } -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ControlUtfProc -- - * - * Convert from UTF-8 into the ASCII expansion of a control character. - * - * Results: - * Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -ControlUtfProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ - const char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */ - int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */ - int flags, /* Conversion control flags. */ - Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state - * information used during a piecewise - * conversion. Contents of statePtr are - * initialized and/or reset by conversion - * routine under control of flags argument. */ - char *dst, /* Output buffer in which converted string is - * stored. */ - int dstLen, /* The maximum length of output buffer in - * bytes. */ - int *srcReadPtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes from the - * source string that were converted. This may - * be less than the original source length if - * there was a problem converting some source - * characters. */ - int *dstWrotePtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes that were - * stored in the output buffer as a result of - * the conversion. */ - int *dstCharsPtr) /* Filled with the number of characters that - * correspond to the bytes stored in the - * output buffer. */ -{ - const char *srcStart, *srcEnd; - char *dstStart, *dstEnd; - int ch, result; - static char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef"; - static char mapChars[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r' - }; - - result = TCL_OK; - - srcStart = src; - srcEnd = src + srcLen; - - dstStart = dst; - dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 6; - - for ( ; src < srcEnd; ) { - if (dst > dstEnd) { - result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE; - break; - } - src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch); - dst[0] = '\\'; - if (((size_t) ch < sizeof(mapChars)) && (mapChars[ch] != 0)) { - dst[1] = mapChars[ch]; - dst += 2; - } else if (ch < 256) { - dst[1] = 'x'; - dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf]; - dst[3] = hexChars[ch & 0xf]; - dst += 4; - } else if (ch < 0x10000) { - dst[1] = 'u'; - dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 12) & 0xf]; - dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xf]; - dst[4] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf]; - dst[5] = hexChars[ch & 0xf]; - dst += 6; - } else { - /* TODO we can do better here */ - dst[1] = 'u'; - dst[2] = 'f'; - dst[3] = 'f'; - dst[4] = 'f'; - dst[5] = 'd'; - dst += 6; - } - } - *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart; - *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart; - *dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart; - return result; -} - -#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Ucs2beToUtfProc -- - * - * Convert from UCS-2BE (big-endian 16-bit Unicode) to UTF-8. - * This is only defined on LE machines. - * - * Results: - * Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -Ucs2beToUtfProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ - const char *src, /* Source string in Unicode. */ - int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */ - int flags, /* Conversion control flags. */ - Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state - * information used during a piecewise - * conversion. Contents of statePtr are - * initialized and/or reset by conversion - * routine under control of flags argument. */ - char *dst, /* Output buffer in which converted string is - * stored. */ - int dstLen, /* The maximum length of output buffer in - * bytes. */ - int *srcReadPtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes from the - * source string that were converted. This may - * be less than the original source length if - * there was a problem converting some source - * characters. */ - int *dstWrotePtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes that were - * stored in the output buffer as a result of - * the conversion. */ - int *dstCharsPtr) /* Filled with the number of characters that - * correspond to the bytes stored in the - * output buffer. */ -{ - const char *srcStart, *srcEnd; - char *dstEnd, *dstStart; - int result, numChars; - - result = TCL_OK; - - /* check alignment with ucs-2 (2 == sizeof(UCS-2)) */ - if ((srcLen % 2) != 0) { - result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE; - srcLen--; - } - - srcStart = src; - srcEnd = src + srcLen; - - dstStart = dst; - dstEnd = dst + dstLen - TCL_UTF_MAX; - - for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) { - if (dst > dstEnd) { - result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE; - break; - } - - /* - * Need to swap byte-order on little-endian machines (x86) for - * UCS-2BE. We know this is an LE->BE swap. - */ - - dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(htons(*((short *)src)), dst); - src += 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */; - } - - *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart; - *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart; - *dstCharsPtr = numChars; - return result; -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UtfToUcs2beProc -- - * - * Convert from UTF-8 to UCS-2BE (fixed 2-byte encoding). - * - * Results: - * Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -UtfToUcs2beProc( - ClientData clientData, /* TableEncodingData that specifies - * encoding. */ - const char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */ - int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */ - int flags, /* Conversion control flags. */ - Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state - * information used during a piecewise - * conversion. Contents of statePtr are - * initialized and/or reset by conversion - * routine under control of flags argument. */ - char *dst, /* Output buffer in which converted string is - * stored. */ - int dstLen, /* The maximum length of output buffer in - * bytes. */ - int *srcReadPtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes from the - * source string that were converted. This may - * be less than the original source length if - * there was a problem converting some source - * characters. */ - int *dstWrotePtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes that were - * stored in the output buffer as a result of - * the conversion. */ - int *dstCharsPtr) /* Filled with the number of characters that - * correspond to the bytes stored in the - * output buffer. */ -{ - const char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd; - int result, numChars; - Tcl_UniChar ch; - - srcStart = src; - srcEnd = src + srcLen; - srcClose = srcEnd; - if (!(flags & TCL_ENCODING_END)) { - srcClose -= TCL_UTF_MAX; - } - - dstStart = dst; - dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */; - - result = TCL_OK; - for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) { - if ((src > srcClose) && (!Tcl_UtfCharComplete(src, srcEnd - src))) { - /* - * If there is more string to follow, this will ensure that the - * last UTF-8 character in the source buffer hasn't been cut off. - */ - - result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE; - break; - } - if (dst > dstEnd) { - result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE; - break; - } - src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &ch); - - /* - * Ensure big-endianness (store big bits first). - * XXX: This hard-codes the assumed size of Tcl_UniChar as 2. Make - * sure to work in char* for Tcl_UtfToUniChar alignment. [Bug 1122671] - */ - - *dst++ = (ch >> 8); - *dst++ = (ch & 0xFF); - } - *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart; - *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart; - *dstCharsPtr = numChars; - return result; -} -#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetNativeFont -- - * - * Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont. - * - * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the native - * font. If a native font by the given name could not be found, the - * return value is NULL. - * - * Every call to this function returns a new TkFont structure, even if - * the name has already been seen before. The caller should call - * TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed. - * - * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with - * the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the - * contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). - * - * Side effects: - * Memory allocated. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkFont * -TkpGetNativeFont( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ -{ - UnixFont *fontPtr; - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; - FontAttributes fa; - const char *p; - int hasSpace, dashes, hasWild; - - /* - * The behavior of X when given a name that isn't an XLFD is unspecified. - * For example, Exceed 6 returns a valid font for any random string. This - * is awkward since system names have higher priority than the other Tk - * font syntaxes. So, we need to perform a quick sanity check on the name - * and fail if it looks suspicious. We fail if the name: - * - contains a space immediately before a dash - * - contains a space, but no '*' characters and fewer than 14 dashes - */ - - hasSpace = dashes = hasWild = 0; - for (p = name; *p != '\0'; p++) { - if (*p == ' ') { - if (p[1] == '-') { - return NULL; - } - hasSpace = 1; - } else if (*p == '-') { - dashes++; - } else if (*p == '*') { - hasWild = 1; - } - } - if ((dashes < 14) && !hasWild && hasSpace) { - return NULL; - } - - fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(Tk_Display(tkwin), name); - if (fontStructPtr == NULL) { - /* - * Handle all names that look like XLFDs here. Otherwise, when - * TkpGetFontFromAttributes is called from generic code, any foundry - * or encoding information specified in the XLFD will have been parsed - * out and lost. But make sure we don't have an "-option value" string - * since TkFontParseXLFD would return a false success when attempting - * to parse it. - */ - - if (name[0] == '-') { - if (name[1] != '*') { - char *dash; - - dash = strchr(name + 1, '-'); - if ((dash == NULL) || (isspace(UCHAR(dash[-1])))) { - return NULL; - } - } - } else if (name[0] != '*') { - return NULL; - } - if (TkFontParseXLFD(name, &fa.fa, &fa.xa) != TCL_OK) { - return NULL; - } - fontStructPtr = CreateClosestFont(tkwin, &fa.fa, &fa.xa); - } - fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixFont)); - InitFont(tkwin, fontStructPtr, fontPtr); - - return (TkFont *) fontPtr; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetFontFromAttributes -- - * - * Given a desired set of attributes for a font, find a font with the - * closest matching attributes. - * - * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font - * with the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes - * could not be constructed, some other font will be substituted - * automatically. - * - * Every call to this function returns a new TkFont structure, even if - * the specified attributes have already been seen before. The caller - * should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific data when - * the font is no longer needed. - * - * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with - * the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the - * contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). - * - * Side effects: - * Memory allocated. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkFont * -TkpGetFontFromAttributes( - TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this - * existing TkFont structure, rather than - * allocating a new structure to hold the - * font; the existing contents of the font - * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont - * structure is allocated. */ - Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - const TkFontAttributes *faPtr) - /* Set of attributes to match. */ -{ - UnixFont *fontPtr; - TkXLFDAttributes xa; - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; - - TkInitXLFDAttributes(&xa); - fontStructPtr = CreateClosestFont(tkwin, faPtr, &xa); - - fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkFontPtr; - if (fontPtr == NULL) { - fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixFont)); - } else { - ReleaseFont(fontPtr); - } - InitFont(tkwin, fontStructPtr, fontPtr); - - fontPtr->font.fa.underline = faPtr->underline; - fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike = faPtr->overstrike; - - return (TkFont *) fontPtr; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDeleteFont -- - * - * Called to release a font allocated by TkpGetNativeFont() or - * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already released - * the fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the generic - * TkFont code. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * TkFont is deallocated. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDeleteFont( - TkFont *tkFontPtr) /* Token of font to be deleted. */ -{ - UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkFontPtr; - - ReleaseFont(fontPtr); -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetFontFamilies -- - * - * Return information about the font families that are available on the - * display of the given window. - * - * Results: - * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available - * font families. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpGetFontFamilies( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp to hold result. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* For display to query. */ -{ - int i, new, numNames; - char *family, **nameList; - Tcl_HashTable familyTable; - Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; - Tcl_HashSearch search; - Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *strPtr; - - Tcl_InitHashTable(&familyTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); - nameList = ListFonts(Tk_Display(tkwin), "*", &numNames); - for (i = 0; i < numNames; i++) { - char *familyEnd; - - family = strchr(nameList[i] + 1, '-'); - if (family == NULL) { - /* - * Apparently, sometimes ListFonts() can return a font name with - * zero or one '-' character in it. This is probably indicative of - * a server misconfiguration, but crashing because of it is a very - * bad idea anyway. [Bug 1475865] - */ - - continue; - } - family++; /* Advance to char after '-'. */ - familyEnd = strchr(family, '-'); - if (familyEnd == NULL) { - continue; /* See comment above. */ - } - *familyEnd = '\0'; - Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&familyTable, family, &new); - } - XFreeFontNames(nameList); - - hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&familyTable, &search); - resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj(); - while (hPtr != NULL) { - strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetHashKey(&familyTable, hPtr), -1); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr); - hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search); - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); - - Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&familyTable); -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetSubFonts -- - * - * A function used by the testing package for querying the actual screen - * fonts that make up a font object. - * - * Results: - * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names of - * the screen fonts that make up the given font object. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpGetSubFonts( - Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Font tkfont) -{ - int i; - Tcl_Obj *objv[3], *resultPtr, *listPtr; - UnixFont *fontPtr; - FontFamily *familyPtr; - - resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj(); - fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont; - for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) { - familyPtr = fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr; - objv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyPtr->faceName, -1); - objv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyPtr->foundry, -1); - objv[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj( - Tcl_GetEncodingName(familyPtr->encoding), -1); - listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(3, objv); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, listPtr); - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar -- - * - * Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a given - * character. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The font attributes are stored in *faPtr. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */ - int c, /* Character of interest */ - TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */ -{ - FontAttributes atts; - UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont; - /* Structure describing the logical font */ - SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; - /* Pointer to subfont array in case - * FindSubFontForChar needs to fix up the - * memory allocation */ - SubFont *thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr); - /* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given - * character */ - - GetFontAttributes(Tk_Display(tkwin), thisSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, &atts); - *faPtr = atts.fa; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_MeasureChars -- - * - * Determine the number of characters from the string that will fit in - * the given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the - * assumption that Tk_DrawChars() will be used to actually display the - * characters. - * - * Results: - * The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the - * span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the - * x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -Tk_MeasureChars( - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. */ - int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from - * source string. */ - int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest - * permissible line length in pixels; don't - * consider any character that would cross - * this x-position. If < 0, then line length - * is unbounded and the flags argument is - * ignored. */ - int flags, /* Various flag bits OR-ed together: - * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char - * which only partially fit on this line. - * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word - * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE - * means return at least one character even if - * no characters fit. */ - int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the - * terminating character. */ -{ - UnixFont *fontPtr; - SubFont *lastSubFontPtr; - int curX, curByte, ch; - - /* - * Unix does not use kerning or fractional character widths when - * displaying text on the screen. So that means we can safely measure - * individual characters or spans of characters and add up the widths w/o - * any "off-by-one-pixel" errors. - */ - - fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont; - - lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; - - if (numBytes == 0) { - curX = 0; - curByte = 0; - } else if (maxLength < 0) { - const char *p, *end, *next; - SubFont *thisSubFontPtr; - FontFamily *familyPtr; - Tcl_DString runString; - - /* - * A three step process: - * 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be - * represented by a single screen font. - * 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font. - * 3. Measure converted chars. - */ - - curX = 0; - end = source + numBytes; - for (p = source; p < end; ) { - next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch); - thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr); - if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) { - familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source, - p - source, &runString); - if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) { - curX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, - (XChar2b *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) / 2); - } else { - curX += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, - Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)); - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); - lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr; - source = p; - } - p = next; - } - familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source, p - source, - &runString); - if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) { - curX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, - (XChar2b *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> 1); - } else { - curX += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, - Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)); - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); - curByte = numBytes; - } else { - const char *p, *end, *next, *term; - int newX, termX, sawNonSpace, dstWrote; - FontFamily *familyPtr; - XChar2b buf[8]; - - /* - * How many chars will fit in the space allotted? This first version - * may be inefficient because it measures every character - * individually. - */ - - next = source + TkUtfToUniChar(source, &ch); - newX = curX = termX = 0; - - term = source; - end = source + numBytes; - - sawNonSpace = (ch > 255) || !isspace(ch); - familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; - for (p = source; ; ) { - if ((ch < BASE_CHARS) && (fontPtr->widths[ch] != 0)) { - newX += fontPtr->widths[ch]; - } else { - lastSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, NULL); - familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; - Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p, next - p, 0, NULL, - (char *)&buf[0].byte1, sizeof(buf), NULL, &dstWrote, NULL); - if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) { - newX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, - buf, dstWrote >> 1); - } else { - newX += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, - (char *)&buf[0].byte1, dstWrote); - } - } - if (newX > maxLength) { - break; - } - curX = newX; - p = next; - if (p >= end) { - term = end; - termX = curX; - break; - } - - next += TkUtfToUniChar(next, &ch); - if ((ch < 256) && isspace(ch)) { - if (sawNonSpace) { - term = p; - termX = curX; - sawNonSpace = 0; - } - } else { - sawNonSpace = 1; - } - } - - /* - * P points to the first character that doesn't fit in the desired - * span. Use the flags to figure out what to return. - */ - - if ((flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && (p < end) && (curX < maxLength)) { - /* - * Include the first character that didn't quite fit in the - * desired span. The width returned will include the width of that - * extra character. - */ - - curX = newX; - p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch); - } - if ((flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (term == source) && (p < end)) { - term = p; - termX = curX; - if (term == source) { - term += TkUtfToUniChar(term, &ch); - termX = newX; - } - } else if ((p >= end) || !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) { - term = p; - termX = curX; - } - - curX = termX; - curByte = term - source; - } - - *lengthPtr = curX; - return curByte; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpMeasureCharsInContext -- - * - * Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the - * given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption - * that TkpDrawCharsInContext() will be used to actually display the - * characters. - * - * This one is almost the same as Tk_MeasureChars(), but with access to - * all the characters on the line for context. On X11 this context isn't - * consulted, so we just call Tk_MeasureChars(). - * - * Results: - * The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the - * span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the - * x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpMeasureCharsInContext( - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. */ - int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from - * source string in all. */ - int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to measure. */ - int rangeLength, /* Length of range to measure in bytes. */ - int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest - * permissible line length; don't consider any - * character that would cross this x-position. - * If < 0, then line length is unbounded and - * the flags argument is ignored. */ - int flags, /* Various flag bits OR-ed together: - * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char - * which only partially fit on this line. - * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word - * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE - * means return at least one character even if - * no characters fit. TK_ISOLATE_END means - * that the last character should not be - * considered in context with the rest of the - * string (used for breaking lines). */ - int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the - * terminating character. */ -{ - (void) numBytes; /*unused*/ - return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength, - maxLength, flags, lengthPtr); -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_DrawChars -- - * - * Draw a string of characters on the screen. Tk_DrawChars() expands - * control characters that occur in the string to \xNN sequences. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Information gets drawn on the screen. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_DrawChars( - Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; - * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters - * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) - * should be stripped out of the string that - * is passed to this function. If they are not - * stripped out, they will be displayed as - * regular printing characters. */ - int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ - int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of - * string when drawing. */ -{ - UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont; - SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr; - Tcl_DString runString; - const char *p, *end, *next; - int xStart, needWidth, window_width, do_width, ch; - FontFamily *familyPtr; -#ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK - int rx, ry; - unsigned width, height, border_width, depth; - Drawable root; -#endif - - lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; - xStart = x; - -#ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK - /* - * Get the window width so we can abort drawing outside of the window - */ - - if (XGetGeometry(display, drawable, &root, &rx, &ry, &width, &height, - &border_width, &depth) == False) { - window_width = INT_MAX; - } else { - window_width = width; - } -#else - /* - * This is used by default until we find a solution that doesn't do a - * round-trip to the X server (needed to get Tk cached window width). - */ - - window_width = 32768; -#endif - - end = source + numBytes; - needWidth = fontPtr->font.fa.underline + fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike; - for (p = source; p <= end; ) { - if (p < end) { - next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch); - thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr); - } else { - next = p + 1; - thisSubFontPtr = lastSubFontPtr; - } - if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) - || (p == end) || (p-source > 200)) { - if (p > source) { - do_width = (needWidth || (p != end)) ? 1 : 0; - familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; - - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source, - p - source, &runString); - if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) { - XDrawString16(display, drawable, gc, x, y, - (XChar2b *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) / 2); - if (do_width) { - x += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, - (XChar2b *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) / 2); - } - } else { - XDrawString(display, drawable, gc, x, y, - Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)); - if (do_width) { - x += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, - Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)); - } - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); - } - lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr; - source = p; - XSetFont(display, gc, lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr->fid); - if (x > window_width) { - break; - } - } - p = next; - } - - if (lastSubFontPtr != &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]) { - XSetFont(display, gc, fontPtr->subFontArray[0].fontStructPtr->fid); - } - - if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) { - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart, - y + fontPtr->underlinePos, - (unsigned) (x - xStart), (unsigned) fontPtr->barHeight); - } - if (fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike != 0) { - y -= fontPtr->font.fm.descent + (fontPtr->font.fm.ascent) / 10; - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart, y, - (unsigned) (x - xStart), (unsigned) fontPtr->barHeight); - } -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDrawCharsInContext -- - * - * Draw a string of characters on the screen like Tk_DrawChars(), but - * with access to all the characters on the line for context. On X11 this - * context isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_DrawChars(). - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Information gets drawn on the screen. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDrawCharsInContext( - Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; - * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters - * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) - * should be stripped out of the string that - * is passed to this function. If they are not - * stripped out, they will be displayed as - * regular printing characters. */ - int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ - int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */ - int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */ - int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the - * whole (not just the range) string when - * drawing. */ -{ - int widthUntilStart; - - (void) numBytes; /*unused*/ - - Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart); - Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart, - rangeLength, x+widthUntilStart, y); -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * CreateClosestFont -- - * - * Helper for TkpGetNativeFont() and TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). Given a - * set of font attributes, construct a close XFontStruct. If requested - * face name is not available, automatically substitutes an alias for - * requested face name. If encoding is not specified (or the requested - * one is not available), automatically chooses another encoding from the - * list of preferred encodings. If the foundry is not specified (or is - * not available) automatically prefers "adobe" foundry. For all other - * attributes, if the requested value was not available, the appropriate - * "close" value will be used. - * - * Results: - * Return value is the XFontStruct that best matched the requested - * attributes. The return value is never NULL; some font will always be - * returned. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static XFontStruct * -CreateClosestFont( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - const TkFontAttributes *faPtr, - /* Set of generic attributes to match. */ - const TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr) - /* Set of X-specific attributes to match. */ -{ - FontAttributes want; - char **nameList; - int numNames, nameIdx, bestIdx[2]; - Display *display; - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; - unsigned bestScore[2]; - - want.fa = *faPtr; - want.xa = *xaPtr; - - if (want.xa.foundry == NULL) { - want.xa.foundry = Tk_GetUid("adobe"); - } - if (want.fa.family == NULL) { - want.fa.family = Tk_GetUid("fixed"); - } - want.fa.size = -TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, faPtr->size); - if (want.xa.charset == NULL || *want.xa.charset == '\0') { - want.xa.charset = Tk_GetUid("iso8859-1"); /* locale. */ - } - - display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - - /* - * Algorithm to get the closest font to the name requested. - * - * try fontname - * try all aliases for fontname - * foreach fallback for fontname - * try the fallback - * try all aliases for the fallback - */ - - nameList = ListFontOrAlias(display, want.fa.family, &numNames); - if (numNames == 0) { - const char *const *const *fontFallbacks; - int i, j; - const char *fallback; - - fontFallbacks = TkFontGetFallbacks(); - for (i = 0; fontFallbacks[i] != NULL; i++) { - for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) { - if (strcasecmp(want.fa.family, fallback) == 0) { - break; - } - } - if (fallback != NULL) { - for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) { - nameList = ListFontOrAlias(display, fallback, &numNames); - if (numNames != 0) { - goto found; - } - } - } - } - nameList = ListFonts(display, "fixed", &numNames); - if (numNames == 0) { - nameList = ListFonts(display, "*", &numNames); - } - if (numNames == 0) { - return GetSystemFont(display); - } - } - - found: - bestIdx[0] = -1; - bestIdx[1] = -1; - bestScore[0] = (unsigned) -1; - bestScore[1] = (unsigned) -1; - for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) { - FontAttributes got; - int scalable; - unsigned score; - - if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) { - continue; - } - IdentifySymbolEncodings(&got); - scalable = (got.fa.size == 0.0); - score = RankAttributes(&want, &got); - if (score < bestScore[scalable]) { - bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx; - bestScore[scalable] = score; - } - if (score == 0) { - break; - } - } - - fontStructPtr = GetScreenFont(display, &want, nameList, bestIdx, - bestScore); - XFreeFontNames(nameList); - - if (fontStructPtr == NULL) { - return GetSystemFont(display); - } - return fontStructPtr; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * InitFont -- - * - * Helper for TkpGetNativeFont() and TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). - * Initializes the memory for a new UnixFont that wraps the - * platform-specific data. - * - * The caller is responsible for initializing the fields of the TkFont - * that are used exclusively by the generic TkFont code, and for - * releasing those fields before calling TkpDeleteFont(). - * - * Results: - * Fills the WinFont structure. - * - * Side effects: - * Memory allocated. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -InitFont( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* For screen where font will be used. */ - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, /* X information about font. */ - UnixFont *fontPtr) /* Filled with information constructed from - * the above arguments. */ -{ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - unsigned long value; - int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, fixed, width, limit, i, n; - FontAttributes fa; - TkFontAttributes *faPtr; - TkFontMetrics *fmPtr; - SubFont *controlPtr, *subFontPtr; - char *pageMap; - Display *display; - - /* - * Get all font attributes and metrics. - */ - - display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - GetFontAttributes(display, fontStructPtr, &fa); - - minHi = fontStructPtr->min_byte1; - maxHi = fontStructPtr->max_byte1; - minLo = fontStructPtr->min_char_or_byte2; - maxLo = fontStructPtr->max_char_or_byte2; - - fixed = 1; - if (fontStructPtr->per_char != NULL) { - width = 0; - limit = (maxHi - minHi + 1) * (maxLo - minLo + 1); - for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) { - n = fontStructPtr->per_char[i].width; - if (n != 0) { - if (width == 0) { - width = n; - } else if (width != n) { - fixed = 0; - break; - } - } - } - } - - fontPtr->font.fid = fontStructPtr->fid; - - faPtr = &fontPtr->font.fa; - faPtr->family = fa.fa.family; - faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, fa.fa.size); - faPtr->weight = fa.fa.weight; - faPtr->slant = fa.fa.slant; - faPtr->underline = 0; - faPtr->overstrike = 0; - - fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm; - fmPtr->ascent = fontStructPtr->ascent; - fmPtr->descent = fontStructPtr->descent; - fmPtr->maxWidth = fontStructPtr->max_bounds.width; - fmPtr->fixed = fixed; - - fontPtr->display = display; - fontPtr->pixelSize = (int)(TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, fa.fa.size) + 0.5); - fontPtr->xa = fa.xa; - - fontPtr->numSubFonts = 1; - fontPtr->subFontArray = fontPtr->staticSubFonts; - InitSubFont(display, fontStructPtr, 1, &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]); - - fontPtr->controlSubFont = fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; - subFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, '0', NULL); - controlPtr = &fontPtr->controlSubFont; - controlPtr->fontStructPtr = subFontPtr->fontStructPtr; - controlPtr->familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily; - controlPtr->fontMap = tsdPtr->controlFamily.fontMap; - - pageMap = fontPtr->subFontArray[0].fontMap[0]; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) { - if ((minHi > 0) || (i < minLo) || (i > maxLo) - || !((pageMap[i>>3] >> (i&7)) & 1)) { - n = 0; - } else if (fontStructPtr->per_char == NULL) { - n = fontStructPtr->max_bounds.width; - } else { - n = fontStructPtr->per_char[i - minLo].width; - } - fontPtr->widths[i] = n; - } - - if (XGetFontProperty(fontStructPtr, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION, &value)) { - fontPtr->underlinePos = value; - } else { - /* - * If the XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION property does not exist, the X manual - * recommends using the following value: - */ - - fontPtr->underlinePos = fontStructPtr->descent / 2; - } - fontPtr->barHeight = 0; - if (XGetFontProperty(fontStructPtr, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, &value)) { - fontPtr->barHeight = value; - } - if (fontPtr->barHeight == 0) { - /* - * If the XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS property does not exist, the X manual - * recommends using the width of the stem on a capital letter. I don't - * know of a way to get the stem width of a letter, so guess and use - * 1/3 the width of a capital I. - */ - - fontPtr->barHeight = fontPtr->widths['I'] / 3; - if (fontPtr->barHeight == 0) { - fontPtr->barHeight = 1; - } - } - if (fontPtr->underlinePos + fontPtr->barHeight > fontStructPtr->descent) { - /* - * If this set of cobbled together values would cause the bottom of - * the underline bar to stick below the descent of the font, jack the - * underline up a bit higher. - */ - - fontPtr->barHeight = fontStructPtr->descent - fontPtr->underlinePos; - if (fontPtr->barHeight == 0) { - fontPtr->underlinePos--; - fontPtr->barHeight = 1; - } - } -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ReleaseFont -- - * - * Called to release the unix-specific contents of a TkFont. The caller - * is responsible for freeing the memory used by the font itself. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Memory is freed. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -ReleaseFont( - UnixFont *fontPtr) /* The font to delete. */ -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) { - ReleaseSubFont(fontPtr->display, &fontPtr->subFontArray[i]); - } - if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) { - ckfree(fontPtr->subFontArray); - } -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * InitSubFont -- - * - * Wrap a screen font and load the FontFamily that represents it. Used to - * prepare a SubFont so that characters can be mapped from UTF-8 to the - * charset of the font. - * - * Results: - * The subFontPtr is filled with information about the font. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -InitSubFont( - Display *display, /* Display in which font will be used. */ - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, /* The screen font. */ - int base, /* Non-zero if this SubFont is being used as - * the base font for a font object. */ - SubFont *subFontPtr) /* Filled with SubFont constructed from above - * attributes. */ -{ - subFontPtr->fontStructPtr = fontStructPtr; - subFontPtr->familyPtr = AllocFontFamily(display, fontStructPtr, base); - subFontPtr->fontMap = subFontPtr->familyPtr->fontMap; -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ReleaseSubFont -- - * - * Called to release the contents of a SubFont. The caller is responsible - * for freeing the memory used by the SubFont itself. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Memory and resources are freed. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -ReleaseSubFont( - Display *display, /* Display which owns screen font. */ - SubFont *subFontPtr) /* The SubFont to delete. */ -{ - XFreeFont(display, subFontPtr->fontStructPtr); - FreeFontFamily(subFontPtr->familyPtr); -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * AllocFontFamily -- - * - * Find the FontFamily structure associated with the given font name. - * The information should be stored by the caller in a SubFont and used - * when determining if that SubFont supports a character. - * - * Cannot use the string name used to construct the font as the key, - * because the capitalization may not be canonical. Therefore use the - * face name actually retrieved from the font metrics as the key. - * - * Results: - * A pointer to a FontFamily. The reference count in the FontFamily is - * automatically incremented. When the SubFont is released, the reference - * count is decremented. When no SubFont is using this FontFamily, it may - * be deleted. - * - * Side effects: - * A new FontFamily structure will be allocated if this font family has - * not been seen. TrueType character existence metrics are loaded into - * the FontFamily structure. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static FontFamily * -AllocFontFamily( - Display *display, /* Display in which font will be used. */ - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, /* Screen font whose FontFamily is to be - * returned. */ - int base) /* Non-zero if this font family is to be used - * in the base font of a font object. */ -{ - FontFamily *familyPtr; - FontAttributes fa; - Tcl_Encoding encoding; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - GetFontAttributes(display, fontStructPtr, &fa); - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, GetEncodingAlias(fa.xa.charset)); - - familyPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; - for (; familyPtr != NULL; familyPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr) { - if ((familyPtr->faceName == fa.fa.family) - && (familyPtr->foundry == fa.xa.foundry) - && (familyPtr->encoding == encoding)) { - if (encoding) { - Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding); - } - familyPtr->refCount++; - return familyPtr; - } - } - - familyPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FontFamily)); - memset(familyPtr, 0, sizeof(FontFamily)); - familyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; - tsdPtr->fontFamilyList = familyPtr; - - /* - * Set key for this FontFamily. - */ - - familyPtr->foundry = fa.xa.foundry; - familyPtr->faceName = fa.fa.family; - familyPtr->encoding = encoding; - - /* - * An initial refCount of 2 means that FontFamily information will persist - * even when the SubFont that loaded the FontFamily is released. Change it - * to 1 to cause FontFamilies to be unloaded when not in use. - */ - - familyPtr->refCount = 2; - - /* - * One byte/character fonts have both min_byte1 and max_byte1 0, and - * max_char_or_byte2 <= 255. Anything else specifies a two byte/character - * font. - */ - - familyPtr->isTwoByteFont = !( - (fontStructPtr->min_byte1 == 0) && - (fontStructPtr->max_byte1 == 0) && - (fontStructPtr->max_char_or_byte2 < 256)); - return familyPtr; -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * FreeFontFamily -- - * - * Called to free an FontFamily when the SubFont is finished using it. - * Frees the contents of the FontFamily and the memory used by the - * FontFamily itself. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -FreeFontFamily( - FontFamily *familyPtr) /* The FontFamily to delete. */ -{ - FontFamily **familyPtrPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - int i; - - if (familyPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - familyPtr->refCount--; - if (familyPtr->refCount > 0) { - return; - } - if (familyPtr->encoding) { - Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding); - } - for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) { - if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) { - ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]); - } - } - - /* - * Delete from list. - */ - - for (familyPtrPtr = &tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; ; ) { - if (*familyPtrPtr == familyPtr) { - *familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr; - break; - } - familyPtrPtr = &(*familyPtrPtr)->nextPtr; - } - - ckfree(familyPtr); -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * FindSubFontForChar -- - * - * Determine which screen font is necessary to use to display the given - * character. If the font object does not have a screen font that can - * display the character, another screen font may be loaded into the font - * object, following a set of preferred fallback rules. - * - * Results: - * The return value is the SubFont to use to display the given character. - * - * Side effects: - * The contents of fontPtr are modified to cache the results of the - * lookup and remember any SubFonts that were dynamically loaded. The - * table of SubFonts might be extended, and if a non-NULL reference to a - * subfont pointer is available, it is updated if it previously pointed - * into the old subfont table. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static SubFont * -FindSubFontForChar( - UnixFont *fontPtr, /* The font object with which the character - * will be displayed. */ - int ch, /* The Unicode character to be displayed. */ - SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr) /* Subfont reference to fix up if we - * reallocate our subfont table. */ -{ - int i, j, k, numNames; - Tk_Uid faceName; - const char *fallback; - const char *const *aliases; - char **nameList; - const char *const *anyFallbacks; - const char *const *const *fontFallbacks; - SubFont *subFontPtr; - Tcl_DString ds; - - if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[0], ch)) { - return &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; - } - - for (i = 1; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) { - if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) { - return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i]; - } - } - - if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->controlSubFont, ch)) { - return &fontPtr->controlSubFont; - } - - /* - * Keep track of all face names that we check, so we don't check some name - * multiple times if it can be reached by multiple paths. - */ - - Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); - - /* - * Are there any other fonts with the same face name as the base font that - * could display this character, e.g., if the base font is - * adobe:fixed:iso8859-1, we could might be able to use - * misc:fixed:iso8859-8 or sony:fixed:jisx0208.1983-0 - */ - - faceName = fontPtr->font.fa.family; - if (SeenName(faceName, &ds) == 0) { - subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, faceName, ch, fixSubFontPtrPtr); - if (subFontPtr != NULL) { - goto end; - } - } - - aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName); - - subFontPtr = NULL; - fontFallbacks = TkFontGetFallbacks(); - for (i = 0; fontFallbacks[i] != NULL; i++) { - for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) { - if (strcasecmp(fallback, faceName) == 0) { - /* - * If the base font has a fallback... - */ - - goto tryfallbacks; - } else if (aliases != NULL) { - /* - * Or if an alias for the base font has a fallback... - */ - - for (k = 0; aliases[k] != NULL; k++) { - if (strcasecmp(fallback, aliases[k]) == 0) { - goto tryfallbacks; - } - } - } - } - continue; - - tryfallbacks: - - /* - * ...then see if we can use one of the fallbacks, or an alias for one - * of the fallbacks. - */ - - for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) { - subFontPtr = CanUseFallbackWithAliases(fontPtr, fallback, ch, &ds, - fixSubFontPtrPtr); - if (subFontPtr != NULL) { - goto end; - } - } - } - - /* - * See if we can use something from the global fallback list. - */ - - anyFallbacks = TkFontGetGlobalClass(); - for (i = 0; (fallback = anyFallbacks[i]) != NULL; i++) { - subFontPtr = CanUseFallbackWithAliases(fontPtr, fallback, ch, &ds, - fixSubFontPtrPtr); - if (subFontPtr != NULL) { - goto end; - } - } - - /* - * Try all face names available in the whole system until we find one that - * can be used. - */ - - nameList = ListFonts(fontPtr->display, "*", &numNames); - for (i = 0; i < numNames; i++) { - fallback = strchr(nameList[i] + 1, '-') + 1; - strchr(fallback, '-')[0] = '\0'; - if (SeenName(fallback, &ds) == 0) { - subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, fallback, ch, - fixSubFontPtrPtr); - if (subFontPtr != NULL) { - XFreeFontNames(nameList); - goto end; - } - } - } - XFreeFontNames(nameList); - - end: - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - - if (subFontPtr == NULL) { - /* - * No font can display this character, so it will be displayed as a - * control character expansion. - */ - - subFontPtr = &fontPtr->controlSubFont; - FontMapInsert(subFontPtr, ch); - } - return subFontPtr; -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * FontMapLookup -- - * - * See if the screen font can display the given character. - * - * Results: - * The return value is 0 if the screen font cannot display the character, - * non-zero otherwise. - * - * Side effects: - * New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the character - * belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. When a page is loaded, - * information about all the characters on that page is stored, not just - * for the single character in question. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -FontMapLookup( - SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be queried - * and possibly updated. */ - int ch) /* Character to be tested. */ -{ - int row, bitOffset; - - row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT; - if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) { - FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row); - } - bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1); - return (subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] >> (bitOffset & 7)) & 1; -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * FontMapInsert -- - * - * Tell the font mapping cache that the given screen font should be used - * to display the specified character. This is called when no font on the - * system can be be found that can display that character; we lie to the - * font and tell it that it can display the character, otherwise we would - * end up re-searching the entire fallback hierarchy every time that - * character was seen. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the character - * belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. When a page is loaded, - * information about all the characters on that page is stored, not just - * for the single character in question. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -FontMapInsert( - SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be - * updated. */ - int ch) /* Character to be added to cache. */ -{ - int row, bitOffset; - - row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT; - if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) { - FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row); - } - bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1); - subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7); -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * FontMapLoadPage -- - * - * Load information about all the characters on a given page. This - * information consists of one bit per character that indicates whether - * the associated screen font can (1) or cannot (0) display the - * characters on the page. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Memory allocated. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ -static void -FontMapLoadPage( - SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be - * updated. */ - int row) /* Index of the page to be loaded into the - * cache. */ -{ - char buf[16], src[6]; - int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, scale, checkLo; - int i, end, bitOffset, isTwoByteFont, n; - Tcl_Encoding encoding; - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; - XCharStruct *widths; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - subFontPtr->fontMap[row] = ckalloc(FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8); - memset(subFontPtr->fontMap[row], 0, FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8); - - if (subFontPtr->familyPtr == &tsdPtr->controlFamily) { - return; - } - - fontStructPtr = subFontPtr->fontStructPtr; - encoding = subFontPtr->familyPtr->encoding; - isTwoByteFont = subFontPtr->familyPtr->isTwoByteFont; - - widths = fontStructPtr->per_char; - minHi = fontStructPtr->min_byte1; - maxHi = fontStructPtr->max_byte1; - minLo = fontStructPtr->min_char_or_byte2; - maxLo = fontStructPtr->max_char_or_byte2; - scale = maxLo - minLo + 1; - checkLo = minLo; - - if (! isTwoByteFont) { - if (minLo < 32) { - checkLo = 32; - } - } - - end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT; - for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) { - int hi, lo; - - if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, TkUniCharToUtf(i, src), - TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL, - NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) { - continue; - } - if (isTwoByteFont) { - hi = ((unsigned char *) buf)[0]; - lo = ((unsigned char *) buf)[1]; - } else { - hi = 0; - lo = ((unsigned char *) buf)[0]; - } - if ((hi < minHi) || (hi > maxHi) || (lo < checkLo) || (lo > maxLo)) { - continue; - } - n = (hi - minHi) * scale + lo - minLo; - if ((widths == NULL) || (widths[n].width + widths[n].rbearing != 0)) { - bitOffset = i & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1); - subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7); - } - } -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * CanUseFallbackWithAliases -- - * - * Helper function for FindSubFontForChar. Determine if the specified - * face name (or an alias of the specified face name) can be used to - * construct a screen font that can display the given character. - * - * Results: - * See CanUseFallback(). - * - * Side effects: - * If the name and/or one of its aliases was rejected, the rejected - * string is recorded in nameTriedPtr so that it won't be tried again. - * The table of SubFonts might be extended, and if a non-NULL reference - * to a subfont pointer is available, it is updated if it previously - * pointed into the old subfont table. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static SubFont * -CanUseFallbackWithAliases( - UnixFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new - * screen font. */ - const char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */ - int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new screen - * font must be able to display. */ - Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr, /* Records face names that have already been - * tried. It is possible for the same face - * name to be queried multiple times when - * trying to find a suitable screen font. */ - SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr) /* Subfont reference to fix up if we - * reallocate our subfont table. */ -{ - SubFont *subFontPtr; - const char *const *aliases; - int i; - - if (SeenName(faceName, nameTriedPtr) == 0) { - subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, faceName, ch, fixSubFontPtrPtr); - if (subFontPtr != NULL) { - return subFontPtr; - } - } - aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName); - if (aliases != NULL) { - for (i = 0; aliases[i] != NULL; i++) { - if (SeenName(aliases[i], nameTriedPtr) == 0) { - subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, aliases[i], ch, - fixSubFontPtrPtr); - if (subFontPtr != NULL) { - return subFontPtr; - } - } - } - } - return NULL; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SeenName -- - * - * Used to determine we have already tried and rejected the given face - * name when looking for a screen font that can support some Unicode - * character. - * - * Results: - * The return value is 0 if this face name has not already been seen, - * non-zero otherwise. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -SeenName( - const char *name, /* The name to check. */ - Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Contains names that have already been - * seen. */ -{ - const char *seen, *end; - - seen = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); - end = seen + Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr); - while (seen < end) { - if (strcasecmp(seen, name) == 0) { - return 1; - } - seen += strlen(seen) + 1; - } - Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, name, (int) (strlen(name) + 1)); - return 0; -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * CanUseFallback -- - * - * If the specified screen font has not already been loaded into the font - * object, determine if the specified screen font can display the given - * character. - * - * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to a newly allocated SubFont, owned by - * the font object. This SubFont can be used to display the given - * character. The SubFont represents the screen font with the base set of - * font attributes from the font object, but using the specified face - * name. NULL is returned if the font object already holds a reference to - * the specified font or if the specified font doesn't exist or cannot - * display the given character. - * - * Side effects: - * The font object's subFontArray is updated to contain a reference to - * the newly allocated SubFont. The table of SubFonts might be extended, - * and if a non-NULL reference to a subfont pointer is available, it is - * updated if it previously pointed into the old subfont table. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static SubFont * -CanUseFallback( - UnixFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new - * screen font. */ - const char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */ - int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new screen - * font must be able to display. */ - SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr) /* Subfont reference to fix up if we - * reallocate our subfont table. */ -{ - int i, nameIdx, numNames, srcLen, numEncodings, bestIdx[2]; - Tk_Uid hateFoundry; - const char *charset, *hateCharset; - unsigned bestScore[2]; - char **nameList; - char **nameListOrig; - char src[6]; - FontAttributes want, got; - Display *display; - SubFont subFont; - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; - Tcl_DString dsEncodings; - Tcl_Encoding *encodingCachePtr; - - /* - * Assume: the face name is times. - * Assume: adobe:times:iso8859-1 has already been used. - * - * Are there any versions of times that can display this character (e.g., - * perhaps linotype:times:iso8859-2)? - * a. Get list of all times fonts. - * b1. Cross out all names whose encodings we've already used. - * b2. Cross out all names whose foundry & encoding we've already seen. - * c. Cross out all names whose encoding cannot handle the character. - * d. Rank each name and pick the best match. - * e. If that font cannot actually display the character, cross out all - * names with the same foundry and encoding and go back to (c). - */ - - display = fontPtr->display; - nameList = ListFonts(display, faceName, &numNames); - if (numNames == 0) { - return NULL; - } - nameListOrig = nameList; - - srcLen = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, src); - - want.fa = fontPtr->font.fa; - want.xa = fontPtr->xa; - - want.fa.family = Tk_GetUid(faceName); - want.fa.size = (double)-fontPtr->pixelSize; - - hateFoundry = NULL; - hateCharset = NULL; - numEncodings = 0; - Tcl_DStringInit(&dsEncodings); - - charset = NULL; /* lint, since numNames must be > 0 to get here. */ - - retry: - bestIdx[0] = -1; - bestIdx[1] = -1; - bestScore[0] = (unsigned) -1; - bestScore[1] = (unsigned) -1; - for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) { - Tcl_Encoding encoding; - char dst[16]; - int scalable, srcRead, dstWrote; - unsigned score; - - if (nameList[nameIdx] == NULL) { - continue; - } - if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) { - goto crossout; - } - IdentifySymbolEncodings(&got); - charset = GetEncodingAlias(got.xa.charset); - if (hateFoundry != NULL) { - /* - * E. If the font we picked cannot actually display the character, - * cross out all names with the same foundry and encoding. - */ - - if ((hateFoundry == got.xa.foundry) - && (strcmp(hateCharset, charset) == 0)) { - goto crossout; - } - } else { - /* - * B. Cross out all names whose encodings we've already used. - */ - - for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) { - encoding = fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr->encoding; - if (strcmp(charset, Tcl_GetEncodingName(encoding)) == 0) { - goto crossout; - } - } - } - - /* - * C. Cross out all names whose encoding cannot handle the character. - */ - - encodingCachePtr = (Tcl_Encoding *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dsEncodings); - for (i = numEncodings; --i >= 0; encodingCachePtr++) { - encoding = *encodingCachePtr; - if (strcmp(Tcl_GetEncodingName(encoding), charset) == 0) { - break; - } - } - if (i < 0) { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, charset); - if (encoding == NULL) { - goto crossout; - } - - Tcl_DStringAppend(&dsEncodings, (char *) &encoding, - sizeof(encoding)); - numEncodings++; - } - Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, srcLen, - TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, dst, sizeof(dst), &srcRead, - &dstWrote, NULL); - if (dstWrote == 0) { - goto crossout; - } - - /* - * D. Rank each name and pick the best match. - */ - - scalable = (got.fa.size == 0.0); - score = RankAttributes(&want, &got); - if (score < bestScore[scalable]) { - bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx; - bestScore[scalable] = score; - } - if (score == 0) { - break; - } - continue; - - crossout: - if (nameList == nameListOrig) { - /* - * Not allowed to change pointers to memory that X gives you, so - * make a copy. - */ - - nameList = ckalloc(numNames * sizeof(char *)); - memcpy(nameList, nameListOrig, numNames * sizeof(char *)); - } - nameList[nameIdx] = NULL; - } - - fontStructPtr = GetScreenFont(display, &want, nameList, bestIdx, - bestScore); - - encodingCachePtr = (Tcl_Encoding *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dsEncodings); - for (i = numEncodings; --i >= 0; encodingCachePtr++) { - Tcl_FreeEncoding(*encodingCachePtr); - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&dsEncodings); - numEncodings = 0; - - if (fontStructPtr == NULL) { - if (nameList != nameListOrig) { - ckfree(nameList); - } - XFreeFontNames(nameListOrig); - return NULL; - } - - InitSubFont(display, fontStructPtr, 0, &subFont); - if (FontMapLookup(&subFont, ch) == 0) { - /* - * E. If the font we picked cannot actually display the character, - * cross out all names with the same foundry and encoding and pick - * another font. - */ - - hateFoundry = got.xa.foundry; - hateCharset = charset; - ReleaseSubFont(display, &subFont); - goto retry; - } - if (nameList != nameListOrig) { - ckfree(nameList); - } - XFreeFontNames(nameListOrig); - - if (fontPtr->numSubFonts >= SUBFONT_SPACE) { - SubFont *newPtr; - - newPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(SubFont) * (fontPtr->numSubFonts + 1)); - memcpy(newPtr, fontPtr->subFontArray, - fontPtr->numSubFonts * sizeof(SubFont)); - if (fixSubFontPtrPtr != NULL) { - register SubFont *fixSubFontPtr = *fixSubFontPtrPtr; - - if (fixSubFontPtr != &fontPtr->controlSubFont) { - *fixSubFontPtrPtr = - newPtr + (fixSubFontPtr - fontPtr->subFontArray); - } - } - if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) { - ckfree(fontPtr->subFontArray); - } - fontPtr->subFontArray = newPtr; - } - fontPtr->subFontArray[fontPtr->numSubFonts] = subFont; - fontPtr->numSubFonts++; - return &fontPtr->subFontArray[fontPtr->numSubFonts - 1]; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * RankAttributes -- - * - * Determine how close the attributes of the font in question match the - * attributes that we want. - * - * Results: - * The return value is the score; lower numbers are better. *scalablePtr - * is set to 0 if the font was not scalable, 1 otherwise. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static unsigned -RankAttributes( - FontAttributes *wantPtr, /* The desired attributes. */ - FontAttributes *gotPtr) /* The attributes we have to live with. */ -{ - unsigned penalty; - - penalty = 0; - if (gotPtr->xa.foundry != wantPtr->xa.foundry) { - penalty += 4500; - } - if (gotPtr->fa.family != wantPtr->fa.family) { - penalty += 9000; - } - if (gotPtr->fa.weight != wantPtr->fa.weight) { - penalty += 90; - } - if (gotPtr->fa.slant != wantPtr->fa.slant) { - penalty += 60; - } - if (gotPtr->xa.slant != wantPtr->xa.slant) { - penalty += 10; - } - if (gotPtr->xa.setwidth != wantPtr->xa.setwidth) { - penalty += 1000; - } - - if (gotPtr->fa.size == 0.0) { - /* - * A scalable font is almost always acceptable, but the corresponding - * bitmapped font would be better. - */ - - penalty += 10; - } else { - int diff; - - /* - * It's worse to be too large than to be too small. - */ - - diff = (int) (150 * (-gotPtr->fa.size - -wantPtr->fa.size)); - if (diff > 0) { - penalty += 600; - } else if (diff < 0) { - penalty += 150; - diff = -diff; - } - penalty += diff; - } - if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) { - int i; - const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias; - - penalty += 65000; - gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset); - wantAlias = GetEncodingAlias(wantPtr->xa.charset); - if (strcmp(gotAlias, wantAlias) != 0) { - penalty += 30000; - for (i = 0; encodingList[i] != NULL; i++) { - if (strcmp(gotAlias, encodingList[i]) == 0) { - penalty -= 30000; - break; - } - penalty += 20000; - } - } - } - return penalty; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetScreenFont -- - * - * Given the names for the best scalable and best bitmapped font, - * actually construct an XFontStruct based on the best XLFD. This is - * where all the alias and fallback substitution bottoms out. - * - * Results: - * The screen font that best corresponds to the set of attributes. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static XFontStruct * -GetScreenFont( - Display *display, /* Display for new XFontStruct. */ - FontAttributes *wantPtr, /* Contains desired actual pixel-size if the - * best font was scalable. */ - char **nameList, /* Array of XLFDs. */ - int bestIdx[2], /* Indices into above array for XLFD of best - * bitmapped and best scalable font. */ - unsigned bestScore[2]) /* Scores of best bitmapped and best scalable - * font. XLFD corresponding to lowest score - * will be constructed. */ -{ - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; - - if ((bestIdx[0] < 0) && (bestIdx[1] < 0)) { - return NULL; - } - - /* - * Now we know which is the closest matching scalable font and the closest - * matching bitmapped font. If the scalable font was a better match, try - * getting the scalable font; however, if the scalable font was not - * actually available in the desired pointsize, fall back to the closest - * bitmapped font. - */ - - fontStructPtr = NULL; - if (bestScore[1] < bestScore[0]) { - char *str, *rest, buf[256]; - int i; - - /* - * Fill in the desired pixel size for this font. - */ - - tryscale: - str = nameList[bestIdx[1]]; - for (i = 0; i < XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i++) { - str = strchr(str + 1, '-'); - } - rest = str; - for (i = XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i < XLFD_CHARSET; i++) { - rest = strchr(rest + 1, '-'); - } - *str = '\0'; - sprintf(buf, "%.200s-%d-*-*-*-*-*%s", nameList[bestIdx[1]], - (int)(-wantPtr->fa.size+0.5), rest); - *str = '-'; - fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, buf); - bestScore[1] = INT_MAX; - } - if (fontStructPtr == NULL) { - fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, nameList[bestIdx[0]]); - if (fontStructPtr == NULL) { - /* - * This shouldn't happen because the font name is one of the names - * that X gave us to use, but it does anyhow. - */ - - if (bestScore[1] < INT_MAX) { - goto tryscale; - } - return GetSystemFont(display); - } - } - return fontStructPtr; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetSystemFont -- - * - * Absolute fallback mechanism, called when we need a font and no other - * font can be found and/or instantiated. - * - * Results: - * A pointer to a font. Never NULL. - * - * Side effects: - * If there are NO fonts installed on the system, this call will panic, - * but how did you get X running in that case? - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static XFontStruct * -GetSystemFont( - Display *display) /* Display for new XFontStruct. */ -{ - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; - - fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, "fixed"); - if (fontStructPtr == NULL) { - fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, "*"); - if (fontStructPtr == NULL) { - Tcl_Panic("TkpGetFontFromAttributes: cannot get any font"); - } - } - return fontStructPtr; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetFontAttributes -- - * - * Given a screen font, determine its actual attributes, which are not - * necessarily the attributes that were used to construct it. - * - * Results: - * *faPtr is filled with the screen font's attributes. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -GetFontAttributes( - Display *display, /* Display that owns the screen font. */ - XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, /* Screen font to query. */ - FontAttributes *faPtr) /* For storing attributes of screen font. */ -{ - unsigned long value; - char *name; - - if ((XGetFontProperty(fontStructPtr, XA_FONT, &value) != False) && - (value != 0)) { - name = XGetAtomName(display, (Atom) value); - if (TkFontParseXLFD(name, &faPtr->fa, &faPtr->xa) != TCL_OK) { - faPtr->fa.family = Tk_GetUid(name); - faPtr->xa.foundry = Tk_GetUid(""); - faPtr->xa.charset = Tk_GetUid(""); - } - XFree(name); - } else { - TkInitFontAttributes(&faPtr->fa); - TkInitXLFDAttributes(&faPtr->xa); - } - - /* - * Do last ditch check for family. It seems that some X servers can fail - * on the X font calls above, slipping through earlier checks. X-Win32 5.4 - * is one of these. - */ - - if (faPtr->fa.family == NULL) { - faPtr->fa.family = Tk_GetUid(""); - faPtr->xa.foundry = Tk_GetUid(""); - faPtr->xa.charset = Tk_GetUid(""); - } - return IdentifySymbolEncodings(faPtr); -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ListFonts -- - * - * Utility function to return the array of all XLFDs on the system with - * the specified face name. - * - * Results: - * The return value is an array of XLFDs, which should be freed with - * XFreeFontNames(), or NULL if no XLFDs matched the requested name. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static char ** -ListFonts( - Display *display, /* Display to query. */ - const char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */ - int *numNamesPtr) /* Filled with length of returned array, or 0 - * if no names were found. */ -{ - char buf[256]; - - sprintf(buf, "-*-%.80s-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*", faceName); - return XListFonts(display, buf, 10000, numNamesPtr); -} - -static char ** -ListFontOrAlias( - Display *display, /* Display to query. */ - const char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */ - int *numNamesPtr) /* Filled with length of returned array, or 0 - * if no names were found. */ -{ - char **nameList; - const char *const *aliases; - int i; - - nameList = ListFonts(display, faceName, numNamesPtr); - if (nameList != NULL) { - return nameList; - } - aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName); - if (aliases != NULL) { - for (i = 0; aliases[i] != NULL; i++) { - nameList = ListFonts(display, aliases[i], numNamesPtr); - if (nameList != NULL) { - return nameList; - } - } - } - *numNamesPtr = 0; - return NULL; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * IdentifySymbolEncodings -- - * - * If the font attributes refer to a symbol font, update the charset - * field of the font attributes so that it reflects the encoding of that - * symbol font. In general, the raw value for the charset field parsed - * from an XLFD is meaningless for symbol fonts. - * - * Symbol fonts are all fonts whose name appears in the symbolClass. - * - * Results: - * The return value is non-zero if the font attributes specify a symbol - * font, or 0 otherwise. If a non-zero value is returned the charset - * field of the font attributes will be changed to the string that - * represents the actual encoding for the symbol font. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -IdentifySymbolEncodings( - FontAttributes *faPtr) -{ - int i, j; - const char *const *aliases; - const char *const *symbolClass; - - symbolClass = TkFontGetSymbolClass(); - for (i = 0; symbolClass[i] != NULL; i++) { - if (strcasecmp(faPtr->fa.family, symbolClass[i]) == 0) { - faPtr->xa.charset = Tk_GetUid(GetEncodingAlias(symbolClass[i])); - return 1; - } - aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(symbolClass[i]); - for (j = 0; (aliases != NULL) && (aliases[j] != NULL); j++) { - if (strcasecmp(faPtr->fa.family, aliases[j]) == 0) { - faPtr->xa.charset = Tk_GetUid(GetEncodingAlias(aliases[j])); - return 1; - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetEncodingAlias -- - * - * Map the name of an encoding to another name that should be used when - * actually loading the encoding. For instance, the encodings - * "jisc6226.1978", "jisx0208.1983", "jisx0208.1990", and "jisx0208.1996" - * are well-known names for the same encoding and are represented by one - * encoding table: "jis0208". - * - * Results: - * As above. If the name has no alias, the original name is returned. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static const char * -GetEncodingAlias( - const char *name) /* The name to look up. */ -{ - EncodingAlias *aliasPtr; - - for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) { - if (Tcl_StringMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern)) { - return aliasPtr->realName; - } - aliasPtr++; - } - return name; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkDrawAngledChars -- - * - * Draw some characters at an angle. This is awkward here because we have - * no reliable way of drawing any characters at an angle in classic X11; - * we have to draw on a Pixmap which is converted to an XImage (from - * helper function GetImageOfText), rotate the image (hokey code!) onto - * another XImage (from helper function InitDestImage), and then use the - * rotated image as a mask when drawing. This is pretty awful; improved - * versions are welcomed! - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Target drawable is updated. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static inline XImage * -GetImageOfText( - Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters - * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) - * should be stripped out of the string that - * is passed to this function. If they are not - * stripped out, they will be displayed as - * regular printing characters. */ - int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ - int *realWidthPtr, int *realHeightPtr) -{ - int width, height; - TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont; - Pixmap bitmap; - GC bitmapGC; - XGCValues values; - XImage *image; - - (void) Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, numBytes, -1, 0, &width); - height = fontPtr->fm.ascent + fontPtr->fm.descent; - - bitmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, drawable, width, height, 1); - values.graphics_exposures = False; - values.foreground = BlackPixel(display, DefaultScreen(display)); - bitmapGC = XCreateGC(display, bitmap, GCGraphicsExposures|GCForeground, - &values); - XFillRectangle(display, bitmap, bitmapGC, 0, 0, width, height); - - values.font = Tk_FontId(tkfont); - values.foreground = WhitePixel(display, DefaultScreen(display)); - values.background = BlackPixel(display, DefaultScreen(display)); - XChangeGC(display, bitmapGC, GCFont|GCForeground|GCBackground, &values); - Tk_DrawChars(display, bitmap, bitmapGC, tkfont, source, numBytes, 0, - fontPtr->fm.ascent); - XFreeGC(display, bitmapGC); - - image = XGetImage(display, bitmap, 0, 0, width, height, AllPlanes, - ZPixmap); - Tk_FreePixmap(display, bitmap); - - *realWidthPtr = width; - *realHeightPtr = height; - return image; -} - -static inline XImage * -InitDestImage( - Display *display, - Drawable drawable, - int width, - int height, - Pixmap *bitmapPtr) -{ - Pixmap bitmap; - XImage *image; - GC bitmapGC; - XGCValues values; - - bitmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, drawable, width, height, 1); - values.graphics_exposures = False; - values.foreground = BlackPixel(display, DefaultScreen(display)); - bitmapGC = XCreateGC(display, bitmap, GCGraphicsExposures|GCForeground, - &values); - XFillRectangle(display, bitmap, bitmapGC, 0, 0, width, height); - XFreeGC(display, bitmapGC); - - image = XGetImage(display, bitmap, 0, 0, width, height, AllPlanes, - ZPixmap); - *bitmapPtr = bitmap; - return image; -} - -void -TkDrawAngledChars( - Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; - * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters - * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) - * should be stripped out of the string that - * is passed to this function. If they are not - * stripped out, they will be displayed as - * regular printing characters. */ - int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ - double x, double y, - double angle) -{ - if (angle == 0.0) { - Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source, numBytes, x, y); - } else { - double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0); - int bufHeight, bufWidth, srcWidth, srcHeight, i, j, dx, dy; - Pixmap buf; - XImage *srcImage = GetImageOfText(display, drawable, tkfont, source, - numBytes, &srcWidth, &srcHeight); - XImage *dstImage; - enum {Q0=1,R1,Q1,R2,Q2,R3,Q3} quadrant; - GC bwgc, cpgc; - XGCValues values; - int ascent = ((TkFont *) tkfont)->fm.ascent; - - /* - * First, work out what quadrant we are operating in. We also handle - * the rectilinear rotations as special cases. Conceptually, there's - * also R0 (angle == 0.0) but that has been already handled as a - * special case above. - * - * R1 - * Q1 | Q0 - * | - * R2 ----+---- R0 - * | - * Q2 | Q3 - * R3 - */ - - if (angle < 90.0) { - quadrant = Q0; - } else if (angle == 90.0) { - quadrant = R1; - } else if (angle < 180.0) { - quadrant = Q1; - } else if (angle == 180.0) { - quadrant = R2; - } else if (angle < 270.0) { - quadrant = Q2; - } else if (angle == 270.0) { - quadrant = R3; - } else { - quadrant = Q3; - } - - if (srcImage == NULL) { - return; - } - bufWidth = srcWidth*fabs(cosA) + srcHeight*fabs(sinA); - bufHeight = srcHeight*fabs(cosA) + srcWidth*fabs(sinA); - dstImage = InitDestImage(display, drawable, bufWidth,bufHeight, &buf); - if (dstImage == NULL) { - Tk_FreePixmap(display, buf); - XDestroyImage(srcImage); - return; - } - - /* - * Do the rotation, setting or resetting pixels in the destination - * image dependent on whether the corresponding pixel (after rotation - * to source image space) is set. - */ - - for (i=0 ; i<srcWidth ; i++) { - for (j=0 ; j<srcHeight ; j++) { - switch (quadrant) { - case Q0: - dx = ROUND16(i*cosA + j*sinA); - dy = ROUND16(j*cosA + (srcWidth - i)*sinA); - break; - case R1: - dx = j; - dy = srcWidth - i; - break; - case Q1: - dx = ROUND16((i - srcWidth)*cosA + j*sinA); - dy = ROUND16((srcWidth-i)*sinA + (j-srcHeight)*cosA); - break; - case R2: - dx = srcWidth - i; - dy = srcHeight - j; - break; - case Q2: - dx = ROUND16((i-srcWidth)*cosA + (j-srcHeight)*sinA); - dy = ROUND16((j - srcHeight)*cosA - i*sinA); - break; - case R3: - dx = srcHeight - j; - dy = i; - break; - default: - dx = ROUND16(i*cosA + (j - srcHeight)*sinA); - dy = ROUND16(j*cosA - i*sinA); - } - - if (dx < 0 || dy < 0 || dx >= bufWidth || dy >= bufHeight) { - continue; - } - XPutPixel(dstImage, dx, dy, - XGetPixel(dstImage,dx,dy) | XGetPixel(srcImage,i,j)); - } - } - XDestroyImage(srcImage); - - /* - * Schlep the data back to the Xserver. - */ - - values.function = GXcopy; - values.foreground = WhitePixel(display, DefaultScreen(display)); - values.background = BlackPixel(display, DefaultScreen(display)); - bwgc = XCreateGC(display, buf, GCFunction|GCForeground|GCBackground, - &values); - XPutImage(display, buf, bwgc, dstImage, 0,0, 0,0, bufWidth,bufHeight); - XFreeGC(display, bwgc); - XDestroyImage(dstImage); - - /* - * Calculate where we want to draw the text. - */ - - switch (quadrant) { - case Q0: - dx = x; - dy = y - srcWidth*sinA; - break; - case R1: - dx = x; - dy = y - srcWidth; - break; - case Q1: - dx = x + srcWidth*cosA; - dy = y + srcHeight*cosA - srcWidth*sinA; - break; - case R2: - dx = x - srcWidth; - dy = y - srcHeight; - break; - case Q2: - dx = x + srcWidth*cosA + srcHeight*sinA; - dy = y + srcHeight*cosA; - break; - case R3: - dx = x - srcHeight; - dy = y; - break; - default: - dx = x + srcHeight*sinA; - dy = y; - } - - /* - * Apply a correction to deal with the fact that we aren't told to - * draw from our top-left corner but rather from the left-end of our - * baseline. - */ - - dx -= ascent*sinA; - dy -= ascent*cosA; - - /* - * Transfer the text to the screen. This is done by using it as a mask - * and then drawing through that mask with the original drawing color. - */ - - values.function = GXcopy; - values.fill_style = FillSolid; - values.clip_mask = buf; - values.clip_x_origin = dx; - values.clip_y_origin = dy; - cpgc = XCreateGC(display, drawable, - GCFunction|GCFillStyle|GCClipMask|GCClipXOrigin|GCClipYOrigin, - &values); - XCopyGC(display, gc, GCForeground, cpgc); - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, cpgc, dx, dy, bufWidth, - bufHeight); - XFreeGC(display, cpgc); - - Tk_FreePixmap(display, buf); - return; - } -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInit.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInit.c deleted file mode 100644 index b0aa2fa..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInit.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,162 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixInit.c -- - * - * This file contains Unix-specific interpreter initialization functions. - * - * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" - -#ifdef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION -static int GetLibraryPath(Tcl_Interp *interp); -#else -#define GetLibraryPath(dummy) (void)0 -#endif /* HAVE_COREFOUNDATION */ - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpInit -- - * - * Performs Unix-specific interpreter initialization related to the - * tk_library variable. - * - * Results: - * Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in - * the interp's result. - * - * Side effects: - * Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpInit( - Tcl_Interp *interp) -{ - TkCreateXEventSource(); - GetLibraryPath(interp); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetAppName -- - * - * Retrieves the name of the current application from a platform specific - * location. For Unix, the application name is the tail of the path - * contained in the tcl variable argv0. - * - * Results: - * Returns the application name in the given Tcl_DString. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpGetAppName( - Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */ -{ - const char *p, *name; - - name = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "argv0", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); - if ((name == NULL) || (*name == 0)) { - name = "tk"; - } else { - p = strrchr(name, '/'); - if (p != NULL) { - name = p+1; - } - } - Tcl_DStringAppend(namePtr, name, -1); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDisplayWarning -- - * - * This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning messages that - * occur during startup. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Generates messages on stdout. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDisplayWarning( - const char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */ - const char *title) /* Title of warning. */ -{ - Tcl_Channel errChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR); - - if (errChannel) { - Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, title, -1); - Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, ": ", 2); - Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, msg, -1); - Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, "\n", 1); - } -} - -#ifdef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetLibraryPath -- - * - * If we have a bundle structure for the Tk installation, then check - * there first to see if we can find the libraries there. - * - * Results: - * TCL_OK if we have found the tk library; TCL_ERROR otherwise. - * - * Side effects: - * Same as for Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -GetLibraryPath( - Tcl_Interp *interp) -{ -#ifdef TK_FRAMEWORK - int foundInFramework = TCL_ERROR; - char tkLibPath[PATH_MAX + 1]; - - foundInFramework = Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp, - "com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX, - tkLibPath); - if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') { - Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); - } - return foundInFramework; -#else - return TCL_ERROR; -#endif -} -#endif /* HAVE_COREFOUNDATION */ - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInt.h b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 805f314..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixInt.h -- - * - * This file contains declarations that are shared among the - * UNIX-specific parts of Tk but aren't used by the rest of Tk. - * - * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#ifndef _TKUNIXINT -#define _TKUNIXINT - -#ifndef _TKINT -#include "tkInt.h" -#endif - -/* - * Prototypes for procedures that are referenced in files other than the ones - * they're defined in. - */ - -#include "tkIntPlatDecls.h" - -#endif /* _TKUNIXINT */ - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixKey.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixKey.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6d4d0cf..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixKey.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,536 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixKey.c -- - * - * This file contains routines for dealing with international keyboard - * input. - * - * Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" - -/* -** Bug [3607830]: Before using Xkb, it must be initialized. TkpOpenDisplay -** does this and sets the USE_XKB flag if xkb is supported. -** (should this be function ptr?) -*/ -#ifdef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM -# include <X11/XKBlib.h> -#else -# define XkbKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,G,L) XKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,L) -#endif -#define TkKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,G,L) \ - ((D)->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB) ? \ - XkbKeycodeToKeysym((D)->display,K,G,L) : \ - XKeycodeToKeysym((D)->display,K,L) - -/* - * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file: - */ - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_SetCaretPos -- - * - * This enables correct placement of the XIM caret. This is called by - * widgets to indicate their cursor placement. This is currently only - * used for over-the-spot XIM. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_SetCaretPos( - Tk_Window tkwin, - int x, - int y, - int height) -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; - - if ((dispPtr->caret.winPtr == winPtr) - && (dispPtr->caret.x == x) - && (dispPtr->caret.y == y) - && (dispPtr->caret.height == height)) { - return; - } - - dispPtr->caret.winPtr = winPtr; - dispPtr->caret.x = x; - dispPtr->caret.y = y; - dispPtr->caret.height = height; - - /* - * Adjust the XIM caret position. - */ - -#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS - if ((dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM) - && (dispPtr->inputStyle & XIMPreeditPosition) - && (winPtr->inputContext != NULL)) { - XVaNestedList preedit_attr; - XPoint spot; - - spot.x = dispPtr->caret.x; - spot.y = dispPtr->caret.y + dispPtr->caret.height; - preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNSpotLocation, &spot, NULL); - XSetICValues(winPtr->inputContext, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, - NULL); - XFree(preedit_attr); - } -#endif -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetString -- - * - * Retrieve the UTF string associated with a keyboard event. - * - * Results: - * Returns the UTF string. - * - * Side effects: - * Stores the input string in the specified Tcl_DString. Modifies the - * internal input state. This routine can only be called once for a given - * event. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -const char * -TkpGetString( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred */ - XEvent *eventPtr, /* X keyboard event. */ - Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */ -{ - int len; - Tcl_DString buf; - TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr; - - /* - * If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712] - */ - - if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) { - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, kePtr->charValueLen); - memcpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), kePtr->charValuePtr, - (unsigned) kePtr->charValueLen+1); - return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); - } - - /* - * Only do this for KeyPress events, otherwise - * further Xlib function behavior might be undefined. - */ - - if (eventPtr->type != KeyPress) { - len = 0; - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len); - goto done; - } - -#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS - if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM) - && (winPtr->inputContext != NULL) - && (eventPtr->type == KeyPress)) { - Status status; - -#if X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1); - len = Xutf8LookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey, - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr), - &kePtr->keysym, &status); - - if (status == XBufferOverflow) { - /* - * Expand buffer and try again. - */ - - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len); - len = Xutf8LookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey, - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr), - &kePtr->keysym, &status); - } - if ((status != XLookupChars) && (status != XLookupBoth)) { - len = 0; - } - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len); -#else /* !X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING */ - /* - * Overallocate the dstring to the maximum stack amount. - */ - - Tcl_DStringInit(&buf); - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1); - len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey, - Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), Tcl_DStringLength(&buf), - &kePtr->keysym, &status); - - /* - * If the buffer wasn't big enough, grow the buffer and try again. - */ - - if (status == XBufferOverflow) { - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, len); - len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey, - Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len, &kePtr->keysym, &status); - } - if ((status != XLookupChars) && (status != XLookupBoth)) { - len = 0; - } - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, len); - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len, dsPtr); - Tcl_DStringFree(&buf); -#endif /* X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING */ - } else -#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */ - { - /* - * Fall back to convert a keyboard event to a UTF-8 string using - * XLookupString. This is used when input methods are turned off and - * for KeyRelease events. - * - * Note: XLookupString() normally returns a single ISO Latin 1 or - * ASCII control character. - */ - - Tcl_DStringInit(&buf); - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1); - len = XLookupString(&eventPtr->xkey, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), - TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE, &kePtr->keysym, 0); - Tcl_DStringValue(&buf)[len] = '\0'; - - if (len == 1) { - len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((unsigned char) Tcl_DStringValue(&buf)[0], - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr)); - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len); - } else { - /* - * len > 1 should only happen if someone has called XRebindKeysym. - * Assume UTF-8. - */ - - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len); - strncpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len); - } - } - - /* - * Cache the string in the event so that if/when we return to this - * function, we will be able to produce it without asking X. This stops us - * from having to reenter the XIM engine. [Bug 1373712] - */ - -done: - kePtr->charValuePtr = ckalloc(len + 1); - kePtr->charValueLen = len; - memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), (unsigned) len + 1); - return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); -} - -/* - * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the - * modifier state to be used so that when they call TkKeycodeToKeysym taking - * into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym. - */ - -void -TkpSetKeycodeAndState( - Tk_Window tkwin, - KeySym keySym, - XEvent *eventPtr) -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; - int state, mincode, maxcode; - KeyCode keycode; - - if (keySym == NoSymbol) { - keycode = 0; - } else { - keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(dispPtr->display, keySym); - } - eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keycode; - if (keycode != 0) { - for (state = 0; state < 4; state++) { - if (XLookupKeysym(&eventPtr->xkey, state) == keySym) { - if (state & 1) { - eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask; - } - if (state & 2) { - eventPtr->xkey.state |= dispPtr->modeModMask; - } - break; - } - } - } - - /* - * Filter keycodes out of range, otherwise further Xlib function - * behavior might be undefined, in particular XIM could cause crashes. - */ - - mincode = 0; - maxcode = -1; - XDisplayKeycodes(dispPtr->display, &mincode, &maxcode); - if (keycode < mincode) { - keycode = mincode; - } else if (keycode > maxcode) { - keycode = maxcode; - } - - eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keycode; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetKeySym -- - * - * Given an X KeyPress or KeyRelease event, map the keycode in the event - * into a KeySym. - * - * Results: - * The return value is the KeySym corresponding to eventPtr, or NoSymbol - * if no matching Keysym could be found. - * - * Side effects: - * In the first call for a given display, keycode-to-KeySym maps get - * loaded. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -KeySym -TkpGetKeySym( - TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display in which to map keycode. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* Description of X event. */ -{ - KeySym sym; - int index; - TkKeyEvent* kePtr = (TkKeyEvent*) eventPtr; - - /* - * Refresh the mapping information if it's stale. This must happen before - * we do any input method processing. [Bug 3599312] - */ - - if (dispPtr->bindInfoStale) { - TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr); - } - -#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS - /* - * If input methods are active, we may already have determined a keysym. - * Return it. - */ - - if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress && dispPtr - && (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)) { - if (kePtr->charValuePtr == NULL) { - Tcl_DString ds; - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) - Tk_IdToWindow(eventPtr->xany.display, eventPtr->xany.window); - - Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); - (void) TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, &ds); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) { - return kePtr->keysym; - } - } -#endif - - /* - * Figure out which of the four slots in the keymap vector to use for this - * key. Refer to Xlib documentation for more info on how this computation - * works. - */ - - index = 0; - if (eventPtr->xkey.state & dispPtr->modeModMask) { - index = 2; - } - if ((eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask) - || ((dispPtr->lockUsage != LU_IGNORE) - && (eventPtr->xkey.state & LockMask))) { - index += 1; - } - sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode, 0, - index); - - /* - * Special handling: if the key was shifted because of Lock, but lock is - * only caps lock, not shift lock, and the shifted keysym isn't upper-case - * alphabetic, then switch back to the unshifted keysym. - */ - - if ((index & 1) && !(eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask) - && (dispPtr->lockUsage == LU_CAPS)) { - if (!(((sym >= XK_A) && (sym <= XK_Z)) - || ((sym >= XK_Agrave) && (sym <= XK_Odiaeresis)) - || ((sym >= XK_Ooblique) && (sym <= XK_Thorn)))) { - index &= ~1; - sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode, - 0, index); - } - } - - /* - * Another bit of special handling: if this is a shifted key and there is - * no keysym defined, then use the keysym for the unshifted key. - */ - - if ((index & 1) && (sym == NoSymbol)) { - sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode, - 0, index & ~1); - } - return sym; -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpInitKeymapInfo -- - * - * This function is invoked to scan keymap information to recompute stuff - * that's important for binding, such as the modifier key (if any) that - * corresponds to "mode switch". - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Keymap-related information in dispPtr is updated. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpInitKeymapInfo( - TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display for which to recompute keymap - * information. */ -{ - XModifierKeymap *modMapPtr; - KeyCode *codePtr; - KeySym keysym; - int count, i, j, max, arraySize; -#define KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE 20 - - dispPtr->bindInfoStale = 0; - modMapPtr = XGetModifierMapping(dispPtr->display); - - /* - * Check the keycodes associated with the Lock modifier. If any of them is - * associated with the XK_Shift_Lock modifier, then Lock has to be - * interpreted as Shift Lock, not Caps Lock. - */ - - dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_IGNORE; - codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap + modMapPtr->max_keypermod*LockMapIndex; - for (count = modMapPtr->max_keypermod; count > 0; count--, codePtr++) { - if (*codePtr == 0) { - continue; - } - keysym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, *codePtr, 0, 0); - if (keysym == XK_Shift_Lock) { - dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_SHIFT; - break; - } - if (keysym == XK_Caps_Lock) { - dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_CAPS; - break; - } - } - - /* - * Look through the keycodes associated with modifiers to see if the the - * "mode switch", "meta", or "alt" keysyms are associated with any - * modifiers. If so, remember their modifier mask bits. - */ - - dispPtr->modeModMask = 0; - dispPtr->metaModMask = 0; - dispPtr->altModMask = 0; - codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap; - max = 8 * modMapPtr->max_keypermod; - for (i = 0; i < max; i++, codePtr++) { - if (*codePtr == 0) { - continue; - } - keysym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, *codePtr, 0, 0); - if (keysym == XK_Mode_switch) { - dispPtr->modeModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod); - } - if ((keysym == XK_Meta_L) || (keysym == XK_Meta_R)) { - dispPtr->metaModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod); - } - if ((keysym == XK_Alt_L) || (keysym == XK_Alt_R)) { - dispPtr->altModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod); - } - } - - /* - * Create an array of the keycodes for all modifier keys. - */ - - if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) { - ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes); - } - dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = 0; - arraySize = KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE; - dispPtr->modKeyCodes = ckalloc(KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE * sizeof(KeyCode)); - for (i = 0, codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap; i < max; i++, codePtr++) { - if (*codePtr == 0) { - continue; - } - - /* - * Make sure that the keycode isn't already in the array. - */ - - for (j = 0; j < dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; j++) { - if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[j] == *codePtr) { - /* - * 'continue' the outer loop. - */ - - goto nextModCode; - } - } - if (dispPtr->numModKeyCodes >= arraySize) { - KeyCode *newCodes; - - /* - * Ran out of space in the array; grow it. - */ - - arraySize *= 2; - newCodes = ckalloc(arraySize * sizeof(KeyCode)); - memcpy(newCodes, dispPtr->modKeyCodes, - dispPtr->numModKeyCodes * sizeof(KeyCode)); - ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes); - dispPtr->modKeyCodes = newCodes; - } - dispPtr->modKeyCodes[dispPtr->numModKeyCodes] = *codePtr; - dispPtr->numModKeyCodes++; - nextModCode: - continue; - } - XFreeModifiermap(modMapPtr); -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenu.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenu.c deleted file mode 100644 index 38b6c58..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenu.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1825 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixMenu.c -- - * - * This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus. - * - * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "default.h" -#include "tkUnixInt.h" -#include "tkMenu.h" - -/* - * Constants used for menu drawing. - */ - -#define MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH 2 -#define MENU_DIVIDER_HEIGHT 2 - -/* - * Platform specific flags for Unix. - */ - -#define ENTRY_HELP_MENU ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1 - -/* - * Shared with button widget. - */ - -MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDrawCheckIndicator(Tk_Window tkwin, - Display *display, Drawable d, int x, int y, - Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, XColor *indicatorColor, - XColor *selectColor, XColor *disColor, int on, - int disabled, int mode); -/* - * Indicator Draw Modes - */ - -#define CHECK_BUTTON 0 -#define CHECK_MENU 1 -#define RADIO_BUTTON 2 -#define RADIO_MENU 3 - -/* - * Procedures used internally. - */ - -static void SetHelpMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); -static void DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, - int x, int y, int width, int height, int drawArrow); -static void DrawMenuEntryBackground(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, - Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, - int x, int y, int width, int heigth); -static void DrawMenuEntryIndicator(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, - Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *indicatorColor, - XColor *disableColor, Tk_Font tkfont, - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, - int width, int height); -static void DrawMenuEntryLabel(TkMenu * menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int x, int y, int width, int height); -static void DrawMenuSeparator(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int x, int y, int width, int height); -static void DrawTearoffEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int x, int y, int width, int height); -static void DrawMenuUnderline(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int x, int y, int width, int height); -static void GetMenuAccelGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, - int *heightPtr); -static void GetMenuLabelGeometry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); -static void GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); -static void GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); -static void GetTearoffEntryGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, - int *heightPtr); - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpNewMenu -- - * - * Gets the platform-specific piece of the menu. Invoked during idle - * after the generic part of the menu has been created. - * - * Results: - * Standard TCL error. - * - * Side effects: - * Allocates any platform specific allocations and places them in the - * platformData field of the menuPtr. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpNewMenu( - TkMenu *menuPtr) -{ - SetHelpMenu(menuPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDestroyMenu -- - * - * Destroys platform-specific menu structures. Called when the generic - * menu structure is destroyed for the menu. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * All platform-specific allocations are freed up. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDestroyMenu( - TkMenu *menuPtr) -{ - /* - * Nothing to do. - */ -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDestroyMenuEntry -- - * - * Cleans up platform-specific menu entry items. Called when entry is - * destroyed in the generic code. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * All platform specific allocations are freed up. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDestroyMenuEntry( - TkMenuEntry *mEntryPtr) -{ - /* - * Nothing to do. - */ -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpConfigureMenuEntry -- - * - * Processes configuration options for menu entries. Called when the - * generic options are processed for the menu. - * - * Results: - * Returns standard TCL result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then the - * interp's result contains an error message. - * - * Side effects: - * Configuration information get set for mePtr; old resources get freed, - * if any need it. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpConfigureMenuEntry( - register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Information about menu entry; may or may - * not already have values for some fields. */ -{ - /* - * If this is a cascade menu, and the child menu exists, check to see if - * the child menu is a help menu. - */ - - if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { - TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; - - menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(mePtr->menuPtr->interp, - mePtr->namePtr); - if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { - SetHelpMenu(menuRefPtr->menuPtr); - } - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpMenuNewEntry -- - * - * Called when a new entry is created in a menu. Fills in platform - * specific data for the entry. The platformEntryData field is used to - * store the indicator diameter for radio button and check box entries. - * - * Results: - * Standard TCL error. - * - * Side effects: - * None on Unix. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpMenuNewEntry( - TkMenuEntry *mePtr) -{ - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpSetWindowMenuBar -- - * - * Sets up the menu as a menubar in the given window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Recomputes geometry of given window. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpSetWindowMenuBar( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window we are setting */ - TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu we are setting */ -{ - if (menuPtr == NULL) { - TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, NULL); - } else { - TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, menuPtr->tkwin); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpSetMainMenuBar -- - * - * Called when a toplevel widget is brought to front. On the Macintosh, - * sets up the menubar that goes accross the top of the main monitor. On - * other platforms, nothing is necessary. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Recompute geometry of given window. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpSetMainMenubar( - Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Window tkwin, - const char *menuName) -{ - /* - * Nothing to do. - */ -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetMenuIndicatorGeometry -- - * - * Fills out the geometry of the indicator in a menu item. Note that the - * mePtr->height field must have already been filled in by - * GetMenuLabelGeometry since this height depends on the label height. - * - * Results: - * widthPtr and heightPtr point to the new geometry values. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -GetMenuIndicatorGeometry( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing. */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are interested in. */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ - int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ - int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ -{ - int borderWidth; - - if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) - || (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) { - if (!mePtr->hideMargin && mePtr->indicatorOn) { - if ((mePtr->image != NULL) || (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL)) { - *widthPtr = (14 * mePtr->height) / 10; - *heightPtr = mePtr->height; - if (mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) { - mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData) - INT2PTR((65 * mePtr->height) / 100); - } else { - mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData) - INT2PTR((75 * mePtr->height) / 100); - } - } else { - *widthPtr = *heightPtr = mePtr->height; - if (mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) { - mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData) - INT2PTR((80 * mePtr->height) / 100); - } else { - mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData) - INT2PTR(mePtr->height); - } - } - } else { - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, - &borderWidth); - *heightPtr = 0; - *widthPtr = borderWidth; - } - } else { - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, - &borderWidth); - *heightPtr = 0; - *widthPtr = borderWidth; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetMenuAccelGeometry -- - * - * Get the geometry of the accelerator area of a menu item. - * - * Results: - * heightPtr and widthPtr are set. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -GetMenuAccelGeometry( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu was are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are getting the geometry for */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ - int *widthPtr, /* The width of the acclerator area */ - int *heightPtr) /* The height of the accelerator area */ -{ - *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; - if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { - *widthPtr = 2 * CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH; - } else if ((menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) && (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL)) { - const char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr); - - *widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, accel, mePtr->accelLength); - } else { - *widthPtr = 0; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DrawMenuEntryBackground -- - * - * This procedure draws the background part of a menu. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DrawMenuEntryBackground( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing. */ - Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */ - Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* The border for an active item */ - Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, /* The background border */ - int x, /* Left coordinate of entry rect */ - int y, /* Right coordinate of entry rect */ - int width, /* Width of entry rect */ - int height) /* Height of entry rect */ -{ - if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) { - int relief; - int activeBorderWidth; - - bgBorder = activeBorder; - - if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) - && ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL) - || (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) { - relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; - } else { - relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; - } - - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, - menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth); - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, - activeBorderWidth, relief); - } else { - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, - 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DrawMenuEntryAccelerator -- - * - * This procedure draws the background part of a menu. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DrawMenuEntryAccelerator( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */ - GC gc, /* The precalculated gc to draw with */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ - Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* The border for an active item */ - Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, /* The background border */ - int x, /* Left coordinate of entry rect */ - int y, /* Top coordinate of entry rect */ - int width, /* Width of entry */ - int height, /* Height of entry */ - int drawArrow) /* Whether or not to draw arrow. */ -{ - XPoint points[3]; - int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth; - - /* - * Draw accelerator or cascade arrow. - */ - - if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) { - return; - } - - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, - &borderWidth); - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, - &activeBorderWidth); - if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) && drawArrow) { - points[0].x = x + width - borderWidth - activeBorderWidth - - CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH; - points[0].y = y + (height - CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT)/2; - points[1].x = points[0].x; - points[1].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT; - points[2].x = points[0].x + CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH; - points[2].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT/2; - Tk_Fill3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, - (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) ? activeBorder : bgBorder, - points, 3, DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH, - (menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr) - ? TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN : TK_RELIEF_RAISED); - } else if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) { - const char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr); - int left = x + mePtr->labelWidth + activeBorderWidth - + mePtr->indicatorSpace; - - if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) { - left += 5; - } - Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel, - mePtr->accelLength, left, - (y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2)); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DrawMenuEntryIndicator -- - * - * This procedure draws the background part of a menu. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DrawMenuEntryIndicator( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d, /* The drawable to draw into */ - Tk_3DBorder border, /* The background color */ - XColor *indicatorColor, /* The color to draw indicators with */ - XColor *disableColor, /* The color use use when disabled */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font to draw with */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics of the font */ - int x, /* The left of the entry rect */ - int y, /* The top of the entry rect */ - int width, /* Width of menu entry */ - int height) /* Height of menu entry */ -{ - /* - * Draw check-button indicator. - */ - - if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) && mePtr->indicatorOn) { - int top, left, activeBorderWidth; - int disabled = (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED); - XColor *bg; - - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, - menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth); - bg = Tk_3DBorderColor(border); - top = y + height/2; - left = x + activeBorderWidth + DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH - + mePtr->indicatorSpace/2; - - TkpDrawCheckIndicator(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->display, d, left, top, - border, indicatorColor, bg, disableColor, - (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED), disabled, CHECK_MENU); - } - - /* - * Draw radio-button indicator. - */ - - if ((mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY) && mePtr->indicatorOn) { - int top, left, activeBorderWidth; - int disabled = (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED); - XColor *bg; - - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, - menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth); - bg = Tk_3DBorderColor(border); - top = y + height/2; - left = x + activeBorderWidth + DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH - + mePtr->indicatorSpace/2; - - TkpDrawCheckIndicator(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->display, d, left, top, - border, indicatorColor, bg, disableColor, - (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED), disabled, RADIO_MENU); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DrawMenuSeparator -- - * - * This procedure draws a separator menu item. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DrawMenuSeparator( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d, /* The drawable we are using */ - GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font to draw with */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics from the font */ - int x, int y, - int width, int height) -{ - XPoint points[2]; - Tk_3DBorder border; - - if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) { - return; - } - - points[0].x = x; - points[0].y = y + height/2; - points[1].x = x + width - 1; - points[1].y = points[0].y; - border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr); - Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1, - TK_RELIEF_RAISED); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DrawMenuEntryLabel -- - * - * This procedure draws the label part of a menu. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DrawMenuEntryLabel( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing. */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing. */ - Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into. */ - GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing into.*/ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font. */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics. */ - int x, /* Left edge. */ - int y, /* Top edge. */ - int width, /* width of entry. */ - int height) /* height of entry. */ -{ - int indicatorSpace = mePtr->indicatorSpace; - int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge, imageHeight, imageWidth; - int textHeight = 0, textWidth = 0; /* stop GCC warning */ - int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; - int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0; - int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0; - - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, - &activeBorderWidth); - leftEdge = x + indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth; - if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) { - leftEdge += 5; - } - - /* - * Work out what we will need to draw first. - */ - - if (mePtr->image != NULL) { - Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &imageWidth, &imageHeight); - haveImage = 1; - } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) { - Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr); - - Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth, &imageHeight); - haveImage = 1; - } - if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) { - if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) { - const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr); - - textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength); - textHeight = fmPtr->linespace; - haveText = 1; - } - } - - /* - * Now work out what the relative positions are. - */ - - if (haveImage && haveText) { - int fullWidth = (imageWidth > textWidth ? imageWidth : textWidth); - - switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: - textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2; - textYOffset = imageHeight/2 + 2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2; - imageYOffset = -textHeight/2; - break; - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: - textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2; - textYOffset = -imageHeight/2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2; - imageYOffset = textHeight/2 + 2; - break; - case COMPOUND_LEFT: - /* - * Position image in the indicator space to the left of the - * entries, unless this entry is a radio|check button because then - * the indicator space will be used. - */ - - textXOffset = imageWidth + 2; - textYOffset = 0; - imageXOffset = 0; - imageYOffset = 0; - if ((mePtr->type != CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) - && (mePtr->type != RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) { - textXOffset -= indicatorSpace; - if (textXOffset < 0) { - textXOffset = 0; - } - imageXOffset = -indicatorSpace; - } - break; - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: - textXOffset = 0; - textYOffset = 0; - imageXOffset = textWidth + 2; - imageYOffset = 0; - break; - case COMPOUND_CENTER: - textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2; - textYOffset = 0; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2; - imageYOffset = 0; - break; - case COMPOUND_NONE: - break; - } - } else { - textXOffset = 0; - textYOffset = 0; - imageXOffset = 0; - imageYOffset = 0; - } - - /* - * Draw label and/or bitmap or image for entry. - */ - - if (mePtr->image != NULL) { - if ((mePtr->selectImage != NULL) - && (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) { - Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->selectImage, 0, 0, - imageWidth, imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset, - (int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset)); - } else { - Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->image, 0, 0, imageWidth, - imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset, - (int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset)); - } - } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != None) { - Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr); - - XCopyPlane(menuPtr->display, bitmap, d, gc, 0, 0, - (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight, - leftEdge + imageXOffset, - (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), 1); - } - if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) || !haveImage) { - int baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2; - - if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) { - const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr); - - Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label, - mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset, - baseline + textYOffset); - DrawMenuUnderline(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, - x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, - width, height); - } - } - - if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) { - if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr == NULL) { - XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y, - (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - } else if ((mePtr->image != NULL) - && (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != None)) { - XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledImageGC, - leftEdge + imageXOffset, - (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), - (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight); - } - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DrawMenuUnderline -- - * - * On appropriate platforms, draw the underline character for the menu. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DrawMenuUnderline( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu to draw into */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ - GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ - int x, int y, - int width, int height) -{ - if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) { - int len; - - /* - * Do the unicode call just to prevent overruns. - */ - - Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len); - if (mePtr->underline < len) { - int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge; - const char *label, *start, *end; - - label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr); - start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline); - end = Tcl_UtfNext(start); - - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, - menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth); - leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth; - if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) { - leftEdge += 5; - } - - Tk_UnderlineChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label, leftEdge, - y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2, - start - label, end - label); - } - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpPostMenu -- - * - * Posts a menu on the screen - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The menu is posted and handled. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpPostMenu( - Tcl_Interp *interp, - TkMenu *menuPtr, - int x, int y) -{ - return TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetMenuSeparatorGeometry -- - * - * Gets the width and height of the indicator area of a menu. - * - * Results: - * widthPtr and heightPtr are set. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -GetMenuSeparatorGeometry( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */ - int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ - int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ -{ - *widthPtr = 0; - *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetTearoffEntryGeometry -- - * - * Gets the width and height of the indicator area of a menu. - * - * Results: - * widthPtr and heightPtr are set. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -GetTearoffEntryGeometry( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ - int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ - int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ -{ - if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) { - *heightPtr = 0; - *widthPtr = 0; - } else { - *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; - *widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, "W", 1); - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpComputeMenubarGeometry -- - * - * This procedure is invoked to recompute the size and layout of a menu - * that is a menubar clone. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their current positions, - * and the size of the menu window itself may be changed. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpComputeMenubarGeometry( - TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */ -{ - Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont; - Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr; - int width, height, i, j, x, y, currentRowHeight, maxWidth; - int maxWindowWidth, lastRowBreak, lastEntry; - int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth, helpMenuIndex = -1; - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; - - if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) { - return; - } - - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, - &borderWidth); - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, - &activeBorderWidth); - maxWidth = 0; - if (menuPtr->numEntries == 0) { - height = 0; - } else { - int borderWidth; - - maxWindowWidth = Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin); - if (maxWindowWidth == 1) { - maxWindowWidth = 0x7ffffff; - } - currentRowHeight = 0; - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, - &borderWidth); - x = y = borderWidth; - lastRowBreak = 0; - - /* - * On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so - * we want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them - * and pass them down to all of the measureing and drawing routines. - * We will measure the font metrics of the menu once, and if an entry - * has a font set, we will measure it as we come to it, and then we - * decide which set to give the geometry routines. - */ - - menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr); - Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics); - - for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { - mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i]; - mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN; - if (mePtr->fontPtr != NULL) { - tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr); - Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics); - fmPtr = &entryMetrics; - } else { - tkfont = menuFont; - fmPtr = &menuMetrics; - } - - /* - * For every entry, we need to check to see whether or not we - * wrap. If we do wrap, then we have to adjust all of the previous - * entries' height and y position, because when we see them the - * first time, we don't know how big its neighbor might be. - */ - - if ((mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) - || (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) { - mePtr->height = mePtr->width = 0; - } else { - GetMenuLabelGeometry(mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, &width, &height); - mePtr->height = height + 2 * activeBorderWidth + 10; - mePtr->width = width; - - GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, - &width, &height); - mePtr->indicatorSpace = width; - if (width > 0) { - mePtr->width += width; - } - mePtr->width += 2 * activeBorderWidth + 10; - } - if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_HELP_MENU) { - helpMenuIndex = i; - } else if (x + mePtr->width + borderWidth > maxWindowWidth) { - if (i == lastRowBreak) { - mePtr->y = y; - mePtr->x = x; - lastRowBreak++; - y += mePtr->height; - currentRowHeight = 0; - } else { - x = borderWidth; - for (j = lastRowBreak; j < i; j++) { - menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight - - menuPtr->entries[j]->height; - menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x; - x += menuPtr->entries[j]->width; - } - lastRowBreak = i; - y += currentRowHeight; - currentRowHeight = mePtr->height; - } - if (x > maxWidth) { - maxWidth = x; - } - x = borderWidth; - } else { - x += mePtr->width; - if (mePtr->height > currentRowHeight) { - currentRowHeight = mePtr->height; - } - } - } - - lastEntry = menuPtr->numEntries - 1; - if (helpMenuIndex == lastEntry) { - lastEntry--; - } - if ((lastEntry >= 0) && (x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width - + borderWidth > maxWidth)) { - maxWidth = x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width + borderWidth; - } - x = borderWidth; - for (j = lastRowBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) { - if (j == helpMenuIndex) { - continue; - } - menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight - - menuPtr->entries[j]->height; - menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x; - x += menuPtr->entries[j]->width; - } - - - if (helpMenuIndex != -1) { - mePtr = menuPtr->entries[helpMenuIndex]; - if (x + mePtr->width + borderWidth > maxWindowWidth) { - y += currentRowHeight; - currentRowHeight = mePtr->height; - x = borderWidth; - } else if (mePtr->height > currentRowHeight) { - currentRowHeight = mePtr->height; - } - mePtr->x = maxWindowWidth - borderWidth - mePtr->width; - mePtr->y = y + currentRowHeight - mePtr->height; - } - height = y + currentRowHeight + borderWidth; - } - width = Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin); - - /* - * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a - * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway). - */ - - if (width <= 0) { - width = 1; - } - if (height <= 0) { - height = 1; - } - menuPtr->totalWidth = maxWidth; - menuPtr->totalHeight = height; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DrawTearoffEntry -- - * - * This procedure draws the background part of a menu. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DrawTearoffEntry( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */ - GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font we are drawing with */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */ - int x, int y, - int width, int height) -{ - XPoint points[2]; - int segmentWidth, maxX; - Tk_3DBorder border; - - if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) { - return; - } - - points[0].x = x; - points[0].y = y + height/2; - points[1].y = points[0].y; - segmentWidth = 6; - maxX = x + width - 1; - border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr); - - while (points[0].x < maxX) { - points[1].x = points[0].x + segmentWidth; - if (points[1].x > maxX) { - points[1].x = maxX; - } - Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1, - TK_RELIEF_RAISED); - points[0].x += 2 * segmentWidth; - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpInitializeMenuBindings -- - * - * For every interp, initializes the bindings for Windows menus. Does - * nothing on Mac or XWindows. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * C-level bindings are setup for the interp which will handle Alt-key - * sequences for menus without beeping or interfering with user-defined - * Alt-key bindings. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpInitializeMenuBindings( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter to set. */ - Tk_BindingTable bindingTable) - /* The table to add to. */ -{ - /* - * Nothing to do. - */ -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SetHelpMenu -- - * - * Given a menu, check to see whether or not it is a help menu cascade in - * a menubar. If it is, the entry that points to this menu will be - * marked. - * - * RESULTS: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Will set the ENTRY_HELP_MENU flag appropriately. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -SetHelpMenu( - TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu we are checking */ -{ - TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr; - int useMotifHelp = 0; - const char *option = NULL; - if (menuPtr->tkwin) { - option = Tk_GetOption(menuPtr->tkwin, "useMotifHelp", "UseMotifHelp"); - if (option != NULL) { - Tcl_GetBoolean(NULL, option, &useMotifHelp); - } - } - - if (!useMotifHelp) { - return; - } - - for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; - cascadeEntryPtr != NULL; - cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { - if ((cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) - && (cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin != NULL) - && (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin != NULL)) { - TkMenu *masterMenuPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; - char *helpMenuName = ckalloc(strlen(Tk_PathName( - masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) + strlen(".help") + 1); - - strcpy(helpMenuName, Tk_PathName(masterMenuPtr->tkwin)); - strcat(helpMenuName, ".help"); - if (strcmp(helpMenuName, - Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) { - cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_HELP_MENU; - } else { - cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_HELP_MENU; - } - ckfree(helpMenuName); - } - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDrawMenuEntry -- - * - * Draws the given menu entry at the given coordinates with the given - * attributes. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * X Server commands are executed to display the menu entry. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDrawMenuEntry( - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry to draw */ - Drawable d, /* What to draw into */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Precalculated font for menu */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr, - /* Precalculated metrics for menu */ - int x, /* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */ - int y, /* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */ - int width, /* Width of the entry rectangle */ - int height, /* Height of the current rectangle */ - int strictMotif, /* Boolean flag */ - int drawArrow) /* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow - * for cascade items. */ -{ - GC gc, indicatorGC; - XColor *indicatorColor, *disableColor = NULL; - TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; - Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder; - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; - Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics; - int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0; - int adjustedY = y + padY; - int adjustedHeight = height - 2 * padY; - - /* - * Choose the gc for drawing the foreground part of the entry. - */ - - if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) && !strictMotif) { - gc = mePtr->activeGC; - if (gc == NULL) { - gc = menuPtr->activeGC; - } - } else { - TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr; - int parentDisabled = 0; - - for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; - cascadeEntryPtr != NULL; - cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { - if (cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr != NULL) { - const char *name = Tcl_GetString(cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr); - - if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) { - if (cascadeEntryPtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) { - parentDisabled = 1; - } - break; - } - } - } - - if (((parentDisabled || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED))) - && (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL)) { - gc = mePtr->disabledGC; - if (gc == NULL) { - gc = menuPtr->disabledGC; - } - } else { - gc = mePtr->textGC; - if (gc == NULL) { - gc = menuPtr->textGC; - } - } - } - indicatorGC = mePtr->indicatorGC; - if (indicatorGC == NULL) { - indicatorGC = menuPtr->indicatorGC; - } - if (mePtr->indicatorFgPtr) { - indicatorColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, - mePtr->indicatorFgPtr); - } else { - indicatorColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, - menuPtr->indicatorFgPtr); - } - - if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL) { - disableColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, - menuPtr->disabledFgPtr); - } - - bgBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, - (mePtr->borderPtr == NULL) - ? menuPtr->borderPtr : mePtr->borderPtr); - if (strictMotif) { - activeBorder = bgBorder; - } else { - activeBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, - (mePtr->activeBorderPtr == NULL) - ? menuPtr->activeBorderPtr : mePtr->activeBorderPtr); - } - - if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) { - fmPtr = menuMetricsPtr; - } else { - tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr); - Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics); - fmPtr = &entryMetrics; - } - - /* - * Need to draw the entire background, including padding. On Unix, for - * menubars, we have to draw the rest of the entry taking into account the - * padding. - */ - - DrawMenuEntryBackground(menuPtr, mePtr, d, activeBorder, - bgBorder, x, y, width, height); - - if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) { - DrawMenuSeparator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, - fmPtr, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight); - } else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { - DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY, - width, adjustedHeight); - } else { - DrawMenuEntryLabel(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY, - width, adjustedHeight); - DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, - activeBorder, bgBorder, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight, - drawArrow); - if (!mePtr->hideMargin) { - if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) { - bgBorder = activeBorder; - } - DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, bgBorder, indicatorColor, - disableColor, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY, width, - adjustedHeight); - } - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetMenuLabelGeometry -- - * - * Figures out the size of the label portion of a menu item. - * - * Results: - * widthPtr and heightPtr are filled in with the correct geometry - * information. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -GetMenuLabelGeometry( - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are computing */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ - int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width of the label portion */ - int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height of the label - * portion */ -{ - TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; - int haveImage = 0; - - if (mePtr->image != NULL) { - Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, widthPtr, heightPtr); - haveImage = 1; - } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) { - Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr); - - Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, widthPtr, heightPtr); - haveImage = 1; - } else { - *heightPtr = 0; - *widthPtr = 0; - } - - if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound == COMPOUND_NONE)) { - /* - * We don't care about the text in this case. - */ - } else { - /* - * Either it is compound or we don't have an image. - */ - - if (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL) { - int textWidth; - const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr); - - textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength); - if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && haveImage) { - switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: - if (textWidth > *widthPtr) { - *widthPtr = textWidth; - } - - /* - * Add text and padding. - */ - - *heightPtr += fmPtr->linespace + 2; - break; - case COMPOUND_LEFT: - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: - if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) { - *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; - } - - /* - * Add text and padding. - */ - - *widthPtr += textWidth + 2; - break; - case COMPOUND_CENTER: - if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) { - *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; - } - if (textWidth > *widthPtr) { - *widthPtr = textWidth; - } - break; - case COMPOUND_NONE: - break; - } - } else { - /* - * We don't have an image or we're not compound. - */ - - *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; - *widthPtr = textWidth; - } - } else { - /* - * An empty entry still has this height. - */ - - *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; - } - } - *heightPtr += 1; -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry -- - * - * This procedure is invoked to recompute the size and layout of a menu - * that is not a menubar clone. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their current positions, - * and the size of the menu window itself may be changed. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry( - TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */ -{ - Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont; - Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr; - int x, y, height, width, indicatorSpace, labelWidth, accelWidth; - int windowWidth, windowHeight, accelSpace, i, j, lastColumnBreak = 0; - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; - int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth; - - if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) { - return; - } - - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, - &borderWidth); - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, - &activeBorderWidth); - x = y = borderWidth; - indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0; - windowHeight = windowWidth = 0; - - /* - * On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so we - * want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them and pass - * them down to all of the measuring and drawing routines. We will measure - * the font metrics of the menu once. If an entry does not have its own - * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font - * and metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font - * and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics. - */ - - menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr); - Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics); - accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1); - - for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { - mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i]; - if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) { - tkfont = menuFont; - fmPtr = &menuMetrics; - } else { - tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr); - Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics); - fmPtr = &entryMetrics; - } - - if ((i > 0) && mePtr->columnBreak) { - if (accelWidth != 0) { - labelWidth += accelSpace; - } - for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < i; j++) { - menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace; - menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth; - menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth - + accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth; - menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x; - menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN; - } - x += indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth - + 2 * activeBorderWidth; - windowWidth = x; - indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0; - lastColumnBreak = i; - y = borderWidth; - } - - if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) { - GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, - &width, &height); - mePtr->height = height; - } else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { - GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, - &width, &height); - mePtr->height = height; - labelWidth = width; - } else { - /* - * For each entry, compute the height required by that particular - * entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to - * allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label - * (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to - * the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course, - * on the type of the entry. - */ - - GetMenuLabelGeometry(mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, &width, &height); - mePtr->height = height; - if (!mePtr->hideMargin) { - width += MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH; - } - if (width > labelWidth) { - labelWidth = width; - } - - GetMenuAccelGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont, - fmPtr, &width, &height); - if (height > mePtr->height) { - mePtr->height = height; - } - if (!mePtr->hideMargin) { - width += MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH; - } - if (width > accelWidth) { - accelWidth = width; - } - - GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, - &width, &height); - if (height > mePtr->height) { - mePtr->height = height; - } - if (!mePtr->hideMargin) { - width += MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH; - } - if (width > indicatorSpace) { - indicatorSpace = width; - } - - mePtr->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth + MENU_DIVIDER_HEIGHT; - } - mePtr->y = y; - y += mePtr->height; - if (y > windowHeight) { - windowHeight = y; - } - } - - if (accelWidth != 0) { - labelWidth += accelSpace; - } - for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) { - menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace; - menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth; - menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth - + accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth; - menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x; - menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN; - } - windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth - + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth; - - windowHeight += borderWidth; - - /* - * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a - * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway). - */ - - if (windowWidth <= 0) { - windowWidth = 1; - } - if (windowHeight <= 0) { - windowHeight = 1; - } - menuPtr->totalWidth = windowWidth; - menuPtr->totalHeight = windowHeight; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate -- - * - * This routine reconfigures the menu and the clones indicated by - * menuName becuase a toplevel has been created and any system menus need - * to be created. Not applicable to UNIX. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * An idle handler is set up to do the reconfiguration. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu lives in. */ - const char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to reconfigure. */ -{ - /* - * Nothing to do. - */ -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpMenuInit -- - * - * Does platform-specific initialization of menus. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpMenuInit(void) -{ - /* - * Nothing to do. - */ -} - - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpMenuThreadInit -- - * - * Does platform-specific initialization of thread-specific menu state. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpMenuThreadInit(void) -{ - /* - * Nothing to do. - */ -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenubu.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenubu.c deleted file mode 100644 index ad71b7b..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenubu.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,476 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixMenubu.c -- - * - * This file implements the Unix specific portion of the menubutton - * widget. - * - * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" -#include "tkMenubutton.h" - - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpCreateMenuButton -- - * - * Allocate a new TkMenuButton structure. - * - * Results: - * Returns a newly allocated TkMenuButton structure. - * - * Side effects: - * Registers an event handler for the widget. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkMenuButton * -TkpCreateMenuButton( - Tk_Window tkwin) -{ - return ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuButton)); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDisplayMenuButton -- - * - * This function is invoked to display a menubutton widget. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menubutton in its current - * mode. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDisplayMenuButton( - ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */ -{ - register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData; - GC gc; - Tk_3DBorder border; - Pixmap pixmap; - int x = 0; /* Initialization needed only to stop compiler - * warning. */ - int y = 0; - register Tk_Window tkwin = mbPtr->tkwin; - int fullWidth, fullHeight; - int textXOffset, textYOffset; - int imageWidth, imageHeight; - int imageXOffset, imageYOffset; - int width = 0, height = 0; - /* Image information that will be used to - * restrict disabled pixmap as well */ - int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; - - mbPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; - if ((mbPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { - return; - } - - if ((mbPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (mbPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) { - gc = mbPtr->disabledGC; - border = mbPtr->normalBorder; - } else if ((mbPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) - && !Tk_StrictMotif(mbPtr->tkwin)) { - gc = mbPtr->activeTextGC; - border = mbPtr->activeBorder; - } else { - gc = mbPtr->normalTextGC; - border = mbPtr->normalBorder; - } - - if (mbPtr->image != None) { - Tk_SizeOfImage(mbPtr->image, &width, &height); - haveImage = 1; - } else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) { - Tk_SizeOfBitmap(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); - haveImage = 1; - } - imageWidth = width; - imageHeight = height; - - haveText = (mbPtr->textWidth != 0 && mbPtr->textHeight != 0); - - /* - * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the menu button - * in a pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single - * operation. This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen - * image has been cleared. - */ - - pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(mbPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin)); - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), - Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); - - imageXOffset = 0; - imageYOffset = 0; - textXOffset = 0; - textYOffset = 0; - fullWidth = 0; - fullHeight = 0; - - if (mbPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { - switch ((enum compound) mbPtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: - /* - * Image is above or below text. - */ - - if (mbPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) { - textYOffset = height + mbPtr->padY; - } else { - imageYOffset = mbPtr->textHeight + mbPtr->padY; - } - fullHeight = height + mbPtr->textHeight + mbPtr->padY; - fullWidth = (width > mbPtr->textWidth ? width : mbPtr->textWidth); - textXOffset = (fullWidth - mbPtr->textWidth)/2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; - break; - case COMPOUND_LEFT: - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: - /* - * Image is left or right of text. - */ - - if (mbPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) { - textXOffset = width + mbPtr->padX; - } else { - imageXOffset = mbPtr->textWidth + mbPtr->padX; - } - fullWidth = mbPtr->textWidth + mbPtr->padX + width; - fullHeight = (height > mbPtr->textHeight ? height : - mbPtr->textHeight); - textYOffset = (fullHeight - mbPtr->textHeight)/2; - imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; - break; - case COMPOUND_CENTER: - /* - * Image and text are superimposed. - */ - - fullWidth = (width > mbPtr->textWidth ? width : mbPtr->textWidth); - fullHeight = (height > mbPtr->textHeight ? height : - mbPtr->textHeight); - textXOffset = (fullWidth - mbPtr->textWidth)/2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; - textYOffset = (fullHeight - mbPtr->textHeight)/2; - imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; - break; - case COMPOUND_NONE: - break; - } - - TkComputeAnchor(mbPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0, - mbPtr->indicatorWidth + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y); - - imageXOffset += x; - imageYOffset += y; - if (mbPtr->image != NULL) { - Tk_RedrawImage(mbPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, - imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - } else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) { - XSetClipOrigin(mbPtr->display, gc, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - XCopyPlane(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->bitmap, pixmap, - gc, 0, 0, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, - imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); - XSetClipOrigin(mbPtr->display, gc, 0, 0); - } - - Tk_DrawTextLayout(mbPtr->display, pixmap, gc, mbPtr->textLayout, - x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1); - Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(mbPtr->display, pixmap, gc, mbPtr->textLayout, - x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, mbPtr->underline); - } else if (haveImage) { - TkComputeAnchor(mbPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0, - width + mbPtr->indicatorWidth, height, &x, &y); - imageXOffset += x; - imageYOffset += y; - if (mbPtr->image != NULL) { - Tk_RedrawImage(mbPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, - imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - } else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) { - XSetClipOrigin(mbPtr->display, gc, x, y); - XCopyPlane(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->bitmap, pixmap, - gc, 0, 0, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, - x, y, 1); - XSetClipOrigin(mbPtr->display, gc, 0, 0); - } - } else { - TkComputeAnchor(mbPtr->anchor, tkwin, mbPtr->padX, mbPtr->padY, - mbPtr->textWidth + mbPtr->indicatorWidth, - mbPtr->textHeight, &x, &y); - Tk_DrawTextLayout(mbPtr->display, pixmap, gc, mbPtr->textLayout, - x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1); - Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(mbPtr->display, pixmap, gc, - mbPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, - mbPtr->underline); - } - - /* - * If the menu button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special - * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. - */ - - if ((mbPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) - && ((mbPtr->disabledFg == NULL) || (mbPtr->image != NULL))) { - /* - * Stipple the whole button if no disabledFg was specified, otherwise - * restrict stippling only to displayed image - */ - - if (mbPtr->disabledFg == NULL) { - XFillRectangle(mbPtr->display, pixmap, mbPtr->stippleGC, - mbPtr->inset, mbPtr->inset, - (unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->inset), - (unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->inset)); - } else { - XFillRectangle(mbPtr->display, pixmap, mbPtr->stippleGC, - imageXOffset, imageYOffset, - (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight); - } - } - - /* - * Draw the cascade indicator for the menu button on the right side of the - * window, if desired. - */ - - if (mbPtr->indicatorOn) { - int borderWidth; - - borderWidth = (mbPtr->indicatorHeight+1)/3; - if (borderWidth < 1) { - borderWidth = 1; - } - /*y += mbPtr->textHeight / 2;*/ - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, - Tk_Width(tkwin) - mbPtr->inset - mbPtr->indicatorWidth - + mbPtr->indicatorHeight, - ((int) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - mbPtr->indicatorHeight))/2, - mbPtr->indicatorWidth - 2*mbPtr->indicatorHeight, - mbPtr->indicatorHeight, borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED); - } - - /* - * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the menu - * button's contents overflow onto the border they'll be covered up by the - * border. - */ - - if (mbPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, - mbPtr->highlightWidth, mbPtr->highlightWidth, - Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth, - Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth, - mbPtr->borderWidth, mbPtr->relief); - } - if (mbPtr->highlightWidth != 0) { - GC gc; - - if (mbPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { - gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); - } else { - gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap); - } - Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, mbPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); - } - - /* - * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then - * delete the pixmap. - */ - - XCopyArea(mbPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - mbPtr->normalTextGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), - (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0); - Tk_FreePixmap(mbPtr->display, pixmap); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDestroyMenuButton -- - * - * Free data structures associated with the menubutton control. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Restores the default control state. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDestroyMenuButton( - TkMenuButton *mbPtr) -{ -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry -- - * - * After changes in a menu button's text or bitmap, this function - * recomputes the menu button's geometry and passes this information - * along to the geometry manager for the window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The menu button's window may change size. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry( - TkMenuButton *mbPtr) /* Widget record for menu button. */ -{ - int width, height, mm, pixels; - int avgWidth, txtWidth, txtHeight; - int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; - Tk_FontMetrics fm; - - mbPtr->inset = mbPtr->highlightWidth + mbPtr->borderWidth; - - width = 0; - height = 0; - txtWidth = 0; - txtHeight = 0; - avgWidth = 0; - - if (mbPtr->image != None) { - Tk_SizeOfImage(mbPtr->image, &width, &height); - haveImage = 1; - } else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) { - Tk_SizeOfBitmap(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); - haveImage = 1; - } - - if (haveImage == 0 || mbPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) { - Tk_FreeTextLayout(mbPtr->textLayout); - - mbPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(mbPtr->tkfont, mbPtr->text, - -1, mbPtr->wrapLength, mbPtr->justify, 0, &mbPtr->textWidth, - &mbPtr->textHeight); - txtWidth = mbPtr->textWidth; - txtHeight = mbPtr->textHeight; - avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(mbPtr->tkfont, "0", 1); - Tk_GetFontMetrics(mbPtr->tkfont, &fm); - haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0); - } - - /* - * If the menubutton is compound (ie, it shows both an image and text), - * the new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We - * only honor the compound bit if the menubutton has both text and an - * image, because otherwise it is not really a compound menubutton. - */ - - if (mbPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { - switch ((enum compound) mbPtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: - /* - * Image is above or below text. - */ - - height += txtHeight + mbPtr->padY; - width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); - break; - case COMPOUND_LEFT: - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: - /* - * Image is left or right of text. - */ - - width += txtWidth + mbPtr->padX; - height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); - break; - case COMPOUND_CENTER: - /* - * Image and text are superimposed. - */ - - width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); - height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); - break; - case COMPOUND_NONE: - break; - } - if (mbPtr->width > 0) { - width = mbPtr->width; - } - if (mbPtr->height > 0) { - height = mbPtr->height; - } - width += 2*mbPtr->padX; - height += 2*mbPtr->padY; - } else { - if (haveImage) { - if (mbPtr->width > 0) { - width = mbPtr->width; - } - if (mbPtr->height > 0) { - height = mbPtr->height; - } - } else { - width = txtWidth; - height = txtHeight; - if (mbPtr->width > 0) { - width = mbPtr->width * avgWidth; - } - if (mbPtr->height > 0) { - height = mbPtr->height * fm.linespace; - } - } - } - - if (! haveImage) { - width += 2*mbPtr->padX; - height += 2*mbPtr->padY; - } - - if (mbPtr->indicatorOn) { - mm = WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(mbPtr->tkwin)); - pixels = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(mbPtr->tkwin)); - mbPtr->indicatorHeight= (INDICATOR_HEIGHT * pixels)/(10*mm); - mbPtr->indicatorWidth = (INDICATOR_WIDTH * pixels)/(10*mm) - + 2*mbPtr->indicatorHeight; - width += mbPtr->indicatorWidth; - } else { - mbPtr->indicatorHeight = 0; - mbPtr->indicatorWidth = 0; - } - - Tk_GeometryRequest(mbPtr->tkwin, (int) (width + 2*mbPtr->inset), - (int) (height + 2*mbPtr->inset)); - Tk_SetInternalBorder(mbPtr->tkwin, mbPtr->inset); -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixPort.h b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixPort.h deleted file mode 100644 index dbd5e09..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixPort.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixPort.h -- - * - * This file is included by all of the Tk C files. It contains - * information that may be configuration-dependent, such as - * #includes for system include files and a few other things. - * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1993 The Regents of the University of California. - * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#ifndef _UNIXPORT -#define _UNIXPORT - -#define __UNIX__ 1 - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <ctype.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <limits.h> -#include <math.h> -#include <pwd.h> -#ifdef NO_STDLIB_H -# include "../compat/stdlib.h" -#else -# include <stdlib.h> -#endif -#include <string.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/file.h> -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H -# include <sys/select.h> -#endif -#include <sys/stat.h> -#ifndef _TCL -# include <tcl.h> -#endif -#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME -# include <sys/time.h> -# include <time.h> -#else -# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H -# include <sys/time.h> -# else -# include <time.h> -# endif -#endif -#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H -# include <inttypes.h> -#endif -#ifndef NO_UNISTD_H -# include <unistd.h> -#else -# include "../compat/unistd.h" -#endif -#include <X11/Xlib.h> -#include <X11/cursorfont.h> -#include <X11/keysym.h> -#include <X11/Xatom.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include <X11/Xresource.h> -#include <X11/Xutil.h> - -/* - * The following macro defines the type of the mask arguments to - * select: - */ - -#ifndef NO_FD_SET -# define SELECT_MASK fd_set -#else -# ifndef _AIX - typedef long fd_mask; -# endif -# if defined(_IBMR2) -# define SELECT_MASK void -# else -# define SELECT_MASK int -# endif -#endif - -/* - * The following macro defines the number of fd_masks in an fd_set: - */ - -#ifndef FD_SETSIZE -# ifdef OPEN_MAX -# define FD_SETSIZE OPEN_MAX -# else -# define FD_SETSIZE 256 -# endif -#endif -#if !defined(howmany) -# define howmany(x, y) (((x)+((y)-1))/(y)) -#endif -#ifndef NFDBITS -# define NFDBITS NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask) -#endif -#define MASK_SIZE howmany(FD_SETSIZE, NFDBITS) - -/* - * Define "NBBY" (number of bits per byte) if it's not already defined. - */ - -#ifndef NBBY -# define NBBY 8 -#endif - -#ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# include "tkIntXlibDecls.h" -# define UINT unsigned int -# define HWND void * -# define HDC void * -# define HINSTANCE void * -# define COLORREF void * -# define HMENU void * -# define TkWinDCState void -# define HPALETTE void * -# define WNDPROC void * -# define WPARAM void * -# define LPARAM void * -# define LRESULT void * - -#else /* !__CYGWIN__ */ - /* - * The TkPutImage macro strips off the color table information, which isn't - * needed for X. - */ - -# define TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, pixels, gc, image, srcx, srcy, destx, desty, width, height) \ - XPutImage(display, pixels, gc, image, srcx, srcy, destx, \ - desty, width, height); - -#endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */ - -/* - * Supply macros for seek offsets, if they're not already provided by - * an include file. - */ - -#ifndef SEEK_SET -# define SEEK_SET 0 -#endif - -#ifndef SEEK_CUR -# define SEEK_CUR 1 -#endif - -#ifndef SEEK_END -# define SEEK_END 2 -#endif - -/* - * Declarations for various library procedures that may not be declared - * in any other header file. - */ - - -/* - * These functions do nothing under Unix, so we just eliminate calls to them. - */ - -#define TkpButtonSetDefaults() {} -#define TkpDestroyButton(butPtr) {} -#define TkSelUpdateClipboard(a,b) {} -#ifndef __CYGWIN__ -#define TkSetPixmapColormap(p,c) {} -#endif - -/* - * These calls implement native bitmaps which are not supported under - * UNIX. The macros eliminate the calls. - */ - -#define TkpDefineNativeBitmaps() -#define TkpCreateNativeBitmap(display, source) None -#define TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(display, name, w, h) None - -/* - * This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string. - * This should perhaps use the real size of an XID. - */ - -#ifndef __CYGWIN__ -#define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \ - sprintf((buf), "%#08lx", (unsigned long) (w)) -#endif - -#endif /* _UNIXPORT */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixRFont.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixRFont.c deleted file mode 100644 index 70aebfa..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixRFont.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1259 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixRFont.c -- - * - * Alternate implementation of tkUnixFont.c using Xft. - * - * Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Keith Packard - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" -#include "tkFont.h" -#include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> -#include <ctype.h> - -#define MAX_CACHED_COLORS 16 - -typedef struct { - XftFont *ftFont; - XftFont *ft0Font; - FcPattern *source; - FcCharSet *charset; - double angle; -} UnixFtFace; - -typedef struct { - XftColor color; - int next; -} UnixFtColorList; - -typedef struct { - TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be - * first in structure. */ - UnixFtFace *faces; - int nfaces; - FcFontSet *fontset; - FcPattern *pattern; - - Display *display; - int screen; - XftDraw *ftDraw; - int ncolors; - int firstColor; - UnixFtColorList colors[MAX_CACHED_COLORS]; -} UnixFtFont; - -/* - * Used to describe the current clipping box. Can't be passed normally because - * the information isn't retrievable from the GC. - */ - -typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - Region clipRegion; /* The clipping region, or None. */ -} ThreadSpecificData; -static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; - -/* - * Package initialization: - * Nothing to do here except register the fact that we're using Xft in - * the TIP 59 configuration database. - */ - -#ifndef TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING -#define TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING "ascii" -#endif - -void -TkpFontPkgInit( - TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */ -{ - static Tcl_Config cfg[] = { - { "fontsystem", "xft" }, - { 0,0 } - }; - - Tcl_RegisterConfig(mainPtr->interp, "tk", cfg, TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING); -} - -static XftFont * -GetFont( - UnixFtFont *fontPtr, - FcChar32 ucs4, - double angle) -{ - int i; - - if (ucs4) { - for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces; i++) { - FcCharSet *charset = fontPtr->faces[i].charset; - - if (charset && FcCharSetHasChar(charset, ucs4)) { - break; - } - } - if (i == fontPtr->nfaces) { - i = 0; - } - } else { - i = 0; - } - if ((angle == 0.0 && !fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font) || (angle != 0.0 && - (!fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont || fontPtr->faces[i].angle != angle))){ - FcPattern *pat = FcFontRenderPrepare(0, fontPtr->pattern, - fontPtr->faces[i].source); - double s = sin(angle*PI/180.0), c = cos(angle*PI/180.0); - FcMatrix mat; - XftFont *ftFont; - - /* - * Initialize the matrix manually so this can compile with HP-UX cc - * (which does not allow non-constant structure initializers). [Bug - * 2978410] - */ - - mat.xx = mat.yy = c; - mat.xy = -(mat.yx = s); - - if (angle != 0.0) { - FcPatternAddMatrix(pat, FC_MATRIX, &mat); - } - ftFont = XftFontOpenPattern(fontPtr->display, pat); - if (!ftFont) { - /* - * The previous call to XftFontOpenPattern() should not fail, but - * sometimes does anyway. Usual cause appears to be a - * misconfigured fontconfig installation; see [Bug 1090382]. Try a - * fallback: - */ - - ftFont = XftFontOpen(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->screen, - FC_FAMILY, FcTypeString, "sans", - FC_SIZE, FcTypeDouble, 12.0, - FC_MATRIX, FcTypeMatrix, &mat, - NULL); - } - if (!ftFont) { - /* - * The previous call should definitely not fail. Impossible to - * proceed at this point. - */ - - Tcl_Panic("Cannot find a usable font"); - } - - if (angle == 0.0) { - fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font = ftFont; - } else { - if (fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) { - XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont); - } - fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont = ftFont; - fontPtr->faces[i].angle = angle; - } - } - return (angle==0.0? fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font : fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont); -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetTkFontAttributes -- - * Fill in TkFontAttributes from an XftFont. - */ - -static void -GetTkFontAttributes( - XftFont *ftFont, - TkFontAttributes *faPtr) -{ - const char *family = "Unknown"; - const char *const *familyPtr = &family; - int weight, slant, pxsize; - double size, ptsize; - - (void) XftPatternGetString(ftFont->pattern, XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr); - if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SIZE, 0, - &ptsize) == XftResultMatch) { - size = ptsize; - } else if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0, - &ptsize) == XftResultMatch) { - size = -ptsize; - } else if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0, - &pxsize) == XftResultMatch) { - size = (double)-pxsize; - } else { - size = 12.0; - } - if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, 0, - &weight) != XftResultMatch) { - weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM; - } - if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SLANT, 0, - &slant) != XftResultMatch) { - slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN; - } - -#if DEBUG_FONTSEL - printf("family %s size %d weight %d slant %d\n", - family, (int)size, weight, slant); -#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ - - faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(family); - faPtr->size = size; - faPtr->weight = (weight > XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL; - faPtr->slant = (slant > XFT_SLANT_ROMAN) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN; - faPtr->underline = 0; - faPtr->overstrike = 0; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetTkFontMetrics -- - * Fill in TkFontMetrics from an XftFont. - */ - -static void -GetTkFontMetrics( - XftFont *ftFont, - TkFontMetrics *fmPtr) -{ - int spacing; - - if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SPACING, 0, - &spacing) != XftResultMatch) { - spacing = XFT_PROPORTIONAL; - } - - fmPtr->ascent = ftFont->ascent; - fmPtr->descent = ftFont->descent; - fmPtr->maxWidth = ftFont->max_advance_width; - fmPtr->fixed = spacing != XFT_PROPORTIONAL; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * InitFont -- - * - * Initializes the fields of a UnixFtFont structure. If fontPtr is NULL, - * also allocates a new UnixFtFont. - * - * Results: - * On error, frees fontPtr and returns NULL, otherwise returns fontPtr. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static UnixFtFont * -InitFont( - Tk_Window tkwin, - FcPattern *pattern, - UnixFtFont *fontPtr) -{ - FcFontSet *set; - FcCharSet *charset; - FcResult result; - XftFont *ftFont; - int i, iWidth; - - if (!fontPtr) { - fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixFtFont)); - } - - FcConfigSubstitute(0, pattern, FcMatchPattern); - XftDefaultSubstitute(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin), pattern); - - /* - * Generate the list of fonts - */ - - set = FcFontSort(0, pattern, FcTrue, NULL, &result); - if (!set) { - ckfree(fontPtr); - return NULL; - } - - fontPtr->fontset = set; - fontPtr->pattern = pattern; - fontPtr->faces = ckalloc(set->nfont * sizeof(UnixFtFace)); - fontPtr->nfaces = set->nfont; - - /* - * Fill in information about each returned font - */ - - for (i = 0; i < set->nfont; i++) { - fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont = 0; - fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font = 0; - fontPtr->faces[i].source = set->fonts[i]; - if (FcPatternGetCharSet(set->fonts[i], FC_CHARSET, 0, - &charset) == FcResultMatch) { - fontPtr->faces[i].charset = FcCharSetCopy(charset); - } else { - fontPtr->faces[i].charset = 0; - } - fontPtr->faces[i].angle = 0.0; - } - - fontPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - fontPtr->screen = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin); - fontPtr->ftDraw = 0; - fontPtr->ncolors = 0; - fontPtr->firstColor = -1; - - /* - * Fill in platform-specific fields of TkFont. - */ - - ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, 0, 0.0); - fontPtr->font.fid = XLoadFont(Tk_Display(tkwin), "fixed"); - GetTkFontAttributes(ftFont, &fontPtr->font.fa); - GetTkFontMetrics(ftFont, &fontPtr->font.fm); - - /* - * Fontconfig can't report any information about the position or thickness - * of underlines or overstrikes. Thus, we use some defaults that are - * hacked around from backup defaults in tkUnixFont.c, which are in turn - * based on recommendations in the X manual. The comments from that file - * leading to these computations were: - * - * If the XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION property does not exist, the X manual - * recommends using half the descent. - * - * If the XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS property does not exist, the X - * manual recommends using the width of the stem on a capital letter. - * I don't know of a way to get the stem width of a letter, so guess - * and use 1/3 the width of a capital I. - * - * Note that nothing corresponding to *either* property is reported by - * Fontconfig at all. [Bug 1961455] - */ - - { - TkFont *fPtr = &fontPtr->font; - - fPtr->underlinePos = fPtr->fm.descent / 2; - Tk_MeasureChars((Tk_Font) fPtr, "I", 1, -1, 0, &iWidth); - fPtr->underlineHeight = iWidth / 3; - if (fPtr->underlineHeight == 0) { - fPtr->underlineHeight = 1; - } - if (fPtr->underlineHeight + fPtr->underlinePos > fPtr->fm.descent) { - fPtr->underlineHeight = fPtr->fm.descent - fPtr->underlinePos; - if (fPtr->underlineHeight == 0) { - fPtr->underlinePos--; - fPtr->underlineHeight = 1; - } - } - } - - return fontPtr; -} - -static void -FinishedWithFont( - UnixFtFont *fontPtr) -{ - Display *display = fontPtr->display; - int i; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler = - Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - - for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces; i++) { - if (fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) { - XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont); - } - if (fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font) { - XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font); - } - if (fontPtr->faces[i].charset) { - FcCharSetDestroy(fontPtr->faces[i].charset); - } - } - if (fontPtr->faces) { - ckfree(fontPtr->faces); - } - if (fontPtr->pattern) { - FcPatternDestroy(fontPtr->pattern); - } - if (fontPtr->ftDraw) { - XftDrawDestroy(fontPtr->ftDraw); - } - if (fontPtr->font.fid) { - XUnloadFont(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->font.fid); - } - if (fontPtr->fontset) { - FcFontSetDestroy(fontPtr->fontset); - } - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); -} - -TkFont * -TkpGetNativeFont( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ -{ - UnixFtFont *fontPtr; - FcPattern *pattern; -#if DEBUG_FONTSEL - printf("TkpGetNativeFont %s\n", name); -#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ - - pattern = XftXlfdParse(name, FcFalse, FcFalse); - if (!pattern) { - return NULL; - } - - /* - * Should also try: pattern = FcNameParse(name); but generic/tkFont.c - * expects TkpGetNativeFont() to only work on XLFD names under Unix. - */ - - fontPtr = InitFont(tkwin, pattern, NULL); - if (!fontPtr) { - FcPatternDestroy(pattern); - return NULL; - } - return &fontPtr->font; -} - -TkFont * -TkpGetFontFromAttributes( - TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this - * existing TkFont structure, rather than - * allocating a new structure to hold the - * font; the existing contents of the font - * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont - * structure is allocated. */ - Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - const TkFontAttributes *faPtr) - /* Set of attributes to match. */ -{ - XftPattern *pattern; - int weight, slant; - UnixFtFont *fontPtr; - -#if DEBUG_FONTSEL - printf("TkpGetFontFromAttributes %s-%d %d %d\n", faPtr->family, - faPtr->size, faPtr->weight, faPtr->slant); -#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ - pattern = XftPatternCreate(); - if (faPtr->family) { - XftPatternAddString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, faPtr->family); - } - if (faPtr->size > 0.0) { - XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, faPtr->size); - } else if (faPtr->size < 0.0) { - XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size)); - } else { - XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, 12.0); - } - switch (faPtr->weight) { - case TK_FW_NORMAL: - default: - weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM; - break; - case TK_FW_BOLD: - weight = XFT_WEIGHT_BOLD; - break; - } - XftPatternAddInteger(pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, weight); - switch (faPtr->slant) { - case TK_FS_ROMAN: - default: - slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN; - break; - case TK_FS_ITALIC: - slant = XFT_SLANT_ITALIC; - break; - case TK_FS_OBLIQUE: - slant = XFT_SLANT_OBLIQUE; - break; - } - XftPatternAddInteger(pattern, XFT_SLANT, slant); - - fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkFontPtr; - if (fontPtr != NULL) { - FinishedWithFont(fontPtr); - } - fontPtr = InitFont(tkwin, pattern, fontPtr); - - /* - * Hack to work around issues with weird issues with Xft/Xrender - * connection. For details, see comp.lang.tcl thread starting from - * <adcc99ed-c73e-4efc-bb5d-e57a57a051e8@l35g2000pra.googlegroups.com> - */ - - if (!fontPtr) { - XftPatternAddBool(pattern, XFT_RENDER, FcFalse); - fontPtr = InitFont(tkwin, pattern, fontPtr); - } - - if (!fontPtr) { - FcPatternDestroy(pattern); - return NULL; - } - - fontPtr->font.fa.underline = faPtr->underline; - fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike = faPtr->overstrike; - return &fontPtr->font; -} - -void -TkpDeleteFont( - TkFont *tkFontPtr) /* Token of font to be deleted. */ -{ - UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkFontPtr; - - FinishedWithFont(fontPtr); - /* XXX tkUnixFont.c doesn't free tkFontPtr... */ -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetFontFamilies -- - * - * Return information about the font families that are available on the - * display of the given window. - * - * Results: - * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available - * font families. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpGetFontFamilies( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp to hold result. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* For display to query. */ -{ - Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; - XftFontSet *list; - int i; - - resultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); - - list = XftListFonts(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin), - (char *) 0, /* pattern elements */ - XFT_FAMILY, (char*) 0); /* fields */ - for (i = 0; i < list->nfont; i++) { - char *family, **familyPtr = &family; - - if (XftPatternGetString(list->fonts[i], XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr) - == XftResultMatch) { - Tcl_Obj *strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(family, -1); - - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr); - } - } - XftFontSetDestroy(list); - - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); -} - -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetSubFonts -- - * - * Called by [testfont subfonts] in the Tk testing package. - * - * Results: - * Sets interp's result to a list of the faces used by tkfont - * - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpGetSubFonts( - Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Font tkfont) -{ - Tcl_Obj *objv[3], *listPtr, *resultPtr; - UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont; - FcPattern *pattern; - const char *family = "Unknown"; - const char *const *familyPtr = &family; - const char *foundry = "Unknown"; - const char *const *foundryPtr = &foundry; - const char *encoding = "Unknown"; - const char *const *encodingPtr = &encoding; - int i; - - resultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); - - for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces ; ++i) { - pattern = FcFontRenderPrepare(0, fontPtr->pattern, - fontPtr->faces[i].source); - - XftPatternGetString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr); - XftPatternGetString(pattern, XFT_FOUNDRY, 0, foundryPtr); - XftPatternGetString(pattern, XFT_ENCODING, 0, encodingPtr); - objv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj(family, -1); - objv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(foundry, -1); - objv[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(encoding, -1); - listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(3, objv); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, listPtr); - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar -- - * - * Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a given - * character. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */ - int c, /* Character of interest */ - TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */ -{ - UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont; - /* Structure describing the logical font */ - FcChar32 ucs4 = (FcChar32) c; - /* UCS-4 character to map */ - XftFont *ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, ucs4, 0.0); - /* Actual font used to render the character */ - - GetTkFontAttributes(ftFont, faPtr); - faPtr->underline = fontPtr->font.fa.underline; - faPtr->overstrike = fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike; -} - -int -Tk_MeasureChars( - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. */ - int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from - * source string. */ - int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest - * permissible line length in pixels; don't - * consider any character that would cross - * this x-position. If < 0, then line length - * is unbounded and the flags argument is - * ignored. */ - int flags, /* Various flag bits OR-ed together: - * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char - * which only partially fit on this line. - * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word - * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE - * means return at least one character even if - * no characters fit. */ - int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the - * terminating character. */ -{ - UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont; - XftFont *ftFont; - FcChar32 c; - XGlyphInfo extents; - int clen, curX, newX, curByte, newByte, sawNonSpace; - int termByte = 0, termX = 0; -#if DEBUG_FONTSEL - char string[256]; - int len = 0; -#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ - - curX = 0; - curByte = 0; - sawNonSpace = 0; - while (numBytes > 0) { - int unichar; - - clen = TkUtfToUniChar(source, &unichar); - c = (FcChar32) unichar; - - if (clen <= 0) { - /* - * This can't happen (but see #1185640) - */ - - *lengthPtr = curX; - return curByte; - } - - source += clen; - numBytes -= clen; - if (c < 256 && isspace(c)) { /* I18N: ??? */ - if (sawNonSpace) { - termByte = curByte; - termX = curX; - sawNonSpace = 0; - } - } else { - sawNonSpace = 1; - } - -#if DEBUG_FONTSEL - string[len++] = (char) c; -#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ - ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0); - - XftTextExtents32(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &c, 1, &extents); - - newX = curX + extents.xOff; - newByte = curByte + clen; - if (maxLength >= 0 && newX > maxLength) { - if (flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK || - (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE && curByte == 0)) { - curX = newX; - curByte = newByte; - } else if (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) { - if ((flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (termX == 0)) { - /* - * No space was seen before reaching the right - * of the allotted maxLength space, i.e. no word - * boundary. Return the string that fills the - * allotted space, without overfill. - * curX and curByte are already the right ones: - */ - } else { - curX = termX; - curByte = termByte; - } - } - break; - } - - curX = newX; - curByte = newByte; - } -#if DEBUG_FONTSEL - string[len] = '\0'; - printf("MeasureChars %s length %d bytes %d\n", string, curX, curByte); -#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ - *lengthPtr = curX; - return curByte; -} - -int -TkpMeasureCharsInContext( - Tk_Font tkfont, - const char *source, - int numBytes, - int rangeStart, - int rangeLength, - int maxLength, - int flags, - int *lengthPtr) -{ - (void) numBytes; /*unused*/ - - return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength, - maxLength, flags, lengthPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * LookUpColor -- - * - * Convert a pixel value to an XftColor. This can be slow due to the - * need to call XQueryColor, which involves a server round-trip. To - * avoid that, a least-recently-used cache of up to MAX_CACHED_COLORS - * is kept, in the form of a linked list. The returned color is moved - * to the front of the list, so repeatedly asking for the same one - * should be fast. - * - * Results: - * A pointer to the XftColor structure for the requested color is - * returned. - * - * Side effects: - * The converted color is stored in a cache in the UnixFtFont structure. The cache - * can hold at most MAX_CACHED_COLORS colors. If no more slots are available, the least - * recently used color is replaced with the new one. - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static XftColor * -LookUpColor(Display *display, /* Display to lookup colors on */ - UnixFtFont *fontPtr, /* Font to search for cached colors */ - unsigned long pixel) /* Pixel value to translate to XftColor */ -{ - int i, last = -1, last2 = -1; - XColor xcolor; - - for (i = fontPtr->firstColor; - i >= 0; last2 = last, last = i, i = fontPtr->colors[i].next) { - - if (pixel == fontPtr->colors[i].color.pixel) { - /* - * Color found in cache. Move it to the front of the list and return it. - */ - if (last >= 0) { - fontPtr->colors[last].next = fontPtr->colors[i].next; - fontPtr->colors[i].next = fontPtr->firstColor; - fontPtr->firstColor = i; - } - - return &fontPtr->colors[i].color; - } - } - - /* - * Color wasn't found, so it needs to be added to the cache. - * If a spare slot is available, it can be put there. If not, last - * will now point to the least recently used color, so replace that one. - */ - - if (fontPtr->ncolors < MAX_CACHED_COLORS) { - last2 = -1; - last = fontPtr->ncolors++; - } - - /* - * Translate the pixel value to a color. Needs a server round-trip. - */ - xcolor.pixel = pixel; - XQueryColor(display, DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen), &xcolor); - - fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.red = xcolor.red; - fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.green = xcolor.green; - fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.blue = xcolor.blue; - fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.alpha = 0xffff; - fontPtr->colors[last].color.pixel = pixel; - - /* - * Put at the front of the list. - */ - if (last2 >= 0) { - fontPtr->colors[last2].next = fontPtr->colors[last].next; - } - fontPtr->colors[last].next = fontPtr->firstColor; - fontPtr->firstColor = last; - - return &fontPtr->colors[last].color; -} - -#define NUM_SPEC 1024 - -void -Tk_DrawChars( - Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; - * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters - * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) - * should be stripped out of the string that - * is passed to this function. If they are not - * stripped out, they will be displayed as - * regular printing characters. */ - int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ - int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of - * string when drawing. */ -{ - const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */ - const int minCoord = -maxCoord-1; - UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont; - XGCValues values; - XftColor *xftcolor; - int clen, nspec, xStart = x; - XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC]; - XGlyphInfo metrics; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) { -#if DEBUG_FONTSEL - printf("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable); -#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ - fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable, - DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen), - DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen)); - } else { - Tk_ErrorHandler handler = - Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - - XftDrawChange(fontPtr->ftDraw, drawable); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - } - XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values); - xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground); - if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) { - XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion); - } - nspec = 0; - while (numBytes > 0) { - XftFont *ftFont; - FcChar32 c; - - clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes); - if (clen <= 0) { - /* - * This should not happen, but it can. - */ - - goto doUnderlineStrikeout; - } - source += clen; - numBytes -= clen; - - ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0); - if (ftFont) { - specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c); - XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1, - &metrics); - - /* - * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords. - */ - - if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord && - x <= maxCoord - metrics.width && - y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) { - specs[nspec].font = ftFont; - specs[nspec].x = x; - specs[nspec].y = y; - if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) { - XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, - specs, nspec); - nspec = 0; - } - } - x += metrics.xOff; - y += metrics.yOff; - } - } - if (nspec) { - XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec); - } - - doUnderlineStrikeout: - if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) { - XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, None); - } - if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) { - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart, - y + fontPtr->font.underlinePos, (unsigned) (x - xStart), - (unsigned) fontPtr->font.underlineHeight); - } - if (fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike != 0) { - y -= fontPtr->font.fm.descent + (fontPtr->font.fm.ascent) / 10; - XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart, y, - (unsigned) (x - xStart), - (unsigned) fontPtr->font.underlineHeight); - } -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkDrawAngledChars -- - * - * Draw some characters at an angle. This would be simple code, except - * Xft has bugs with cumulative errors in character positioning which are - * caused by trying to perform all calculations internally with integers. - * So we have to do the work ourselves with floating-point math. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Target drawable is updated. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkDrawAngledChars( - Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; - * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters - * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) - * should be stripped out of the string that - * is passed to this function. If they are not - * stripped out, they will be displayed as - * regular printing characters. */ - int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ - double x, double y, /* Coordinates at which to place origin of - * string when drawing. */ - double angle) /* What angle to put text at, in degrees. */ -{ - const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */ - const int minCoord = -maxCoord-1; - UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont; - XGCValues values; - XftColor *xftcolor; - int xStart = x, yStart = y; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); -#ifdef XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT - int clen, nglyph; - FT_UInt glyphs[NUM_SPEC]; - XGlyphInfo metrics; - XftFont *currentFtFont; - int originX, originY; - - if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) { -#if DEBUG_FONTSEL - printf("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable); -#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ - fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable, - DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen), - DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen)); - } else { - Tk_ErrorHandler handler = - Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - - XftDrawChange(fontPtr->ftDraw, drawable); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - } - - XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values); - xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground); - if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) { - XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion); - } - - nglyph = 0; - currentFtFont = NULL; - originX = originY = 0; /* lint */ - - while (numBytes > 0) { - XftFont *ftFont; - FcChar32 c; - - clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes); - if (clen <= 0) { - /* - * This should not happen, but it can. - */ - - goto doUnderlineStrikeout; - } - source += clen; - numBytes -= clen; - - ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, angle); - if (!ftFont) { - continue; - } - - if (ftFont != currentFtFont || nglyph == NUM_SPEC) { - if (nglyph) { - /* - * We pass multiple glyphs at once to enable the code to - * perform better rendering of sub-pixel inter-glyph spacing. - * If only the current Xft implementation could make use of - * this information... but we'll be ready when it does! - */ - - XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs, - nglyph, &metrics); - /* - * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords. - */ - - if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord && - x <= maxCoord - metrics.width && - y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) { - - /* - * NOTE: - * The whole algorithm has a design problem, the choice of - * NUM_SPEC is arbitrary, and so the inter-glyph spacing could - * look arbitrary. This algorithm has to draw the whole string - * at once (or whole blocks with same font), this requires a - * dynamic 'glyphs' array. In case of overflow the array has to - * be divided until the maximal string will fit. (GC) - * Given the resolution of current displays though, this should - * not be a huge issue since NUM_SPEC is 1024 and thus able to - * cover about 6000 pixels for a 6 pixel wide font (which is - * a very small barely readable font) - */ - - XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont, - originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph); - } - } - originX = ROUND16(x); - originY = ROUND16(y); - currentFtFont = ftFont; - } - glyphs[nglyph++] = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c); - } - if (nglyph) { - XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs, - nglyph, &metrics); - - /* - * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords. - */ - - if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord && - x <= maxCoord - metrics.width && - y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) { - XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont, - originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph); - } - } -#else /* !XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */ - int clen, nspec; - XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC]; - XGlyphInfo metrics; - double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0); - - if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) { -#if DEBUG_FONTSEL - printf("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable); -#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */ - fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable, - DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen), - DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen)); - } else { - Tk_ErrorHandler handler = - Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - - XftDrawChange(fontPtr->ftDraw, drawable); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - } - XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values); - xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground); - if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) { - XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion); - } - nspec = 0; - while (numBytes > 0) { - XftFont *ftFont, *ft0Font; - FcChar32 c; - - clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes); - if (clen <= 0) { - /* - * This should not happen, but it can. - */ - - goto doUnderlineStrikeout; - } - source += clen; - numBytes -= clen; - - ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, angle); - ft0Font = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0); - if (ftFont && ft0Font) { - specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c); - XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ft0Font, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1, - &metrics); - - /* - * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords. - */ - - if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord && - x <= maxCoord - metrics.width && - y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) { - specs[nspec].font = ftFont; - specs[nspec].x = ROUND16(x); - specs[nspec].y = ROUND16(y); - if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) { - XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, - specs, nspec); - nspec = 0; - } - } - x += metrics.xOff*cosA + metrics.yOff*sinA; - y += metrics.yOff*cosA - metrics.xOff*sinA; - } - } - if (nspec) { - XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec); - } -#endif /* XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */ - - doUnderlineStrikeout: - if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) { - XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, None); - } - if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline || fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike) { - XPoint points[5]; - double width = (x - xStart) * cosA + (yStart - y) * sinA; - double barHeight = fontPtr->font.underlineHeight; - double dy = fontPtr->font.underlinePos; - - if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) { - if (fontPtr->font.underlineHeight == 1) { - dy++; - } - points[0].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA); - points[0].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA); - points[1].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + width*cosA); - points[1].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA - width*sinA); - if (fontPtr->font.underlineHeight == 1) { - XDrawLines(display, drawable, gc, points, 2, CoordModeOrigin); - } else { - points[2].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + width*cosA - + barHeight*sinA); - points[2].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA - width*sinA - + barHeight*cosA); - points[3].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + barHeight*sinA); - points[3].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA + barHeight*cosA); - points[4].x = points[0].x; - points[4].y = points[0].y; - XFillPolygon(display, drawable, gc, points, 5, Complex, - CoordModeOrigin); - XDrawLines(display, drawable, gc, points, 5, CoordModeOrigin); - } - } - if (fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike != 0) { - dy = -fontPtr->font.fm.descent - - (fontPtr->font.fm.ascent) / 10; - points[0].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA); - points[0].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA); - points[1].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + width*cosA); - points[1].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA - width*sinA); - if (fontPtr->font.underlineHeight == 1) { - XDrawLines(display, drawable, gc, points, 2, CoordModeOrigin); - } else { - points[2].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + width*cosA - + barHeight*sinA); - points[2].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA - width*sinA - + barHeight*cosA); - points[3].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + barHeight*sinA); - points[3].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA + barHeight*cosA); - points[4].x = points[0].x; - points[4].y = points[0].y; - XFillPolygon(display, drawable, gc, points, 5, Complex, - CoordModeOrigin); - XDrawLines(display, drawable, gc, points, 5, CoordModeOrigin); - } - } - } -} - -void -TkUnixSetXftClipRegion( - TkRegion clipRegion) /* The clipping region to install. */ -{ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - tsdPtr->clipRegion = (Region) clipRegion; -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScale.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScale.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8f88018..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScale.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,731 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixScale.c -- - * - * This file implements the X specific portion of the scrollbar widget. - * - * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" -#include "tkScale.h" - -#if defined(_WIN32) -#define snprintf _snprintf -#endif - -/* - * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: - */ - -static void DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr, - Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr); -static void DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr, - Drawable drawable, double value, int top); -static void DisplayVerticalScale(TkScale *scalePtr, - Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr); -static void DisplayVerticalValue(TkScale *scalePtr, - Drawable drawable, double value, int rightEdge); - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpCreateScale -- - * - * Allocate a new TkScale structure. - * - * Results: - * Returns a newly allocated TkScale structure. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkScale * -TkpCreateScale( - Tk_Window tkwin) -{ - return ckalloc(sizeof(TkScale)); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDestroyScale -- - * - * Destroy a TkScale structure. It's necessary to do this with - * Tcl_EventuallyFree to allow the Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr) to work as - * expected in TkpDisplayScale. (hobbs) - * - * Results: - * None - * - * Side effects: - * Memory is freed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDestroyScale( - TkScale *scalePtr) -{ - Tcl_EventuallyFree(scalePtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DisplayVerticalScale -- - * - * This function redraws the contents of a vertical scale window. It is - * invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's - * nothing else for the application to do. - * - * Results: - * There is no return value. If only a part of the scale needs to be - * redrawn, then drawnAreaPtr is modified to reflect the area that was - * actually modified. - * - * Side effects: - * Information appears on the screen. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DisplayVerticalScale( - TkScale *scalePtr, /* Widget record for scale. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Where to display scale (window or - * pixmap). */ - XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr) /* Initally contains area of window; if only a - * part of the scale is redrawn, gets modified - * to reflect the part of the window that was - * redrawn. */ -{ - Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; - int x, y, width, height, shadowWidth; - double tickValue, tickInterval = scalePtr->tickInterval; - Tk_3DBorder sliderBorder; - - /* - * Display the information from left to right across the window. - */ - - if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER)) { - drawnAreaPtr->x = scalePtr->vertTickRightX; - drawnAreaPtr->y = scalePtr->inset; - drawnAreaPtr->width = scalePtr->vertTroughX + scalePtr->width - + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth - scalePtr->vertTickRightX; - drawnAreaPtr->height -= 2*scalePtr->inset; - } - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, scalePtr->bgBorder, - drawnAreaPtr->x, drawnAreaPtr->y, drawnAreaPtr->width, - drawnAreaPtr->height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); - if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) { - /* - * Display the tick marks. - */ - - if (tickInterval != 0) { - double ticks, maxTicks; - - /* - * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such - * that they don't overlap - */ - - ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) - / tickInterval); - maxTicks = (double) Tk_Height(tkwin) - / (double) scalePtr->fontHeight; - if (ticks > maxTicks) { - tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks); - } - for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ; - tickValue += tickInterval) { - /* - * The TkRoundToResolution call gets rid of accumulated - * round-off errors, if any. - */ - - tickValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue); - if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) { - if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) { - break; - } - } else { - if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) { - break; - } - } - DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue, - scalePtr->vertTickRightX); - } - } - } - - /* - * Display the value, if it is desired. - */ - - if (scalePtr->showValue) { - DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value, - scalePtr->vertValueRightX); - } - - /* - * Display the trough and the slider. - */ - - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, - scalePtr->bgBorder, scalePtr->vertTroughX, scalePtr->inset, - scalePtr->width + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth, - Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->inset, scalePtr->borderWidth, - TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN); - XFillRectangle(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->troughGC, - scalePtr->vertTroughX + scalePtr->borderWidth, - scalePtr->inset + scalePtr->borderWidth, - (unsigned) scalePtr->width, - (unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->inset - - 2*scalePtr->borderWidth)); - if (scalePtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) { - sliderBorder = scalePtr->activeBorder; - } else { - sliderBorder = scalePtr->bgBorder; - } - width = scalePtr->width; - height = scalePtr->sliderLength/2; - x = scalePtr->vertTroughX + scalePtr->borderWidth; - y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value) - height; - shadowWidth = scalePtr->borderWidth/2; - if (shadowWidth == 0) { - shadowWidth = 1; - } - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x, y, width, - 2*height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief); - x += shadowWidth; - y += shadowWidth; - width -= 2*shadowWidth; - height -= shadowWidth; - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x, y, width, - height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief); - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x, y+height, - width, height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief); - - /* - * Draw the label to the right of the scale. - */ - - if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) { - Tk_FontMetrics fm; - - Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm); - Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC, - scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label, - scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->vertLabelX, - scalePtr->inset + (3*fm.ascent)/2); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DisplayVerticalValue -- - * - * This function is called to display values (scale readings) for - * vertically-oriented scales. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The numerical value corresponding to value is displayed with its right - * edge at "rightEdge", and at a vertical position in the scale that - * corresponds to "value". - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DisplayVerticalValue( - register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about widget in which to - * display value. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw the - * value. */ - double value, /* Y-coordinate of number to display, - * specified in application coords, not in - * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */ - int rightEdge) /* X-coordinate of right edge of text, - * specified in pixels. */ -{ - register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; - int y, width, length; - char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; - Tk_FontMetrics fm; - - Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm); - y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2; - if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) { - valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; - } - length = (int) strlen(valueString); - width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length); - - /* - * Adjust the y-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside - * the window. - */ - - if ((y - fm.ascent) < (scalePtr->inset + SPACING)) { - y = scalePtr->inset + SPACING + fm.ascent; - } - if ((y + fm.descent) > (Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING)) { - y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING - fm.descent; - } - Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC, - scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length, rightEdge - width, y); -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DisplayHorizontalScale -- - * - * This function redraws the contents of a horizontal scale window. It is - * invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's - * nothing else for the application to do. - * - * Results: - * There is no return value. If only a part of the scale needs to be - * redrawn, then drawnAreaPtr is modified to reflect the area that was - * actually modified. - * - * Side effects: - * Information appears on the screen. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DisplayHorizontalScale( - TkScale *scalePtr, /* Widget record for scale. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Where to display scale (window or - * pixmap). */ - XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr) /* Initally contains area of window; if only a - * part of the scale is redrawn, gets modified - * to reflect the part of the window that was - * redrawn. */ -{ - register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; - int x, y, width, height, shadowWidth; - double tickValue, tickInterval = scalePtr->tickInterval; - Tk_3DBorder sliderBorder; - - /* - * Display the information from bottom to top across the window. - */ - - if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER)) { - drawnAreaPtr->x = scalePtr->inset; - drawnAreaPtr->y = scalePtr->horizValueY; - drawnAreaPtr->width -= 2*scalePtr->inset; - drawnAreaPtr->height = scalePtr->horizTroughY + scalePtr->width - + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth - scalePtr->horizValueY; - } - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, scalePtr->bgBorder, - drawnAreaPtr->x, drawnAreaPtr->y, drawnAreaPtr->width, - drawnAreaPtr->height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); - if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) { - /* - * Display the tick marks. - */ - - if (tickInterval != 0) { - char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; - double ticks, maxTicks; - - /* - * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such - * that they don't overlap. We base this off the width that - * fromValue would take. Not exact, but better than no constraint. - */ - - ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) - / tickInterval); - if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, - scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) { - valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; - } - maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin) - / (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1); - if (ticks > maxTicks) { - tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks); - } - for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ; - tickValue += tickInterval) { - /* - * The TkRoundToResolution call gets rid of accumulated - * round-off errors, if any. - */ - - tickValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue); - if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) { - if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) { - break; - } - } else { - if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) { - break; - } - } - DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue, - scalePtr->horizTickY); - } - } - } - - /* - * Display the value, if it is desired. - */ - - if (scalePtr->showValue) { - DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value, - scalePtr->horizValueY); - } - - /* - * Display the trough and the slider. - */ - - y = scalePtr->horizTroughY; - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, - scalePtr->bgBorder, scalePtr->inset, y, - Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->inset, - scalePtr->width + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth, - scalePtr->borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN); - XFillRectangle(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->troughGC, - scalePtr->inset + scalePtr->borderWidth, - y + scalePtr->borderWidth, - (unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->inset - - 2*scalePtr->borderWidth), - (unsigned) scalePtr->width); - if (scalePtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) { - sliderBorder = scalePtr->activeBorder; - } else { - sliderBorder = scalePtr->bgBorder; - } - width = scalePtr->sliderLength/2; - height = scalePtr->width; - x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value) - width; - y += scalePtr->borderWidth; - shadowWidth = scalePtr->borderWidth/2; - if (shadowWidth == 0) { - shadowWidth = 1; - } - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, - x, y, 2*width, height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief); - x += shadowWidth; - y += shadowWidth; - width -= shadowWidth; - height -= 2*shadowWidth; - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x, y, width, height, - shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief); - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x+width, y, - width, height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief); - - /* - * Draw the label at the top of the scale. - */ - - if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) { - Tk_FontMetrics fm; - - Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm); - Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC, - scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label, - scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->inset + fm.ascent/2, - scalePtr->horizLabelY + fm.ascent); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DisplayHorizontalValue -- - * - * This function is called to display values (scale readings) for - * horizontally-oriented scales. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The numerical value corresponding to value is displayed with its - * bottom edge at "bottom", and at a horizontal position in the scale - * that corresponds to "value". - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DisplayHorizontalValue( - register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about widget in which to - * display value. */ - Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw the - * value. */ - double value, /* X-coordinate of number to display, - * specified in application coords, not in - * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */ - int top) /* Y-coordinate of top edge of text, specified - * in pixels. */ -{ - register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; - int x, y, length, width; - char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; - Tk_FontMetrics fm; - - x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value); - Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm); - y = top + fm.ascent; - if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) { - valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; - } - length = (int) strlen(valueString); - width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length); - - /* - * Adjust the x-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside - * the window. - */ - - x -= (width)/2; - if (x < (scalePtr->inset + SPACING)) { - x = scalePtr->inset + SPACING; - } - - /* - * Check the right border so use starting point +text width for the check. - */ - - if (x + width >= (Tk_Width(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset)) { - x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING - width; - } - Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC, - scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length, x, y); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDisplayScale -- - * - * This function is invoked as an idle handler to redisplay the contents - * of a scale widget. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The scale gets redisplayed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDisplayScale( - ClientData clientData) /* Widget record for scale. */ -{ - TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData; - Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; - Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp; - Pixmap pixmap; - int result; - char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; - XRectangle drawnArea; - Tcl_DString buf; - - scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; - if ((scalePtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(scalePtr->tkwin)) { - goto done; - } - - /* - * Invoke the scale's command if needed. - */ - - Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr); - if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) { - Tcl_Preserve(interp); - if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, - scalePtr->value) < 0) { - string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; - } - Tcl_DStringInit(&buf); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1); - result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0); - Tcl_DStringFree(&buf); - if (result != TCL_OK) { - Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command executed by scale)"); - Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result); - } - Tcl_Release(interp); - } - scalePtr->flags &= ~INVOKE_COMMAND; - if (scalePtr->flags & SCALE_DELETED) { - Tcl_Release(scalePtr); - return; - } - Tcl_Release(scalePtr); - -#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING - /* - * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the scale in a - * pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation. - * This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen image has - * been cleared. - */ - - pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(scalePtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin)); -#else - pixmap = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); -#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */ - drawnArea.x = 0; - drawnArea.y = 0; - drawnArea.width = Tk_Width(tkwin); - drawnArea.height = Tk_Height(tkwin); - - /* - * Much of the redisplay is done totally differently for horizontal and - * vertical scales. Handle the part that's different. - */ - - if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) { - DisplayVerticalScale(scalePtr, pixmap, &drawnArea); - } else { - DisplayHorizontalScale(scalePtr, pixmap, &drawnArea); - } - - /* - * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for horizontal and - * vertical scales: border and traversal highlight. - */ - - if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) { - if (scalePtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, scalePtr->bgBorder, - scalePtr->highlightWidth, scalePtr->highlightWidth, - Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth, - Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth, - scalePtr->borderWidth, scalePtr->relief); - } - if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) { - GC gc; - - if (scalePtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { - gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); - } else { - gc = Tk_GCForColor( - Tk_3DBorderColor(scalePtr->highlightBorder), pixmap); - } - Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); - } - } - -#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING - /* - * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then - * delete the pixmap. - */ - - XCopyArea(scalePtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - scalePtr->copyGC, drawnArea.x, drawnArea.y, drawnArea.width, - drawnArea.height, drawnArea.x, drawnArea.y); - Tk_FreePixmap(scalePtr->display, pixmap); -#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */ - - done: - scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_ALL; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpScaleElement -- - * - * Determine which part of a scale widget lies under a given point. - * - * Results: - * The return value is either TROUGH1, SLIDER, TROUGH2, or OTHER, - * depending on which of the scale's active elements (if any) is under - * the point at (x,y). - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpScaleElement( - TkScale *scalePtr, /* Widget record for scale. */ - int x, int y) /* Coordinates within scalePtr's window. */ -{ - int sliderFirst; - - if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) { - if ((x < scalePtr->vertTroughX) - || (x >= (scalePtr->vertTroughX + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth + - scalePtr->width))) { - return OTHER; - } - if ((y < scalePtr->inset) - || (y >= (Tk_Height(scalePtr->tkwin) - scalePtr->inset))) { - return OTHER; - } - sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value) - - scalePtr->sliderLength/2; - if (y < sliderFirst) { - return TROUGH1; - } - if (y < (sliderFirst+scalePtr->sliderLength)) { - return SLIDER; - } - return TROUGH2; - } - - if ((y < scalePtr->horizTroughY) - || (y >= (scalePtr->horizTroughY + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth + - scalePtr->width))) { - return OTHER; - } - if ((x < scalePtr->inset) - || (x >= (Tk_Width(scalePtr->tkwin) - scalePtr->inset))) { - return OTHER; - } - sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value) - - scalePtr->sliderLength/2; - if (x < sliderFirst) { - return TROUGH1; - } - if (x < (sliderFirst+scalePtr->sliderLength)) { - return SLIDER; - } - return TROUGH2; -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2446c3f..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,488 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixScrollbar.c -- - * - * This file implements the Unix specific portion of the scrollbar - * widget. - * - * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" -#include "tkScrollbar.h" - -/* - * Minimum slider length, in pixels (designed to make sure that the slider is - * always easy to grab with the mouse). - */ - -#define MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH 5 - -/* - * Declaration of Unix specific scrollbar structure. - */ - -typedef struct UnixScrollbar { - TkScrollbar info; /* Generic scrollbar info. */ - GC troughGC; /* For drawing trough. */ - GC copyGC; /* Used for copying from pixmap onto screen. */ -} UnixScrollbar; - -/* - * The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget. All fields except size - * are left initialized to NULL, which should happen automatically since the - * variable is declared at this scope. - */ - -const Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = { - sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */ - NULL, /* worldChangedProc */ - NULL, /* createProc */ - NULL /* modalProc */ -}; - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpCreateScrollbar -- - * - * Allocate a new TkScrollbar structure. - * - * Results: - * Returns a newly allocated TkScrollbar structure. - * - * Side effects: - * Registers an event handler for the widget. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkScrollbar * -TkpCreateScrollbar( - Tk_Window tkwin) -{ - UnixScrollbar *scrollPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixScrollbar)); - - scrollPtr->troughGC = None; - scrollPtr->copyGC = None; - - Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, - ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, - TkScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr); - - return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr; -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDisplayScrollbar -- - * - * This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. It is - * invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's - * nothing else for the application to do. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Information appears on the screen. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDisplayScrollbar( - ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */ -{ - register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData; - register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin; - XPoint points[7]; - Tk_3DBorder border; - int relief, width, elementBorderWidth; - Pixmap pixmap; - - if ((scrollPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { - goto done; - } - - if (scrollPtr->vertical) { - width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset; - } else { - width = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset; - } - elementBorderWidth = scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth; - if (elementBorderWidth < 0) { - elementBorderWidth = scrollPtr->borderWidth; - } - - /* - * In order to avoid screen flashes, this procedure redraws the scrollbar - * in a pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single - * operation. This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen - * image has been cleared. - */ - - pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(scrollPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin)); - - if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth != 0) { - GC gc; - - if (scrollPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { - gc = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); - } else { - gc = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap); - } - Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scrollPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); - } - Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, scrollPtr->bgBorder, - scrollPtr->highlightWidth, scrollPtr->highlightWidth, - Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth, - Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth, - scrollPtr->borderWidth, scrollPtr->relief); - XFillRectangle(scrollPtr->display, pixmap, - ((UnixScrollbar*)scrollPtr)->troughGC, - scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset, - (unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset), - (unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset)); - - /* - * Draw the top or left arrow. The coordinates of the polygon points - * probably seem odd, but they were carefully chosen with respect to X's - * rules for filling polygons. These point choices cause the arrows to - * just fill the narrow dimension of the scrollbar and be properly - * centered. - */ - - if (scrollPtr->activeField == TOP_ARROW) { - border = scrollPtr->activeBorder; - relief = scrollPtr->activeField == TOP_ARROW ? scrollPtr->activeRelief - : TK_RELIEF_RAISED; - } else { - border = scrollPtr->bgBorder; - relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; - } - if (scrollPtr->vertical) { - points[0].x = scrollPtr->inset - 1; - points[0].y = scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset - 1; - points[1].x = width + scrollPtr->inset; - points[1].y = points[0].y; - points[2].x = width/2 + scrollPtr->inset; - points[2].y = scrollPtr->inset - 1; - Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, pixmap, border, points, 3, - elementBorderWidth, relief); - } else { - points[0].x = scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset - 1; - points[0].y = scrollPtr->inset - 1; - points[1].x = scrollPtr->inset; - points[1].y = width/2 + scrollPtr->inset; - points[2].x = points[0].x; - points[2].y = width + scrollPtr->inset; - Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, pixmap, border, points, 3, - elementBorderWidth, relief); - } - - /* - * Display the bottom or right arrow. - */ - - if (scrollPtr->activeField == BOTTOM_ARROW) { - border = scrollPtr->activeBorder; - relief = scrollPtr->activeField == BOTTOM_ARROW - ? scrollPtr->activeRelief : TK_RELIEF_RAISED; - } else { - border = scrollPtr->bgBorder; - relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; - } - if (scrollPtr->vertical) { - points[0].x = scrollPtr->inset; - points[0].y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scrollPtr->arrowLength - - scrollPtr->inset + 1; - points[1].x = width/2 + scrollPtr->inset; - points[1].y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scrollPtr->inset; - points[2].x = width + scrollPtr->inset; - points[2].y = points[0].y; - Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, pixmap, border, - points, 3, elementBorderWidth, relief); - } else { - points[0].x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - scrollPtr->arrowLength - - scrollPtr->inset + 1; - points[0].y = scrollPtr->inset - 1; - points[1].x = points[0].x; - points[1].y = width + scrollPtr->inset; - points[2].x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - scrollPtr->inset; - points[2].y = width/2 + scrollPtr->inset; - Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, pixmap, border, - points, 3, elementBorderWidth, relief); - } - - /* - * Display the slider. - */ - - if (scrollPtr->activeField == SLIDER) { - border = scrollPtr->activeBorder; - relief = scrollPtr->activeField == SLIDER ? scrollPtr->activeRelief - : TK_RELIEF_RAISED; - } else { - border = scrollPtr->bgBorder; - relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; - } - if (scrollPtr->vertical) { - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, - scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->sliderFirst, - width, scrollPtr->sliderLast - scrollPtr->sliderFirst, - elementBorderWidth, relief); - } else { - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, - scrollPtr->sliderFirst, scrollPtr->inset, - scrollPtr->sliderLast - scrollPtr->sliderFirst, width, - elementBorderWidth, relief); - } - - /* - * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then - * delete the pixmap. - */ - - XCopyArea(scrollPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - ((UnixScrollbar*)scrollPtr)->copyGC, 0, 0, - (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0); - Tk_FreePixmap(scrollPtr->display, pixmap); - - done: - scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry -- - * - * After changes in a scrollbar's size or configuration, this procedure - * recomputes various geometry information used in displaying the - * scrollbar. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The scrollbar will be displayed differently. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -extern void -TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry( - register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) - /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have - * changed. */ -{ - int width, fieldLength; - - if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) { - scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0; - } - scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth; - width = (scrollPtr->vertical) ? Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin) - : Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin); - - /* - * Next line assumes that the arrow area is a square. - */ - - scrollPtr->arrowLength = width - 2*scrollPtr->inset + 1; - fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin) - : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin)) - - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset); - if (fieldLength < 0) { - fieldLength = 0; - } - scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength*scrollPtr->firstFraction; - scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength*scrollPtr->lastFraction; - - /* - * Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always displayed in the - * scrollbar and so that it has at least a minimal width (so it can be - * grabbed with the mouse). - */ - - if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) { - scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH; - } - if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) { - scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0; - } - if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) { - scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH; - } - if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) { - scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength; - } - scrollPtr->sliderFirst += scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset; - scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset; - - /* - * Register the desired geometry for the window (leave enough space for - * the two arrows plus a minimum-size slider, plus border around the whole - * window, if any). Then arrange for the window to be redisplayed. - */ - - if (scrollPtr->vertical) { - Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, - scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset, - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth - + scrollPtr->inset)); - } else { - Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth - + scrollPtr->inset), scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset); - } - Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->inset); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpDestroyScrollbar -- - * - * Free data structures associated with the scrollbar control. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Frees the GCs associated with the scrollbar. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpDestroyScrollbar( - TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) -{ - UnixScrollbar *unixScrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *)scrollPtr; - - if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != None) { - Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->troughGC); - } - if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC != None) { - Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->copyGC); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpConfigureScrollbar -- - * - * This procedure is called after the generic code has finished - * processing configuration options, in order to configure platform - * specific options. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Configuration info may get changed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpConfigureScrollbar( - register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) - /* Information about widget; may or may not - * already have values for some fields. */ -{ - XGCValues gcValues; - GC new; - UnixScrollbar *unixScrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *) scrollPtr; - - Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->bgBorder); - - gcValues.foreground = scrollPtr->troughColorPtr->pixel; - new = Tk_GetGC(scrollPtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); - if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != None) { - Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->troughGC); - } - unixScrollPtr->troughGC = new; - if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC == None) { - gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; - unixScrollPtr->copyGC = Tk_GetGC(scrollPtr->tkwin, - GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues); - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpScrollbarPosition -- - * - * Determine the scrollbar element corresponding to a given position. - * - * Results: - * One of TOP_ARROW, TOP_GAP, etc., indicating which element of the - * scrollbar covers the position given by (x, y). If (x,y) is outside the - * scrollbar entirely, then OUTSIDE is returned. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpScrollbarPosition( - register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, - /* Scrollbar widget record. */ - int x, int y) /* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */ -{ - int length, width, tmp; - register const int inset = scrollPtr->inset; - - if (scrollPtr->vertical) { - length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin); - width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin); - } else { - tmp = x; - x = y; - y = tmp; - length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin); - width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin); - } - - if (x<inset || x>=width-inset || y<inset || y>=length-inset) { - return OUTSIDE; - } - - /* - * All of the calculations in this procedure mirror those in - * TkpDisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent. - */ - - if (y < inset + scrollPtr->arrowLength) { - return TOP_ARROW; - } - if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst) { - return TOP_GAP; - } - if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) { - return SLIDER; - } - if (y >= length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) { - return BOTTOM_ARROW; - } - return BOTTOM_GAP; -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSelect.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSelect.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6d379ec..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSelect.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1552 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixSelect.c -- - * - * This file contains X specific routines for manipulating selections. - * - * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkInt.h" -#include "tkSelect.h" - -typedef struct ConvertInfo { - int offset; /* The starting byte offset into the selection - * for the next chunk; -1 means all data has - * been transferred for this conversion. -2 - * means only the final zero-length transfer - * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the - * offset of the next chunk of data to - * transfer. */ - Tcl_EncodingState state; /* The encoding state needed across chunks. */ - char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character - * that is split across chunks.*/ -} ConvertInfo; - -/* - * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the - * following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection - * function and TkSelPropProc. - */ - -typedef struct IncrInfo { - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that owns selection. */ - Atom selection; /* Selection that is being retrieved. */ - Atom *multAtoms; /* Information about conversions to perform: - * one or more pairs of (target, property). - * This either points to a retrieved property - * (for MULTIPLE retrievals) or to a static - * array. */ - unsigned long numConversions; - /* Number of entries in converts (same as # of - * pairs in multAtoms). */ - ConvertInfo *converts; /* One entry for each pair in multAtoms. This - * array is malloc-ed. */ - char **tempBufs; /* One pointer for each pair in multAtoms; - * each pointer is either NULL, or it points - * to a small bit of character data that was - * left over from the previous chunk. */ - Tcl_EncodingState *state; /* One state info per pair in multAtoms: State - * info for encoding conversions that span - * multiple buffers. */ - int *flags; /* One state flag per pair in multAtoms: - * Encoding flags, set to TCL_ENCODING_START - * at the beginning of an INCR transfer. */ - int numIncrs; /* Number of entries in converts that aren't - * -1 (i.e. # of INCR-mode transfers not yet - * completed). */ - Tcl_TimerToken timeout; /* Token for timer function. */ - int idleTime; /* Number of seconds since we heard anything - * from the selection requestor. */ - Window reqWindow; /* Requestor's window id. */ - Time time; /* Timestamp corresponding to selection at - * beginning of request; used to abort - * transfer if selection changes. */ - struct IncrInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all INCR-style retrievals - * currently pending. */ -} IncrInfo; - -typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - IncrInfo *pendingIncrs; /* List of all incr structures currently - * active. */ -} ThreadSpecificData; -static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; - -/* - * Largest property that we'll accept when sending or receiving the selection: - */ - -#define MAX_PROP_WORDS 100000 - -static TkSelRetrievalInfo *pendingRetrievals = NULL; - /* List of all retrievals currently being - * waited for. */ - -/* - * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: - */ - -static void ConvertSelection(TkWindow *winPtr, - XSelectionRequestEvent *eventPtr); -static void IncrTimeoutProc(ClientData clientData); -static void SelCvtFromX32(long *propPtr, int numValues, Atom type, - Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); -static void SelCvtFromX8(char *propPtr, int numValues, Atom type, - Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); -static long * SelCvtToX(char *string, Atom type, Tk_Window tkwin, - int *numLongsPtr); -static int SelectionSize(TkSelHandler *selPtr); -static void SelRcvIncrProc(ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr); -static void SelTimeoutProc(ClientData clientData); - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkSelGetSelection -- - * - * Retrieve the specified selection from another process. - * - * Results: - * The return value is a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs - * (such as no selection exists) then an error message is left in the - * interp's result. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkSelGetSelection( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */ - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on whose behalf to retrieve the - * selection (determines display from which to - * retrieve). */ - Atom selection, /* Selection to retrieve. */ - Atom target, /* Desired form in which selection is to be - * returned. */ - Tk_GetSelProc *proc, /* Function to call to process the selection, - * once it has been retrieved. */ - ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */ -{ - TkSelRetrievalInfo retr; - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; - - /* - * The selection is owned by some other process. To retrieve it, first - * record information about the retrieval in progress. Use an internal - * window as the requestor. - */ - - retr.interp = interp; - if (dispPtr->clipWindow == NULL) { - int result; - - result = TkClipInit(interp, dispPtr); - if (result != TCL_OK) { - return result; - } - } - retr.winPtr = (TkWindow *) dispPtr->clipWindow; - retr.selection = selection; - retr.property = selection; - retr.target = target; - retr.proc = proc; - retr.clientData = clientData; - retr.result = -1; - retr.idleTime = 0; - retr.encFlags = TCL_ENCODING_START; - retr.nextPtr = pendingRetrievals; - Tcl_DStringInit(&retr.buf); - pendingRetrievals = &retr; - - /* - * Delete the property to indicate that no parameters are supplied for - * the conversion request. - */ - - XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, retr.winPtr->window, retr.property); - - /* - * Initiate the request for the selection. Note: can't use TkCurrentTime - * for the time. If we do, and this application hasn't received any X - * events in a long time, the current time will be way in the past and - * could even predate the time when the selection was made; if this - * happens, the request will be rejected. - */ - - XConvertSelection(winPtr->display, retr.selection, retr.target, - retr.property, retr.winPtr->window, CurrentTime); - - /* - * Enter a loop processing X events until the selection has been retrieved - * and processed. If no response is received within a few seconds, then - * timeout. - */ - - retr.timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, SelTimeoutProc, - &retr); - while (retr.result == -1) { - Tcl_DoOneEvent(0); - } - Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(retr.timeout); - - /* - * Unregister the information about the selection retrieval in progress. - */ - - if (pendingRetrievals == &retr) { - pendingRetrievals = retr.nextPtr; - } else { - TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr; - - for (retrPtr = pendingRetrievals; retrPtr != NULL; - retrPtr = retrPtr->nextPtr) { - if (retrPtr->nextPtr == &retr) { - retrPtr->nextPtr = retr.nextPtr; - break; - } - } - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&retr.buf); - return retr.result; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkSelPropProc -- - * - * This function is invoked when property-change events occur on windows - * not known to the toolkit. Its function is to implement the sending - * side of the INCR selection retrieval protocol when the selection - * requestor deletes the property containing a part of the selection. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * If the property that is receiving the selection was just deleted, then - * a new piece of the selection is fetched and placed in the property, - * until eventually there's no more selection to fetch. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkSelPropProc( - register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X PropertyChange event. */ -{ - register IncrInfo *incrPtr; - register TkSelHandler *selPtr; - int length, numItems; - unsigned long i; - Atom target, formatType; - long buffer[TK_SEL_WORDS_AT_ONCE]; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xany.display); - Tk_ErrorHandler errorHandler; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - /* - * See if this event announces the deletion of a property being used for - * an INCR transfer. If so, then add the next chunk of data to the - * property. - */ - - if (eventPtr->xproperty.state != PropertyDelete) { - return; - } - for (incrPtr = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs; incrPtr != NULL; - incrPtr = incrPtr->nextPtr) { - if (incrPtr->reqWindow != eventPtr->xproperty.window) { - continue; - } - - /* - * For each conversion that has been requested, handle any chunks that - * haven't been transmitted yet. - */ - - for (i = 0; i < incrPtr->numConversions; i++) { - if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != incrPtr->multAtoms[2*i + 1]) - || (incrPtr->converts[i].offset == -1)) { - continue; - } - target = incrPtr->multAtoms[2*i]; - incrPtr->idleTime = 0; - - /* - * Look for a matching selection handler. - */ - - for (selPtr = incrPtr->winPtr->selHandlerList; ; - selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) { - if (selPtr == NULL) { - /* - * No handlers match, so mark the conversion as done. - */ - - incrPtr->multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None; - incrPtr->converts[i].offset = -1; - incrPtr->numIncrs --; - return; - } - if ((selPtr->target == target) - && (selPtr->selection == incrPtr->selection)) { - break; - } - } - - /* - * We found a handler, so get the next chunk from it. - */ - - formatType = selPtr->format; - if (incrPtr->converts[i].offset == -2) { - /* - * We already got the last chunk, so send a null chunk to - * indicate that we are finished. - */ - - numItems = 0; - length = 0; - } else { - TkSelInProgress ip; - - ip.selPtr = selPtr; - ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress(); - TkSelSetInProgress(&ip); - - /* - * Copy any bytes left over from a partial character at the - * end of the previous chunk into the beginning of the buffer. - * Pass the rest of the buffer space into the selection - * handler. - */ - - length = strlen(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer); - strcpy((char *)buffer, incrPtr->converts[i].buffer); - - numItems = selPtr->proc(selPtr->clientData, - incrPtr->converts[i].offset, - ((char *) buffer) + length, - TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE - length); - TkSelSetInProgress(ip.nextPtr); - if (ip.selPtr == NULL) { - /* - * The selection handler deleted itself. - */ - - return; - } - if (numItems < 0) { - numItems = 0; - } - numItems += length; - if (numItems > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) { - Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes"); - } - } - ((char *) buffer)[numItems] = 0; - - errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xproperty.display, - -1, -1, -1, (int (*)()) NULL, NULL); - - /* - * Encode the data using the proper format for each type. - */ - - if ((formatType == XA_STRING) - || (dispPtr && formatType==dispPtr->utf8Atom) - || (dispPtr && formatType==dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) { - Tcl_DString ds; - int encodingCvtFlags; - int srcLen, dstLen, result, srcRead, dstWrote, soFar; - char *src, *dst; - Tcl_Encoding encoding; - - /* - * Set up the encoding state based on the format and whether - * this is the first and/or last chunk. - */ - - encodingCvtFlags = 0; - if (incrPtr->converts[i].offset == 0) { - encodingCvtFlags |= TCL_ENCODING_START; - } - if (numItems < TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) { - encodingCvtFlags |= TCL_ENCODING_END; - } - if (formatType == XA_STRING) { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1"); - } else if (dispPtr && formatType==dispPtr->utf8Atom) { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8"); - } else { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022"); - } - - /* - * Now convert the data. - */ - - src = (char *)buffer; - srcLen = numItems; - Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); - dst = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); - dstLen = ds.spaceAvl - 1; - - - /* - * Now convert the data, growing the destination buffer as - * needed. - */ - - while (1) { - result = Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, srcLen, - encodingCvtFlags, &incrPtr->converts[i].state, - dst, dstLen, &srcRead, &dstWrote, NULL); - soFar = dst + dstWrote - Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); - encodingCvtFlags &= ~TCL_ENCODING_START; - src += srcRead; - srcLen -= srcRead; - if (result != TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE) { - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, soFar); - break; - } - if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) == 0) { - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, dstLen); - } - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, 2 * Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1); - dst = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds) + soFar; - dstLen = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) - soFar - 1; - } - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, soFar); - - if (encoding) { - Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding); - } - - /* - * Set the property to the encoded string value. - */ - - XChangeProperty(eventPtr->xproperty.display, - eventPtr->xproperty.window, eventPtr->xproperty.atom, - formatType, 8, PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), - Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); - - /* - * Preserve any left-over bytes. - */ - - if (srcLen > TCL_UTF_MAX) { - Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted"); - } - memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, (size_t) srcLen+1); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } else { - /* - * Set the property to the encoded string value. - */ - - char *propPtr = (char *) SelCvtToX((char *) buffer, - formatType, (Tk_Window) incrPtr->winPtr, &numItems); - - if (propPtr == NULL) { - numItems = 0; - } - XChangeProperty(eventPtr->xproperty.display, - eventPtr->xproperty.window, eventPtr->xproperty.atom, - formatType, 32, PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) propPtr, numItems); - if (propPtr != NULL) { - ckfree(propPtr); - } - } - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler); - - /* - * Compute the next offset value. If this was the last chunk, then - * set the offset to -2. If this was an empty chunk, then set the - * offset to -1 to indicate we are done. - */ - - if (numItems < TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) { - if (numItems <= 0) { - incrPtr->converts[i].offset = -1; - incrPtr->numIncrs--; - } else { - incrPtr->converts[i].offset = -2; - } - } else { - /* - * Advance over the selection data that was consumed this - * time. - */ - - incrPtr->converts[i].offset += numItems - length; - } - return; - } - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkSelEventProc -- - * - * This function is invoked whenever a selection-related event occurs. - * It does the lion's share of the work in implementing the selection - * protocol. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Lots: depends on the type of event. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkSelEventProc( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */ - register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event: either SelectionClear, - * SelectionRequest, or SelectionNotify. */ -{ - register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; - Tcl_Interp *interp; - - /* - * Case #1: SelectionClear events. - */ - - if (eventPtr->type == SelectionClear) { - TkSelClearSelection(tkwin, eventPtr); - } - - /* - * Case #2: SelectionNotify events. Call the relevant function to handle - * the incoming selection. - */ - - if (eventPtr->type == SelectionNotify) { - register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr; - char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo; - Atom type; - int format, result; - unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter; - Tcl_DString ds; - - for (retrPtr = pendingRetrievals; ; retrPtr = retrPtr->nextPtr) { - if (retrPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - if ((retrPtr->winPtr == winPtr) - && (retrPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselection.selection) - && (retrPtr->target == eventPtr->xselection.target) - && (retrPtr->result == -1)) { - if (retrPtr->property == eventPtr->xselection.property) { - break; - } - if (eventPtr->xselection.property == None) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "%s selection doesn't exist or form \"%s\" not defined", - Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, retrPtr->selection), - Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, retrPtr->target))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", - "NONE", NULL); - retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; - return; - } - } - } - - propInfo = NULL; - result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->xselection.display, - eventPtr->xselection.requestor, retrPtr->property, - 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False, (Atom) AnyPropertyType, - &type, &format, &numItems, &bytesAfter, - (unsigned char **) propInfoPtr); - if ((result != Success) || (type == None)) { - return; - } - if (bytesAfter != 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "selection property too large", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "SIZE",NULL); - retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; - XFree(propInfo); - return; - } - if ((type == XA_STRING) || (type == dispPtr->textAtom) - || (type == dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) { - Tcl_Encoding encoding; - - if (format != 8) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"", - format)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT", - NULL); - retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; - return; - } - interp = retrPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve(interp); - - /* - * Convert the X selection data into UTF before passing it to the - * selection callback. Note that the COMPOUND_TEXT uses a modified - * iso2022 encoding, not the current system encoding. For now - * we'll just blindly apply the iso2022 encoding. This is probably - * wrong, but it's a placeholder until we figure out what we're - * really supposed to do. For STRING, we need to use Latin-1 - * instead. Again, it's not really the full iso8859-1 space, but - * this is close enough. - */ - - if (type == dispPtr->compoundTextAtom) { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022"); - } else { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1"); - } - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, propInfo, (int)numItems, &ds); - if (encoding) { - Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding); - } - - retrPtr->result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData, interp, - Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - Tcl_Release(interp); - } else if (type == dispPtr->utf8Atom) { - /* - * The X selection data is in UTF-8 format already. We can't - * guarantee that propInfo is NULL-terminated, so we might have to - * copy the string. - */ - - char *propData = propInfo; - - if (format != 8) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"", - format)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT", - NULL); - retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; - return; - } - - if (propInfo[numItems] != '\0') { - propData = ckalloc(numItems + 1); - strcpy(propData, propInfo); - propData[numItems] = '\0'; - } - retrPtr->result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData, - retrPtr->interp, propData); - if (propData != propInfo) { - ckfree(propData); - } - - } else if (type == dispPtr->incrAtom) { - /* - * It's a !?#@!?!! INCR-style reception. Arrange to receive the - * selection in pieces, using the ICCCM protocol, then hang around - * until either the selection is all here or a timeout occurs. - */ - - retrPtr->idleTime = 0; - Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, PropertyChangeMask, SelRcvIncrProc, - retrPtr); - XDeleteProperty(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - retrPtr->property); - while (retrPtr->result == -1) { - Tcl_DoOneEvent(0); - } - Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, PropertyChangeMask, SelRcvIncrProc, - retrPtr); - } else { - Tcl_DString ds; - - if (format != 32 && format != 8) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "bad format for selection: wanted \"32\" or " - "\"8\", got \"%d\"", format)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT", - NULL); - retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; - return; - } - Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); - if (format == 32) { - SelCvtFromX32((long *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type, - (Tk_Window) winPtr, &ds); - } else { - SelCvtFromX8((char *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type, - (Tk_Window) winPtr, &ds); - } - interp = retrPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve(interp); - retrPtr->result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData, - interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); - Tcl_Release(interp); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - XFree(propInfo); - return; - } - - /* - * Case #3: SelectionRequest events. Call ConvertSelection to do the dirty - * work. - */ - - if (eventPtr->type == SelectionRequest) { - ConvertSelection(winPtr, &eventPtr->xselectionrequest); - return; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SelTimeoutProc -- - * - * This function is invoked once every second while waiting for the - * selection to be returned. After a while it gives up and aborts the - * selection retrieval. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * A new timer callback is created to call us again in another second, - * unless time has expired, in which case an error is recorded for the - * retrieval. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -SelTimeoutProc( - ClientData clientData) /* Information about retrieval in progress. */ -{ - register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr = clientData; - - /* - * Make sure that the retrieval is still in progress. Then see how long - * it's been since any sort of response was received from the other side. - */ - - if (retrPtr->result != -1) { - return; - } - retrPtr->idleTime++; - if (retrPtr->idleTime >= 5) { - /* - * Use a careful function to store the error message, because the - * result could already be partially filled in with a partial - * selection return. - */ - - Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "selection owner didn't respond", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "IGNORED", NULL); - retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; - } else { - retrPtr->timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, SelTimeoutProc, - (ClientData) retrPtr); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ConvertSelection -- - * - * This function is invoked to handle SelectionRequest events. It - * responds to the requests, obeying the ICCCM protocols. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Properties are created for the selection requestor, and a - * SelectionNotify event is generated for the selection requestor. In the - * event of long selections, this function implements INCR-mode - * transfers, using the ICCCM protocol. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -ConvertSelection( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that received the conversion - * request; may not be selection's current - * owner, be we set it to the current - * owner. */ - register XSelectionRequestEvent *eventPtr) - /* Event describing request. */ -{ - union { - XSelectionEvent xsel; - XEvent ev; - } reply; /* Used to notify requestor that selection - * info is ready. */ - int multiple; /* Non-zero means a MULTIPLE request is being - * handled. */ - IncrInfo incr; /* State of selection conversion. */ - Atom singleInfo[2]; /* incr.multAtoms points here except for - * multiple conversions. */ - unsigned long i; - Tk_ErrorHandler errorHandler; - TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr; - TkSelInProgress ip; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->display, -1, -1,-1, - (int (*)()) NULL, NULL); - - /* - * Initialize the reply event. - */ - - reply.xsel.type = SelectionNotify; - reply.xsel.serial = 0; - reply.xsel.send_event = True; - reply.xsel.display = eventPtr->display; - reply.xsel.requestor = eventPtr->requestor; - reply.xsel.selection = eventPtr->selection; - reply.xsel.target = eventPtr->target; - reply.xsel.property = eventPtr->property; - if (reply.xsel.property == None) { - reply.xsel.property = reply.xsel.target; - } - reply.xsel.time = eventPtr->time; - - for (infoPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr; infoPtr != NULL; - infoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr) { - if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->selection) { - break; - } - } - if (infoPtr == NULL) { - goto refuse; - } - winPtr = (TkWindow *) infoPtr->owner; - - /* - * Figure out which kind(s) of conversion to perform. If handling a - * MULTIPLE conversion, then read the property describing which - * conversions to perform. - */ - - incr.winPtr = winPtr; - incr.selection = eventPtr->selection; - if (eventPtr->target != winPtr->dispPtr->multipleAtom) { - multiple = 0; - singleInfo[0] = reply.xsel.target; - singleInfo[1] = reply.xsel.property; - incr.multAtoms = singleInfo; - incr.numConversions = 1; - } else { - Atom type, **multAtomsPtr = &incr.multAtoms; - int format, result; - unsigned long bytesAfter; - - multiple = 1; - incr.multAtoms = NULL; - if (eventPtr->property == None) { - goto refuse; - } - result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->display, eventPtr->requestor, - eventPtr->property, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False, - winPtr->dispPtr->atomPairAtom, &type, &format, - &incr.numConversions, &bytesAfter, - (unsigned char **) multAtomsPtr); - if ((result != Success) || (bytesAfter != 0) || (format != 32) - || (type == None)) { - if (incr.multAtoms != NULL) { - XFree((char *) incr.multAtoms); - } - goto refuse; - } - incr.numConversions /= 2; /* Two atoms per conversion. */ - } - - /* - * Loop through all of the requested conversions, and either return the - * entire converted selection, if it can be returned in a single bunch, or - * return INCR information only (the actual selection will be returned - * below). - */ - - incr.converts = ckalloc(incr.numConversions * sizeof(ConvertInfo)); - incr.numIncrs = 0; - for (i = 0; i < incr.numConversions; i++) { - Atom target, property, type; - long buffer[TK_SEL_WORDS_AT_ONCE]; - register TkSelHandler *selPtr; - int numItems, format; - char *propPtr; - - target = incr.multAtoms[2*i]; - property = incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1]; - incr.converts[i].offset = -1; - incr.converts[i].buffer[0] = '\0'; - - for (selPtr = winPtr->selHandlerList; selPtr != NULL; - selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) { - if ((selPtr->target == target) - && (selPtr->selection == eventPtr->selection)) { - break; - } - } - - if (selPtr == NULL) { - /* - * Nobody seems to know about this kind of request. If it's of a - * sort that we can handle without any help, do it. Otherwise mark - * the request as an errror. - */ - - numItems = TkSelDefaultSelection(infoPtr, target, (char *) buffer, - TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE, &type); - if (numItems < 0) { - incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None; - continue; - } - } else { - ip.selPtr = selPtr; - ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress(); - TkSelSetInProgress(&ip); - type = selPtr->format; - numItems = selPtr->proc(selPtr->clientData, 0, (char *) buffer, - TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE); - TkSelSetInProgress(ip.nextPtr); - if ((ip.selPtr == NULL) || (numItems < 0)) { - incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None; - continue; - } - if (numItems > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) { - Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes"); - } - ((char *) buffer)[numItems] = '\0'; - } - - /* - * Got the selection; store it back on the requestor's property. - */ - - if (numItems == TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) { - /* - * Selection is too big to send at once; start an INCR-mode - * transfer. - */ - - incr.numIncrs++; - type = winPtr->dispPtr->incrAtom; - buffer[0] = SelectionSize(selPtr); - if (buffer[0] == 0) { - incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None; - continue; - } - numItems = 1; - propPtr = (char *) buffer; - format = 32; - incr.converts[i].offset = 0; - XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, - property, type, format, PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) propPtr, numItems); - } else if (type == winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom) { - /* - * This matches selection requests of type UTF8_STRING, which - * allows us to pass our utf-8 information untouched. - */ - - XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, - property, type, 8, PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) buffer, numItems); - } else if ((type == XA_STRING) - || (type == winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) { - Tcl_DString ds; - Tcl_Encoding encoding; - - /* - * STRING is Latin-1, COMPOUND_TEXT is an iso2022 variant. We need - * to convert the selection text into these external forms before - * modifying the property. - */ - - if (type == XA_STRING) { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1"); - } else { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022"); - } - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, (char *) buffer, -1, &ds); - XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, - property, type, 8, PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), - Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); - if (encoding) { - Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding); - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } else { - propPtr = (char *) SelCvtToX((char *) buffer, - type, (Tk_Window) winPtr, &numItems); - if (propPtr == NULL) { - goto refuse; - } - format = 32; - XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, - property, type, format, PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) propPtr, numItems); - ckfree(propPtr); - } - } - - /* - * Send an event back to the requestor to indicate that the first stage of - * conversion is complete (everything is done except for long conversions - * that have to be done in INCR mode). - */ - - if (incr.numIncrs > 0) { - XSelectInput(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, - PropertyChangeMask); - incr.timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, IncrTimeoutProc, &incr); - incr.idleTime = 0; - incr.reqWindow = reply.xsel.requestor; - incr.time = infoPtr->time; - incr.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs; - tsdPtr->pendingIncrs = &incr; - } - if (multiple) { - XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, - reply.xsel.property, winPtr->dispPtr->atomPairAtom, - 32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) incr.multAtoms, - (int) incr.numConversions*2); - } else { - /* - * Not a MULTIPLE request. The first property in "multAtoms" got set - * to None if there was an error in conversion. - */ - - reply.xsel.property = incr.multAtoms[1]; - } - XSendEvent(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, False, 0, &reply.ev); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler); - - /* - * Handle any remaining INCR-mode transfers. This all happens in callbacks - * to TkSelPropProc, so just wait until the number of uncompleted INCR - * transfers drops to zero. - */ - - if (incr.numIncrs > 0) { - IncrInfo *incrPtr2; - - while (incr.numIncrs > 0) { - Tcl_DoOneEvent(0); - } - Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(incr.timeout); - errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, - -1, -1, -1, (int (*)()) NULL, NULL); - XSelectInput(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, 0L); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler); - if (tsdPtr->pendingIncrs == &incr) { - tsdPtr->pendingIncrs = incr.nextPtr; - } else { - for (incrPtr2 = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs; incrPtr2 != NULL; - incrPtr2 = incrPtr2->nextPtr) { - if (incrPtr2->nextPtr == &incr) { - incrPtr2->nextPtr = incr.nextPtr; - break; - } - } - } - } - - /* - * All done. Cleanup and return. - */ - - ckfree(incr.converts); - if (multiple) { - XFree((char *) incr.multAtoms); - } - return; - - /* - * An error occurred. Send back a refusal message. - */ - - refuse: - reply.xsel.property = None; - XSendEvent(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, False, 0, &reply.ev); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler); - return; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SelRcvIncrProc -- - * - * This function handles the INCR protocol on the receiving side. It is - * invoked in response to property changes on the requestor's window - * (which hopefully are because a new chunk of the selection arrived). - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * If a new piece of selection has arrived, a function is invoked to deal - * with that piece. When the whole selection is here, a flag is left for - * the higher-level function that initiated the selection retrieval. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -SelRcvIncrProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Information about retrieval. */ - register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X PropertyChange event. */ -{ - register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr = clientData; - char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo; - Atom type; - int format, result; - unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter; - Tcl_Interp *interp; - - if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != retrPtr->property) - || (eventPtr->xproperty.state != PropertyNewValue) - || (retrPtr->result != -1)) { - return; - } - propInfo = NULL; - result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->xproperty.display, - eventPtr->xproperty.window, retrPtr->property, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, - True, (Atom) AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &numItems, - &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propInfoPtr); - if ((result != Success) || (type == None)) { - return; - } - if (bytesAfter != 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "selection property too large", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "SIZE", NULL); - retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; - goto done; - } - if ((type == XA_STRING) - || (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->textAtom) - || (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom) - || (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) { - char *dst, *src; - int srcLen, dstLen, srcRead, dstWrote, soFar; - Tcl_Encoding encoding; - Tcl_DString *dstPtr, temp; - - if (format != 8) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"", - format)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT", - NULL); - retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; - goto done; - } - interp = retrPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve(interp); - - if (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom) { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022"); - } else if (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom) { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8"); - } else { - encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1"); - } - - /* - * Check to see if there is any data left over from the previous - * chunk. If there is, copy the old data and the new data into a new - * buffer. - */ - - Tcl_DStringInit(&temp); - if (Tcl_DStringLength(&retrPtr->buf) > 0) { - Tcl_DStringAppend(&temp, Tcl_DStringValue(&retrPtr->buf), - Tcl_DStringLength(&retrPtr->buf)); - if (numItems > 0) { - Tcl_DStringAppend(&temp, propInfo, (int)numItems); - } - src = Tcl_DStringValue(&temp); - srcLen = Tcl_DStringLength(&temp); - } else if (numItems == 0) { - /* - * There is no new data, so we're done. - */ - - retrPtr->result = TCL_OK; - Tcl_Release(interp); - goto done; - } else { - src = propInfo; - srcLen = numItems; - } - - /* - * Set up the destination buffer so we can use as much space as is - * available. - */ - - dstPtr = &retrPtr->buf; - dst = Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr); - dstLen = dstPtr->spaceAvl - 1; - - /* - * Now convert the data, growing the destination buffer as needed. - */ - - while (1) { - result = Tcl_ExternalToUtf(NULL, encoding, src, srcLen, - retrPtr->encFlags, &retrPtr->encState, - dst, dstLen, &srcRead, &dstWrote, NULL); - soFar = dst + dstWrote - Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr); - retrPtr->encFlags &= ~TCL_ENCODING_START; - src += srcRead; - srcLen -= srcRead; - if (result != TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE) { - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, soFar); - break; - } - if (Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) == 0) { - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, dstLen); - } - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, 2 * Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) + 1); - dst = Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr) + soFar; - dstLen = Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) - soFar - 1; - } - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, soFar); - - result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData, interp, - Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr)); - Tcl_Release(interp); - - /* - * Copy any unused data into the destination buffer so we can pick it - * up next time around. - */ - - Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, 0); - Tcl_DStringAppend(dstPtr, src, srcLen); - - Tcl_DStringFree(&temp); - if (encoding) { - Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding); - } - if (result != TCL_OK) { - retrPtr->result = result; - } - } else if (numItems == 0) { - retrPtr->result = TCL_OK; - } else { - Tcl_DString ds; - - if (format != 32 && format != 8) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "bad format for selection: wanted \"32\" or " - "\"8\", got \"%d\"", format)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT", - NULL); - retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; - goto done; - } - Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); - if (format == 32) { - SelCvtFromX32((long *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type, - (Tk_Window) retrPtr->winPtr, &ds); - } else { - SelCvtFromX8((char *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type, - (Tk_Window) retrPtr->winPtr, &ds); - } - interp = retrPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve(interp); - result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData, interp, - Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); - Tcl_Release(interp); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - if (result != TCL_OK) { - retrPtr->result = result; - } - } - - done: - XFree(propInfo); - retrPtr->idleTime = 0; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SelectionSize -- - * - * This function is called when the selection is too large to send in a - * single buffer; it computes the total length of the selection in bytes. - * - * Results: - * The return value is the number of bytes in the selection given by - * selPtr. - * - * Side effects: - * The selection is retrieved from its current owner (this is the only - * way to compute its size). - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -SelectionSize( - TkSelHandler *selPtr) /* Information about how to retrieve the - * selection whose size is wanted. */ -{ - char buffer[TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE+1]; - int size, chunkSize; - TkSelInProgress ip; - - size = TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE; - ip.selPtr = selPtr; - ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress(); - TkSelSetInProgress(&ip); - - do { - chunkSize = selPtr->proc(selPtr->clientData, size, (char *) buffer, - TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE); - if (ip.selPtr == NULL) { - size = 0; - break; - } - size += chunkSize; - } while (chunkSize == TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE); - - TkSelSetInProgress(ip.nextPtr); - return size; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * IncrTimeoutProc -- - * - * This function is invoked once a second while sending the selection to - * a requestor in INCR mode. After a while it gives up and aborts the - * selection operation. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * A new timeout gets registered so that this function gets called again - * in another second, unless too many seconds have elapsed, in which case - * incrPtr is marked as "all done". - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -IncrTimeoutProc( - ClientData clientData) /* Information about INCR-mode selection - * retrieval for which we are selection - * owner. */ -{ - register IncrInfo *incrPtr = clientData; - - incrPtr->idleTime++; - if (incrPtr->idleTime >= 5) { - incrPtr->numIncrs = 0; - } else { - incrPtr->timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, IncrTimeoutProc, - incrPtr); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SelCvtToX -- - * - * Given a selection represented as a string (the normal Tcl form), - * convert it to the ICCCM-mandated format for X, depending on the type - * argument. This function and SelCvtFromX are inverses. - * - * Results: - * The return value is a malloc'ed buffer holding a value equivalent to - * "string", but formatted as for "type". It is the caller's - * responsibility to free the string when done with it. The word at - * *numLongsPtr is filled in with the number of 32-bit words returned in - * the result. If NULL is returned, the input list was not actually a - * list. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static long * -SelCvtToX( - char *string, /* String representation of selection. */ - Atom type, /* Atom specifying the X format that is - * desired for the selection. Should not be - * XA_STRING (if so, don't bother calling this - * function at all). */ - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that governs atom conversion. */ - int *numLongsPtr) /* Number of 32-bit words contained in the - * result. */ -{ - const char **field; - int numFields, i; - long *propPtr; - - /* - * The string is assumed to consist of fields separated by spaces. The - * property gets generated by converting each field to an integer number, - * in one of two ways: - * 1. If type is XA_ATOM, convert each field to its corresponding atom. - * 2. If type is anything else, convert each field from an ASCII number to - * a 32-bit binary number. - */ - - if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, string, &numFields, &field) != TCL_OK) { - return NULL; - } - propPtr = ckalloc(numFields * sizeof(long)); - - /* - * Convert the fields one-by-one. - */ - - for (i=0 ; i<numFields ; i++) { - if (type == XA_ATOM) { - propPtr[i] = (long) Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, field[i]); - } else { - char *dummy; - - /* - * If this fails to parse a number, we just plunge on regardless - * anyway. - */ - - propPtr[i] = strtol(field[i], &dummy, 0); - } - } - - /* - * Release the parsed list. - */ - - ckfree(field); - *numLongsPtr = i; - return propPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SelCvtFromX32, SelCvtFromX8 -- - * - * Given an X property value, formatted as a collection of 32-bit or - * 8-bit values according to "type" and the ICCCM conventions, convert - * the value to a string suitable for manipulation by Tcl. These - * functions are the inverse of SelCvtToX. - * - * Results: - * The return value (stored in a Tcl_DString) is the string equivalent of - * "property". It is up to the caller to initialize and free the DString. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -SelCvtFromX32( - register long *propPtr, /* Property value from X. */ - int numValues, /* Number of 32-bit values in property. */ - Atom type, /* Type of property Should not be XA_STRING - * (if so, don't bother calling this function - * at all). */ - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to use for atom conversion. */ - Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Where to store the converted string. */ -{ - /* - * Convert each long in the property to a string value, which is either - * the name of an atom (if type is XA_ATOM) or a hexadecimal string. We - * build the list in a Tcl_DString because this is easier than trying to - * get the quoting correct ourselves; this is tricky because atoms can - * contain spaces in their names (encountered when the atoms are really - * MIME types). [Bug 1353414] - */ - - for ( ; numValues > 0; propPtr++, numValues--) { - if (type == XA_ATOM) { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr, - Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, (Atom) *propPtr)); - } else { - char buf[12]; - - sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (unsigned int) *propPtr); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr, buf); - } - } - Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, " ", 1); -} - -static void -SelCvtFromX8( - register char *propPtr, /* Property value from X. */ - int numValues, /* Number of 8-bit values in property. */ - Atom type, /* Type of property Should not be XA_STRING - * (if so, don't bother calling this function - * at all). */ - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to use for atom conversion. */ - Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Where to store the converted string. */ -{ - /* - * Convert each long in the property to a string value, which is a - * hexadecimal string. We build the list in a Tcl_DString because this is - * easier than trying to get the quoting correct ourselves. - */ - - for ( ; numValues > 0; propPtr++, numValues--) { - char buf[12]; - - sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (unsigned char) *propPtr); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr, buf); - } - Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, " ", 1); -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSend.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSend.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0b4f05d..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSend.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2066 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixSend.c -- - * - * This file provides functions that implement the "send" command, - * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. - * - * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. - * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" - -/* - * The following structure is used to keep track of the interpreters - * registered by this process. - */ - -typedef struct RegisteredInterp { - char *name; /* Interpreter's name (malloc-ed). */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with name. NULL - * means that the application was unregistered - * or deleted while a send was in progress to - * it. */ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display for the application. Needed because - * we may need to unregister the interpreter - * after its main window has been deleted. */ - struct RegisteredInterp *nextPtr; - /* Next in list of names associated with - * interps in this process. NULL means end of - * list. */ -} RegisteredInterp; - -/* - * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property - * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a - * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each - * of the form - * window space name '\0' - * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an - * interpreter named "name". - * - * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to add or - * remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure of the - * following type: - */ - -typedef struct NameRegistry { - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display from which the registry was - * read. */ - int locked; /* Non-zero means that the display was locked - * when the property was read in. */ - int modified; /* Non-zero means that the property has been - * modified, so it needs to be written out - * when the NameRegistry is closed. */ - unsigned long propLength; /* Length of the property, in bytes. */ - char *property; /* The contents of the property, or NULL if - * none. See format description above; this is - * *not* terminated by the first null - * character. Dynamically allocated. */ - int allocedByX; /* Non-zero means must free property with - * XFree; zero means use ckfree. */ -} NameRegistry; - -/* - * When a result is being awaited from a sent command, one of the following - * structures is present on a list of all outstanding sent commands. The - * information in the structure is used to process the result when it arrives. - * You're probably wondering how there could ever be multiple outstanding sent - * commands. This could happen if interpreters invoke each other recursively. - * It's unlikely, but possible. - */ - -typedef struct PendingCommand { - int serial; /* Serial number expected in result. */ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display being used for communication. */ - const char *target; /* Name of interpreter command is being sent - * to. */ - Window commWindow; /* Target's communication window. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter from which the send was - * invoked. */ - int code; /* Tcl return code for command will be stored - * here. */ - char *result; /* String result for command (malloc'ed), or - * NULL. */ - char *errorInfo; /* Information for "errorInfo" variable, or - * NULL (malloc'ed). */ - char *errorCode; /* Information for "errorCode" variable, or - * NULL (malloc'ed). */ - int gotResponse; /* 1 means a response has been received, 0 - * means the command is still outstanding. */ - struct PendingCommand *nextPtr; - /* Next in list of all outstanding commands. - * NULL means end of list. */ -} PendingCommand; - -typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - PendingCommand *pendingCommands; - /* List of all commands currently being waited - * for. */ - RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr; - /* List of all interpreters registered in the - * current process. */ -} ThreadSpecificData; -static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; - -/* - * The information below is used for communication between processes during - * "send" commands. Each process keeps a private window, never even mapped, - * with one property, "Comm". When a command is sent to an interpreter, the - * command is appended to the comm property of the communication window - * associated with the interp's process. Similarly, when a result is returned - * from a sent command, it is also appended to the comm property. - * - * Each command and each result takes the form of ASCII text. For a command, - * the text consists of a zero character followed by several null-terminated - * ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter "c". - * Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following options - * are supported: - * - * -r commWindow serial - * - * This option means that a response should be sent to the window whose X - * identifier is "commWindow" (in hex), and the response should be - * identified with the serial number given by "serial" (in decimal). If - * this option isn't specified then the send is asynchronous and no - * response is sent. - * - * -n name - * - * "Name" gives the name of the application for which the command is - * intended. This option must be present. - * - * -s script - * - * "Script" is the script to be executed. This option must be present. - * - * The options may appear in any order. The -n and -s options must be present, - * but -r may be omitted for asynchronous RPCs. For compatibility with future - * releases that may add new features, there may be additional options - * present; as long as they start with a "-" character, they will be ignored. - * - * A result also consists of a zero character followed by several null- - * terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter - * "r". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following - * options are supported: - * - * -s serial - * - * Identifies the command for which this is the result. It is the same as - * the "serial" field from the -s option in the command. This option must - * be present. - * - * -c code - * - * "Code" is the completion code for the script, in decimal. If the code - * is omitted it defaults to TCL_OK. - * - * -r result - * - * "Result" is the result string for the script, which may be either a - * result or an error message. If this field is omitted then it defaults - * to an empty string. - * - * -i errorInfo - * - * "ErrorInfo" gives a string with which to initialize the errorInfo - * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the - * completion code is TCL_ERROR. - * - * -e errorCode - * - * "ErrorCode" gives a string with with to initialize the errorCode - * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the - * completion code is TCL_ERROR. - * - * Options may appear in any order, and only the -s option must be present. As - * with commands, there may be additional options besides these; unknown - * options are ignored. - */ - -/* - * Other miscellaneous per-process data: - */ - -static struct { - int sendSerial; /* The serial number that was used in the last - * "send" command. */ - int sendDebug; /* This can be set while debugging to do - * things like skip locking the server. */ -} localData = {0, 0}; - -/* - * Maximum size property that can be read at one time by this module: - */ - -#define MAX_PROP_WORDS 100000 - -/* - * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: - */ - -static int AppendErrorProc(ClientData clientData, - XErrorEvent *errorPtr); -static void AppendPropCarefully(Display *display, - Window window, Atom property, char *value, - int length, PendingCommand *pendingPtr); -static void DeleteProc(ClientData clientData); -static void RegAddName(NameRegistry *regPtr, - const char *name, Window commWindow); -static void RegClose(NameRegistry *regPtr); -static void RegDeleteName(NameRegistry *regPtr, const char *name); -static Window RegFindName(NameRegistry *regPtr, const char *name); -static NameRegistry * RegOpen(Tcl_Interp *interp, - TkDisplay *dispPtr, int lock); -static void SendEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); -static int SendInit(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkDisplay *dispPtr); -static Tk_RestrictProc SendRestrictProc; -static int ServerSecure(TkDisplay *dispPtr); -static void UpdateCommWindow(TkDisplay *dispPtr); -static int ValidateName(TkDisplay *dispPtr, const char *name, - Window commWindow, int oldOK); - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * RegOpen -- - * - * This function loads the name registry for a display into memory so - * that it can be manipulated. - * - * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to the loaded registry. - * - * Side effects: - * If "lock" is set then the server will be locked. It is the caller's - * responsibility to call RegClose when finished with the registry, so - * that we can write back the registry if needed, unlock the server if - * needed, and free memory. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static NameRegistry * -RegOpen( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting - * (errors cause a panic so in fact no error - * is ever returned, but the interpreter is - * needed anyway). */ - TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display whose name registry is to be - * opened. */ - int lock) /* Non-zero means lock the window server when - * opening the registry, so no-one else can - * use the registry until we close it. */ -{ - NameRegistry *regPtr; - int result, actualFormat; - unsigned long bytesAfter; - Atom actualType; - char **propertyPtr; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - - if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) { - SendInit(interp, dispPtr); - } - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - - regPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(NameRegistry)); - regPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr; - regPtr->locked = 0; - regPtr->modified = 0; - regPtr->allocedByX = 1; - propertyPtr = ®Ptr->property; - - if (lock && !localData.sendDebug) { - XGrabServer(dispPtr->display); - regPtr->locked = 1; - } - - /* - * Read the registry property. - */ - - result = XGetWindowProperty(dispPtr->display, - RootWindow(dispPtr->display, 0), - dispPtr->registryProperty, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, - False, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat, - ®Ptr->propLength, &bytesAfter, - (unsigned char **) propertyPtr); - - if (actualType == None) { - regPtr->propLength = 0; - regPtr->property = NULL; - } else if ((result != Success) || (actualFormat != 8) - || (actualType != XA_STRING)) { - /* - * The property is improperly formed; delete it. - */ - - if (regPtr->property != NULL) { - XFree(regPtr->property); - regPtr->propLength = 0; - regPtr->property = NULL; - } - XDeleteProperty(dispPtr->display, - RootWindow(dispPtr->display, 0), - dispPtr->registryProperty); - XSync(dispPtr->display, False); - } - - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - - /* - * Xlib placed an extra null byte after the end of the property, just to - * make sure that it is always NULL-terminated. Be sure to include this - * byte in our count if it's needed to ensure null termination (note: as - * of 8/95 I'm no longer sure why this code is needed; seems like it - * shouldn't be). - */ - - if ((regPtr->propLength > 0) - && (regPtr->property[regPtr->propLength-1] != 0)) { - regPtr->propLength++; - } - return regPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * RegFindName -- - * - * Given an open name registry, this function finds an entry with a given - * name, if there is one, and returns information about that entry. - * - * Results: - * The return value is the X identifier for the comm window for the - * application named "name", or None if there is no such entry in the - * registry. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static Window -RegFindName( - NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a - * previous call to RegOpen. */ - const char *name) /* Name of an application. */ -{ - char *p; - - for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) { - char *entry = p; - - while ((*p != 0) && (!isspace(UCHAR(*p)))) { - p++; - } - if ((*p != 0) && (strcmp(name, p+1) == 0)) { - unsigned id; - - if (sscanf(entry, "%x", &id) == 1) { - /* - * Must cast from an unsigned int to a Window in case we are - * on a 64-bit architecture. - */ - - return (Window) id; - } - } - while (*p != 0) { - p++; - } - p++; - } - return None; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * RegDeleteName -- - * - * This function deletes the entry for a given name from an open - * registry. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * If there used to be an entry named "name" in the registry, then it is - * deleted and the registry is marked as modified so it will be written - * back when closed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -RegDeleteName( - NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a - * previous call to RegOpen. */ - const char *name) /* Name of an application. */ -{ - char *p; - - for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) { - char *entry = p, *entryName; - - while ((*p != 0) && (!isspace(UCHAR(*p)))) { - p++; - } - if (*p != 0) { - p++; - } - entryName = p; - while (*p != 0) { - p++; - } - p++; - if (strcmp(name, entryName) == 0) { - int count; - - /* - * Found the matching entry. Copy everything after it down on top - * of it. - */ - - count = regPtr->propLength - (p - regPtr->property); - if (count > 0) { - char *src, *dst; - - for (src=p , dst=entry ; count>0 ; src++, dst++, count--) { - *dst = *src; - } - } - regPtr->propLength -= p - entry; - regPtr->modified = 1; - return; - } - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * RegAddName -- - * - * Add a new entry to an open registry. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The open registry is expanded; it is marked as modified so that it - * will be written back when closed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -RegAddName( - NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a - * previous call to RegOpen. */ - const char *name, /* Name of an application. The caller must - * ensure that this name isn't already - * registered. */ - Window commWindow) /* X identifier for comm. window of - * application. */ -{ - char id[30], *newProp; - int idLength, newBytes; - - sprintf(id, "%x ", (unsigned) commWindow); - idLength = strlen(id); - newBytes = idLength + strlen(name) + 1; - newProp = ckalloc(regPtr->propLength + newBytes); - strcpy(newProp, id); - strcpy(newProp+idLength, name); - if (regPtr->property != NULL) { - memcpy(newProp + newBytes, regPtr->property, regPtr->propLength); - if (regPtr->allocedByX) { - XFree(regPtr->property); - } else { - ckfree(regPtr->property); - } - } - regPtr->modified = 1; - regPtr->propLength += newBytes; - regPtr->property = newProp; - regPtr->allocedByX = 0; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * RegClose -- - * - * This function is called to end a series of operations on a name - * registry. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The registry is written back if it has been modified, and the X server - * is unlocked if it was locked. Memory for the registry is freed, so the - * caller should never use regPtr again. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -RegClose( - NameRegistry *regPtr) /* Pointer to a registry opened with a - * previous call to RegOpen. */ -{ - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(regPtr->dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - NULL, NULL); - - if (regPtr->modified) { - if (!regPtr->locked && !localData.sendDebug) { - Tcl_Panic("The name registry was modified without being locked!"); - } - XChangeProperty(regPtr->dispPtr->display, - RootWindow(regPtr->dispPtr->display, 0), - regPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_STRING, 8, - PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) regPtr->property, - (int) regPtr->propLength); - } - - if (regPtr->locked) { - XUngrabServer(regPtr->dispPtr->display); - } - - /* - * After ungrabbing the server, it's important to flush the output - * immediately so that the server sees the ungrab command. Otherwise we - * might do something else that needs to communicate with the server (such - * as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the - * ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could - * deadlock. - */ - - XFlush(regPtr->dispPtr->display); - - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - - if (regPtr->property != NULL) { - if (regPtr->allocedByX) { - XFree(regPtr->property); - } else { - ckfree(regPtr->property); - } - } - ckfree(regPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ValidateName -- - * - * This function checks to see if an entry in the registry is still - * valid. - * - * Results: - * The return value is 1 if the given commWindow exists and its name is - * "name". Otherwise 0 is returned. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -ValidateName( - TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display for which to perform the - * validation. */ - const char *name, /* The name of an application. */ - Window commWindow, /* X identifier for the application's comm. - * window. */ - int oldOK) /* Non-zero means that we should consider an - * application to be valid even if it looks - * like an old-style (pre-4.0) one; 0 means - * consider these invalid. */ -{ - int result, actualFormat, argc, i; - unsigned long length, bytesAfter; - Atom actualType; - char *property, **propertyPtr = &property; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - const char **argv; - - property = NULL; - - /* - * Ignore X errors when reading the property (e.g., the window might not - * exist). If an error occurs, result will be some value other than - * Success. - */ - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - result = XGetWindowProperty(dispPtr->display, commWindow, - dispPtr->appNameProperty, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, - False, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat, - &length, &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propertyPtr); - - if ((result == Success) && (actualType == None)) { - XWindowAttributes atts; - - /* - * The comm. window exists but the property we're looking for doesn't - * exist. This probably means that the application comes from an older - * version of Tk (< 4.0) that didn't set the property; if this is the - * case, then assume for compatibility's sake that everything's OK. - * However, it's also possible that some random application has - * re-used the window id for something totally unrelated. Check a few - * characteristics of the window, such as its dimensions and mapped - * state, to be sure that it still "smells" like a commWindow. - */ - - if (!oldOK - || !XGetWindowAttributes(dispPtr->display, commWindow, &atts) - || (atts.width != 1) || (atts.height != 1) - || (atts.map_state != IsUnmapped)) { - result = 0; - } else { - result = 1; - } - } else if ((result == Success) && (actualFormat == 8) - && (actualType == XA_STRING)) { - result = 0; - if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, property, &argc, &argv) == TCL_OK) { - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { - if (strcmp(argv[i], name) == 0) { - result = 1; - break; - } - } - ckfree(argv); - } - } else { - result = 0; - } - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - if (property != NULL) { - XFree(property); - } - return result; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ServerSecure -- - * - * Check whether a server is secure enough for us to trust Tcl scripts - * arriving via that server. - * - * Results: - * The return value is 1 if the server is secure, which means that - * host-style authentication is turned on but there are no hosts in the - * enabled list. This means that some other form of authorization - * (presumably more secure, such as xauth) is in use. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -ServerSecure( - TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display to check. */ -{ -#ifdef TK_NO_SECURITY - return 1; -#else - XHostAddress *addrPtr; - int numHosts, secure; - Bool enabled; - - addrPtr = XListHosts(dispPtr->display, &numHosts, &enabled); - if (!enabled) { - insecure: - secure = 0; - } else if (numHosts == 0) { - secure = 1; - } else { - /* - * Recent versions of X11 have the extra feature of allowing more - * sophisticated authorization checks to be performed than the dozy - * old ones that used to plague xhost usage. However, not all deployed - * versions of Xlib know how to deal with this feature, so this code - * is conditional on having the right #def in place. [Bug 1909931] - * - * Note that at this point we know that there's at least one entry in - * the list returned by XListHosts. However there may be multiple - * entries; as long as each is one of either 'SI:localhost:*' or - * 'SI:localgroup:*' then we will claim to be secure enough. - */ - -#ifdef FamilyServerInterpreted - XServerInterpretedAddress *siPtr; - int i; - - for (i=0 ; i<numHosts ; i++) { - if (addrPtr[i].family != FamilyServerInterpreted) { - /* - * We don't understand what the X server is letting in, so we - * err on the side of safety. - */ - - goto insecure; - } - siPtr = (XServerInterpretedAddress *) addrPtr[0].address; - - /* - * We don't check the username or group here. This is because it's - * officially non-portable and we are just making sure there - * aren't silly misconfigurations. (Apparently 'root' is not a - * very good choice, but we still don't put any effort in to spot - * that.) However we do check to see that the constraints are - * imposed against the connecting user and/or group. - */ - - if ( !(siPtr->typelength == 9 /* ==strlen("localuser") */ - && !memcmp(siPtr->type, "localuser", 9)) - && !(siPtr->typelength == 10 /* ==strlen("localgroup") */ - && !memcmp(siPtr->type, "localgroup", 10))) { - /* - * The other defined types of server-interpreted controls - * involve particular hosts. These are still insecure for the - * same reasons that classic xhost access is insecure; there's - * just no way to be sure that the users on those systems are - * the ones who should be allowed to connect to this display. - */ - - goto insecure; - } - } - secure = 1; -#else - /* - * We don't understand what the X server is letting in, so we err on - * the side of safety. - */ - - secure = 0; -#endif /* FamilyServerInterpreted */ - } - if (addrPtr != NULL) { - XFree((char *) addrPtr); - } - return secure; -#endif /* TK_NO_SECURITY */ -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_SetAppName -- - * - * This function is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk - * application. If the application has already been named, the name - * replaces the old one. - * - * Results: - * The return value is the name actually given to the application. This - * will normally be the same as name, but if name was already in use for - * an application then a name of the form "name #2" will be chosen, with - * a high enough number to make the name unique. - * - * Side effects: - * Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command to be - * used later to invoke commands in the application. In addition, the - * "send" command is created in the application's interpreter. The - * registration will be removed automatically if the interpreter is - * deleted or the "send" command is removed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -const char * -Tk_SetAppName( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in the application to - * be named: it is just used to identify the - * application and the display. */ - const char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the - * interpreter in later "send" commands. Must - * be globally unique. */ -{ - RegisteredInterp *riPtr, *riPtr2; - Window w; - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; - NameRegistry *regPtr; - Tcl_Interp *interp; - const char *actualName; - Tcl_DString dString; - int offset, i; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp; - if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) { - SendInit(interp, winPtr->dispPtr); - } - - /* - * See if the application is already registered; if so, remove its current - * name from the registry. - */ - - regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 1); - for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; ; riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) { - if (riPtr == NULL) { - /* - * This interpreter isn't currently registered; create the data - * structure that will be used to register it locally, plus add - * the "send" command to the interpreter. - */ - - riPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(RegisteredInterp)); - riPtr->interp = interp; - riPtr->dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; - riPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; - tsdPtr->interpListPtr = riPtr; - riPtr->name = NULL; - Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendObjCmd, riPtr, DeleteProc); - if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { - Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send"); - } - break; - } - if (riPtr->interp == interp) { - /* - * The interpreter is currently registered; remove it from the - * name registry. - */ - - if (riPtr->name) { - RegDeleteName(regPtr, riPtr->name); - ckfree(riPtr->name); - } - break; - } - } - - /* - * Pick a name to use for the application. Use "name" if it's not already - * in use. Otherwise add a suffix such as " #2", trying larger and larger - * numbers until we eventually find one that is unique. - */ - - actualName = name; - offset = 0; /* Needed only to avoid "used before - * set" compiler warnings. */ - for (i = 1; ; i++) { - if (i > 1) { - if (i == 2) { - Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2); - offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString); - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, offset+TCL_INTEGER_SPACE); - actualName = Tcl_DStringValue(&dString); - } - sprintf(Tcl_DStringValue(&dString) + offset, "%d", i); - } - w = RegFindName(regPtr, actualName); - if (w == None) { - break; - } - - /* - * The name appears to be in use already, but double-check to be sure - * (perhaps the application died without removing its name from the - * registry?). - */ - - if (w == Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin)) { - for (riPtr2 = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr2 != NULL; - riPtr2 = riPtr2->nextPtr) { - if ((riPtr2->interp != interp) && - (strcmp(riPtr2->name, actualName) == 0)) { - goto nextSuffix; - } - } - RegDeleteName(regPtr, actualName); - break; - } else if (!ValidateName(winPtr->dispPtr, actualName, w, 1)) { - RegDeleteName(regPtr, actualName); - break; - } - nextSuffix: - continue; - } - - /* - * We've now got a name to use. Store it in the name registry and in the - * local entry for this application, plus put it in a property on the - * commWindow. - */ - - RegAddName(regPtr, actualName, Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin)); - RegClose(regPtr); - riPtr->name = ckalloc(strlen(actualName) + 1); - strcpy(riPtr->name, actualName); - if (actualName != name) { - Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); - } - UpdateCommWindow(dispPtr); - - return riPtr->name; -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_SendObjCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. See the - * user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -Tk_SendObjCmd( - ClientData clientData, /* Information about sender (only dispPtr - * field is used). */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ -{ - enum { - SEND_ASYNC, SEND_DISPLAYOF, SEND_LAST - }; - static const char *const sendOptions[] = { - "-async", "-displayof", "--", NULL - }; - TkWindow *winPtr; - Window commWindow; - PendingCommand pending; - register RegisteredInterp *riPtr; - const char *destName; - int result, index, async, i, firstArg; - Tk_RestrictProc *prevProc; - ClientData prevArg; - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - Tcl_Time timeout; - NameRegistry *regPtr; - Tcl_DString request; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - Tcl_Interp *localInterp; /* Used when the interpreter to send the - * command to is within the same process. */ - - /* - * Process options, if any. - */ - - async = 0; - winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp); - if (winPtr == NULL) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) { - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], sendOptions, - sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - break; - } - if (index == SEND_ASYNC) { - ++async; - } else if (index == SEND_DISPLAYOF) { - winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[++i]), - (Tk_Window) winPtr); - if (winPtr == NULL) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - } else if (index == SEND_LAST) { - i++; - break; - } - } - - if (objc < (i+2)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, - "?-option value ...? interpName arg ?arg ...?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - destName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); - firstArg = i+1; - - dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; - if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) { - SendInit(interp, winPtr->dispPtr); - } - - /* - * See if the target interpreter is local. If so, execute the command - * directly without going through the X server. The only tricky thing is - * passing the result from the target interpreter to the invoking - * interpreter. Watch out: they could be the same! - */ - - for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr != NULL; - riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) { - if ((riPtr->dispPtr != dispPtr) - || (strcmp(riPtr->name, destName) != 0)) { - continue; - } - Tcl_Preserve(riPtr); - localInterp = riPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve(localInterp); - if (firstArg == (objc-1)) { - result = Tcl_EvalEx(localInterp, Tcl_GetString(objv[firstArg]), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); - } else { - Tcl_DStringInit(&request); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[firstArg]), -1); - for (i = firstArg+1; i < objc; i++) { - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, " ", 1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), -1); - } - result = Tcl_EvalEx(localInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&request), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); - Tcl_DStringFree(&request); - } - if (interp != localInterp) { - if (result == TCL_ERROR) { - Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr; - - /* - * An error occurred, so transfer error information from the - * destination interpreter back to our interpreter. Must clear - * interp's result before calling Tcl_AddErrorInfo, since - * Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's result in - * errorInfo before appending riPtr's $errorInfo; we've - * already got everything we need in riPtr's $errorInfo. - */ - - Tcl_ResetResult(interp); - Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_GetVar2(localInterp, - "errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY)); - errorObjPtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(localInterp, "errorCode", NULL, - TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); - Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, errorObjPtr); - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(localInterp)); - Tcl_ResetResult(localInterp); - } - Tcl_Release(riPtr); - Tcl_Release(localInterp); - return result; - } - - /* - * Bind the interpreter name to a communication window. - */ - - regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 0); - commWindow = RegFindName(regPtr, destName); - RegClose(regPtr); - if (commWindow == None) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "no application named \"%s\"", destName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "APPLICATION", destName, - NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - /* - * Send the command to the target interpreter by appending it to the comm - * window in the communication window. - */ - - localData.sendSerial++; - Tcl_DStringInit(&request); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0c\0-n ", 6); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, destName, -1); - if (!async) { - char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2]; - - sprintf(buffer, "%x %d", - (unsigned) Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin), - localData.sendSerial); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-r ", 4); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, buffer, -1); - } - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-s ", 4); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[firstArg]), -1); - for (i = firstArg+1; i < objc; i++) { - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, " ", 1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), -1); - } - - if (!async) { - /* - * Register the fact that we're waiting for a command to complete - * (this is needed by SendEventProc and by AppendErrorProc to pass - * back the command's results). Set up a timeout handler so that - * we can check during long sends to make sure that the destination - * application is still alive. - * - * We prepare the pending struct here in order to catch potential - * early X errors from AppendPropCarefully() due to XSync(). - */ - - pending.serial = localData.sendSerial; - pending.dispPtr = dispPtr; - pending.target = destName; - pending.commWindow = commWindow; - pending.interp = interp; - pending.result = NULL; - pending.errorInfo = NULL; - pending.errorCode = NULL; - pending.gotResponse = 0; - pending.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; - tsdPtr->pendingCommands = &pending; - } - (void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow, - dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&request), - Tcl_DStringLength(&request) + 1, (async ? NULL : &pending)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&request); - if (async) { - /* - * This is an asynchronous send: return immediately without waiting - * for a response. - */ - - return TCL_OK; - } - - /* - * Enter a loop processing X events until the result comes in or the - * target is declared to be dead. While waiting for a result, look only at - * send-related events so that the send is synchronous with respect to - * other events in the application. - */ - - prevProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(SendRestrictProc, NULL, &prevArg); - Tcl_GetTime(&timeout); - timeout.sec += 2; - while (!pending.gotResponse) { - if (!TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout)) { - /* - * An unusually long amount of time has elapsed during the - * processing of a sent command. Check to make sure that the - * target application still exists. If it does, reset the timeout. - */ - - if (!ValidateName(pending.dispPtr, pending.target, - pending.commWindow, 0)) { - const char *msg; - - if (ValidateName(pending.dispPtr, pending.target, - pending.commWindow, 1)) { - msg = "target application died or uses a Tk version before 4.0"; - } else { - msg = "target application died"; - } - pending.code = TCL_ERROR; - pending.result = ckalloc(strlen(msg) + 1); - strcpy(pending.result, msg); - pending.gotResponse = 1; - } else { - Tcl_GetTime(&timeout); - timeout.sec += 2; - } - } - } - Tk_RestrictEvents(prevProc, prevArg, &prevArg); - - /* - * Unregister the information about the pending command and return the - * result. - */ - - if (tsdPtr->pendingCommands != &pending) { - Tcl_Panic("Tk_SendCmd: corrupted send stack"); - } - tsdPtr->pendingCommands = pending.nextPtr; - if (pending.errorInfo != NULL) { - /* - * Special trick: must clear the interp's result before calling - * Tcl_AddErrorInfo, since Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's - * result in errorInfo before appending pending.errorInfo; we've - * already got everything we need in pending.errorInfo. - */ - - Tcl_ResetResult(interp); - Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, pending.errorInfo); - ckfree(pending.errorInfo); - } - if (pending.errorCode != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(pending.errorCode, -1)); - ckfree(pending.errorCode); - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(pending.result, -1)); - ckfree(pending.result); - return pending.code; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkGetInterpNames -- - * - * This function is invoked to fetch a list of all the interpreter names - * currently registered for the display of a particular window. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl return value. The interp's result will be set to hold a - * list of all the interpreter names defined for tkwin's display. If an - * error occurs, then TCL_ERROR is returned and the interp's result will - * hold an error message. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkGetInterpNames( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the - * lookup. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - NameRegistry *regPtr; - Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); - char *p; - - /* - * Read the registry property, then scan through all of its entries. - * Validate each entry to be sure that its application still exists. - */ - - regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 1); - for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) { - char *entry = p, *entryName; - Window commWindow; - unsigned id; - - if (sscanf(p, "%x", (unsigned *) &id) != 1) { - commWindow = None; - } else { - commWindow = id; - } - while ((*p != 0) && (!isspace(UCHAR(*p)))) { - p++; - } - if (*p != 0) { - p++; - } - entryName = p; - while (*p != 0) { - p++; - } - p++; - if (ValidateName(winPtr->dispPtr, entryName, commWindow, 1)) { - /* - * The application still exists; add its name to the result. - */ - - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, - Tcl_NewStringObj(entryName, -1)); - } else { - int count; - - /* - * This name is bogus (perhaps the application died without - * cleaning up its entry in the registry?). Delete the name. - */ - - count = regPtr->propLength - (p - regPtr->property); - if (count > 0) { - char *src, *dst; - - for (src = p, dst = entry; count > 0; src++, dst++, count--) { - *dst = *src; - } - } - regPtr->propLength -= p - entry; - regPtr->modified = 1; - p = entry; - } - } - RegClose(regPtr); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkSendCleanup -- - * - * This function is called to free resources used by the communication - * channels for sending commands and receiving results. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Frees various data structures and windows. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkSendCleanup( - TkDisplay *dispPtr) -{ - if (dispPtr->commTkwin != NULL) { - Tk_DeleteEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask, - SendEventProc, dispPtr); - Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->commTkwin); - Tcl_Release(dispPtr->commTkwin); - dispPtr->commTkwin = NULL; - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SendInit -- - * - * This function is called to initialize the communication channels for - * sending commands and receiving results. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Sets up various data structures and windows. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -SendInit( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting (no - * errors are ever returned, but the - * interpreter is needed anyway). */ - TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display to initialize. */ -{ - XSetWindowAttributes atts; - - /* - * Create the window used for communication, and set up an event handler - * for it. - */ - - dispPtr->commTkwin = (Tk_Window) TkAllocWindow(dispPtr, - DefaultScreen(dispPtr->display), NULL); - Tcl_Preserve(dispPtr->commTkwin); - ((TkWindow *) dispPtr->commTkwin)->flags |= - TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED; - TkWmNewWindow((TkWindow *) dispPtr->commTkwin); - atts.override_redirect = True; - Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(dispPtr->commTkwin, - CWOverrideRedirect, &atts); - Tk_CreateEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask, - SendEventProc, dispPtr); - Tk_MakeWindowExist(dispPtr->commTkwin); - - /* - * Get atoms used as property names. - */ - - dispPtr->commProperty = Tk_InternAtom(dispPtr->commTkwin, "Comm"); - dispPtr->registryProperty = Tk_InternAtom(dispPtr->commTkwin, - "InterpRegistry"); - dispPtr->appNameProperty = Tk_InternAtom(dispPtr->commTkwin, - "TK_APPLICATION"); - - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SendEventProc -- - * - * This function is invoked automatically by the toolkit event manager - * when a property changes on the communication window. This function - * reads the property and handles command requests and responses. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * If there are command requests in the property, they are executed. If - * there are responses in the property, their information is saved for - * the (ostensibly waiting) "send" commands. The property is deleted. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -SendEventProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Display information. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData; - char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo; - const char *p; - int result, actualFormat; - unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter; - Atom actualType; - Tcl_Interp *remoteInterp; /* Interp in which to execute the command. */ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != dispPtr->commProperty) - || (eventPtr->xproperty.state != PropertyNewValue)) { - return; - } - - /* - * Read the comm property and delete it. - */ - - propInfo = NULL; - result = XGetWindowProperty(dispPtr->display, - Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin), dispPtr->commProperty, 0, - MAX_PROP_WORDS, True, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat, - &numItems, &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propInfoPtr); - - /* - * If the property doesn't exist or is improperly formed then ignore it. - */ - - if ((result != Success) || (actualType != XA_STRING) - || (actualFormat != 8)) { - if (propInfo != NULL) { - XFree(propInfo); - } - return; - } - - /* - * Several commands and results could arrive in the property at one time; - * each iteration through the outer loop handles a single command or - * result. - */ - - for (p = propInfo; (p-propInfo) < (int) numItems; ) { - /* - * Ignore leading NULLs; each command or result starts with a NULL so - * that no matter how badly formed a preceding command is, we'll be - * able to tell that a new command/result is starting. - */ - - if (*p == 0) { - p++; - continue; - } - - if ((*p == 'c') && (p[1] == 0)) { - Window commWindow; - const char *interpName, *script, *serial; - char *end; - Tcl_DString reply; - RegisteredInterp *riPtr; - - /* - *---------------------------------------------------------- - * This is an incoming command from some other application. - * Iterate over all of its options. Stop when we reach the end of - * the property or something that doesn't look like an option. - *---------------------------------------------------------- - */ - - p += 2; - interpName = NULL; - commWindow = None; - serial = ""; - script = NULL; - while (((p-propInfo) < (int) numItems) && (*p == '-')) { - switch (p[1]) { - case 'r': - commWindow = (Window) strtoul(p+2, &end, 16); - if ((end == p+2) || (*end != ' ')) { - commWindow = None; - } else { - p = serial = end+1; - } - break; - case 'n': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - interpName = p+3; - } - break; - case 's': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - script = p+3; - } - break; - } - while (*p != 0) { - p++; - } - p++; - } - - if ((script == NULL) || (interpName == NULL)) { - continue; - } - - /* - * Initialize the result property, so that we're ready at any time - * if we need to return an error. - */ - - if (commWindow != None) { - Tcl_DStringInit(&reply); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0r\0-s ", 6); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, serial, -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-r ", 4); - } - - if (!ServerSecure(dispPtr)) { - if (commWindow != None) { - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, - "X server insecure (must use xauth-style " - "authorization); command ignored", -1); - } - result = TCL_ERROR; - goto returnResult; - } - - /* - * Locate the application, then execute the script. - */ - - for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; ; riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) { - if (riPtr == NULL) { - if (commWindow != None) { - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, - "receiver never heard of interpreter \"", -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, interpName, -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\"", 1); - } - result = TCL_ERROR; - goto returnResult; - } - if (strcmp(riPtr->name, interpName) == 0) { - break; - } - } - Tcl_Preserve(riPtr); - - /* - * We must protect the interpreter because the script may enter - * another event loop, which might call Tcl_DeleteInterp. - */ - - remoteInterp = riPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve(remoteInterp); - - result = Tcl_EvalEx(remoteInterp, script, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); - - /* - * The call to Tcl_Release may have released the interpreter which - * will cause the "send" command for that interpreter to be - * deleted. The command deletion callback will set the - * riPtr->interp field to NULL, hence the check below for NULL. - */ - - if (commWindow != None) { - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(remoteInterp)), - -1); - if (result == TCL_ERROR) { - const char *varValue; - - varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorInfo", - NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); - if (varValue != NULL) { - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-i ", 4); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, varValue, -1); - } - varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorCode", - NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); - if (varValue != NULL) { - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-e ", 4); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, varValue, -1); - } - } - } - Tcl_Release(remoteInterp); - Tcl_Release(riPtr); - - /* - * Return the result to the sender if a commWindow was specified - * (if none was specified then this is an asynchronous call). - * Right now reply has everything but the completion code, but it - * needs the NULL to terminate the current option. - */ - - returnResult: - if (commWindow != None) { - if (result != TCL_OK) { - char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; - - sprintf(buffer, "%d", result); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-c ", 4); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, buffer, -1); - } - (void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow, - dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&reply), - Tcl_DStringLength(&reply) + 1, NULL); - XFlush(dispPtr->display); - Tcl_DStringFree(&reply); - } - } else if ((*p == 'r') && (p[1] == 0)) { - int serial, code, gotSerial; - const char *errorInfo, *errorCode, *resultString; - PendingCommand *pcPtr; - - /* - *---------------------------------------------------------- - * This is a reply to some command that we sent out. Iterate over - * all of its options. Stop when we reach the end of the property - * or something that doesn't look like an option. - *---------------------------------------------------------- - */ - - p += 2; - code = TCL_OK; - gotSerial = 0; - errorInfo = NULL; - errorCode = NULL; - resultString = ""; - while (((p-propInfo) < (int) numItems) && (*p == '-')) { - switch (p[1]) { - case 'c': - if (sscanf(p+2, " %d", &code) != 1) { - code = TCL_OK; - } - break; - case 'e': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - errorCode = p+3; - } - break; - case 'i': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - errorInfo = p+3; - } - break; - case 'r': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - resultString = p+3; - } - break; - case 's': - if (sscanf(p+2, " %d", &serial) == 1) { - gotSerial = 1; - } - break; - } - while (*p != 0) { - p++; - } - p++; - } - - if (!gotSerial) { - continue; - } - - /* - * Give the result information to anyone who's waiting for it. - */ - - for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL; - pcPtr = pcPtr->nextPtr) { - if ((serial != pcPtr->serial) || (pcPtr->result != NULL)) { - continue; - } - pcPtr->code = code; - if (resultString != NULL) { - pcPtr->result = ckalloc(strlen(resultString) + 1); - strcpy(pcPtr->result, resultString); - } - if (code == TCL_ERROR) { - if (errorInfo != NULL) { - pcPtr->errorInfo = ckalloc(strlen(errorInfo) + 1); - strcpy(pcPtr->errorInfo, errorInfo); - } - if (errorCode != NULL) { - pcPtr->errorCode = ckalloc(strlen(errorCode) + 1); - strcpy(pcPtr->errorCode, errorCode); - } - } - pcPtr->gotResponse = 1; - break; - } - } else { - /* - * Didn't recognize this thing. Just skip through the next null - * character and try again. - */ - - while (*p != 0) { - p++; - } - p++; - } - } - XFree(propInfo); -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * AppendPropCarefully -- - * - * Append a given property to a given window, but set up an X error - * handler so that if the append fails this function can return an error - * code rather than having Xlib panic. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The given property on the given window is appended to. If this - * operation fails and if pendingPtr is non-NULL, then the pending - * operation is marked as complete with an error. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -AppendPropCarefully( - Display *display, /* Display on which to operate. */ - Window window, /* Window whose property is to be modified. */ - Atom property, /* Name of property. */ - char *value, /* Characters to append to property. */ - int length, /* Number of bytes to append. */ - PendingCommand *pendingPtr) /* Pending command to mark complete if an - * error occurs during the property op. NULL - * means just ignore the error. */ -{ - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, AppendErrorProc, - pendingPtr); - XChangeProperty(display, window, property, XA_STRING, 8, - PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *) value, length); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); -} - -/* - * The function below is invoked if an error occurs during the XChangeProperty - * operation above. - */ - - /* ARGSUSED */ -static int -AppendErrorProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Command to mark complete, or NULL. */ - XErrorEvent *errorPtr) /* Information about error. */ -{ - PendingCommand *pendingPtr = clientData; - register PendingCommand *pcPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - if (pendingPtr == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - /* - * Make sure this command is still pending. - */ - - for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL; - pcPtr = pcPtr->nextPtr) { - if ((pcPtr == pendingPtr) && (pcPtr->result == NULL)) { - pcPtr->result = ckalloc(strlen(pcPtr->target) + 50); - sprintf(pcPtr->result, "no application named \"%s\"", - pcPtr->target); - pcPtr->code = TCL_ERROR; - pcPtr->gotResponse = 1; - break; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * DeleteProc -- - * - * This function is invoked by Tcl when the "send" command is deleted in - * an interpreter. It unregisters the interpreter. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The interpreter given by riPtr is unregistered. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -DeleteProc( - ClientData clientData) /* Info about registration, passed as - * ClientData. */ -{ - RegisteredInterp *riPtr = clientData; - register RegisteredInterp *riPtr2; - NameRegistry *regPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - regPtr = RegOpen(riPtr->interp, riPtr->dispPtr, 1); - RegDeleteName(regPtr, riPtr->name); - RegClose(regPtr); - - if (tsdPtr->interpListPtr == riPtr) { - tsdPtr->interpListPtr = riPtr->nextPtr; - } else { - for (riPtr2 = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr2 != NULL; - riPtr2 = riPtr2->nextPtr) { - if (riPtr2->nextPtr == riPtr) { - riPtr2->nextPtr = riPtr->nextPtr; - break; - } - } - } - ckfree(riPtr->name); - riPtr->interp = NULL; - UpdateCommWindow(riPtr->dispPtr); - Tcl_EventuallyFree(riPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SendRestrictProc -- - * - * This function filters incoming events when a "send" command is - * outstanding. It defers all events except those containing send - * commands and results. - * - * Results: - * False is returned except for property-change events on a commWindow. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - - /* ARGSUSED */ -static Tk_RestrictAction -SendRestrictProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ - register XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just arrived. */ -{ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - - if (eventPtr->type != PropertyNotify) { - return TK_DEFER_EVENT; - } - for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL; - dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) { - if ((eventPtr->xany.display == dispPtr->display) - && (eventPtr->xproperty.window - == Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin))) { - return TK_PROCESS_EVENT; - } - } - return TK_DEFER_EVENT; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdateCommWindow -- - * - * This function updates the list of application names stored on our - * commWindow. It is typically called when interpreters are registered - * and unregistered. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The TK_APPLICATION property on the comm window is updated. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -UpdateCommWindow( - TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display whose commWindow is to be - * updated. */ -{ - Tcl_DString names; - RegisteredInterp *riPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - Tcl_DStringInit(&names); - for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr != NULL; - riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&names, riPtr->name); - } - XChangeProperty(dispPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin), - dispPtr->appNameProperty, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&names), - Tcl_DStringLength(&names)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&names); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpTestsendCmd -- - * - * This function implements the "testsend" command. It provides a set of - * functions for testing the "send" command and support function in - * tkSend.c. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * Depends on option; see below. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - - /* ARGSUSED */ -int -TkpTestsendCmd( - ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ -{ - enum { - TESTSEND_BOGUS, TESTSEND_PROP, TESTSEND_SERIAL - }; - static const char *const testsendOptions[] = { - "bogus", "prop", "serial", NULL - }; - TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - int index; - - if (objc < 2) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, - "option ?arg ...?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], testsendOptions, - sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (index == TESTSEND_BOGUS) { - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - NULL, NULL); - XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, - RootWindow(winPtr->dispPtr->display, 0), - winPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_INTEGER, 32, - PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) "This is bogus information", 6); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - } else if (index == TESTSEND_PROP) { - int result, actualFormat; - unsigned long length, bytesAfter; - Atom actualType, propName; - char *property, **propertyPtr = &property, *p, *end; - Window w; - - if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, - "prop window name ?value ?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "root") == 0) { - w = RootWindow(winPtr->dispPtr->display, 0); - } else if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "comm") == 0) { - w = Tk_WindowId(winPtr->dispPtr->commTkwin); - } else { - w = strtoul(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &end, 0); - } - propName = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3])); - if (objc == 4) { - property = NULL; - result = XGetWindowProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, - 0, 100000, False, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat, - &length, &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propertyPtr); - if ((result == Success) && (actualType != None) - && (actualFormat == 8) && (actualType == XA_STRING)) { - for (p = property; (unsigned long)(p-property) < length; p++) { - if (*p == 0) { - *p = '\n'; - } - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(property, -1)); - } - if (property != NULL) { - XFree(property); - } - } else if (Tcl_GetString(objv[4])[0] == 0) { - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->dispPtr->display, - -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - XDeleteProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - } else { - Tcl_DString tmp; - - Tcl_DStringInit(&tmp); - for (p = Tcl_DStringAppend(&tmp, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), - (int) strlen(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]))); *p != 0; p++) { - if (*p == '\n') { - *p = 0; - } - } - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->dispPtr->display, - -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, XA_STRING, - 8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char*)Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp), - p-Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp)); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - Tcl_DStringFree(&tmp); - } - } else if (index == TESTSEND_SERIAL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(localData.sendSerial+1)); - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixWm.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixWm.c deleted file mode 100644 index 19ac86c..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixWm.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7421 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixWm.c -- - * - * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based - * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements - * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window - * manager. - * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. - * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" - -/* - * A data structure of the following type holds information for each window - * manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for which a handler (i.e. a Tcl - * command) has been defined for a particular top-level window. - */ - -typedef struct ProtocolHandler { - Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */ - struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr; - /* Next in list of protocol handlers for the - * same top-level window, or NULL for end of - * list. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */ - char command[1]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client message - * for this protocol arrives. The actual size - * of the structure varies to accommodate the - * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE - * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */ -} ProtocolHandler; - -#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \ - ((unsigned) ((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength)) - -/* - * Data for [wm attributes] command: - */ - -typedef struct { - double alpha; /* Transparency; 0.0=transparent, 1.0=opaque */ - int topmost; /* Flag: true=>stay-on-top */ - int zoomed; /* Flag: true=>maximized */ - int fullscreen; /* Flag: true=>fullscreen */ -} WmAttributes; - -typedef enum { - WMATT_ALPHA, WMATT_TOPMOST, WMATT_ZOOMED, WMATT_FULLSCREEN, - WMATT_TYPE, _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE -} WmAttribute; - -static const char *const WmAttributeNames[] = { - "-alpha", "-topmost", "-zoomed", "-fullscreen", - "-type", NULL -}; - -/* - * A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related - * information for each top-level window in an application. - */ - -typedef struct TkWmInfo { - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for this - * window. */ - Window reparent; /* If the window has been reparented, this - * gives the ID of the ancestor of the window - * that is a child of the root window (may not - * be window's immediate parent). If the - * window isn't reparented, this has the value - * None. */ - char *title; /* Title to display in window caption. If - * NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */ - char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */ - XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window - * manager. */ - char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group - * (corresponds to hints.window_group). - * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get - * updated if leader is destroyed. */ - TkWindow *masterPtr; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property, - * or NULL. */ - Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, or - * NULL. */ - Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or - * NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */ - int withdrawn; /* Non-zero means window has been withdrawn. */ - - /* - * In order to support menubars transparently under X, each toplevel - * window is encased in an additional window, called the wrapper, that - * holds the toplevel and the menubar, if any. The information below is - * used to keep track of the wrapper and the menubar. - */ - - TkWindow *wrapperPtr; /* Pointer to information about the wrapper. - * This is the "real" toplevel window as seen - * by the window manager. Although this is an - * official Tk window, it doesn't appear in - * the application's window hierarchy. NULL - * means that the wrapper hasn't been created - * yet. */ - Tk_Window menubar; /* Pointer to information about the menubar, - * or NULL if there is no menubar for this - * toplevel. */ - int menuHeight; /* Amount of vertical space needed for - * menubar, measured in pixels. If menubar is - * non-NULL, this is >= 1 (X servers don't - * like dimensions of 0). */ - - /* - * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window - * manager: - */ - - int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the - * PBaseSize flag is set then the window is - * gridded; otherwise it isn't gridded. */ - int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in pixels or - * grid units. */ - int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in pixels or - * grid units. 0 to default.*/ - Tk_Window gridWin; /* Identifies the window that controls - * gridding for this top-level, or NULL if the - * top-level isn't currently gridded. */ - int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels per - * step). */ - struct { - int x; /* numerator */ - int y; /* denominator */ - } minAspect, maxAspect; /* Min/max aspect ratios for window. */ - int reqGridWidth, reqGridHeight; - /* The dimensions of the window (in grid - * units) requested through the geometry - * manager. */ - int gravity; /* Desired window gravity. */ - - /* - * Information used to manage the size and location of a window. - */ - - int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified in - * pixels or grid units. These values are set - * by the "wm geometry" command and by - * ConfigureNotify events (for when wm resizes - * window). -1 means user hasn't requested - * dimensions. */ - int x, y; /* Desired X and Y coordinates for window. - * These values are set by "wm geometry", plus - * by ConfigureNotify events (when wm moves - * window). These numbers are different than - * the numbers stored in winPtr->changes - * because (a) they could be measured from the - * right or bottom edge of the screen (see - * WM_NEGATIVE_X and WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and - * (b) if the window has been reparented then - * they refer to the parent rather than the - * window itself. */ - int parentWidth, parentHeight; - /* Width and height of reparent, in pixels - * *including border*. If window hasn't been - * reparented then these will be the outer - * dimensions of the window, including - * border. */ - int xInParent, yInParent; /* Offset of wrapperPtr within reparent, - * measured in pixels from upper-left outer - * corner of reparent's border to upper-left - * outer corner of wrapperPtr's border. If not - * reparented then these are zero. */ - int configWidth, configHeight; - /* Dimensions passed to last request that we - * issued to change geometry of the wrapper. - * Used to eliminate redundant resize - * operations. */ - - /* - * Information about the virtual root window for this top-level, if there - * is one. - */ - - Window vRoot; /* Virtual root window for this top-level, or - * None if there is no virtual root window - * (i.e. just use the screen's root). */ - int vRootX, vRootY; /* Position of the virtual root inside the - * root window. If the WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE - * flag is set then this information may be - * incorrect and needs to be refreshed from - * the X server. If vRoot is None then these - * values are both 0. */ - int vRootWidth, vRootHeight;/* Dimensions of the virtual root window. If - * vRoot is None, gives the dimensions of the - * containing screen. This information is - * never stale, even though vRootX and vRootY - * can be. */ - - /* - * Miscellaneous information. - */ - - WmAttributes attributes; /* Current state of [wm attributes] */ - WmAttributes reqState; /* Requested state of [wm attributes] */ - ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this - * window (NULL means none). */ - int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */ - const char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND - * property. NULL means nothing available. */ - char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE - * property, or NULL. */ - int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */ - int numTransients; /* number of transients on this window */ - int iconDataSize; /* size of iconphoto image data */ - unsigned char *iconDataPtr; /* iconphoto image data, if set */ - struct TkWmInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all top-level windows. */ -} WmInfo; - -/* - * Flag values for WmInfo structures: - * - * WM_NEVER_MAPPED - non-zero means window has never been mapped; - * need to update all info when window is first - * mapped. - * WM_UPDATE_PENDING - non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo - * has already been scheduled for this window; - * no need to schedule another one. - * WM_NEGATIVE_X - non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in - * pixels from right edge of screen, rather than - * from left edge. - * WM_NEGATIVE_Y - non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in - * pixels up from bottom of screen, rather than - * down from top. - * WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS - non-zero means that new size hints need to be - * propagated to window manager. - * WM_SYNC_PENDING - set to non-zero while waiting for the window - * manager to respond to some state change. - * WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE - non-zero means that (x,y) offset information - * about the virtual root window is stale and - * needs to be fetched fresh from the X server. - * WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP - non-zero means that the window is about to be - * mapped by TkWmMapWindow. This is used by - * UpdateGeometryInfo to modify its behavior. - * WM_MOVE_PENDING - non-zero means the application has requested a - * new position for the window, but it hasn't - * been reflected through the window manager yet. - * WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - non-zero means the colormap windows were set - * explicitly via "wm colormapwindows". - * WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows" - * was called the top-level itself wasn't - * specified, so we added it implicitly at the - * end of the list. - * WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to - * allow the user to change the width of the - * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). - * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to - * allow the user to change the height of the - * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). - * WM_WITHDRAWN - non-zero means that this window has explicitly - * been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should - * not mirror state changes in the master. - */ - -#define WM_NEVER_MAPPED 1 -#define WM_UPDATE_PENDING 2 -#define WM_NEGATIVE_X 4 -#define WM_NEGATIVE_Y 8 -#define WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS 0x10 -#define WM_SYNC_PENDING 0x20 -#define WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE 0x40 -#define WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP 0x100 -#define WM_MOVE_PENDING 0x200 -#define WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT 0x400 -#define WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP 0x800 -#define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x1000 -#define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x2000 -#define WM_WITHDRAWN 0x4000 - -/* - * Wrapper for XGetWindowProperty and XChangeProperty to make them a *bit* - * less verbose. - */ - -#define GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, atom, length, type, typePtr, formatPtr, numItemsPtr, bytesAfterPtr, itemsPtr) \ - (XGetWindowProperty((wrapperPtr)->display, (wrapperPtr)->window, \ - (atom), 0, (long) (length), False, (type), \ - (typePtr), (formatPtr), (numItemsPtr), (bytesAfterPtr), \ - (unsigned char **) (itemsPtr)) == Success) -#define SetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, atomName, type, width, data, length) \ - XChangeProperty((wrapperPtr)->display, (wrapperPtr)->window, \ - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, (atomName)), \ - (type), (width), PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) (data), \ - (int) (length)) - -/* - * This module keeps a list of all top-level windows, primarily to simplify - * the job of Tk_CoordsToWindow. The list is called firstWmPtr and is stored - * in the TkDisplay structure. - */ - -/* - * The following structures are the official type records for geometry - * management of top-level and menubar windows. - */ - -static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin); -static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr); -static void MenubarReqProc(ClientData clientData, - Tk_Window tkwin); - -static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = { - "wm", /* name */ - TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */ - NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ -}; -static const Tk_GeomMgr menubarMgrType = { - "menubar", /* name */ - MenubarReqProc, /* requestProc */ - NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ -}; - -/* - * Structures of the following type are used for communication between - * WaitForEvent, WaitRestrictProc, and WaitTimeoutProc. - */ - -typedef struct WaitRestrictInfo { - Display *display; /* Window belongs to this display. */ - WmInfo *wmInfoPtr; - int type; /* We only care about this type of event. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Where to store the event when it's found. */ - int foundEvent; /* Non-zero means that an event of the desired - * type has been found. */ -} WaitRestrictInfo; - -/* - * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: - */ - -static int ComputeReparentGeometry(WmInfo *wmPtr); -static void ConfigureEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, - XConfigureEvent *eventPtr); -static void CreateWrapper(WmInfo *wmPtr); -static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *maxWidthPtr, - int *maxHeightPtr); -static void MenubarDestroyProc(ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr); -static int ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string, - TkWindow *winPtr); -static void ReparentEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XReparentEvent *eventPtr); -static void PropertyEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XPropertyEvent *eventPtr); -static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr, - Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *reparentTable); -static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin); -static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr); -static void UpdateCommand(TkWindow *winPtr); -static void UpdateGeometryInfo(ClientData clientData); -static void UpdateHints(TkWindow *winPtr); -static void UpdateSizeHints(TkWindow *winPtr, - int newWidth, int newHeight); -static void UpdateTitle(TkWindow *winPtr); -static void UpdatePhotoIcon(TkWindow *winPtr); -static void UpdateVRootGeometry(WmInfo *wmPtr); -static void UpdateWmProtocols(WmInfo *wmPtr); -static int SetNetWmType(TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Obj *typePtr); -static Tcl_Obj * GetNetWmType(TkWindow *winPtr); -static void SetNetWmState(TkWindow*, const char *atomName, int on); -static void CheckNetWmState(WmInfo *, Atom *atoms, int numAtoms); -static void UpdateNetWmState(WmInfo *); -static void WaitForConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, - unsigned long serial); -static int WaitForEvent(Display *display, - WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, int type, XEvent *eventPtr); -static void WaitForMapNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, int mapped); -static Tk_RestrictProc WaitRestrictProc; -static void WrapperEventProc(ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr); -static void WmWaitMapProc(ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr); -static int WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); -static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmCleanup -- - * - * This function is invoked to cleanup remaining wm resources associated - * with a display. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * All WmInfo structure resources are freed and invalidated. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void TkWmCleanup( - TkDisplay *dispPtr) -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr, *nextPtr; - - for (wmPtr = dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; wmPtr = nextPtr) { - /* - * We can't assume we have access to winPtr's anymore, so some cleanup - * requiring winPtr data is avoided. - */ - - nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr; - if (wmPtr->title != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->title); - } - if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->iconName); - } - if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->iconDataPtr); - } - if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName); - } - if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) { - Tk_DestroyWindow(wmPtr->menubar); - } - if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) { - Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr); - } - while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) { - ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; - - wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; - Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); - } - if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv); - } - if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine); - } - ckfree(wmPtr); - } - if (dispPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) { - ckfree(dispPtr->iconDataPtr); - dispPtr->iconDataPtr = NULL; - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmNewWindow -- - * - * This function is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created. - * Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * A WmInfo structure gets allocated and initialized. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkWmNewWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; - - wmPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo)); - memset(wmPtr, 0, sizeof(WmInfo)); - wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr; - wmPtr->reparent = None; - wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL; - wmPtr->numTransients = 0; - wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint; - wmPtr->hints.input = True; - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState; - wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None; - wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None; - wmPtr->hints.icon_x = wmPtr->hints.icon_y = 0; - wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None; - wmPtr->hints.window_group = None; - - /* - * Initialize attributes. - */ - - wmPtr->attributes.alpha = 1.0; - wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 0; - wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = 0; - wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 0; - wmPtr->reqState = wmPtr->attributes; - - /* - * Default the maximum dimensions to the size of the display, minus a - * guess about how space is needed for window manager decorations. - */ - - wmPtr->gridWin = NULL; - wmPtr->minWidth = wmPtr->minHeight = 1; - wmPtr->maxWidth = wmPtr->maxHeight = 0; - wmPtr->widthInc = wmPtr->heightInc = 1; - wmPtr->minAspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.y = 1; - wmPtr->maxAspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.y = 1; - wmPtr->reqGridWidth = wmPtr->reqGridHeight = -1; - wmPtr->gravity = NorthWestGravity; - wmPtr->width = -1; - wmPtr->height = -1; - wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x; - wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y; - wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width - + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width; - wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height - + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width; - wmPtr->configWidth = -1; - wmPtr->configHeight = -1; - wmPtr->vRoot = None; - wmPtr->flags = WM_NEVER_MAPPED; - wmPtr->nextPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; - dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr; - winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr; - - UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr); - - /* - * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the - * window manager. - */ - - Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, NULL); -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmMapWindow -- - * - * This function is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets a - * chance to update all window-manager-related information in properties - * before the window manager sees the map event and checks the - * properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the - * window after all. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information - * to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not - * be if this function decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the - * window is withdrawn). - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkWmMapWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be - * mapped. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - XTextProperty textProp; - - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - Tcl_DString ds; - - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED; - - /* - * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. First - * create the wrapper window that provides space for a menubar. - */ - - if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(wmPtr); - } - - /* - * Store all the window-manager-related information for the window. - */ - - TkWmSetClass(winPtr); - UpdateTitle(winPtr); - UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr); - - if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { - /* - * Don't map a transient if the master is not mapped. - */ - - if (!Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) { - wmPtr->withdrawn = 1; - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState; - } - - /* - * Make sure that we actually set the transient-for property, even - * if we are withdrawn. [Bug 1163496] - */ - - XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window); - } - - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - UpdateHints(winPtr); - UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr); - if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { - UpdateCommand(winPtr); - } - if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) { - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds); - if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1, - &textProp) != 0) { - unsigned long pid = (unsigned long) getpid(); - - XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, - wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &textProp); - XFree((char *) textProp.value); - - /* - * Inform the server (and more particularly any session - * manager) what our process ID is. We only do this when the - * CLIENT_MACHINE property is set since the spec for - * _NET_WM_PID requires that to be set too. - */ - - SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_PID", - XA_CARDINAL, 32, &pid, 1); - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - } - if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) { - return; - } - if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - /* - * This window is an icon for somebody else. Make sure that the - * geometry is up-to-date, then return without mapping the window. - */ - - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); - } - UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr); - return; - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); - } - UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr); - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP; - - /* - * Update _NET_WM_STATE hints: - */ - UpdateNetWmState(wmPtr); - - /* - * Map the window, then wait to be sure that the window manager has - * processed the map operation. - */ - - XMapWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window); - if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState) { - WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 1); - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmUnmapWindow -- - * - * This function is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The only thing - * it does special is to wait for the window actually to be unmapped. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Unmaps the window. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkWmUnmapWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be - * mapped. */ -{ - /* - * It seems to be important to wait after unmapping a top-level window - * until the window really gets unmapped. I don't completely understand - * all the interactions with the window manager, but if we go on without - * waiting, and if the window is then mapped again quickly, events seem to - * get lost so that we think the window isn't mapped when in fact it is - * mapped. I suspect that this has something to do with the window manager - * filtering Map events (and possily not filtering Unmap events?). - */ - - XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window); - WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0); -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmDeadWindow -- - * - * This function is invoked when a top-level window is about to be - * deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The WmInfo structure for winPtr gets freed up. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkWmDeadWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - WmInfo *wmPtr2; - - if (wmPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - if ((WmInfo *) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr == wmPtr) { - winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr; - } else { - register WmInfo *prevPtr; - - for (prevPtr = (WmInfo *) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ; - prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) { - /* ASSERT: prevPtr != NULL [Bug 1789819] */ - if (prevPtr->nextPtr == wmPtr) { - prevPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr; - break; - } - } - } - if (wmPtr->title != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->title); - } - if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->iconName); - } - if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->iconDataPtr); - } - if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) { - Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap); - } - if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) { - Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask); - } - if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName); - } - if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { - wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr; - wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL; - wmPtr2->withdrawn = 1; - } - if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor)->wmInfoPtr; - wmPtr2->icon = NULL; - wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint; - UpdateHints((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor); - } - if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) { - Tk_DestroyWindow(wmPtr->menubar); - } - if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) { - /* - * The rest of Tk doesn't know that we reparent the toplevel inside - * the wrapper, so reparent it back out again before deleting the - * wrapper; otherwise the toplevel will get deleted twice (once - * implicitly by the deletion of the wrapper). - */ - - XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); - XReparentWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, - XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum), 0, 0); - Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr); - } - while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) { - ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; - - wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; - Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); - } - if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv); - } - if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine); - } - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); - } - - /* - * Reset all transient windows whose master is the dead window. - */ - - for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL; - wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) { - if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) { - wmPtr->numTransients--; - Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr, - StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, wmPtr2->winPtr); - wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL; - if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr2->wrapperPtr->window, - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_TRANSIENT_FOR")); - - /* - * FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can - * recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window - * decorations. - */ - } - } - } - /* ASSERT: numTransients == 0 [Bug 1789819] */ - - if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { - wmPtr2 = wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - /* - * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore - */ - - if (wmPtr2 != NULL) { - wmPtr2->numTransients--; - } - Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr, - StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, winPtr); - wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL; - } - ckfree(wmPtr); - winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL; -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmSetClass -- - * - * This function is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is - * changed. If the window has been mapped then this function updates the - * window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been - * mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * A window property may get updated. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkWmSetClass( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */ -{ - if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - return; - } - - if (winPtr->classUid != NULL) { - XClassHint *classPtr; - Tcl_DString name, class; - - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->nameUid, -1, &name); - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->classUid, -1, &class); - classPtr = XAllocClassHint(); - classPtr->res_name = Tcl_DStringValue(&name); - classPtr->res_class = Tcl_DStringValue(&class); - XSetClassHint(winPtr->display, winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - classPtr); - XFree((char *) classPtr); - Tcl_DStringFree(&name); - Tcl_DStringFree(&class); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_WmObjCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - - /* ARGSUSED */ -int -Tk_WmObjCmd( - ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; - static const char *const optionStrings[] = { - "aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows", - "command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", - "frame", "geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap", - "iconify", "iconmask", "iconname", "iconphoto", - "iconposition", "iconwindow", "manage", "maxsize", - "minsize", "overrideredirect", "positionfrom", - "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom", "stackorder", - "state", "title", "transient", "withdraw", NULL }; - enum options { - WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS, - WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FORGET, - WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, - WMOPT_ICONBITMAP, - WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, - WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, - WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, - WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER, - WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW }; - int index, length; - const char *argv1; - TkWindow *winPtr; - Tk_Window targetWin; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; - - if (objc < 2) { - wrongNumArgs: - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length); - if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (size_t) length) == 0) - && (length >= 3)) { - int wmTracing; - - if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 2) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj( - dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING)); - return TCL_OK; - } - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (wmTracing) { - dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING; - } else { - dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING; - } - return TCL_OK; - } - - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, - sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (objc < 3) { - goto wrongNumArgs; - } - - if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &targetWin) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - winPtr = (TkWindow *) targetWin; - if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && - (index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", winPtr->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "TOPLEVEL", winPtr->pathName, - NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - switch ((enum options) index) { - case WMOPT_ASPECT: - return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES: - return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_CLIENT: - return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS: - return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_COMMAND: - return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_DEICONIFY: - return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL: - return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FORGET: - return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FRAME: - return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GEOMETRY: - return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GRID: - return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GROUP: - return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP: - return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONIFY: - return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONMASK: - return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONNAME: - return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO: - return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION: - return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW: - return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MANAGE: - return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MAXSIZE: - return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MINSIZE: - return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT: - return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM: - return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_PROTOCOL: - return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_RESIZABLE: - return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_SIZEFROM: - return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_STACKORDER: - return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_STATE: - return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_TITLE: - return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_TRANSIENT: - return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_WITHDRAW: - return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - } - - /* This should not happen */ - return TCL_ERROR; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmAspectCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmAspectCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, - "window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) { - Tcl_Obj *results[4]; - - results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x); - results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y); - results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x); - results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect; - } else { - if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) || - (denom2 <= 0)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "aspect number can't be <= 0", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "ASPECT", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1; - wmPtr->minAspect.y = denom1; - wmPtr->maxAspect.x = numer2; - wmPtr->maxAspect.y = denom2; - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PAspect; - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmSetAttribute -- - * - * Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Sets the value of the specified - * attribute. - * - * Returns: - * - * TCL_OK if successful, TCL_ERROR otherwise. In case of an error, leaves - * a message in the interpreter's result. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmSetAttribute( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */ - WmAttribute attribute, /* Code of attribute to set */ - Tcl_Obj *value) /* New value */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - switch (attribute) { - case WMATT_ALPHA: { - unsigned long opacity; /* 0=transparent, 0xFFFFFFFF=opaque */ - - if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, value, - &wmPtr->reqState.alpha)) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (wmPtr->reqState.alpha < 0.0) { - wmPtr->reqState.alpha = 0.0; - } - if (wmPtr->reqState.alpha > 1.0) { - wmPtr->reqState.alpha = 1.0; - } - - if (!wmPtr->wrapperPtr) { - break; - } - - opacity = 0xFFFFFFFFul * wmPtr->reqState.alpha; - SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", - XA_CARDINAL, 32, &opacity, 1L); - wmPtr->attributes.alpha = wmPtr->reqState.alpha; - - break; - } - case WMATT_TOPMOST: - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, - &wmPtr->reqState.topmost) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE", wmPtr->reqState.topmost); - break; - case WMATT_TYPE: - if (TCL_OK != SetNetWmType(winPtr, value)) - return TCL_ERROR; - break; - case WMATT_ZOOMED: - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, - &wmPtr->reqState.zoomed) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", - wmPtr->reqState.zoomed); - SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", - wmPtr->reqState.zoomed); - break; - case WMATT_FULLSCREEN: - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, - &wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", - wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen); - break; - case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: /* NOTREACHED */ - return TCL_ERROR; - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmGetAttribute -- - * - * Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Returns the current value of the - * specified attribute. - * - * See also: CheckNetWmState(). - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static Tcl_Obj * -WmGetAttribute( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - WmAttribute attribute) /* Code of attribute to get */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - switch (attribute) { - case WMATT_ALPHA: - return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->attributes.alpha); - case WMATT_TOPMOST: - return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.topmost); - case WMATT_ZOOMED: - return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.zoomed); - case WMATT_FULLSCREEN: - return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen); - case WMATT_TYPE: - return GetNetWmType(winPtr); - case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: /*NOTREACHED*/ - break; - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ - return NULL; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmAttributesCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command. - * - * Syntax: - * - * wm attributes $win ?-attribute ?value attribute value...?? - * - * Notes: - * - * Attributes of mapped windows are set by sending a _NET_WM_STATE - * ClientMessage to the root window (see SetNetWmState). For withdrawn - * windows, we keep track of the requested attribute state, and set the - * _NET_WM_STATE property ourselves immediately prior to mapping the - * window. - * - * See also: TIP#231, EWMH. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmAttributesCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - int attribute = 0; - - if (objc == 3) { /* wm attributes $win */ - Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0); - - for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) { - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, - Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1)); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, - WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute)); - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result); - return TCL_OK; - } else if (objc == 4) { /* wm attributes $win -attribute */ - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames, - sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute)); - return TCL_OK; - } else if ((objc - 3) % 2 == 0) { /* wm attributes $win -att value... */ - int i; - - for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) { - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], WmAttributeNames, - sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr,interp,attribute,objv[i+1]) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - } - return TCL_OK; - } - - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-attribute ?value ...??"); - return TCL_ERROR; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmClientCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmClientCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - const char *argv3; - int length; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, - Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length); - if (argv3[0] == 0) { - if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine); - wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, - "WM_CLIENT_MACHINE")); - } - } - return TCL_OK; - } - if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine); - } - wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(length + 1); - strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3); - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - XTextProperty textProp; - Tcl_DString ds; - - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds); - if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1, - &textProp) != 0) { - unsigned long pid = (unsigned long) getpid(); - - XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - &textProp); - XFree((char *) textProp.value); - - /* - * Inform the server (and more particularly any session manager) - * what our process ID is. We only do this when the CLIENT_MACHINE - * property is set since the spec for _NET_WM_PID requires that to - * be set too. - */ - - SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_PID", XA_CARDINAL, - 32, &pid, 1); - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmColormapwindowsCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl - * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmColormapwindowsCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - Window *cmapList; - TkWindow *winPtr2; - int count, i, windowObjc, gotToplevel; - Tcl_Obj **windowObjv, *resultObj; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr); - if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(wmPtr); - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (XGetWMColormapWindows(winPtr->display, - wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &cmapList, &count) == 0) { - return TCL_OK; - } - resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { - if ((i == (count-1)) - && (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) { - break; - } - winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) - Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, cmapList[i]); - if (winPtr2 == NULL) { - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, - Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%lx", cmapList[i])); - } else { - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, - Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr2->pathName, -1)); - } - } - XFree((char *) cmapList); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); - return TCL_OK; - } - if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv) - != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - cmapList = ckalloc((windowObjc+1) * sizeof(Window)); - gotToplevel = 0; - for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) { - Tk_Window mapWin; - - if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i], - &mapWin) != TCL_OK) { - ckfree(cmapList); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) mapWin; - if (winPtr2 == winPtr) { - gotToplevel = 1; - } - if (winPtr2->window == None) { - Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr2); - } - cmapList[i] = winPtr2->window; - } - if (!gotToplevel) { - wmPtr->flags |= WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP; - cmapList[windowObjc] = wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window; - windowObjc++; - } else { - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP; - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT; - XSetWMColormapWindows(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - cmapList, windowObjc); - ckfree(cmapList); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmCommandCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmCommandCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - const char *argv3; - int cmdArgc; - const char **cmdArgv; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { - char *arg = Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv); - - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(arg, -1)); - ckfree(arg); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); - if (argv3[0] == 0) { - if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv); - wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_COMMAND")); - } - } - return TCL_OK; - } - if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv3, &cmdArgc, &cmdArgv) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv); - } - wmPtr->cmdArgc = cmdArgc; - wmPtr->cmdArgv = cmdArgv; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - UpdateCommand(winPtr); - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmDeiconifyCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmDeiconifyCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if (objc != 3) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't deiconify %s: it is an icon for %s", - Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "DEICONIFY", "ICON", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't deiconify %s: it is an embedded window", - winPtr->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "DEICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN; - TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmFocusmodelCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmFocusmodelCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static const char *const optionStrings[] = { - "active", "passive", NULL }; - enum options { - OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE }; - int index; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?active|passive?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - wmPtr->hints.input ? "passive" : "active", -1)); - return TCL_OK; - } - - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, - sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) { - wmPtr->hints.input = False; - } else { /* OPT_PASSIVE */ - wmPtr->hints.input = True; - } - UpdateHints(winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmForgetCmd -- - * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm forget" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmForgetCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; - - if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) { - TkFocusJoin(winPtr); - Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin); - TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr); - winPtr->flags &= - ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED); - RemapWindows(winPtr, winPtr->parentPtr); - - /* - * Make sure wm no longer manages this window - */ - Tk_ManageGeometry(frameWin, NULL, NULL); - - /* - * Flags (above) must be cleared before calling TkMapTopFrame (below). - */ - - TkMapTopFrame(frameWin); - } else { - /* - * Already not managed by wm - ignore it. - */ - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmFrameCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmFrameCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - Window window; - - if (objc != 3) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - window = wmPtr->reparent; - if (window == None) { - window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr); - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", (unsigned) window)); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmGeometryCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmGeometryCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - char xSign, ySign; - int width, height; - const char *argv3; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+'; - ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+'; - if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (winPtr->changes.width - - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc; - height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight + (winPtr->changes.height - - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc; - } else { - width = winPtr->changes.width; - height = winPtr->changes.height; - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d%c%d%c%d", - width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y)); - return TCL_OK; - } - argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); - if (*argv3 == '\0') { - wmPtr->width = -1; - wmPtr->height = -1; - WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr); - return TCL_OK; - } - return ParseGeometry(interp, argv3, winPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmGridCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See the - * user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmGridCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, - "window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) { - Tcl_Obj *results[4]; - - results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth); - results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight); - results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc); - results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { - /* - * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as - * ungridded numbers. - */ - - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc); - if (wmPtr->width != -1) { - wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width - - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc; - wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height - - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc; - } - wmPtr->widthInc = 1; - wmPtr->heightInc = 1; - } else { - if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) !=TCL_OK)) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (reqWidth < 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "baseWidth can't be < 0", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (reqHeight < 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "baseHeight can't be < 0", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (widthInc <= 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "widthInc can't be <= 0", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (heightInc <= 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "heightInc can't be <= 0", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tk_SetGrid((Tk_Window) winPtr, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, - heightInc); - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmGroupCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmGroupCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - Tk_Window tkwin2; - WmInfo *wmPtr2; - const char *argv3; - int length; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length); - if (*argv3 == '\0') { - wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint; - if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName); - } - wmPtr->leaderName = NULL; - } else { - if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin2)) { - /* - * Ensure that the group leader is actually a Tk toplevel. - */ - - tkwin2 = Tk_Parent(tkwin2); - } - Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2); - wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr; - if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(wmPtr2); - } - if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName); - } - wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr); - wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint; - wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(length + 1); - strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3); - } - UpdateHints(winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmIconbitmapCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmIconbitmapCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - Pixmap pixmap; - const char *argv3; - - if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, - wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap), -1)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); - if (*argv3 == '\0') { - if (wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap != None) { - Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap); - wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None; - } - wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPixmapHint; - } else { - pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr, argv3); - if (pixmap == None) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap; - wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint; - } - UpdateHints(winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmIconifyCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmIconifyCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if (objc != 3) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set", - winPtr->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", - NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient", - winPtr->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s", - winPtr->pathName, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "ICON", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't iconify %s: it is an embedded window", - winPtr->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "couldn't send iconify message to window manager", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmIconmaskCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmIconmaskCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - Pixmap pixmap; - const char *argv3; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask), - -1)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); - if (*argv3 == '\0') { - if (wmPtr->hints.icon_mask != None) { - Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask); - } - wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconMaskHint; - } else { - pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, tkwin, argv3); - if (pixmap == None) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = pixmap; - wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconMaskHint; - } - UpdateHints(winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmIconnameCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmIconnameCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - const char *argv3; - int length; - - if (objc > 4) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } else { - if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->iconName); - } - argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length); - wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1); - strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3); - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - UpdateTitle(winPtr); - } - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmIconphotoCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmIconphotoCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - Tk_PhotoHandle photo; - Tk_PhotoImageBlock block; - int i, size = 0, width, height, index = 0, x, y, isDefault = 0; - unsigned long *iconPropertyData; - - if (objc < 4) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, - "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) { - isDefault = 1; - if (objc == 4) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, - "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - } - - /* - * Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a - * buffer large enough to hold all images. - */ - - for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) { - photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i])); - if (photo == NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", - Tcl_GetString(objv[i]))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height); - - /* - * We need to cardinals for width & height and one cardinal for each - * image pixel. - */ - - size += 2 + width * height; - } - - /* - * We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed - * memory space. This is an unsigned long array (despite this being twice - * as much as is really needed on LP64 platforms) because that's what X - * defines CARD32 arrays to use. [Bug 2902814] - */ - - iconPropertyData = attemptckalloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * size); - if (iconPropertyData == NULL) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - memset(iconPropertyData, 0, sizeof(unsigned long) * size); - - for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) { - photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i])); - if (photo == NULL) { - Tcl_Free((char *) iconPropertyData); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height); - Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block); - - /* - * Each image data will be placed as an array of 32bit packed - * CARDINAL, in a window property named "_NET_WM_ICON": _NET_WM_ICON - * - * _NET_WM_ICON CARDINAL[][2+n]/32 - * - * This is an array of possible icons for the client. This spec. does - * not stipulate what size these icons should be, but individual - * desktop environments or toolkits may do so. The Window Manager MAY - * scale any of these icons to an appropriate size. - * - * This is an array of 32bit packed CARDINAL ARGB with high byte being - * A, low byte being B. The first two cardinals are width, height. - * Data is in rows, left to right and top to bottom. The data will be - * endian-swapped going to the server if necessary. [Bug 2830420] - * - * The image data will be encoded in the iconPropertyData array. - */ - - iconPropertyData[index++] = (unsigned long) width; - iconPropertyData[index++] = (unsigned long) height; - for (y = 0; y < height; y++) { - for (x = 0; x < width; x++) { - register unsigned char *pixelPtr = - block.pixelPtr + x*block.pixelSize + y*block.pitch; - register unsigned long R, G, B, A; - - R = pixelPtr[block.offset[0]]; - G = pixelPtr[block.offset[1]]; - B = pixelPtr[block.offset[2]]; - A = pixelPtr[block.offset[3]]; - iconPropertyData[index++] = A<<24 | R<<16 | G<<8 | B<<0; - } - } - } - if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->iconDataPtr); - wmPtr->iconDataPtr = NULL; - } - if (isDefault) { - if (winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) { - ckfree(winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr); - } - winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData; - winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize = size; - } else { - wmPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData; - wmPtr->iconDataSize = size; - } - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr); - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmIconpositionCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmIconpositionCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - int x, y; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) { - Tcl_Obj *results[2]; - - results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x); - results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') { - wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint; - } else { - if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x; - wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y; - wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; - } - UpdateHints(winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmIconwindowCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmIconwindowCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - Tk_Window tkwin2; - WmInfo *wmPtr2; - XSetWindowAttributes atts; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(wmPtr->icon)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { - wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint; - if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { - /* - * Remove the icon window relationship. In principle we should - * also re-enable button events for the window, but this doesn't - * work in general because the window manager is probably - * selecting on them (we'll get an error if we try to re-enable - * the events). So, just leave the icon window event-challenged; - * the user will have to recreate it if they want button events. - */ - - wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr; - wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL; - wmPtr2->withdrawn = 1; - wmPtr2->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState; - } - wmPtr->icon = NULL; - } else { - if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't use %s as icon window: not at top level", - Tcl_GetString(objv[3]))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "INNER", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr; - if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "%s is already an icon for %s", - Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "ICON", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { - WmInfo *wmPtr3 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr; - - wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL; - wmPtr3->withdrawn = 1; - wmPtr3->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState; - } - - /* - * Disable button events in the icon window: some window managers - * (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, but X only allows - * one application at a time to receive button events for a window. - */ - - atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(tkwin2)->event_mask - & ~ButtonPressMask; - Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin2, CWEventMask, &atts); - Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2); - if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(wmPtr2); - } - wmPtr->hints.icon_window = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr); - wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconWindowHint; - wmPtr->icon = tkwin2; - wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr; - if (!wmPtr2->withdrawn && !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - wmPtr2->withdrawn = 0; - if (XWithdrawWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin2), - Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr), - Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin2)) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "couldn't send withdraw message to window manager", - -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - WaitForMapNotify((TkWindow *) tkwin2, 0); - } - } - UpdateHints(winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmManageCmd -- - * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmManageCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) { - if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "window \"%s\" is not manageable: must be a frame," - " labelframe or toplevel", Tk_PathName(frameWin))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "MANAGE", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - TkFocusSplit(winPtr); - Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin); - winPtr->flags |= - TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED; - if (wmPtr == NULL) { - TkWmNewWindow(winPtr); - TkWmMapWindow(winPtr); - Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin); - } - wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED; - RemapWindows(winPtr, wmPtr->wrapperPtr); - - /* - * Flags (above) must be set before calling TkMapTopFrame (below). - */ - - TkMapTopFrame(frameWin); - } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) { - /* - * Already managed by wm - ignore it. - */ - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmMaxsizeCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmMaxsizeCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - int width, height; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - Tcl_Obj *results[2]; - - GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height); - results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width); - results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results)); - return TCL_OK; - } - if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - wmPtr->maxWidth = width; - wmPtr->maxHeight = height; - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - - if (width <= 0 && height <= 0) { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PMaxSize; - } else { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PMaxSize; - } - - WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmMinsizeCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmMinsizeCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - int width, height; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - Tcl_Obj *results[2]; - - results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minWidth); - results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minHeight); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results)); - return TCL_OK; - } - if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - wmPtr->minWidth = width; - wmPtr->minHeight = height; - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmOverrideredirectCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl - * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmOverrideredirectCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - int boolean, curValue; - XSetWindowAttributes atts; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect; - if (objc == 3) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue)); - return TCL_OK; - } - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (curValue != boolean) { - /* - * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes - * some funky stuff to occur - */ - - atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False; - Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, - &atts); - if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) { - Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes( - (Tk_Window) winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr, - CWOverrideRedirect, &atts); - } - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmPositionfromCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmPositionfromCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static const char *const optionStrings[] = { - "program", "user", NULL }; - enum options { - OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER }; - int index; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user/program?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - const char *sourceStr = ""; - - if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USPosition) { - sourceStr = "user"; - } else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PPosition) { - sourceStr = "program"; - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1)); - return TCL_OK; - } - if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition); - } else { - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, - sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (index == OPT_USER) { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PPosition; - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition; - } else { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USPosition; - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PPosition; - } - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmProtocolCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmProtocolCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr; - Atom protocol; - const char *cmd; - int cmdLength; - - if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - /* - * Return a list of all defined protocols for the window. - */ - - Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); - - for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL; - protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_NewStringObj( - Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window)winPtr, protPtr->protocol),-1)); - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); - return TCL_OK; - } - protocol = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3])); - if (objc == 4) { - /* - * Return the command to handle a given protocol. - */ - - for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL; - protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { - if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, - Tcl_NewStringObj(protPtr->command, -1)); - return TCL_OK; - } - } - return TCL_OK; - } - - /* - * Special case for _NET_WM_PING: that's always handled directly. - */ - - if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "_NET_WM_PING") == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "may not alter handling of that protocol", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "PROTOCOL", "RESERVED", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - /* - * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the - * specified command, unless the command is empty. - */ - - for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL; - prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { - if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) { - if (prevPtr == NULL) { - wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; - } else { - prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; - } - Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); - break; - } - } - cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength); - if (cmdLength > 0) { - protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength)); - protPtr->protocol = protocol; - protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; - wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr; - protPtr->interp = interp; - memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1); - } - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr); - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmResizableCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmResizableCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - int width, height; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - Tcl_Obj *results[2]; - - results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE)); - results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE)); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results)); - return TCL_OK; - } - if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (width) { - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE; - } else { - wmPtr->flags |= WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE; - } - if (height) { - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE; - } else { - wmPtr->flags |= WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE; - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmSizefromCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmSizefromCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static const char *const optionStrings[] = { - "program", "user", NULL }; - enum options { - OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER }; - int index; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user|program?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - const char *sourceStr = ""; - - if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USSize) { - sourceStr = "user"; - } else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PSize) { - sourceStr = "program"; - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1)); - return TCL_OK; - } - - if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize); - } else { - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, - sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (index == OPT_USER) { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PSize; - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USSize; - } else { /* OPT_PROGRAM */ - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USSize; - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PSize; - } - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmStackorderCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmStackorderCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr; - static const char *const optionStrings[] = { - "isabove", "isbelow", NULL }; - enum options { - OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW }; - int index; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?isabove|isbelow window?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (objc == 3) { - windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr); - if (windows != NULL) { - Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); - - /* ASSERT: true [Bug 1789819]*/ - for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) { - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, - Tcl_NewStringObj((*window_ptr)->pathName, -1)); - } - ckfree(windows); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); - return TCL_OK; - } - } else { - Tk_Window relWin; - TkWindow *winPtr2; - int index1=-1, index2=-1, result; - - if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4], &relWin) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) relWin; - - if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", - winPtr2->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "TOPLEVEL", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr2->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - /* - * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and - * find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order. - */ - - windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr); - if (windows == NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) { - if (*window_ptr == winPtr) { - index1 = (window_ptr - windows); - } - if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) { - index2 = (window_ptr - windows); - } - } - /* ASSERT: index1 != -1 && index2 != -2 [Bug 1789819] */ - ckfree(windows); - - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, - sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) { - result = index1 > index2; - } else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */ - result = index1 < index2; - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result)); - return TCL_OK; - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmStateCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmStateCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static const char *const optionStrings[] = { - "normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", NULL }; - enum options { - OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN }; - int index; - - if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 4) { - if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't change state of %s: it is an icon for %s", - Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "ICON", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, - sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (index == OPT_NORMAL) { - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN; - (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); - } else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) { - if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set", - winPtr->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", - "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient", - winPtr->pathName)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "TRANSIENT", - NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "couldn't send iconify message to window manager", - -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - } else { /* OPT_WITHDRAWN */ - wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN; - if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "couldn't send withdraw message to window manager", - -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - } - } else { - const char *state; - - if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - state = "icon"; - } else if (wmPtr->withdrawn) { - state = "withdrawn"; - } else if (Tk_IsMapped((Tk_Window) winPtr) - || ((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) - && (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState))) { - state = "normal"; - } else { - state = "iconic"; - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(state, -1)); - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmTitleCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmTitleCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - const char *argv3; - int length; - - if (objc > 4) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (wmPtr->title) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->title, -1)); - } else { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1)); - } - } else { - if (wmPtr->title != NULL) { - ckfree(wmPtr->title); - } - argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length); - wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1); - strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3); - - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - UpdateTitle(winPtr); - } - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmTransientCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmTransientCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr; - WmInfo *wmPtr2; - - if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (objc == 3) { - if (masterPtr != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) masterPtr)); - } - return TCL_OK; - } - if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') { - if (masterPtr != NULL) { - /* - * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them - * anymore - */ - - masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--; - Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr, StructureNotifyMask, - WmWaitMapProc, winPtr); - - /* - * FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can - * recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window - * decorations. - */ - } - - wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL; - } else { - Tk_Window masterWin; - - if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &masterWin)!=TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - masterPtr = (TkWindow *) masterWin; - while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) { - /* - * Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel. - */ - - masterPtr = masterPtr->parentPtr; - } - Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) masterPtr); - - if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't make \"%s\" a transient: it is an icon for %s", - Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr; - if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(wmPtr2); - } - - if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s", - Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (masterPtr == winPtr) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) { - /* - * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new - * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states - * reflect the state of the master. - */ - - if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { - wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--; - Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr, - StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, winPtr); - } - - masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients++; - Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr, - StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, winPtr); - - wmPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr; - } - } - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL && !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) { - if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "couldn't send withdraw message to window manager", - -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - } else { - if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { - XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display, - wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window); - } else { - XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_TRANSIENT_FOR")); - } - } - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WmWithdrawCmd -- - * - * This function is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command. See - * the user documentation for details on what it does. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WmWithdrawCmd( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if (objc != 3) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s", - Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN; - if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "couldn't send withdraw message to window manager", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry - * update. - */ - -static void -WmUpdateGeom( - WmInfo *wmPtr, - TkWindow *winPtr) -{ - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - } -} - -/* - * Invoked when a MapNotify or UnmapNotify event is delivered for a toplevel - * that is the master of a transient toplevel. - */ - -static void -WmWaitMapProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; - TkWindow *masterPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr; - - if (masterPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) { - if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) { - (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); - } - } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { - (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_SetGrid -- - * - * This function is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid - * coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It - * provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is - * usually associated with the -setgrid option. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that - * the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid - * units. If some other window already controls gridding for the - * top-level window then this function call has no effect. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_SetGrid( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. New window mgr info will - * be posted for the top-level window - * associated with this window. */ - int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the - * requested geometry for tkwin. */ - int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the - * requested geometry for tkwin. */ - int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change - * of one grid unit. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - register WmInfo *wmPtr; - - /* - * Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0 - */ - - if (widthInc <= 0) { - widthInc = 1; - } - if (heightInc <= 0) { - heightInc = 1; - } - - /* - * Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager - * information. - */ - - while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { - winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; - if (winPtr == NULL) { - /* - * The window is being deleted... just skip this operation. - */ - - return; - } - } - wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - if (wmPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - if ((wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) && (wmPtr->gridWin != tkwin)) { - return; - } - - if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth) - && (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight) - && (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc) - && (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc) - && ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PBaseSize|PResizeInc)) - == (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))) { - return; - } - - /* - * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size - * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel - * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the - * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have - * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle - * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just - * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid - * units but just happened to have been specified before this function was - * called. - */ - - if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - wmPtr->width = -1; - wmPtr->height = -1; - } - - /* - * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all - * of this information to the window manager. - */ - - wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin; - wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth; - wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight; - wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc; - wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc; - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc; - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_UnsetGrid -- - * - * This function cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window, - * gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window - * controls gridding then this function has no effect. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_UnsetGrid( - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently - * controlling gridding. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - register WmInfo *wmPtr; - - /* - * Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager - * information. - */ - - while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { - winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; - if (winPtr == NULL) { - /* - * The window is being deleted... just skip this operation. - */ - - return; - } - } - wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - if (wmPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) { - return; - } - - wmPtr->gridWin = NULL; - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc); - if (wmPtr->width != -1) { - wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width - - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc; - wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height - - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc; - } - wmPtr->widthInc = 1; - wmPtr->heightInc = 1; - - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ConfigureEvent -- - * - * This function is called to handle ConfigureNotify events on wrapper - * windows. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Information gets updated in the WmInfo structure for the window and - * the toplevel itself gets repositioned within the wrapper. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -ConfigureEvent( - WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Information about toplevel window. */ - XConfigureEvent *configEventPtr) - /* Event that just occurred for - * wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */ -{ - TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr; - TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - - /* - * Update size information from the event. There are a couple of tricky - * points here: - * - * 1. If the user changed the size externally then set wmPtr->width and - * wmPtr->height just as if a "wm geometry" command had been invoked - * with the same information. - * 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request coming - * from us (WM_SYNC_PENDING is set), then don't set wmPtr->width or - * wmPtr->height if they were previously -1 (otherwise the window will - * stop tracking geometry manager requests). - */ - - if (((wrapperPtr->changes.width != configEventPtr->width) - || (wrapperPtr->changes.height != configEventPtr->height)) - && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) { - if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("TopLevelEventProc: user changed %s size to %dx%d\n", - winPtr->pathName, configEventPtr->width, - configEventPtr->height); - } - if ((wmPtr->width == -1) - && (configEventPtr->width == winPtr->reqWidth)) { - /* - * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it from - * what the widgets asked for. - */ - } else { - /* - * Note: if this window is embedded then don't set the external - * size, since it came from the containing application, not the - * user. In this case we want to keep sending our size requests to - * the containing application; if the user fixes the size of that - * application then it will still percolate down to us in the - * right way. - */ - - if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { - if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth - + (configEventPtr->width - - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc; - if (wmPtr->width < 0) { - wmPtr->width = 0; - } - } else { - wmPtr->width = configEventPtr->width; - } - } - } - if ((wmPtr->height == -1) - && (configEventPtr->height == - (winPtr->reqHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight))) { - /* - * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it from - * what the widgets asked for. - */ - } else { - /* - * See note for wmPtr->width about not setting external size for - * embedded windows. - */ - - if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { - if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight - + (configEventPtr->height - wmPtr->menuHeight - - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc; - if (wmPtr->height < 0) { - wmPtr->height = 0; - } - } else { - wmPtr->height = configEventPtr->height - wmPtr->menuHeight; - } - } - } - wmPtr->configWidth = configEventPtr->width; - wmPtr->configHeight = configEventPtr->height; - } - - if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("ConfigureEvent: %s x = %d y = %d, width = %d, height = %d\n", - winPtr->pathName, configEventPtr->x, configEventPtr->y, - configEventPtr->width, configEventPtr->height); - printf(" send_event = %d, serial = %ld (win %p, wrapper %p)\n", - configEventPtr->send_event, configEventPtr->serial, - winPtr, wrapperPtr); - } - wrapperPtr->changes.width = configEventPtr->width; - wrapperPtr->changes.height = configEventPtr->height; - wrapperPtr->changes.border_width = configEventPtr->border_width; - wrapperPtr->changes.sibling = configEventPtr->above; - wrapperPtr->changes.stack_mode = Above; - - /* - * Reparenting window managers make life difficult. If the window manager - * reparents a top-level window then the x and y information that comes in - * events for the window is wrong: it gives the location of the window - * inside its decorative parent, rather than the location of the window in - * root coordinates, which is what we want. Window managers are supposed - * to send synthetic events with the correct information, but ICCCM - * doesn't require them to do this under all conditions, and the - * information provided doesn't include everything we need here. So, the - * code below maintains a bunch of information about the parent window. - * If the window hasn't been reparented, we pretend that there is a parent - * shrink-wrapped around the window. - */ - - if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf(" %s parent == %p, above %p\n", - winPtr->pathName, (void *) wmPtr->reparent, - (void *) configEventPtr->above); - } - - if ((wmPtr->reparent == None) || !ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr)) { - wmPtr->parentWidth = configEventPtr->width - + 2*configEventPtr->border_width; - wmPtr->parentHeight = configEventPtr->height - + 2*configEventPtr->border_width; - wrapperPtr->changes.x = wmPtr->x = configEventPtr->x; - wrapperPtr->changes.y = wmPtr->y = configEventPtr->y; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { - wmPtr->x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - (wmPtr->x + wmPtr->parentWidth); - } - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { - wmPtr->y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - (wmPtr->y + wmPtr->parentHeight); - } - } - - /* - * Make sure that the toplevel and menubar are properly positioned within - * the wrapper. If the menuHeight happens to be zero, we'll get a BadValue - * X error that we want to ignore [Bug: 3377] - */ - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, 0, - wmPtr->menuHeight, (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.width, - (unsigned) (wrapperPtr->changes.height - wmPtr->menuHeight)); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - if ((wmPtr->menubar != NULL) - && ((Tk_Width(wmPtr->menubar) != wrapperPtr->changes.width) - || (Tk_Height(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->menuHeight))) { - Tk_MoveResizeWindow(wmPtr->menubar, 0, 0, wrapperPtr->changes.width, - wmPtr->menuHeight); - } - - /* - * Update the coordinates in the toplevel (they should refer to the - * position in root window coordinates, not the coordinates of the wrapper - * window). Then synthesize a ConfigureNotify event to tell the - * application about the change. - */ - - winPtr->changes.x = wrapperPtr->changes.x; - winPtr->changes.y = wrapperPtr->changes.y + wmPtr->menuHeight; - winPtr->changes.width = wrapperPtr->changes.width; - winPtr->changes.height = wrapperPtr->changes.height - wmPtr->menuHeight; - TkDoConfigureNotify(winPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ReparentEvent -- - * - * This function is called to handle ReparentNotify events on wrapper - * windows. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Information gets updated in the WmInfo structure for the window. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -ReparentEvent( - WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Information about toplevel window. */ - XReparentEvent *reparentEventPtr) - /* Event that just occurred for - * wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */ -{ - TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr; - Window vRoot, ancestor, *children, dummy2, *virtualRootPtr, **vrPtrPtr; - Atom actualType; - int actualFormat; - unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter; - unsigned dummy; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr; - Atom WM_ROOT = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, "__WM_ROOT"); - Atom SWM_ROOT = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, "__SWM_ROOT"); - - /* - * Identify the root window for wrapperPtr. This is tricky because of - * virtual root window managers like tvtwm. If the window has a property - * named __SWM_ROOT or __WM_ROOT then this property gives the id for a - * virtual root window that should be used instead of the root window of - * the screen. - */ - - vRoot = RootWindow(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->screenNum); - wmPtr->vRoot = None; - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL); - vrPtrPtr = &virtualRootPtr; /* Silence GCC warning */ - if ((GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, WM_ROOT, 1, XA_WINDOW, - &actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter, vrPtrPtr) - && (actualType == XA_WINDOW)) - || (GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, SWM_ROOT, 1, XA_WINDOW, - &actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter, vrPtrPtr) - && (actualType == XA_WINDOW))) { - if ((actualFormat == 32) && (numItems == 1)) { - vRoot = wmPtr->vRoot = *virtualRootPtr; - } else if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("%s format %d numItems %ld\n", - "ReparentEvent got bogus VROOT property:", actualFormat, - numItems); - } - XFree((char *) virtualRootPtr); - } - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - - if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("ReparentEvent: %s (%p) reparented to 0x%x, vRoot = 0x%x\n", - wmPtr->winPtr->pathName, wmPtr->winPtr, - (unsigned) reparentEventPtr->parent, (unsigned) vRoot); - } - - /* - * Fetch correct geometry information for the new virtual root. - */ - - UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr); - - /* - * If the window's new parent is the root window, then mark it as no - * longer reparented. - */ - - if (reparentEventPtr->parent == vRoot) { - noReparent: - wmPtr->reparent = None; - wmPtr->parentWidth = wrapperPtr->changes.width; - wmPtr->parentHeight = wrapperPtr->changes.height; - wmPtr->xInParent = wmPtr->yInParent = 0; - wrapperPtr->changes.x = reparentEventPtr->x; - wrapperPtr->changes.y = reparentEventPtr->y; - wmPtr->winPtr->changes.x = reparentEventPtr->x; - wmPtr->winPtr->changes.y = reparentEventPtr->y + wmPtr->menuHeight; - return; - } - - /* - * Search up the window hierarchy to find the ancestor of this window that - * is just below the (virtual) root. This is tricky because it's possible - * that things have changed since the event was generated so that the - * ancestry indicated by the event no longer exists. If this happens then - * an error will occur and we just discard the event (there will be a more - * up-to-date ReparentNotify event coming later). - */ - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL); - wmPtr->reparent = reparentEventPtr->parent; - while (1) { - if (XQueryTree(wrapperPtr->display, wmPtr->reparent, &dummy2, - &ancestor, &children, &dummy) == 0) { - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - goto noReparent; - } - XFree((char *) children); - if ((ancestor == vRoot) || - (ancestor == RootWindow(wrapperPtr->display, - wrapperPtr->screenNum))) { - break; - } - wmPtr->reparent = ancestor; - } - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - - if (!ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr)) { - goto noReparent; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ComputeReparentGeometry -- - * - * This function is invoked to recompute geometry information related to - * a reparented top-level window, such as the position and total size of - * the parent and the position within it of the top-level window. - * - * Results: - * The return value is 1 if everything completed successfully and 0 if an - * error occurred while querying information about winPtr's parents. In - * this case winPtr is marked as no longer being reparented. - * - * Side effects: - * Geometry information in wmPtr, wmPtr->winPtr, and wmPtr->wrapperPtr - * gets updated. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -ComputeReparentGeometry( - WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Information about toplevel window whose - * reparent info is to be recomputed. */ -{ - TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr; - int width, height, bd; - unsigned dummy; - int xOffset, yOffset, x, y; - Window dummy2; - Status status; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr; - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL); - (void) XTranslateCoordinates(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, - wmPtr->reparent, 0, 0, &xOffset, &yOffset, &dummy2); - status = XGetGeometry(wrapperPtr->display, wmPtr->reparent, - &dummy2, &x, &y, (unsigned *) &width, (unsigned *) &height, - (unsigned *) &bd, &dummy); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - if (status == 0) { - /* - * It appears that the reparented parent went away and no-one told us. - * Reset the window to indicate that it's not reparented. - */ - - wmPtr->reparent = None; - wmPtr->xInParent = wmPtr->yInParent = 0; - return 0; - } - wmPtr->xInParent = xOffset + bd; - wmPtr->yInParent = yOffset + bd; - wmPtr->parentWidth = width + 2*bd; - wmPtr->parentHeight = height + 2*bd; - - /* - * Some tricky issues in updating wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y: - * - * 1. Don't update them if the event occurred because of something we did - * (i.e. WM_SYNC_PENDING and WM_MOVE_PENDING are both set). This is - * because window managers treat coords differently than Tk, and no two - * window managers are alike. If the window manager moved the window - * because we told it to, remember the coordinates we told it, not the - * ones it actually moved it to. This allows us to move the window back to - * the same coordinates later and get the same result. Without this check, - * windows can "walk" across the screen under some conditions. - * - * 2. Don't update wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y unless wrapperPtr->changes.x or - * wrapperPtr->changes.y has changed (otherwise a size change can spoof us - * into thinking that the position changed too and defeat the intent of - * (1) above. - * - * (As of 9/96 the above 2 comments appear to be stale. They're being left - * in place as a reminder of what was once true (and perhaps should still - * be true?)). - * - * 3. Ignore size changes coming from the window system if we're about to - * change the size ourselves but haven't seen the event for it yet: our - * size change is supposed to take priority. - */ - - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) - && ((wrapperPtr->changes.x != (x + wmPtr->xInParent)) - || (wrapperPtr->changes.y != (y + wmPtr->yInParent)))) { - wmPtr->x = x; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { - wmPtr->x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - (wmPtr->x + wmPtr->parentWidth); - } - wmPtr->y = y; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { - wmPtr->y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - (wmPtr->y + wmPtr->parentHeight); - } - } - - wrapperPtr->changes.x = x + wmPtr->xInParent; - wrapperPtr->changes.y = y + wmPtr->yInParent; - if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("wrapperPtr %p coords %d,%d\n", - wrapperPtr, wrapperPtr->changes.x, wrapperPtr->changes.y); - printf(" wmPtr %p coords %d,%d, offsets %d %d\n", - wmPtr, wmPtr->x, wmPtr->y, wmPtr->xInParent, wmPtr->yInParent); - } - return 1; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * PropertyEvent -- - * - * Handle PropertyNotify events on wrapper windows. The following - * properties are of interest: - * - * _NET_WM_STATE: - * Used to keep wmPtr->attributes up to date. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -PropertyEvent( - WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Information about toplevel window. */ - XPropertyEvent *eventPtr) /* PropertyNotify event structure */ -{ - TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr; - Atom _NET_WM_STATE = - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE"); - - if (eventPtr->atom == _NET_WM_STATE) { - Atom actualType; - int actualFormat; - unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter; - unsigned char *propertyValue = 0; - long maxLength = 1024; - - if (GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, _NET_WM_STATE, maxLength, XA_ATOM, - &actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter, - &propertyValue)) { - CheckNetWmState(wmPtr, (Atom *) propertyValue, (int) numItems); - XFree(propertyValue); - } - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WrapperEventProc -- - * - * This function is invoked by the event loop when a wrapper window is - * restructured. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect - * the structural change. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static const unsigned WrapperEventMask = - (StructureNotifyMask | PropertyChangeMask); - -static void -WrapperEventProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Information about toplevel window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = clientData; - XEvent mapEvent; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr; - - wmPtr->flags |= WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE; - if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - - if (!(wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) { - /* - * A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window - * manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as - * best we can. The error handler is needed because - * Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course - * it's already gone. - */ - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wmPtr->winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - NULL, NULL); - Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr); - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - } - if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("TopLevelEventProc: %s deleted\n", wmPtr->winPtr->pathName); - } - } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { - /* - * Ignore the event if the window has never been mapped yet. Such an - * event occurs only in weird cases like changing the internal border - * width of a top-level window, which results in a synthetic Configure - * event. These events are not relevant to us, and if we process them - * confusion may result (e.g. we may conclude erroneously that the - * user repositioned or resized the window). - */ - - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, &eventPtr->xconfigure); - } - } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) { - wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED; - wmPtr->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED; - XMapWindow(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->window); - goto doMapEvent; - } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { - wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED; - wmPtr->winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED; - XUnmapWindow(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->window); - goto doMapEvent; - } else if (eventPtr->type == ReparentNotify) { - ReparentEvent(wmPtr, &eventPtr->xreparent); - } else if (eventPtr->type == PropertyNotify) { - PropertyEvent(wmPtr, &eventPtr->xproperty); - } - return; - - doMapEvent: - mapEvent = *eventPtr; - mapEvent.xmap.event = wmPtr->winPtr->window; - mapEvent.xmap.window = wmPtr->winPtr->window; - Tk_HandleEvent(&mapEvent); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TopLevelReqProc -- - * - * This function is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the - * requested size for a top-level window is changed. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this - * happens as a when-idle action). - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - - /* ARGSUSED */ -static void -TopLevelReqProc( - ClientData dummy, /* Not used. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if (wmPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - if ((wmPtr->width >= 0) && (wmPtr->height >= 0)) { - /* - * Explicit dimensions have been set for this window, so we should - * ignore the geometry request. It's actually important to ignore the - * geometry request because, due to quirks in window managers, - * invoking UpdateGeometryInfo may cause the window to move. For - * example, if "wm geometry -10-20" was invoked, the window may be - * positioned incorrectly the first time it appears (because we didn't - * know the proper width of the window manager borders); if we invoke - * UpdateGeometryInfo again, the window will be positioned correctly, - * which may cause it to jump on the screen. - */ - - return; - } - - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - } - - /* - * If the window isn't being positioned by its upper left corner then we - * have to move it as well. - */ - - if (wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y)) { - wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdateGeometryInfo -- - * - * This function is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and - * also as a when-idle function, to bring the geometry and/or position of - * a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by the - * user and/or widgets. This function doesn't return until the window - * manager has responded to the geometry change. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The size and location of both the toplevel window and its wrapper may - * change, unless the WM prevents that from happening. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -UpdateGeometryInfo( - ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */ -{ - register TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - int x, y, width, height, min, max; - unsigned long serial; - - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - - /* - * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user - * documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on - * (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size - * requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based - * interactive resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is - * gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for the toplevel. Don't - * permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server. - */ - - if (wmPtr->width == -1) { - width = winPtr->reqWidth; - } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - width = winPtr->reqWidth - + (wmPtr->width - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc; - } else { - width = wmPtr->width; - } - if (width <= 0) { - width = 1; - } - - /* - * Account for window max/min width - */ - - if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - min = winPtr->reqWidth - + (wmPtr->minWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc; - if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) { - max = winPtr->reqWidth - + (wmPtr->maxWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc; - } else { - max = 0; - } - } else { - min = wmPtr->minWidth; - max = wmPtr->maxWidth; - } - if (width < min) { - width = min; - } else if ((max > 0) && (width > max)) { - width = max; - } - - if (wmPtr->height == -1) { - height = winPtr->reqHeight; - } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - height = winPtr->reqHeight - + (wmPtr->height - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc; - } else { - height = wmPtr->height; - } - if (height <= 0) { - height = 1; - } - - /* - * Account for window max/min height - */ - - if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - min = winPtr->reqHeight - + (wmPtr->minHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc; - if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) { - max = winPtr->reqHeight - + (wmPtr->maxHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc; - } else { - max = 0; - } - } else { - min = wmPtr->minHeight; - max = wmPtr->maxHeight; - } - if (height < min) { - height = min; - } else if ((max > 0) && (height > max)) { - height = max; - } - - /* - * Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's - * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border - * widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't - * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result - * of this code. - */ - - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { - x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - wmPtr->x - - (width + (wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width)); - } else { - x = wmPtr->x; - } - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { - y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - wmPtr->y - - (height + (wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height)); - } else { - y = wmPtr->y; - } - - /* - * If the window's size is going to change and the window is supposed to - * not be resizable by the user, then we have to update the size hints. - * There may also be a size-hint-update request pending from somewhere - * else, too. - */ - - if (((width != winPtr->changes.width) - || (height != winPtr->changes.height)) - && (wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) - && !(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PMinSize|PMaxSize))) { - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - } - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS) { - UpdateSizeHints(winPtr, width, height); - } - - /* - * Reconfigure the wrapper if it isn't already configured correctly. A few - * tricky points: - * - * 1. If the window is embedded and the container is also in this process, - * don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the desired size on - * to the container. Also, zero out any position information, since - * embedded windows are not allowed to move. - * 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size than we - * asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so base the - * size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got. - * 3. Can't just reconfigure always, because we may not get a - * ConfigureNotify event back if nothing changed, so - * WaitForConfigureNotify will hang a long time. - * 4. Don't move window unless a new position has been requested for it. - * This is because of "features" in some window managers (e.g. twm, as - * of 4/24/91) where they don't interpret coordinates according to - * ICCCM. Moving a window to its current location may cause it to shift - * position on the screen. - */ - - if ((winPtr->flags & (TK_EMBEDDED|TK_BOTH_HALVES)) - == (TK_EMBEDDED|TK_BOTH_HALVES)) { - TkWindow *childPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr); - - /* - * This window is embedded and the container is also in this process, - * so we don't need to do anything special about the geometry, except - * to make sure that the desired size is known by the container. Also, - * zero out any position information, since embedded windows are not - * allowed to move. - */ - - wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0; - wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y); - height += wmPtr->menuHeight; - if (childPtr != NULL) { - Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) childPtr, width, height); - } - return; - } - serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display); - height += wmPtr->menuHeight; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) { - if ((x + wmPtr->xInParent == winPtr->changes.x) && - (y+wmPtr->yInParent+wmPtr->menuHeight == winPtr->changes.y) - && (width == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width) - && (height == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.height)) { - /* - * The window already has the correct geometry, so don't bother to - * configure it; the X server appears to ignore these requests, so - * we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the - * WaitForConfigureNotify call below will hang for a while. - */ - - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING; - return; - } - wmPtr->configWidth = width; - wmPtr->configHeight = height; - if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("UpdateGeometryInfo moving to %d %d, resizing to %dx%d,\n", - x, y, width, height); - } - XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, x, y, - (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - } else if ((width != wmPtr->configWidth) - || (height != wmPtr->configHeight)) { - if ((width == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width) - && (height == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.height)) { - /* - * The window is already just the size we want, so don't bother to - * configure it; the X server appears to ignore these requests, so - * we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the - * WaitForConfigureNotify call below will hang for a while. - */ - - return; - } - wmPtr->configWidth = width; - wmPtr->configHeight = height; - if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("UpdateGeometryInfo resizing %p to %d x %d\n", - (void *) wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, width, height); - } - XResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - } else if ((wmPtr->menubar != NULL) - && ((Tk_Width(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width) - || (Tk_Height(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->menuHeight))) { - /* - * It is possible that the window's overall size has not changed but - * the menu size has. - */ - - Tk_MoveResizeWindow(wmPtr->menubar, 0, 0, - wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width, wmPtr->menuHeight); - XResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - } else { - return; - } - - /* - * Wait for the configure operation to complete. Don't need to do this, - * however, if the window is about to be mapped: it will be taken care of - * elsewhere. - */ - - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP)) { - WaitForConfigureNotify(winPtr, serial); - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdateSizeHints -- - * - * This function is called to update the window manager's size hints - * information from the information in a WmInfo structure. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Properties get changed for winPtr. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -UpdateSizeHints( - TkWindow *winPtr, - int newWidth, - int newHeight) -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - XSizeHints *hintsPtr; - int maxWidth, maxHeight; - - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - - hintsPtr = XAllocSizeHints(); - if (hintsPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - /* - * Compute the pixel-based sizes for the various fields in the size hints - * structure, based on the grid-based sizes in our structure. - */ - - GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &maxWidth, &maxHeight); - if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - hintsPtr->base_width = winPtr->reqWidth - - (wmPtr->reqGridWidth * wmPtr->widthInc); - if (hintsPtr->base_width < 0) { - hintsPtr->base_width = 0; - } - hintsPtr->base_height = winPtr->reqHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight - - (wmPtr->reqGridHeight * wmPtr->heightInc); - if (hintsPtr->base_height < 0) { - hintsPtr->base_height = 0; - } - hintsPtr->min_width = hintsPtr->base_width - + (wmPtr->minWidth * wmPtr->widthInc); - hintsPtr->min_height = hintsPtr->base_height - + (wmPtr->minHeight * wmPtr->heightInc); - hintsPtr->max_width = hintsPtr->base_width - + (maxWidth * wmPtr->widthInc); - hintsPtr->max_height = hintsPtr->base_height - + (maxHeight * wmPtr->heightInc); - } else { - hintsPtr->min_width = wmPtr->minWidth; - hintsPtr->min_height = wmPtr->minHeight; - hintsPtr->max_width = maxWidth; - hintsPtr->max_height = maxHeight; - hintsPtr->base_width = 0; - hintsPtr->base_height = 0; - } - hintsPtr->width_inc = wmPtr->widthInc; - hintsPtr->height_inc = wmPtr->heightInc; - hintsPtr->min_aspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.x; - hintsPtr->min_aspect.y = wmPtr->minAspect.y; - hintsPtr->max_aspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.x; - hintsPtr->max_aspect.y = wmPtr->maxAspect.y; - hintsPtr->win_gravity = wmPtr->gravity; - hintsPtr->flags = wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags | PMinSize; - - /* - * If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the minimum and - * maximum dimensions to be the same. - */ - - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) { - hintsPtr->max_width = hintsPtr->min_width = newWidth; - hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize; - } - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) { - hintsPtr->max_height = hintsPtr->min_height = - newHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight; - hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize; - } - - XSetWMNormalHints(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, hintsPtr); - - XFree((char *) hintsPtr); -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdateTitle -- - * - * This function is called to update the window title and icon name. It - * sets the ICCCM-defined properties WM_NAME and WM_ICON_NAME for older - * window managers, and the freedesktop.org-defined _NET_WM_NAME and - * _NET_WM_ICON_NAME properties for newer ones. The ICCCM properties are - * stored in the system encoding, the newer properties are stored in - * UTF-8. - * - * NOTE: the ICCCM specifies that WM_NAME and WM_ICON_NAME are stored in - * ISO-Latin-1. Tk has historically used the default system encoding - * (since 8.1). It's not clear whether this is correct or not. - * - * Side effects: - * Properties get changed for winPtr. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -UpdateTitle( - TkWindow *winPtr) -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - Atom XA_UTF8_STRING = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "UTF8_STRING"); - const char *string; - Tcl_DString ds; - - /* - * Set window title: - */ - - string = (wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid; - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, string, -1, &ds); - XStoreName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - - SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_NAME", XA_UTF8_STRING, 8, - string, strlen(string)); - - /* - * Set icon name: - */ - - if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) { - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->iconName, -1, &ds); - XSetIconName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - - SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", - XA_UTF8_STRING, 8, wmPtr->iconName, strlen(wmPtr->iconName)); - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdatePhotoIcon -- - * - * This function is called to update the window photo icon. It sets the - * EWMH-defined properties _NET_WM_ICON. - * - * Side effects: - * Properties get changed for winPtr. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -UpdatePhotoIcon( - TkWindow *winPtr) -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - unsigned char *data = wmPtr->iconDataPtr; - int size = wmPtr->iconDataSize; - - if (data == NULL) { - data = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr; - size = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize; - } - if (data != NULL) { - SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_ICON", XA_CARDINAL, 32, - data, size); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SetNetWmState -- - * - * Sets the specified state property by sending a _NET_WM_STATE - * ClientMessage to the root window. - * - * Preconditions: - * Wrapper window must be created. - * - * See also: - * UpdateNetWmState; EWMH spec, section _NET_WM_STATE. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -#define _NET_WM_STATE_REMOVE 0l -#define _NET_WM_STATE_ADD 1l -#define _NET_WM_STATE_TOGGLE 2l - -static void -SetNetWmState( - TkWindow *winPtr, - const char *atomName, - int on) -{ - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; - Atom messageType = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE"); - Atom action = on ? _NET_WM_STATE_ADD : _NET_WM_STATE_REMOVE; - Atom property = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, atomName); - XEvent e; - - if (!winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr) { - return; - } - - e.xany.type = ClientMessage; - e.xany.window = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window; - e.xclient.message_type = messageType; - e.xclient.format = 32; - e.xclient.data.l[0] = action; - e.xclient.data.l[1] = property; - e.xclient.data.l[2] = e.xclient.data.l[3] = e.xclient.data.l[4] = 0l; - - XSendEvent(winPtr->display, - RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum), 0, - SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask, &e); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * CheckNetWmState -- - * - * Updates the window attributes whenever the _NET_WM_STATE property - * changes. - * - * Notes: - * - * Tk uses a single -zoomed state, while the EWMH spec supports separate - * vertical and horizontal maximization. We consider the window to be - * "zoomed" if _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT and - * _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ are both set. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -CheckNetWmState( - WmInfo *wmPtr, - Atom *atoms, - int numAtoms) -{ - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr; - int i; - Atom _NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE - = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE"), - _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT - = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT"), - _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ - = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ"), - _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN - = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN"); - - wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 0; - wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = 0; - wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 0; - for (i = 0; i < numAtoms; ++i) { - if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE) { - wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 1; - } else if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT) { - wmPtr->attributes.zoomed |= 1; - } else if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ) { - wmPtr->attributes.zoomed |= 2; - } else if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN) { - wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 1; - } - } - - wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = (wmPtr->attributes.zoomed == 3); - - return; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdateNetWmState -- - * - * Sets the _NET_WM_STATE property to match the requested attribute state - * just prior to mapping a withdrawn window. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -#define NET_WM_STATE_MAX_ATOMS 4 - -static void -UpdateNetWmState( - WmInfo *wmPtr) -{ - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr; - Atom atoms[NET_WM_STATE_MAX_ATOMS]; - long numAtoms = 0; - - if (wmPtr->reqState.topmost) { - atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE"); - } - if (wmPtr->reqState.zoomed) { - atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT"); - atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ"); - } - if (wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen) { - atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN"); - } - - SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE", XA_ATOM, 32, atoms, - numAtoms); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WaitForConfigureNotify -- - * - * This function is invoked in order to synchronize with the window - * manager. It waits for a ConfigureNotify event to arrive, signalling - * that the window manager has seen an attempt on our part to move or - * resize a top-level window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Delays the execution of the process until a ConfigureNotify event - * arrives with serial number at least as great as serial. This is useful - * for two reasons: - * - * 1. It's important to distinguish ConfigureNotify events that are - * coming in response to a request we've made from those generated - * spontaneously by the user. The reason for this is that if the user - * resizes the window we take that as an order to ignore geometry - * requests coming from inside the window hierarchy. If we - * accidentally interpret a response to our request as a user- - * initiated action, the window will stop responding to new geometry - * requests. To make this distinction, (a) this function sets a flag - * for TopLevelEventProc to indicate that we're waiting to sync with - * the wm, and (b) all changes to the size of a top-level window are - * followed by calls to this function. - * 2. Races and confusion can come about if there are multiple operations - * outstanding at a time (e.g. two different resizes of the top-level - * window: it's hard to tell which of the ConfigureNotify events - * coming back is for which request). - * While waiting, some events covered by StructureNotifyMask are - * processed (ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, and UnmapNotify) and all others - * are deferred. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -WaitForConfigureNotify( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Top-level window for which we want to see a - * ConfigureNotify. */ - unsigned long serial) /* Serial number of resize request. Want to be - * sure wm has seen this. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - XEvent event; - int diff, code; - int gotConfig = 0; - - /* - * One more tricky detail about this function. In some cases the window - * manager will decide to ignore a configure request (e.g. because it - * thinks the window is already in the right place). To avoid hanging in - * this situation, only wait for a few seconds, then give up. - */ - - while (!gotConfig) { - wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; - code = WaitForEvent(winPtr->display, wmPtr, ConfigureNotify, &event); - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; - if (code != TCL_OK) { - if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("WaitForConfigureNotify giving up on %s\n", - winPtr->pathName); - } - break; - } - diff = event.xconfigure.serial - serial; - if (diff >= 0) { - gotConfig = 1; - } - } - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING; - if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("WaitForConfigureNotify finished with %s, serial %ld\n", - winPtr->pathName, serial); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WaitForEvent -- - * - * This function is used by WaitForConfigureNotify and WaitForMapNotify - * to wait for an event of a certain type to arrive. - * - * Results: - * Under normal conditions, TCL_OK is returned and an event for display - * and window that matches "mask" is stored in *eventPtr. This event has - * already been processed by Tk before this function returns. If a long - * time goes by with no event of the right type arriving, or if an error - * occurs while waiting for the event to arrive, then TCL_ERROR is - * returned. - * - * Side effects: - * While waiting for the desired event to occur, Configurenotify, - * MapNotify, and UnmapNotify events for window are processed, as are all - * ReparentNotify events. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -WaitForEvent( - Display *display, /* Display event is coming from. */ - WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, /* Window for which event is desired. */ - int type, /* Type of event that is wanted. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* Place to store event. */ -{ - WaitRestrictInfo info; - Tk_RestrictProc *prevProc; - ClientData prevArg; - Tcl_Time timeout; - - /* - * Set up an event filter to select just the events we want, and a timer - * handler, then wait for events until we get the event we want or a - * timeout happens. - */ - - info.display = display; - info.wmInfoPtr = wmInfoPtr; - info.type = type; - info.eventPtr = eventPtr; - info.foundEvent = 0; - prevProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(WaitRestrictProc, &info, &prevArg); - - Tcl_GetTime(&timeout); - timeout.sec += 2; - - while (!info.foundEvent) { - if (!TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout)) { - break; - } - } - Tk_RestrictEvents(prevProc, prevArg, &prevArg); - if (info.foundEvent) { - return TCL_OK; - } - return TCL_ERROR; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WaitRestrictProc -- - * - * This function is a Tk_RestrictProc that is used to filter events while - * WaitForEvent is active. - * - * Results: - * Returns TK_PROCESS_EVENT if the right event is found. Also returns - * TK_PROCESS_EVENT if any ReparentNotify event is found or if the event - * is a ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, or UnmapNotify for window. Otherwise - * returns TK_DEFER_EVENT. - * - * Side effects: - * An event may get stored in the area indicated by the caller of - * WaitForEvent. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static Tk_RestrictAction -WaitRestrictProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to WaitRestrictInfo structure. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that is about to be handled. */ -{ - WaitRestrictInfo *infoPtr = clientData; - - if (eventPtr->type == ReparentNotify) { - return TK_PROCESS_EVENT; - } - if (((eventPtr->xany.window != infoPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window) - && (eventPtr->xany.window != infoPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent)) - || (eventPtr->xany.display != infoPtr->display)) { - return TK_DEFER_EVENT; - } - if (eventPtr->type == infoPtr->type) { - *infoPtr->eventPtr = *eventPtr; - infoPtr->foundEvent = 1; - return TK_PROCESS_EVENT; - } - if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify || eventPtr->type == MapNotify - || eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { - return TK_PROCESS_EVENT; - } - return TK_DEFER_EVENT; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * WaitForMapNotify -- - * - * This function is invoked in order to synchronize with the window - * manager. It waits for the window's mapped state to reach the value - * given by mapped. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Delays the execution of the process until winPtr becomes mapped or - * unmapped, depending on the "mapped" argument. This allows us to - * synchronize with the window manager, and allows us to identify changes - * in window size that come about when the window manager first starts - * managing the window (as opposed to those requested interactively by - * the user later). See the comments for WaitForConfigureNotify and - * WM_SYNC_PENDING. While waiting, some events covered by - * StructureNotifyMask are processed and all others are deferred. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -WaitForMapNotify( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Top-level window for which we want to see a - * particular mapping state. */ - int mapped) /* If non-zero, wait for window to become - * mapped, otherwise wait for it to become - * unmapped. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - XEvent event; - int code; - - while (1) { - if (mapped) { - if (winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED) { - break; - } - } else if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) { - break; - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; - code = WaitForEvent(winPtr->display, wmPtr, - mapped ? MapNotify : UnmapNotify, &event); - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; - if (code != TCL_OK) { - /* - * There are some bizarre situations in which the window manager - * can't respond or chooses not to (e.g. if we've got a grab set - * it can't respond). If this happens then just quit. - */ - - if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("WaitForMapNotify giving up on %s\n", winPtr->pathName); - } - break; - } - } - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING; - if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("WaitForMapNotify finished with %s (winPtr %p, wmPtr %p)\n", - winPtr->pathName, winPtr, wmPtr); - } -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdateHints -- - * - * This function is called to update the window manager's hints - * information from the information in a WmInfo structure. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Properties get changed for winPtr. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -UpdateHints( - TkWindow *winPtr) -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - return; - } - XSetWMHints(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &wmPtr->hints); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * SetNetWmType -- - * - * Set the extended window manager hints for a toplevel window to the - * types provided. The specification states that this may be a list of - * window types in preferred order. To permit for future type - * definitions, the set of names is unconstrained and names are converted - * to upper-case and appended to "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_" before being - * converted to an Atom. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -SetNetWmType( - TkWindow *winPtr, - Tcl_Obj *typePtr) -{ - Atom *atoms = NULL; - WmInfo *wmPtr; - Tcl_Obj **objv; - int objc, n; - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; - Tcl_Interp *interp = Tk_Interp(tkwin); - - if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, typePtr, &objc, &objv)) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - if (!Tk_HasWrapper(tkwin)) { - return TCL_OK; /* error?? */ - } - - if (objc > 0) { - atoms = ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc); - } - - for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) { - Tcl_DString ds, dsName; - int len; - char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[n], &len); - - Tcl_UtfToUpper(name); - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, name, len, &dsName); - Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", 20); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsName), - Tcl_DStringLength(&dsName)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&dsName); - atoms[n] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - - wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(wmPtr); - } - - SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", XA_ATOM, 32, - atoms, objc); - - ckfree(atoms); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetNetWmType -- - * - * Read the extended window manager type hint from a window and return as - * a list of names suitable for use with SetNetWmType. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static Tcl_Obj * -GetNetWmType( - TkWindow *winPtr) -{ - Atom typeAtom, actualType, *atoms; - int actualFormat; - unsigned long n, count, bytesAfter; - unsigned char *propertyValue = NULL; - long maxLength = 1024; - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; - TkWindow *wrapperPtr; - Tcl_Obj *typePtr; - Tcl_Interp *interp; - Tcl_DString ds; - - interp = Tk_Interp(tkwin); - typePtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); - - if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(winPtr->wmInfoPtr); - } - wrapperPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr; - - typeAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE"); - if (GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, typeAtom, maxLength, XA_ATOM, - &actualType, &actualFormat, &count, &bytesAfter, &propertyValue)){ - atoms = (Atom *) propertyValue; - for (n = 0; n < count; ++n) { - const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, atoms[n]); - - if (strncmp("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", name, 20) == 0) { - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, name+20, -1, &ds); - Tcl_UtfToLower(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, typePtr, - Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), - Tcl_DStringLength(&ds))); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - } - XFree(propertyValue); - } - - return typePtr; -} - -/* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ParseGeometry -- - * - * This function parses a geometry string and updates information used to - * control the geometry of a top-level window. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's - * result if an error occurs. - * - * Side effects: - * The size and/or location of winPtr may change. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -ParseGeometry( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ - const char *string, /* String containing new geometry. Has the - * standard form "=wxh+x+y". */ - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry - * is to be changed. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - int x, y, width, height, flags; - char *end; - register const char *p = string; - - /* - * The leading "=" is optional. - */ - - if (*p == '=') { - p++; - } - - /* - * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update - * any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire - * geometry string. - */ - - width = wmPtr->width; - height = wmPtr->height; - x = wmPtr->x; - y = wmPtr->y; - flags = wmPtr->flags; - if (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) { - width = strtoul(p, &end, 10); - p = end; - if (*p != 'x') { - goto error; - } - p++; - if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) { - goto error; - } - height = strtoul(p, &end, 10); - p = end; - } - - /* - * Parse the X and Y coordinates, if they are present. - */ - - if (*p != '\0') { - flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y); - if (*p == '-') { - flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_X; - } else if (*p != '+') { - goto error; - } - p++; - if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) { - goto error; - } - x = strtol(p, &end, 10); - p = end; - if (*p == '-') { - flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_Y; - } else if (*p != '+') { - goto error; - } - p++; - if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) { - goto error; - } - y = strtol(p, &end, 10); - if (*end != '\0') { - goto error; - } - - /* - * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an - * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers - * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore - * them. - */ - - if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition; - flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - } - } - - /* - * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for - * the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager - * at the next idle moment. - */ - - wmPtr->width = width; - wmPtr->height = height; - wmPtr->x = x; - wmPtr->y = y; - flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING; - wmPtr->flags = flags; - - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - } - return TCL_OK; - - error: - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "bad geometry specifier \"%s\"", string)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GEOMETRY", NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_GetRootCoords -- - * - * Given a token for a window, this function traces through the window's - * lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to - * point (0,0) in the window. - * - * Results: - * The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root - * coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. If a virtual root window is - * in effect for the window, then the coordinates in the virtual root are - * returned. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_GetRootCoords( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */ - int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */ - int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */ -{ - int x, y; - register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - - /* - * Search back through this window's parents all the way to a top-level - * window, combining the offsets of each window within its parent. - */ - - x = y = 0; - while (1) { - x += winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width; - y += winPtr->changes.y + winPtr->changes.border_width; - if ((winPtr->wmInfoPtr != NULL) - && (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menubar == (Tk_Window) winPtr)) { - /* - * This window is a special menubar; switch over to its associated - * toplevel, compensate for their differences in y coordinates, - * then continue with the toplevel (in case it's embedded). - */ - - y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuHeight; - winPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->winPtr; - continue; - } - if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) { - TkWindow *otherPtr; - - if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { - break; - } - otherPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr); - if (otherPtr == NULL) { - /* - * The container window is not in the same application. Query - * the X server. - */ - - Window root, dummyChild; - int rootX, rootY; - - root = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->vRoot; - if (root == None) { - root = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window) winPtr)); - } - XTranslateCoordinates(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, - root, 0, 0, &rootX, &rootY, &dummyChild); - x += rootX; - y += rootY; - break; - } else { - /* - * The container window is in the same application. Let's - * query its coordinates. - */ - - winPtr = otherPtr; - continue; - } - } - winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; - if (winPtr == NULL) { - break; - } - } - *xPtr = x; - *yPtr = y; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_CoordsToWindow -- - * - * Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this function returns - * the token for the top-most window covering that point, if there exists - * such a window in this application. - * - * Results: - * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to - * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such - * window. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -Tk_Window -Tk_CoordsToWindow( - int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If a - * virtual-root window manager is in use, - * these coordinates refer to the virtual - * root, not the real root. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for any window in application; used - * to identify the display. */ -{ - Window window, parent, child; - int x, y, childX, childY, tmpx, tmpy, bd; - WmInfo *wmPtr; - TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr, *nextPtr; - TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler = NULL; - - /* - * Step 1: scan the list of toplevel windows to see if there is a virtual - * root for the screen we're interested in. If so, we have to translate - * the coordinates from virtual root to root coordinates. - */ - - parent = window = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)); - x = rootX; - y = rootY; - for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; - wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) { - if (Tk_Screen(wmPtr->winPtr) != Tk_Screen(tkwin)) { - continue; - } - if (wmPtr->vRoot == None) { - continue; - } - UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr); - parent = wmPtr->vRoot; - break; - } - - /* - * Step 2: work down through the window hierarchy starting at the root. - * For each window, find the child that contains the given point and then - * see if this child is either a wrapper for one of our toplevel windows - * or a window manager decoration window for one of our toplevels. This - * approach handles several tricky cases: - * - * 1. There may be a virtual root window between the root and one of our - * toplevels. - * 2. If a toplevel is embedded, we may have to search through the - * windows of the container application(s) before getting to the - * toplevel. - */ - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin), -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - while (1) { - if (XTranslateCoordinates(Tk_Display(tkwin), parent, window, - x, y, &childX, &childY, &child) == False) { - /* - * We can end up here when the window is in the middle of being - * deleted - */ - - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - return NULL; - } - if (child == None) { - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - return NULL; - } - for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; - wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) { - if (wmPtr->reparent == child) { - goto gotToplevel; - } - if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) { - if (child == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window) { - goto gotToplevel; - } - } else if (child == wmPtr->winPtr->window) { - goto gotToplevel; - } - } - x = childX; - y = childY; - parent = window; - window = child; - } - - gotToplevel: - if (handler) { - /* - * Check value of handler, because we can reach this label from above - * or below - */ - - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - handler = NULL; - } - winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr; - if (winPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr) { - return NULL; - } - - /* - * Step 3: at this point winPtr and wmPtr refer to the toplevel that - * contains the given coordinates, and childX and childY give the - * translated coordinates in the *parent* of the toplevel. Now decide - * whether the coordinates are in the menubar or the actual toplevel, and - * translate the coordinates into the coordinate system of that window. - */ - - x = childX - winPtr->changes.x; - y = childY - winPtr->changes.y; - if ((x < 0) || (x >= winPtr->changes.width) - || (y >= winPtr->changes.height)) { - return NULL; - } - if (y < 0) { - winPtr = (TkWindow *) wmPtr->menubar; - if (winPtr == NULL) { - return NULL; - } - y += wmPtr->menuHeight; - if (y < 0) { - return NULL; - } - } - - /* - * Step 4: work down through the hierarchy underneath the current window. - * At each level, scan through all the children to find the highest one in - * the stacking order that contains the point. Then repeat the whole - * process on that child. - */ - - while (1) { - nextPtr = NULL; - for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; - childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { - if (!Tk_IsMapped(childPtr) - || (childPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { - continue; - } - if (childPtr->flags & TK_REPARENTED) { - continue; - } - tmpx = x - childPtr->changes.x; - tmpy = y - childPtr->changes.y; - bd = childPtr->changes.border_width; - if ((tmpx >= -bd) && (tmpy >= -bd) - && (tmpx < (childPtr->changes.width + bd)) - && (tmpy < (childPtr->changes.height + bd))) { - nextPtr = childPtr; - } - } - if (nextPtr == NULL) { - break; - } - winPtr = nextPtr; - x -= winPtr->changes.x; - y -= winPtr->changes.y; - if ((winPtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER) - && (winPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES)) { - /* - * The window containing the point is a container, and the - * embedded application is in this same process. Switch over to - * the toplevel for the embedded application and start processing - * that toplevel from scratch. - */ - - winPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr); - if (winPtr == NULL) { - return NULL; - } - wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - childX = x; - childY = y; - goto gotToplevel; - } - } - return (Tk_Window) winPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdateVRootGeometry -- - * - * This function is called to update all the virtual root geometry - * information in wmPtr. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, and vRootHeight fields in wmPtr are - * filled with the most up-to-date information. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -UpdateVRootGeometry( - WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information to be updated. - * The wmPtr->vRoot field must be valid. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr; - int bd; - unsigned dummy; - Window dummy2; - Status status; - Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - - /* - * If this isn't a virtual-root window manager, just return information - * about the screen. - */ - - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE; - if (wmPtr->vRoot == None) { - noVRoot: - wmPtr->vRootX = wmPtr->vRootY = 0; - wmPtr->vRootWidth = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); - wmPtr->vRootHeight = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); - return; - } - - /* - * Refresh the virtual root information if it's out of date. - */ - - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); - status = XGetGeometry(winPtr->display, wmPtr->vRoot, - &dummy2, &wmPtr->vRootX, &wmPtr->vRootY, - (unsigned *) &wmPtr->vRootWidth, - (unsigned *) &wmPtr->vRootHeight, (unsigned *) &bd, - &dummy); - if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("UpdateVRootGeometry: x = %d, y = %d, width = %d, ", - wmPtr->vRootX, wmPtr->vRootY, wmPtr->vRootWidth); - printf("height = %d, status = %d\n", wmPtr->vRootHeight, status); - } - Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); - if (status == 0) { - /* - * The virtual root is gone! Pretend that it never existed. - */ - - wmPtr->vRoot = None; - goto noVRoot; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_GetVRootGeometry -- - * - * This function returns information about the virtual root window - * corresponding to a particular Tk window. - * - * Results: - * The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the - * offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If - * tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values - * correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise - * the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen. - * - * Side effects: - * Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_GetVRootGeometry( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose virtual root is to be - * queried. */ - int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root - * here. */ - int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr) - /* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr; - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - - /* - * Find the top-level window for tkwin, and locate the window manager - * information for that window. - */ - - while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) - && (winPtr->parentPtr != NULL)) { - winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; - } - wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - if (wmPtr == NULL) { - /* Punt. */ - *xPtr = 0; - *yPtr = 0; - *widthPtr = 0; - *heightPtr = 0; - } - - /* - * Make sure that the geometry information is up-to-date, then copy it out - * to the caller. - */ - - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE) { - UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr); - } - *xPtr = wmPtr->vRootX; - *yPtr = wmPtr->vRootY; - *widthPtr = wmPtr->vRootWidth; - *heightPtr = wmPtr->vRootHeight; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_MoveToplevelWindow -- - * - * This function is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y - * location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later - * time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner - * (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if - * there is one) is at (x,y). - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_MoveToplevelWindow( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */ - int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) { - Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window"); - } - wmPtr->x = x; - wmPtr->y = y; - wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING; - wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y); - if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) { - wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition; - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - } - - /* - * If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry - * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server - * that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position. - */ - - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); - } - UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdateWmProtocols -- - * - * This function transfers the most up-to-date information about window - * manager protocols from the WmInfo structure to the actual property on - * the top-level window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The WM_PROTOCOLS property gets changed for wmPtr's window. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -UpdateWmProtocols( - register WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Information about top-level window. */ -{ - register ProtocolHandler *protPtr; - Atom deleteWindowAtom, pingAtom; - int count; - Atom *arrayPtr, *atomPtr; - - /* - * There are only two tricky parts here. First, there could be any number - * of atoms for the window, so count them and malloc an array to hold all - * of their atoms. Second, we *always* want to respond to the - * WM_DELETE_WINDOW and _NET_WM_PING protocols, even if no-one's - * officially asked. - */ - - for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, count = 2; protPtr != NULL; - protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr, count++) { - /* Empty loop body; we're just counting the handlers. */ - } - arrayPtr = ckalloc(count * sizeof(Atom)); - deleteWindowAtom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, - "WM_DELETE_WINDOW"); - pingAtom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, "_NET_WM_PING"); - arrayPtr[0] = deleteWindowAtom; - arrayPtr[1] = pingAtom; - for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, atomPtr = &arrayPtr[1]; - protPtr != NULL; protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { - if (protPtr->protocol != deleteWindowAtom - && protPtr->protocol != pingAtom) { - *(atomPtr++) = protPtr->protocol; - } - } - SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS", XA_ATOM, 32, - arrayPtr, atomPtr-arrayPtr); - ckfree(arrayPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmProtocolEventProc -- - * - * This function is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a ClientMessage - * event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". This function handles the - * message from the window manager in an appropriate fashion. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the protocol. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkWmProtocolEventProc( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr; - register ProtocolHandler *protPtr; - Atom protocol; - int result; - const char *protocolName; - Tcl_Interp *interp; - - protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0]; - - /* - * If this is a _NET_WM_PING message, send it back to the root window - * immediately. We do that here because scripts *cannot* respond correctly - * to this protocol. - */ - - if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_PING")) { - Window root = XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); - - eventPtr->xclient.window = root; - (void) XSendEvent(winPtr->display, root, False, - (SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask), eventPtr); - return; - } - - wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - if (wmPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - /* - * Note: it's very important to retrieve the protocol name now, before - * invoking the command, even though the name won't be used until after - * the command returns. This is because the command could delete winPtr, - * making it impossible for us to use it later in the call to - * Tk_GetAtomName. - */ - - protocolName = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol); - for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL; - protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { - if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) { - Tcl_Preserve(protPtr); - interp = protPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve(interp); - result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, protPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); - if (result != TCL_OK) { - Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "\n (command for \"%s\" window manager protocol)", - protocolName)); - Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result); - } - Tcl_Release(interp); - Tcl_Release(protPtr); - return; - } - } - - /* - * No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW - * message then just destroy the window. - */ - - if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW")) { - Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap -- - * - * This function will create a table that maps the reparent wrapper X id - * for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. Tk keeps track - * of a mapping from the window X id to the TkWindow structure but that - * does us no good here since we only get the X id of the wrapper window. - * Only those toplevel windows that are mapped have a position in the - * stacking order. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Adds entries to the passed hashtable. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* TkWindow to recurse on */ - Display *display, /* X display of parent window */ - Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Maps X id to TkWindow */ -{ - TkWindow *childPtr; - - if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && - !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) { - Window wrapper = (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent != None) - ? winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent - : winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window; - Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; - int newEntry; - - hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, (char *) wrapper, &newEntry); - Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr); - } - - for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; - childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { - TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmStackorderToplevel -- - * - * This function returns the stack order of toplevel windows. - * - * Results: - * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else - * NULL if there was an error. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkWindow ** -TkWmStackorderToplevel( - TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */ -{ - Window dummy1, dummy2, vRoot; - Window *children; - unsigned numChildren, i; - TkWindow *childWinPtr, **windows, **window_ptr; - Tcl_HashTable table; - Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; - Tcl_HashSearch search; - - /* - * Map X Window ids to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel. - */ - - Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); - TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table); - - window_ptr = windows = ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *)); - - /* - * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to - * call XQueryTree. - */ - - switch (table.numEntries) { - case 0: - windows[0] = NULL; - goto done; - case 1: - hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search); - windows[0] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); - windows[1] = NULL; - goto done; - } - - vRoot = parentPtr->wmInfoPtr->vRoot; - if (vRoot == None) { - vRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window) parentPtr)); - } - - if (XQueryTree(parentPtr->display, vRoot, &dummy1, &dummy2, - &children, &numChildren) == 0) { - ckfree(windows); - windows = NULL; - } else { - for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) { - hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) children[i]); - if (hPtr != NULL) { - childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); - *window_ptr++ = childWinPtr; - } - } - - /* - * ASSERT: window_ptr - windows == table.numEntries - * (#matched toplevel windows == #children) [Bug 1789819] - */ - - *window_ptr = NULL; - if (numChildren) { - XFree((char *) children); - } - } - - done: - Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table); - return windows; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmRestackToplevel -- - * - * This function restacks a top-level window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkWmRestackToplevel( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to restack. */ - int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking; - * must be Above or Below. */ - TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if - * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or - * below *all* siblings. */ -{ - XWindowChanges changes; - unsigned mask; - TkWindow *wrapperPtr; - - memset(&changes, 0, sizeof(XWindowChanges)); - changes.stack_mode = aboveBelow; - mask = CWStackMode; - - /* - * Make sure that winPtr and its wrapper window have been created. - */ - - if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - TkWmMapWindow(winPtr); - } - wrapperPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr; - - if (otherPtr != NULL) { - /* - * The window is to be restacked with respect to another toplevel. - * Make sure it has been created as well. - */ - - if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr); - } - changes.sibling = otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window; - mask |= CWSibling; - } - - /* - * Reconfigure the window. Note that we use XReconfigureWMWindow instead - * of XConfigureWindow, in order to handle the case where the window is to - * be restacked with respect to another toplevel. See [ICCCM] 4.1.5 - * "Configuring the Window" and XReconfigureWMWindow(3) for details. - */ - - XReconfigureWMWindow(winPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, - Tk_ScreenNumber((Tk_Window) winPtr), mask, &changes); -} - - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmAddToColormapWindows -- - * - * This function is called to add a given window to the - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already - * there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in - * order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the - * window manager by default. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its - * nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set - * explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkWmAddToColormapWindows( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window with a non-default colormap. Should - * not be a top-level window. */ -{ - TkWindow *wrapperPtr; - TkWindow *topPtr; - Window *oldPtr, *newPtr; - int count, i; - - if (winPtr->window == None) { - return; - } - - for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) { - if (topPtr == NULL) { - /* - * Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation. - */ - - return; - } - if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) { - break; - } - } - if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT) { - return; - } - if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(topPtr->wmInfoPtr); - } - wrapperPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr; - - /* - * Fetch the old value of the property. - */ - - if (XGetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, - &oldPtr, &count) == 0) { - oldPtr = NULL; - count = 0; - } - - /* - * Make sure that the window isn't already in the list. - */ - - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { - if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr->window) { - return; - } - } - - /* - * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically - * add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list. - */ - - newPtr = ckalloc((count+2) * sizeof(Window)); - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { - newPtr[i] = oldPtr[i]; - } - if (count == 0) { - count++; - } - newPtr[count-1] = winPtr->window; - newPtr[count] = topPtr->window; - XSetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, newPtr, - count+1); - ckfree(newPtr); - if (oldPtr != NULL) { - XFree((char *) oldPtr); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows -- - * - * This function is called to remove a given window from the - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when - * windows are deleted. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of - * its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being - * deleted too. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that may be present in - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its - * top-level. Should not be a top-level - * window. */ -{ - TkWindow *wrapperPtr; - TkWindow *topPtr; - Window *oldPtr; - int count, i, j; - - if (winPtr->window == None) { - return; - } - - for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) { - if (topPtr == NULL) { - /* - * Ancestors have been deleted, so skip the whole operation. - * Seems like this can't ever happen? - */ - - return; - } - if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) { - break; - } - } - if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) { - /* - * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property. - */ - - return; - } - if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(topPtr->wmInfoPtr); - } - wrapperPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr; - if (wrapperPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - /* - * Fetch the old value of the property. - */ - - if (XGetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, - &oldPtr, &count) == 0) { - return; - } - - /* - * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up. - */ - - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { - if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr->window) { - for (j = i ; j < count-1; j++) { - oldPtr[j] = oldPtr[j+1]; - } - XSetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, - oldPtr, count-1); - break; - } - } - XFree((char *) oldPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkGetPointerCoords -- - * - * Fetch the position of the mouse pointer. - * - * Results: - * *xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the (virtual) root coordinates of - * the mouse pointer for tkwin's display. If the pointer isn't on tkwin's - * screen, then -1 values are returned for both coordinates. The argument - * tkwin must be a toplevel window. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkGetPointerCoords( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Toplevel window that identifies screen on - * which lookup is to be done. */ - int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - WmInfo *wmPtr; - Window w, root, child; - int rootX, rootY; - unsigned mask; - - wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - w = wmPtr->vRoot; - if (w == None) { - w = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); - } - if (XQueryPointer(winPtr->display, w, &root, &child, &rootX, &rootY, - xPtr, yPtr, &mask) != True) { - *xPtr = -1; - *yPtr = -1; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * GetMaxSize -- - * - * This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a - * window, taking into account the possibility that they may be - * defaulted. - * - * Results: - * The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled in with the - * maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If no - * maximum has been specified for the window, then this function computes - * the largest sizes that will fit on the screen. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -GetMaxSize( - WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Window manager information for the - * window. */ - int *maxWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current maximum width of - * the window. */ - int *maxHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current maximum height - * of the window. */ -{ - int tmp; - - if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) { - *maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth; - } else { - /* - * Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a bit of - * extra space for the window manager's borders. - */ - - tmp = DisplayWidth(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->screenNum) - - 15; - if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - /* - * Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units. - */ - - tmp = wmPtr->reqGridWidth - + (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc; - } - *maxWidthPtr = tmp; - } - if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) { - *maxHeightPtr = wmPtr->maxHeight; - } else { - tmp = DisplayHeight(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->screenNum) - - 30; - if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { - tmp = wmPtr->reqGridHeight - + (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc; - } - *maxHeightPtr = tmp; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkSetTransientFor -- - * - * Set a Tk window to be transient with reference to a specified - * parent or the toplevel ancestor if None is passed as parent. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -TkSetTransientFor(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window parent) -{ - if (parent == None) { - parent = Tk_Parent(tkwin); - while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(parent)) - parent = Tk_Parent(parent); - } - /* - * Prevent crash due to incomplete initialization, or other problems. - * [Bugs 3554026, 3561016] - */ - if (((TkWindow *)parent)->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(((TkWindow *)parent)->wmInfoPtr); - } - XSetTransientForHint(Tk_Display(tkwin), - ((TkWindow *)tkwin)->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - ((TkWindow *)parent)->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpMakeMenuWindow -- - * - * Configure the window to be either a pull-down menu, a pop-up menu, or - * as a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Changes the style bit used to create a new Mac toplevel. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkpMakeMenuWindow( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */ - int typeFlag) /* TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN means menu is only - * posted briefly as a pulldown or cascade, - * TK_MAKE_MENU_POPUP means it is a popup. - * TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF means menu is always - * visible, e.g. as a torn-off menu. - * Determines whether save_under and - * override_redirect should be set, plus how - * to flag it for the window manager. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr; - XSetWindowAttributes atts; - TkWindow *wrapperPtr; - Tcl_Obj *typeObj; - - if (!Tk_HasWrapper(tkwin)) { - return; - } - wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr; - if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(wmPtr); - } - wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr; - if (typeFlag == TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF) { - atts.override_redirect = False; - atts.save_under = False; - typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("menu", -1); - TkSetTransientFor(tkwin, NULL); - } else { - atts.override_redirect = True; - atts.save_under = True; - if (typeFlag == TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN) { - typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("dropdown_menu", -1); - } else { - typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("popup_menu", -1); - } - } - SetNetWmType((TkWindow *)tkwin, typeObj); - - /* - * The override-redirect and save-under bits must be set on the wrapper - * window in order to have the desired effect. However, also set the - * override-redirect bit on the window itself, so that the "wm - * overrideredirect" command will see it. - */ - - if ((atts.override_redirect!=Tk_Attributes(wrapperPtr)->override_redirect) - || (atts.save_under != Tk_Attributes(wrapperPtr)->save_under)) { - Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, - CWOverrideRedirect|CWSaveUnder, &atts); - } - if (atts.override_redirect != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->override_redirect) { - Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts); - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * CreateWrapper -- - * - * This function is invoked to create the wrapper window for a toplevel - * window. It is called just before a toplevel is mapped for the first - * time. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The wrapper is created and the toplevel is reparented inside it. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -CreateWrapper( - WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information for the - * window. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr; - Window parent; - Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; - int new; - - winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr; - if (winPtr->window == None) { - Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr); - } - - /* - * The code below is copied from CreateTopLevelWindow, Tk_MakeWindowExist, - * and TkpMakeWindow. The idea is to create an "official" Tk window (so - * that we can get events on it), but to hide the window outside the - * official Tk hierarchy so that it isn't visible to the application. See - * the comments for the other functions if you have questions about this - * code. - */ - - wmPtr->wrapperPtr = wrapperPtr = TkAllocWindow(winPtr->dispPtr, - Tk_ScreenNumber((Tk_Window) winPtr), winPtr); - wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts |= CWBorderPixel; - - /* - * Tk doesn't normally select for StructureNotifyMask events because the - * events are synthesized internally. However, for wrapper windows we need - * to know when the window manager modifies the window configuration. We - * also need to select on focus change events; these are the only windows - * for which we care about focus changes. - */ - - wrapperPtr->flags |= TK_WRAPPER; - wrapperPtr->atts.event_mask |= StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask; - wrapperPtr->atts.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect; - if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { - parent = TkUnixContainerId(winPtr); - } else { - parent = XRootWindow(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->screenNum); - } - wrapperPtr->window = XCreateWindow(wrapperPtr->display, - parent, wrapperPtr->changes.x, wrapperPtr->changes.y, - (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.width, - (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.height, - (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.border_width, wrapperPtr->depth, - InputOutput, wrapperPtr->visual, - wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts|CWOverrideRedirect, &wrapperPtr->atts); - hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&wrapperPtr->dispPtr->winTable, - (char *) wrapperPtr->window, &new); - Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, wrapperPtr); - wrapperPtr->mainPtr = winPtr->mainPtr; - wrapperPtr->mainPtr->refCount++; - wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts = 0; - wrapperPtr->dirtyChanges = 0; - wrapperPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr; - - /* - * Reparent the toplevel window inside the wrapper. - */ - - XReparentWindow(wrapperPtr->display, winPtr->window, wrapperPtr->window, - 0, 0); - - /* - * Tk must monitor structure events for wrapper windows in order to detect - * changes made by window managers such as resizing, mapping, unmapping, - * etc.. - */ - - Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr, - WrapperEventMask, WrapperEventProc, wmPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkWmFocusToplevel -- - * - * This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. The focus - * code responds to externally generated focus-related events on wrapper - * windows but ignores those events for any other windows. This function - * determines whether a given window is a wrapper window and, if so, - * returns the toplevel window corresponding to the wrapper. - * - * Results: - * If winPtr is a wrapper window, returns a pointer to the corresponding - * toplevel window; otherwise returns NULL. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkWindow * -TkWmFocusToplevel( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that received a focus-related - * event. */ -{ - if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_WRAPPER)) { - return NULL; - } - return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->winPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkUnixSetMenubar -- - * - * This function is invoked by menu management code to specify the window - * to use as a menubar for a given toplevel window. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The window given by menubar will be mapped and positioned inside the - * wrapper for tkwin and above tkwin. Menubar will automatically be - * resized to maintain the height specified by TkUnixSetMenuHeight the - * same width as tkwin. Any previous menubar specified for tkwin will be - * unmapped and ignored from now on. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -TkUnixSetMenubar( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for toplevel window. */ - Tk_Window menubar) /* Token for window that is to serve as - * menubar for tkwin. Must not be a toplevel - * window. If NULL, any existing menubar is - * canceled and the menu height is reset to - * 0. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr; - Tk_Window parent; - TkWindow *menubarPtr = (TkWindow *) menubar; - - /* - * Could be a Frame (i.e. not a toplevel). - */ - - if (wmPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - - if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) { - /* - * There's already a menubar for this toplevel. If it isn't the same - * as the new menubar, unmap it so that it is out of the way, and - * reparent it back to its original parent. - */ - - if (wmPtr->menubar == menubar) { - return; - } - ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->menubar)->wmInfoPtr = NULL; - ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->menubar)->flags &= ~TK_REPARENTED; - Tk_UnmapWindow(wmPtr->menubar); - parent = Tk_Parent(wmPtr->menubar); - if (parent != NULL) { - Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent); - XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(wmPtr->menubar), - Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->menubar), Tk_WindowId(parent), 0, 0); - } - Tk_DeleteEventHandler(wmPtr->menubar, StructureNotifyMask, - MenubarDestroyProc, wmPtr->menubar); - Tk_ManageGeometry(wmPtr->menubar, NULL, NULL); - } - - wmPtr->menubar = menubar; - if (menubar == NULL) { - wmPtr->menuHeight = 0; - } else { - if ((menubarPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) - || (Tk_Screen(menubar) != Tk_Screen(tkwin))) { - Tcl_Panic("TkUnixSetMenubar got bad menubar"); - } - wmPtr->menuHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(menubar); - if (wmPtr->menuHeight == 0) { - wmPtr->menuHeight = 1; - } - Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin); - Tk_MakeWindowExist(menubar); - if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { - CreateWrapper(wmPtr); - } - XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(menubar), Tk_WindowId(menubar), - wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, 0, 0); - menubarPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr; - Tk_MoveResizeWindow(menubar, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), wmPtr->menuHeight); - Tk_MapWindow(menubar); - Tk_CreateEventHandler(menubar, StructureNotifyMask, - MenubarDestroyProc, menubar); - Tk_ManageGeometry(menubar, &menubarMgrType, wmPtr); - menubarPtr->flags |= TK_REPARENTED; - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, tkwin); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * MenubarDestroyProc -- - * - * This function is invoked by the event dispatcher whenever a menubar - * window is destroyed (it's also invoked for a few other kinds of - * events, but we ignore those). - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The association between the window and its toplevel is broken, so that - * the window is no longer considered to be a menubar. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -MenubarDestroyProc( - ClientData clientData, /* TkWindow pointer for menubar. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr; - - if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) { - return; - } - wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) clientData)->wmInfoPtr; - wmPtr->menubar = NULL; - wmPtr->menuHeight = 0; - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, wmPtr->winPtr); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * MenubarReqProc -- - * - * This function is invoked by the Tk geometry management code whenever a - * menubar calls Tk_GeometryRequest to request a new size. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -MenubarReqProc( - ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the window manager information - * for tkwin's toplevel. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Handle for menubar window. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = clientData; - - wmPtr->menuHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin); - if (wmPtr->menuHeight <= 0) { - wmPtr->menuHeight = 1; - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, wmPtr->winPtr); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - } -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpGetWrapperWindow -- - * - * Given a toplevel window return the hidden wrapper window for the - * toplevel window if available. - * - * Results: - * The wrapper window. NULL is we were not passed a toplevel window or - * the wrapper has yet to be created. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -TkWindow * -TkpGetWrapperWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* A toplevel window pointer. */ -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if ((winPtr == NULL) || (wmPtr == NULL)) { - return NULL; - } - - return wmPtr->wrapperPtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * UpdateCommand -- - * - * Update the WM_COMMAND property, taking care to translate the command - * strings into the external encoding. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -UpdateCommand( - TkWindow *winPtr) -{ - register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - Tcl_DString cmds, ds; - int i, *offsets; - char **cmdArgv; - - /* - * Translate the argv strings into the external encoding. To avoid - * allocating lots of memory, the strings are appended to a buffer with - * nulls between each string. - * - * This code is tricky because we need to pass and array of pointers to - * XSetCommand. However, we can't compute the pointers as we go because - * the DString buffer space could get reallocated. So, store offsets for - * each element as we go, then compute pointers from the offsets once the - * entire DString is done. - */ - - cmdArgv = ckalloc(sizeof(char *) * wmPtr->cmdArgc); - offsets = ckalloc(sizeof(int) * wmPtr->cmdArgc); - Tcl_DStringInit(&cmds); - for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmdArgc; i++) { - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->cmdArgv[i], -1, &ds); - offsets[i] = Tcl_DStringLength(&cmds); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmds, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), - Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)+1); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - cmdArgv[0] = Tcl_DStringValue(&cmds); - for (i = 1; i < wmPtr->cmdArgc; i++) { - cmdArgv[i] = cmdArgv[0] + offsets[i]; - } - - XSetCommand(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - cmdArgv, wmPtr->cmdArgc); - Tcl_DStringFree(&cmds); - ckfree(cmdArgv); - ckfree(offsets); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpWmSetState -- - * - * Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given - * toplevel window. - * - * Results: - * 0 on error, 1 otherwise - * - * Side effects: - * May minimize, restore, or withdraw a window. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpWmSetState( - TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */ - int state) /* One of IconicState, NormalState, or - * WithdrawnState. */ -{ - WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if (state == WithdrawnState) { - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState; - wmPtr->withdrawn = 1; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - return 1; - } - if (XWithdrawWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - winPtr->screenNum) == 0) { - return 0; - } - WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0); - } else if (state == NormalState) { - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState; - wmPtr->withdrawn = 0; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - return 1; - } - UpdateHints(winPtr); - Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); - } else if (state == IconicState) { - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = IconicState; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - return 1; - } - if (wmPtr->withdrawn) { - UpdateHints(winPtr); - Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); - wmPtr->withdrawn = 0; - } else { - if (XIconifyWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - winPtr->screenNum) == 0) { - return 0; - } - WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0); - } - } - - return 1; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * RemapWindows - * - * Adjust parent/child relationships of the given window hierarchy. - * - * Results: - * None - * - * Side effects: - * Keeps windowing system (X11) happy - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -RemapWindows( - TkWindow *winPtr, - TkWindow *parentPtr) -{ - XWindowAttributes win_attr; - - if (winPtr->window) { - XGetWindowAttributes(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, &win_attr); - if (parentPtr == NULL) { - XReparentWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, - XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum), - win_attr.x, win_attr.y); - } else if (parentPtr->window) { - XReparentWindow(parentPtr->display, winPtr->window, - parentPtr->window, - win_attr.x, win_attr.y); - } - } -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixXId.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixXId.c deleted file mode 100644 index ec2451c..0000000 --- a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixXId.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -/* - * tkUnixXId.c -- - * - * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California. - * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of - * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. - */ - -#include "tkUnixInt.h" - - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_FreeXId -- - * - * This function is called to indicate that an X resource identifier is - * now free. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The identifier is added to the stack of free identifiers for its - * display, so that it can be re-used. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_FreeXId( - Display *display, /* Display for which xid was allocated. */ - XID xid) /* Identifier that is no longer in use. */ -{ - /* - * This does nothing, because the XC-MISC extension takes care of - * freeing XIDs for us. It has been a standard X11 extension for - * about 15 years as of 2008. Keith Packard and another X.org - * developer suggested that we remove the previous code that used: - * #define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS. - */ -} - - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_GetPixmap -- - * - * Same as the XCreatePixmap function except that it manages resource - * identifiers better. - * - * Results: - * Returns a new pixmap. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -Pixmap -Tk_GetPixmap( - Display *display, /* Display for new pixmap. */ - Drawable d, /* Drawable where pixmap will be used. */ - int width, int height, /* Dimensions of pixmap. */ - int depth) /* Bits per pixel for pixmap. */ -{ - return XCreatePixmap(display, d, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, - (unsigned) depth); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_FreePixmap -- - * - * Same as the XFreePixmap function except that it also marks the - * resource identifier as free. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * The pixmap is freed in the X server and its resource identifier is - * saved for re-use. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -void -Tk_FreePixmap( - Display *display, /* Display for which pixmap was allocated. */ - Pixmap pixmap) /* Identifier for pixmap. */ -{ - XFreePixmap(display, pixmap); -} - - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * TkpScanWindowId -- - * - * Given a string, produce the corresponding Window Id. - * - * Results: - * The return value is normally TCL_OK; in this case *idPtr will be set - * to the Window value equivalent to string. If string is improperly - * formed then TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message will be left in - * the interp's result. - * - * Side effects: - * None. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -TkpScanWindowId( - Tcl_Interp *interp, - const char *string, - Window *idPtr) -{ - int code; - Tcl_Obj obj; - - obj.refCount = 1; - obj.bytes = (char *) string; /* DANGER?! */ - obj.length = strlen(string); - obj.typePtr = NULL; - - code = Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, &obj, (long *)idPtr); - - if (obj.refCount > 1) { - Tcl_Panic("invalid sharing of Tcl_Obj on C stack"); - } - if (obj.typePtr && obj.typePtr->freeIntRepProc) { - obj.typePtr->freeIntRepProc(&obj); - } - return code; -} - -/* - * Local Variables: - * mode: c - * c-basic-offset: 4 - * fill-column: 78 - * End: - */ |